Skip navigation

Police Manual, Fort Lee PD NJ, 2011

Download original document:
Brief thumbnail
This text is machine-read, and may contain errors. Check the original document to verify accuracy.
SERVICE
RULES AND REGULATIONS
VOL, I. CH, 1

Rules and Regulations
of the
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PREAMBLE2
DEFINITIONS3
REGULATION I13
RULE 113
Police Department Authority13
RULE 213
Department Rules13
REGULATION II16
ESTABLISHMENT OF THE POSITIONOF CHIEF OF POLICE16
RULE 116
1.Chief of Police - Authority and Responsibilities16
2.Responsibilities17
REGULATION III18
GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONSPROFESSIONAL CONDUCT AND
RESPONSIBILITIES18
RULE 118
Violation of Rules18
RULE 218
Loyalty18
RULE 318
1.General Duties and Responsibilities.18
RULE 421
Unbecoming Conduct21
RULE 521
Bribes21
RULE 622
RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

2

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

Corruption22
RULE 722
Conformance to Laws.22
RULE 822
Unsatisfactory Performance22
RULE 923
Insubordination23
RULE 1023
Criticism of Official Acts or Orders23
RULE 1123
Conduct Toward Superior and Subordinate Officers and Associates23
RULE 1224
Labor Activity24
RULE 1324
Intervention24
RULE 1425
Abuse of Process25
RULE 1525
Residency/Telephone Numbers25
RULE 1625
Truthfulness25
RULE 1725
Rewards25
RULE 1825
Code of Ethics25
RULE 1926
Intercession - Soliciting26
RULE 2026
Approaching Governmental Agencies or Representatives26
RULE 2126
Withholding Information26
RULE 2226
Reporting and Acting Upon Violations of Laws, Ordinances, Rules or
Orders26
RULE 2327
RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

3

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

Absence from Duty27
RULE 2427
Obedience to Laws and Rules27
RULE 2527
Comprising Criminal and Civil Cases27
RULE 2627
Recommending Attorneys and Bail Bond Brokers Prohibited27
RULE 2727
Posting Bail27
RULE 2829
Use of Force29
RULE 2929
Driver’s License29
RULE 3029
Address and Telephone Numbers29
RULE 3129
Official Accusation, Arrest, Conviction, Civil Judgment, or
Restraining Order29
RULE 3230
Sick and Injury Leave30
REGULATION IV32
RULE I32
Orders32
REGULATION V34
RULE I34
Police Records and Information34
REGULATION VI35
GIFTS AND REWARDS35
Soliciting or Accepting Benefits35
RULE 235
Rewards35
RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

4

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

RULE 336
Disposition of Unauthorized Gifts, Gratuities36
REGULATION VII37
USE OF INTOXICANT37
RULE I37
Defined37
RULE 238
Not Under The Influence Of Intoxicants On Duty38
RULE 338
No Consumption Of Alcoholic Beverages Before Duty Periods38
RULE 438
No Use Of Intoxicants On Duty38
RULE 538
Consuming Alcoholic Beverages Off Duty In Full Or Partial
Uniform38
RULE 639
Intoxicants and Alcoholic Beverages In Police Buildings39
RULE 739
Supervisors’ Responsibility39
RULE 839
Possession Of Intoxicants39
RULE 939
Entering Licensed Premises39
RULE 1039
Taking Medication On Duty39
RULE 1140
Notification About Medication40
REGULATION VIII41
DUTY CONDUCT41
RULE 141
Reporting For Duty41
RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

5

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

RULE 241
Absence From Duty41
RULE 341
Prohibited Activity On Duty41
RULE 441
Use of Tobacco Products While On Duty41
RULE 542
Personal Electronic Equipment42
RULE 642
Relief42
RULE 742
Meals42
RULE 842
Training42
RULE 942
Inspections42
RULE 1043
Investigations43
RULE 1148
Arrests48
RULE 1250
Detention50
RULE 1350
Roll Call50
RULE 1450
Physical Fitness For Duty50
RULE 1550
Loitering50
REGULATION IX52
UNIFORMS, APPEARANCE AND IDENTIFICATION52
RULE 152
Regulation Uniforms Required52
RULE 252
RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

6

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

Manner of Dress on Duty52
RULE 352
Wearing Jewelry on Duty52
RULE 452
Personal Appearance52
RULE 553
Wearing or Carrying Identification53
RULE 653
Identification as Police Officer53
REGULATION X54
EQUIPMENT, PROPERTY, FIREARMS AND USE OF FORCE54
RULE 154
Equipment on Duty54
RULE 254
Equipment off Duty54
RULE 354
Firearms54
RULE 457
Use of Force, Including Deadly Force, By Law Enforcement
Officers.57
RULE 560
Department Property and Equipment60
RULE 660
Use of Department Property and Equipment60
RULE 760
Damaged, Unduly Worn or Inoperative Property or Equipment60
RULE 860
Care of Department Buildings60
RULE 961
Notices61
RULE 1061
Use of Department Vehicles61
RULE 1161
RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

7

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

Operation of Department Vehicles61
RULE 1261
Transporting Citizens61
RULE 1361
Reporting Accidents61
RULE 1462
Inspection62
RULE 1562
Liability62
RULE 1662
Surrender of Department Property62
REGULATION XI63
COMMUNICATIONS AND CORRESPONDENCE63
RULE 163
Restrictions63
RULE 263
Forwarding Communications63
RULE 363
Use of Department Equipment and Address63
RULE 463
Telephones63
RULE 564
Radio And Other Electronic Equipment Discipline64
REGULATION XII65
CONDUCT TOWARD PUBLIC65
RULE 165
Courtesy65
RULE 265
Request for Identification65
RULE 365
Impartiality65
RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

8

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

RULE 465
Use of Derogatory Terms65
RULE 566
Affiliation with Certain Organizations Prohibited66
RULE 666
Representing the Police Department66
RULE 766
Public Statements66
REGULATION XIII67
POLITICAL ACTIVITIES67
RULE 167
Partisan Political Activities Permitted67
RULE 267
Non-Partisan Political Activities Permitted67
RULE 367
Participation in Public Affairs67
RULE 467
Contribution of Funds67
RULE 568
Use of Official Position68
RULE 668
Polling Activities68
RULE 768
Political Material68
REGULATION XIV69
JUDICIAL APPEARANCE AND TESTIMONY69
RULE 169
Duty of Employee to Appear and Testify69
RULE 269
Subpoena69
RULE 369
RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

9

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

Official Appearance69
RULE 470
Testifying for the Defendant70
RULE 570
Truthfulness70
RULE 670
Civil Depositions and Affidavits70
RULE 770
Civil Action, Expert Witness70
RULE 870
Civil Process70
REGULATION XV71
PERSONNEL REGULATIONS71
RULE 171
Hours and Leave71
RULE 272
Secondary Employment72
RULE 373
Resignation/Retirement73
REGULATION XVI74
PUBLIC ACTIVITIES AND PUBLIC CONTACT74
RULE 174
Identification74
RULE 274
Citizen Complaints74
RULE 374
Courtesy74
RULE 475
Requests for Assistance75
RULE 575
Impartial Attitude75
RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

10

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

REGULATION XVII76
OATH OF OFFICE76
RULE 176
REGULATION XVIII77
PROBATIONARY PERIOD77
RULE 177
REGULATION XIX78
DISCIPLINE78
RULE 178
Disciplinary Action78
RULE 279
Suspension and Removal of Officers and Employees79
RULE 379
Authority to Discipline79
RULE 479
Appropriate Authority79
REGULATION XX82
INITIATION OF DISCIPLINARY ACTION82
RULE 182
Initiation and Procedure for Oral Reprimand82
RULE 282
Initiation and Procedure for Written Reprimand82
RULE 383
Initiation Procedure in Other Cases83
RULE 484
Initiation of Charges84
RULE 584
RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

11

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

Forum Of Hearing84
RULE 685
Adjournments85
RULE 785
Conduct of the Hearing85
RULE 887
Action by the Appropriate Authority After Hearing87
REGULATION XXI88
DISCIPLINARY ACTION INVOLVING SENIOR OFFICERS88
RULE 188
Disciplinary Action Involving Captains, Inspectors, Deputy Chiefs and
the Chief of Police88
REGULATION XXII89
PENALTIES89
RULE 189
Assessment of Penalties89
RULE 289
Court And Other Required Appearances During Suspensions89
RULE 390
Restrictions During Suspensions90
RULE 490
Employment During Suspension90
REGULATION XXIII91
EMERGENCY SUSPENSION91
RULE 191
Emergency Suspension91
RULE 291
Follow-up on Emergency Suspensions91

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

12

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

REGULATION XXIV93
CIVILIAN COMPLAINTS AGAINST DEPARTMENT PERSONNEL93
RULE 193
Receipt of Complaint93
REGULATION XXV94
INTERNAL AFFAIRS INVESTIGATION94
RULE 194
Investigation of Alleged Misconduct94
RULE 294
Reports of Investigation of Alleged Acts of Misconduct94
RULE 395
Findings95
RULE 496
Action On The Report96
LAW ENFORCEMENT CODE OF ETHICSSchedule A
ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPTCONFIDENTIALITY
AGREEMENTSchedule B

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

13

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

PREAMBLE
The contents of this manual have been developed to guide and assist members in
reaching the goals of this department. Adherence to these principals and guidelines by
all Members of the department will eliminate the need for disciplinary action and will
insure our acceptance by the community as a truly professional Police Department.

Chief of Police
Adopted:

Peggy E. Thomas
Borough Administrator/
Appropriate Authority

Jack Alter
Mayor

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

14

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

DEFINITIONS
ANNUAL VACATION
Vacation period granted to all Members annually pursuant to the terms of their
respective collective bargaining agreement.
APPROPRIATE AUTHORITY
Appropriate Authority is defined in N.J.S.A. 40A:14-118.
BUREAU
A functional unit immediately subordinate to a division.
CHAIN OF COMMAND
The unbroken line of authority extending from the Chief of Police through a single
subordinate at each level of command down to the lowest and vice versa.
COMMANDING OFFICER
Any Officer with the rank of Lieutenant or above assigned to head a division.
CUSTODY
Legal or physical control of a person or property; legal supervision or physical
responsibility for a personal property.
DATE OF RANK
The date on which an Officer was appointed to a particular rank.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

15

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

DEPARTMENT/DEPARTMENTAL
The Fort Lee Borough Police Department.
DETAIL
A temporary assignment of personnel for a specialized activity.
DETECTIVE
An Officer regularly assigned to the Detective division to conduct investigations while
in civilian clothing.
DIRECT ORDER
Any lawful order communicated by a Superior Officer or a Member in charge
specifically to a subordinate or group of subordinates personally or in writing.
DISCIPLINARY ACTION
Disciplinary action includes oral and written warnings, suspensions, fines, loss of
privileges or benefits and discharge.
DIVISION
A large functional unit having responsibility for a number of varied smaller units with
different purposes and goals whose commanding officer reports directly to the Chief
of Police.
DIVISIONAL COMMANDER
A Superior Officer who commands a Division of the Police Department.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

16

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

DOCUMENT
Departmental information contained in printed or written papers, photographs, video
tapes, films, recording or electronic data storing devices or live media.
EMPLOYEE
Civilian employee of the Police Department. Dispatcher, Clerk, Secretary, School
Crossing Guard and any persons temporarily assigned to work for the Police
Department.
FIELD INTERVIEW
The stopping and questioning of a person by an Officer because the Officer:
1.

has reasonable suspicion that the subject may have committed, may be
committing, or may be about to commit a crime; or

2.

believes the subject may be a hazard; or

3.

believes this may have a preventative effect; or

4.

believes the subject may be in need of assistance.

FOLLOW-UP INVESTIGATION
The investigation which takes place after transfer from the Officer(s) making the
preliminary investigation or after a lapse of time from the conclusion of the
preliminary investigation. An extension of the preliminary investigation.
GENDER
Use of masculine gender herein shall also include, where applicable, the female
gender.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

17

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

HEADQUARTERS
The police buildings that house the headquarters staff and members of the department.
INCOMPETENCE
Lack of ability, knowledge, legal qualification, or fitness to discharge the required duty
or professional obligation. A relative term which may be employed as meaning
disqualification, inability or incapacity and it can refer to lack of legal qualifications or
fitness to discharge the required duty and to show want of physical or intellectual or
moral fitness.
INSUBORDINATION
Failure or deliberate refusal of any Member or Employee to obey a lawful order given
by a Superior Officer. Ridiculing a Superior Officer or his order, whether in or out of
his presence. Disrespectful, mutinous, insolent, or abusive language directed toward a
Superior Officer.
LAWFUL ORDER
Any department rule or regulation, police manual, policy, procedure, SOP, written or
oral directive issued by a Superior Officer to any subordinate or group of subordinates
in the course of police duty which is not in violation of any law, ordinance, or
department rule or regulation. Lawful Orders include Operations Orders, Special
Orders and Personnel Orders.
LEAVE OF ABSENCE
The period of time an Officer is excused from working, either with or without pay.
MANUAL
These Rules and Regulations.
MAY
RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

18

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

“May” shall mean the action indicated is permitted.
MEMBER
A duly-appointed sworn police officer of the department, including all ranks from
Officer to Chief.
MEMORANDUM
Information bulletins which are primarily designed to inform and, secondarily, to direct
personnel at department and divisional levels. Such memorandums are not official
orders, but express the thinking of the issuing authority on the subject under
consideration.
MILITARY LEAVE
The period of time during which an Officer is excused from duty by reason of serving
the Armed Forces of the United States in an active capacity as provided by law.
MISCONDUCT
Any conduct which violates any Lawful Order, Department Rule or Regulation,
Ordinance of the Borough, or any State or Federal law or statute or regulation carrying
the force of law.
NEGLECT OF DUTY
Failure to perform or give suitable attention to the performance of duty.
NEW JERSEY LAW AGAINST DISCRIMINATION
N.J.S.A. 10:5-1 et seq.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

19

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

OFF DUTY
The status of a Member during the period he is free from the performance of specified
duties.
OFFICER
Same as Member.
ON DUTY
The status of a Member during the period of the day when he is actively engaged in the
performance of his duties. Technically, an Officer is subject to call at all times.
OPERATIONS ORDER/SPECIAL ORDERS
Written directive issued by the Chief of Police. They specify instructions, Policy or
Procedure governing particular situations. Special Orders are usually of limited
duration and are automatically canceled when their objectives are achieved. Included
in Lawful Order.
PERSONNEL ORDER
Appointment, assignment or any other status change of personnel within the
department accomplished by department personnel orders issued by the Chief of
Police. Included in Lawful Order.
POLICE MANUAL
Reference guide specifying the Rules and Regulations governing the conduct of
personnel and the operation of the Department, as well as specifying Department
Policies and Procedures. This Manual is issued by authority of the Borough governing
body and the Chief of Police, and is included in Lawful Order.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

20

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION
Generally, the activity that begins when Officers arrive at the scene of an incident. The
activity should continue until such time as a postponement of the investigation or
transfer of responsibility will not jeopardize the successful completion of the
investigation.
PROCEDURE/POLICY
A written directive which is a guideline for carrying out Department activities. It
regulates the formal steps in an action. Included in Lawful Order.
RULES AND REGULATIONS
Department legislation consisting of detailed directives binding Members and
Employees of all ranks in terms of authority, responsibility and conduct. Rules and
Regulations require the approval of the Appropriate Authority pursuant to N.J.S.A.
40A:14-118 before taking effect. Included in Lawful Order.
SECTOR, GRID OR POST
A geographical area assigned to a patrol Officer. The term applies to the area patrolled
by an Officer on foot or in a vehicle.
SENIORITY OF COMMAND
Seniority in the department is established first by rank and second by date of rank.
When Members have identical dates of rank, seniority shall be determined by the lower
badge member for Police Officers and for Supervisors by the official Police
Department roster. In situations requiring decision or control, where the Officers are
of equal rank, the Senior Officer will make the decision and exercise control unless
directed otherwise by a higher ranking command or supervisory officer.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

21

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

SERIOUS PHYSICAL INJURY
A bodily injury that creates a substantial risk of death; causes serious permanent
disfigurement; or results in long term loss or impairment of the function of any
function of any bodily member or organ.
SHALL/WILL
Both terms shall indicate that the action required is mandatory.
SHIFT SUPERVISOR
A supervisory Officer, usually a Lieutenant, who is responsible for overall operations
of the Department in the absence of higher ranking personnel.
SICK LEAVE
The period of time when an officer is excused from active duty by reason of illness or
injury.
SOP (STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE)
Written directive issued by the Chief of Police. Standard Operating Procedures remain
in full force and effect until amended, superseded, or canceled by the Chief of Police.
Department Standard Operating Procedures establish policy and procedure governing
matters which have broad application and usually affect the entire department. They
are the most authoritative directive issued in the Department, and may be used to
amend, supersede or cancel any other Lawful Order. Included in Lawful Order.
SPAN OF CONTROL
The number of persons reporting to any one supervisor. Span of management or
supervision.
SPECIAL DUTY
RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

22

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

Police service, the nature of which requires that the member be excused from the
performance of his regular duties.
SUPERIOR OFFICER
Any Officer above the rank of police Officer. In certain situations a Member in charge
shall also be considered a Superior Officer.
SUPERVISOR
Same as Supervisory Officer.
SUPERVISORY OFFICER
Member of the Department assigned to a position requiring the exercise of immediate
supervision over the activities of other Members and Employees.
SUPPLEMENTARY INVESTIGATION
Same as follow-up investigation.
TENSE OF WORDS
The words used in the present tense include the future.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

23

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

TOUR COMMANDER
A commander of a tour of duty, usually a Sergeant or Lieutenant in the Patrol Division.
TOUR OF DUTY
The number of hours of work on a given shift during which an individual Member is
on duty.
TRAINING BULLETIN
Bulletins published and designed to keep Officers of the Department abreast of current
police techniques and procedures. The bulletins and their presentation act as a
continuous training program and as stimulus for further study.
UNIT
A grouping of Officers within the department who have special or specific purposes or
missions. Such grouping may include any number of Officers, and may have more
than one mission or purpose.
UNITY OF COMMAND
Each individual in the organization has one and only one immediate supervisor.
NOTE: Any undefined term used herein shall have its usual and common meaning and
definition as applicable in general usage and police work.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

24

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

REGULATION I
RULE 1
Police Department Authority
The Police Department of the Borough of Fort Lee is established pursuant to N.J.S.A.
40A:14-118 and municipal Ordinance. The Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
shall after this be called the “Department.”
RULE 2
Department Rules
1.

Rules and Regulations Established. The Appropriate Authority of the
Borough of Fort Lee hereby adopts and promulgates the department Rules and
Regulations, known as the Borough of Fort Lee Police Department Rules and
Regulations and after this called the “Rules and Regulations” or “Rules.”

2.

Right to Amend or Revoke. In accordance with N.J.S.A. 40A:14-118, the
right is reserved by the Appropriate Authority to amend or to revoke any of the
rules contained herein or to add thereto, as the circumstances dictate, subject to
applicable law.

3.

Previous Rules, Policies and Procedures. All Rules, Regulations, and Orders
previously issued, and Policies and Procedures that are contrary to the Rules
contained herein, are hereby revoked. All other Policies and Procedures, Rules,
Regulations and Ordinances shall remain in full force and effect.

4.

Application. These Rules are applicable to all Officers of the Department and
to all Civilian Employees of the Department where appropriate.

5.

Distribution. One copy of these Rules and Regulations shall be distributed to
each Member of the Department. Also, for reference purposes, copies shall be
distributed to the Office of the Borough Clerk, the Borough Business

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

25

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

Administrator and the Mayor. Members and Employees in receipt of these
Rules and Regulations shall not disseminate them to any unauthorized persons
or entitles without authorization from the Borough of Fort Lee.
6.

Responsibility for Maintenance. Members shall be responsible for possessing
a current copy of the Rules and Regulations, including all additions, revisions
and amendment as issued. All Manuals shall be kept current and supplementary
pages concerning additions, revisions or amendments shall be promptly and
properly inserted.

7.

Familiarization. Members shall thoroughly familiarize themselves with the
provisions of the Rules and Regulations. Ignorance of any provision of these
rules will not be a defense to a charge of a violation of these Rules and
Regulations.

8.

Law Enforcement Response. The Fort Lee Borough Police Department shall
provide:

9.

a.

Law enforcement response to emergencies twenty-four (24) hours a day,
every day of the week; and

b.

Preventive patrol twenty-four (24) hours a day every day of the week;
and

c.

A staffed communication desk where citizens may contact the department
twenty-four (24) hours a day, every day of the week.

Ignorance of Contents of Rules and Regulations.
a.

In the event neglect of duty is charged against a Member or Employee for
failure to observe the Rules and Regulations, Department procedures or
Lawful Orders, ignorance of any provision thereof will not be accepted as
an excuse.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

26

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

b.

In the event that any Member is unsure of the application or
interpretation of these Rules and Regulations, Department
Procedures, or Lawful Orders, he shall, at his earliest possible
opportunity, seek a clarification from his
Supervisor or
Commanding Officer.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

27

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

REGULATION II
ESTABLISHMENT OF THE POSITION
OF CHIEF OF POLICE
RULE 1
1.

Chief of Police - Authority and Responsibilities

Pursuant to N.J.S.A. 40A:14-118 and municipal Ordinance, the Chief of Police shall be
the head of the Police Department and shall be directly responsible to the Appropriate
Authority for its efficiency and day-to-day operations. Pursuant to policies established
by the appropriate authority, the Chief of Police shall:
a.

Administer and enforce the Rules and Regulations of the Police
Department and any special emergency directives for the disposition and
discipline of the Department and its members and officers;

b.

Have, exercise and discharge the functions, powers and duties of the
Police Department;

c.

Prescribe the duties and assignments of all Members and Employees;

d.

Delegate such authority as may be deemed necessary for the efficient
operation of the Police Department to be exercised under the Chief’s
direction and control; and

e.

Report at least monthly to the Appropriate Authority in such form as shall
be prescribed on the operation of the Police Department during the
preceding month and make such other reports as may be requested by the
appropriate authority.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

28

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

2.

Responsibilities. The Chief of Police is responsible to:
a.

Establish and maintain the efficient operation of the Department.

b.

Organize, control and maintain all property and resources of the
Department.

c.

Develop the written organizational structure of the Department, including
Chain of Command and duty assignments.

d.

Develop and implement policies and procedures necessary to govern and
direct the day-to-day operations of the police department.

e.

Provide for the proper training of all Department Members and
Employees.

f.

Provide for periodic inspections of all police operations to insure
compliance with Department Rules, Policies, and Procedures.

g.

Maintain the overall discipline of the Department.

h.

Maintain a constructive relationship with the public, community
organizations, the media and other law enforcement agencies.

i.

Prepare and submit the annual budget and proposed expenditure
programs to the Appropriate Authority or other designated officials.

j.

When given discretion, allocate funds within the budget which are
appropriated by the governing body.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

29

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

REGULATION III
GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS
PROFESSIONAL CONDUCT AND RESPONSIBILITIES
RULE 1
Violation of Rules. Members and Employees shall not commit any acts which
constitute a violation of any of the Rules and Regulations, directives, or Lawful Orders
of the Department, whether stated in this Manual or elsewhere.
RULE 2
Loyalty. Loyalty to the Department and to fellow Members and Employees is an
important factor in Departmental morale and efficiency. Members and Employees
shall maintain loyalty to the Department and their associates as is consistent with the
law and personal ethics.
RULE 3
1.

General Duties and Responsibilities.

A.

Police officers shall (in order of importance):
1.

Take appropriate action to:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.

Protect life and property;
Preserve the peace;
Prevent crime;
Detect and arrest violators of the law;
Enforce all federal, state, and local laws and ordinances coming
within Departmental jurisdiction;
Safely and expeditiously regulate traffic;

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

30

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

g.
h.
i.

Aid citizens in matters within police jurisdiction; and
Take appropriate police action in aiding fellow Officers as needed;
and
Provide miscellaneous services.

2.

Exercise authority consistent with the obligations imposed by the oath of office
and in conformance with the policies of the Department.

3.

Abide by all Rules and Regulations, Lawful Orders, and Departmental
Procedures and Directives governing Members. It shall be the duty of all
Members to properly report in accordance with the Chain of Command, all
violations of the Manual or Lawful Orders by other Members and Employees.

4.

Be accountable and responsible to their supervisors for obeying all Lawful
Orders of Superior Officers and other proper authorities, as well as calls for
police assistance from citizens.

5.

Coordinate their efforts with other Members and Employees of the Department
to achieve Departmental objectives. All Officers are charged with establishing
and maintaining a high spirit of cooperation within the Department.

6.

Conduct themselves in accordance with high ethical standards, on and off-duty
and in such a manner to avoid bringing public criticism and disrespect to the
Department.

7.

Strive to improve their skills and techniques through study and training.

8.

Familiarize themselves with their area of authority and responsibility for their
current assignment.

9.

Perform their duties promptly, faithfully and diligently. Members shall
demonstrate and maintain loyalty to the Department consistent with the
obligations imposed by law and personal ethics.

10.

Perform all related work as required.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

31

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

11.

Shall not unlawfully discriminate against any person or class of persons set forth
in applicable United States or New Jersey statutes or regulations carrying the
force of law.

B.

Supervisors in the Department shall:

1.

Enforce Departmental Rules, Lawful Orders and insure compliance with
Departmental policies and procedures. It shall be the duty of all Supervisors to
promptly report, in accordance with the Chain of Command, all violations of
this Manual or Lawful Orders by other Members and Employees.

2.

Exercise proper use of their command within the limits of their authority to
assure efficient performance by their subordinates.

3.

Exercise necessary control over their subordinates to accomplish the objectives
of the Department.

4.

Guide and train subordinates to gain effectiveness in performing their duties.

5.

Use Departmental disciplinary procedures when necessary.

6.

When using discipline, comply strictly with the provisions of the Department
disciplinary process.

C.

Employees shall:

1.

Take appropriate action to perform the duties of their positions promptly,
faithfully and diligently. It shall be the duty of all Employees to promptly
report, in accordance with the Chain of Command, all violations of this Manual
or Lawful Orders by other Employees or Members of the Department.

2.

Exercise authority consistent with the obligations imposed by their position and
in conformance with the policies of the Department.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

32

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

3.

Be accountable and responsible to their supervisors for obeying all Lawful
Orders.

4.

Coordinate their efforts with other Employees of the Department to achieve
Departmental objectives.

5.

Conduct themselves in accordance with high ethical standards, on and off duty.

6.

Strive to improve their skills and techniques through study and training.

7.

Familiarize themselves with the area of authority and responsibility for the
current assignment.

8.

Abide by all Rules and Regulations, Lawful Orders and Departmental
procedures and directives governing civilian employees.

9.

Perform all related work as required.

RULE 4
Unbecoming Conduct. Members and Employees shall conduct themselves at all
times, both on and off duty in such a manner as to reflect most favorably on the
Department. Conduct unbecoming a Member or Employee shall include that which
brings the Department into disrepute, or reflects discredit upon the Officer or
Employee as a Member or Employee of the Department, or that which impairs the
operation or efficiency of the Department, Officer or Employee.
RULE 5
Bribes. Members and Employees shall, as soon as possible, report to the Chief, in a
signed and dated writing, offers of bribes, gratuities, favors, or the offer of anything of
value, to take or withhold any action concerning the business of the Department or any
other government agency.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

33

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

RULE 6
Corruption. Members and Employees shall report to the Chief knowledge of
corruption within the Department, including, but not limited to, any bribe(s) or illegal
act or violation of this Manual or any Lawful Order committed by a Member of the
Department, or solicited by any person or entity to any Member or Employee.
RULE 7
Conformance to Laws.
a.

Members and Employees shall obey all laws of the United States and of
any State and local jurisdiction in which the Members and Employees are
present.

b.

A conviction for a violation of any law, Ordinance or regulation carrying
the force of law shall be prima facie evidence of a violation of this
section.

RULE 8
Unsatisfactory Performance. Members and Employees shall maintain sufficient
competency to properly perform their duties and assume the responsibility of their
positions. Members and Employees shall perform their duties in a manner which will
maintain the highest standards of efficiency in carrying out the functions and objectives
of the Department. Unsatisfactory performance may include and be demonstrated by a
lack of knowledge of the application of laws required to be enforced; an unwillingness
or inability to perform assigned tasks; the failure to conform to work standards
established for the Member’s or Employee’s rank, grade or position; the failure to take
appropriate action as required by this Manual or a Lawful Order or on the occasion of a
crime disorder, or other condition deserving attention or absence without leave.
In addition to other indicia of unsatisfactory performance, the following will be
considered prima facie evidence of unsatisfactory performance: a written record of
repeated infractions of Rules and Regulations, Directives or Lawful Orders of the
RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

34

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

Department, or any other course of conduct indicating that the Member or Employee
has insufficient regard for his responsibility as a Member or Employee of the
Department.
RULE 9
Insubordination. Members and Employees shall promptly obey any Lawful Orders of
a Superior Officer or another person in lawful authority. This will include orders
relayed from a Superior Officer by an Officer of the same or lesser rank. Members and
Employees shall not make any disrespectful, insolent, or abusive language or action
toward any person, Superior Officer or municipal official.
RULE 10
Criticism of Official Acts or Orders. Members and Employees shall not criticize the
official actions, instructions, or orders of any Department Member or Employee in a
manner which tends to impair the efficient operation of the Department, interferes with
the maintenance of discipline or is made with reckless regard for truth or falsity.
Members and Employees shall not discuss or disclose, directly or indirectly,
Department business or documents with any person not authorized by the Department
to receive such information, unless given written authorization by the Chief or his
designee.
RULE 11
Conduct Toward Superior and Subordinate Officers and Associates. Members
and Employees shall treat Superior Officers, subordinates and associates with respect.
They shall be courteous and civil at all times in their relationship with one another.
When on duty, and particularly in the presence of other Members, Employees, or the
public, Officers shall be referred by rank. Subordinates shall salute Officers of the
rank of Lieutenant and above in accordance with the norms of military courtesy.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

35

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

RULE 12
Labor Activity.
a.

Officers shall have the right to join any lawful labor organizations, but
nothing herein shall compel the Department to recognize or engage in
collective bargaining with any such labor organization, except as
provided by law.

b.

Officers shall not engage in any strike. “Strike” includes the concerted
failure to report for duty, willful absence from ones’ position,
unauthorized holidays, sickness unsubstantiated by a physician’s
statement, the stoppage of work, slowdown of work, sabotage or
intentional injury to public property, or the abstinence in whole, or in
part, from the full, faithful and proper performance of the duties of
employment for any purpose.

RULE 13
Intervention.
a.

b.

Officers and Employees shall not interfere with cases being handled by
other Officers of the Department, or by any other governmental agency
unless:
1.

Ordered to intervene by a Superior Officer and/or

2.

The intervening Officer believes beyond a reasonable doubt that a
manifest injustice would result from failure to take immediate
action.

Officers and Employees shall not undertake any investigation or other
official action not a part of their regular duties without obtaining
permission from their Superior Officer, unless the exigencies of the
situation require immediate police action.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

36

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

RULE 14
Abuse of Process. Members and Employees shall not make false or misleading
accusations of a criminal or traffic charge or violation of this Manual or Lawful Order.
RULE 15
Residency/Telephone Numbers. Every Member shall be a resident of the State of
New Jersey while serving in such a position. Members shall immediately report, in
writing, any change of residence or telephone numbers to the Chief of Police through
their Division Commander within twenty-four (24) hours of the change.
RULE 16
Truthfulness. Upon the order of the Chief, the Chief’s designee, or a Superior
Officer, Members and Employees shall truthfully answer all questions specifically
directed and related to the scope of employment and operations of the Department
which may be asked of them. Members and Employees shall not make false or
misleading statements in response to an official Departmental investigation, or fail to
fully and completely answer any question regarding official duty or responsibility.
RULE 17
Rewards. Members and Employees shall not accept any gift, gratuity, or reward in
money, other compensation or any other thing of value for services rendered in the line
of duty to the community or any person, business, or agency except lawful salary and
that which may be otherwise authorized by law.
RULE 18
Code of Ethics. All sworn Officers are to abide by the Law Enforcement Code of
Ethics as set forth in Chapter I of the Rules and Regulations.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

37

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

RULE 19
Intercession - Soliciting. Members and Employees shall not solicit any person or
entity to intercede with the Chief of Police, Mayor or Members of the Borough Council
in relation to promotion, assignments, disposition of pending charges, or findings in a
Departmental trial or other related matter. This rule is not intended to restrict the rights
of the authorized bargaining representative and its agents to engage in protected
activities pursuant to N.J.S.A. 34:13A-1, et. seq.
RULE 20
Approaching Governmental Agencies or Representatives. No Member shall
communicate with any governmental agencies or representatives regarding any
Departmental matter without prior notice to and permission from the Chief of Police,
except as otherwise provided by applicable law.
RULE 21
Withholding Information. Members and Employees shall not, at any time, withhold
any information from the Chief of Police or Designee concerning suspected or existing
criminal activity or violations of this Manual or Lawful Orders.
RULE 22
Reporting and Acting Upon Violations of Laws, Ordinances, Rules or Orders.
Members and Employees knowing of other Members or Employees violating laws,
ordinances, Rules and Regulations of the Department, or disobeying Lawful Orders,
shall promptly report same in writing to the Chief of Police through official channels.
If the Member or Employee believes the information is of such gravity that it must be
brought to the immediate personal attention of the Chief of Police, official channels
may be bypassed and the information delivered verbally, to be subsequently
resubmitted in writing to the Chief. However, absent an emergency condition
requiring immediate action to protect life or property from imminent and
substantial injury, no Member or Employee shall file any criminal or quasicriminal complaint, civil or administrative action, motor vehicle or other
summons, or effect the detention or arrest of any other Member or Employee
without the express written consent of the Chief of Police or the Bergen County
Prosecutor.
RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

38

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

RULE 23
Absence from Duty. Every Member or Employee who fails to appear for duty at the
date, time and place specified, without the consent of competent authority, is “absent
without leave”. Such absence within the period of one day must be promptly reported
in writing to the Commanding Officer. All absences without leave must be reported in
writing to the Chief of Police.
RULE 24
Obedience to Laws and Rules. Members and Employees shall obey all laws,
ordinances, Rules and Regulations, Lawful Orders, Policies and Procedures and
Directives of the Department.
RULE 25
Comprising Criminal and Civil Cases. Members and Employees shall not interfere
with the proper administration of criminal justice or the civil law.
RULE 26
Recommending Attorneys and Bail Bond Brokers Prohibited. Members and
Employees shall not suggest, recommend, or advise the retention of any particular
attorney or bail bond broker to any civilian with whom the Member or Employee
comes into contact as a result of Departmental business.
RULE 27
Posting Bail. Members and Employees shall not post bail for any person in custody,
except relatives. In the event the P.B.A. wishes to post bail for a Fort Lee Police
Officer, permission to do so shall be sought from the Chief of Police.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

39

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

RULE 28
Use of Force. Members and Employees shall follow Departmental Rules and
Regulations, Lawful Orders, Policy and Procedure on use of force.
RULE 29
Driver’s License. Members and Employees operating Department motor vehicles
shall possess a valid New Jersey driver’s license. Whenever a Member or Employee
receives a motor vehicle summons, or a driver’s license is revoked, suspended, or lost,
the Member or Employee shall immediately notify the appropriate supervisor giving
full particulars.
RULE 30
Address and Telephone Numbers. Employees are required to have a telephone in
the place where they reside. Changes in address or telephone number shall be reported
in writing to the appropriate supervisor within 24 hours of the change.
RULE 31
Official Accusation, Arrest, Conviction, Civil Judgment, or Restraining Order.
Members and Employees shall immediately inform their Supervisors or Commanding
Officers if they are accused of any of the following: criminal conduct; official
misconduct; arrested; convicted of an offense, misdemeanor or a crime; indicted,
subject of a Grand Jury information; named as a target of an official investigation;
subject to a judicial restraining order or civil judgment. Such reports shall be kept
confidential.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

40

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

RULE 32
Sick and Injury Leave.
a.

Reporting Sick or Injured. Members and Employees unable to report
for regular duty and other scheduled duty, including court, because of
sickness or injury shall make an immediate report to the desk Officer in
person or by telephone specifying the reason for his absence no less than
three (3) hours prior to his scheduled tour of duty. If unable to report, a
relative or other responsible person shall notify the desk officer of all
pertinent facts either in person or by telephone.

b.

Address of Confinement. Members and Employees, when sick or
injured, shall be responsible for notifying the desk Officer as to their
place of confinement and shall remain available by telephone at said
location or advise of any subsequent change in their place of
confinement.

c.

Sick or Injured on Duty. Members and Employees taken sick or injured
on duty shall report the facts to their command and shall remain on duty
until relieved, unless excused by a Superior Officer. The only exception
to this rule would be where the sickness or injury is disabling to the point
of preventing compliance.

d.

Unauthorized Absence. Members and Employees who absent
themselves in an improper manner shall be subject to disciplinary action.
Unauthorized absence occurs when Members or Employees:
1.

Feign illness or injury;

2.

Deceive the town or their own physician in any way as to their true
condition;

3.

Are injured or become sick as the result of improper conduct or of
intemperate, immoral, or vicious habits or practices;

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

41

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

e.

4.

Violate any provisions concerning reporting of sickness or injury;

5.

Are not at home or at their place of confinement when visited by
the Department physician or Superior Officer.

Convalescent Time. Any Member or Employee on sick or injured leave
will be confined to his home unless specifically excused by the
Department physician or the ranking Superior Officer at the time the
request is made.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

42

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

REGULATION IV
RULE I
Orders.
1.

2.

Issuing Orders
a.

Manner of Issuing Orders. Orders from a Supervisor to a
Subordinate shall be in clear and understandable language.

b.

Unlawful Orders. No Supervisor shall knowingly issue any order
which is in violation of any law or ordinance.

c.

Improper Orders. No Supervisor shall knowingly issue any
order which is in violation of any Departmental Rule, Policy or
Procedure.

Receiving Orders
a.

Questions Regarding Orders. Members and Employees in doubt
as to the nature or detail of an order shall seek clarification from
their Supervisors by going through the Chain of Command.

b.

Obedience to Unlawful Orders. Members and Employees are
not required to obey any order which is contrary to any law or
Ordinance. Responsibility for refusal to obey rests with the
Member or Employee, who will be required to justify the refusal to
obey.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

43

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

c.

Obedience to Improper Orders. Members and Employees who
are given any order which is contrary to Departmental Rule,
Policy, or Procedure must first obey the order to the best of their
ability, and then report the improper order as provided.

d.

Conflicting Orders. Upon receipt of an order conflicting with
any previous order, the Member or Employee affected will advise
the person issuing the second order of this fact. Responsibility for
countermanding the original order rests with the individual issuing
the second order. If so directed, the latter order shall be obeyed
first. Orders will be countermanded, or conflicting orders will be
issued, only when reasonably necessary for the good of the
Department.

e.

Reports of Unlawful or Improper Orders. A Member or
Employee receiving an unlawful or improper order shall, at first
opportunity, report in writing to the next highest ranking
Supervisor above the Supervisor who issued the unlawful or
improper order. Action regarding such a report shall be conducted
by the Chief of Police.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

44

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

REGULATION V
RULE I
Police Records and Information.
1.

Release of Information. Members and Employees shall not release any information nor
reveal any confidential business of the Department to any person or entity except as provided
in Departmental Policy and Procedure.

2.

Department Documents and Records. Contents of any Document, record or report filed
within the Department shall not be exhibited or divulged to any person or entity other than a
duly authorized Member or Employee of the Department, except with the approval of the
Chief of Police, or under due process of law, or as permitted under Departmental Policy and
Procedures.

3.

Reports. No Employee shall knowingly falsify any official report or enter or cause to be
entered any inaccurate, false, or improper information on records of the Department.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

45

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
REGULATION VI
GIFTS AND REWARDS
RULE 1
Soliciting or Accepting Benefits. Members and Employees shall not directly or indirectly solicit,
accept or agree to accept any benefit or bribe (as defined herein) to influence the performance of their
official duties.
a.

Other Transactions. Members and Employees are prohibited from buying,
selling or bartering anything of value from or to any complainant, suspect,
witness, defendant, prisoner, or other person involved in any case which has
come to their attention or which arose out of their Department employment
except as may be specifically authorized by the Chief of Police.

b.

Debt Obligation. Members and Employees shall promptly pay all their just
debts and meet all their legal obligations and liabilities.

RULE 2
Rewards. Members and Employees shall not accept any gift, gratuity, or reward in money or other
compensation for services rendered in the line of duty, except for salary and benefits directly paid by
the Borough of Fort Lee.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

46

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
RULE 3
Disposition of Unauthorized Gifts, Gratuities. Any unauthorized benefit (as defined herein), gift,
gratuity, loan, fee, reward, or other object or thing of value coming into the possession of any
Member or Employee, which is not lawfully their own, lawfully, shall be immediately forwarded to
the Chief of Police or his designee (example: a Commanding Officer of a shift), together with a
written report explaining the circumstances.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

47

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
REGULATION VII
USE OF INTOXICANT
RULE I
a.

Intoxicants Defined. Any beverage, drug (legal or illegal), medication or
medicinal agent which by the use in question thereof, may cause a person not
to have normal use of his physical or mental faculties, thereby rendering him,
or likely to render him, impaired from or incapable of acting in the manner in
which an ordinarily prudent and caution man or police officer, in full
possession of his faculties and using reasonable care, would act under like
conditions.

b.

Intoxification and Intoxified Defined. The situation where, by reason of
ingesting intoxicants, a person does not have the normal use of his physical or
mental faculties, thus rendering him impaired from or incapable of acting in
the manner in which an ordinarily prudent and caution man or police officer,
in full possession of his faculties, using reasonable care, would act under like
conditions.

c.

Alcoholic Beverage Defined. Alcoholic Beverage means alcohol, fermented
or distilled spirits and malt liquors which can be used as a beverage, and
which, when drunk to excess, will produce intoxification. Alcoholic
Beverages are also Intoxicants as defined herein.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

48

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
RULE 2
Not Under The Influence Of Intoxicants On Duty. Members and Employees shall not report for
duty under the influence of Intoxicants, except as specifically permitted by the Chief of Police or his
designee, after timely and full notification by the Member and Employee as later set forth in these
Rules and Regulations.
RULE 3
No Consumption Of Alcoholic Beverages Before Duty Periods. Members and Employees shall
not ingest Alcoholic Beverages within four (4) hours prior to reporting for duty.
RULE 4
No Use Of Intoxicants On Duty. Members and Employees shall not ingest any Alcoholic
Beverages or Intoxicants while on duty.
a.

Exception. Members may ingest Alcoholic Beverages (but not other
Intoxicants) when assigned to duty in civilian clothes if: (i) it is absolutely
necessary in the performance of duty; and (ii) such ingestion has been preapproved by the appropriate Supervisor; and (iii) such ingestion does not
render the Member intoxicated or in any way unfit for duty.

b.

See Also: Rule 10.

RULE 5
Consuming Alcoholic Beverages Off Duty In Full Or Partial Uniform. Members and Employees
shall not consume Alcoholic Beverages while off duty and in uniform or any recognizable
component of the uniform.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

49

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
RULE 6
Intoxicants and Alcoholic Beverages In Police Buildings. Intoxicants and Alcoholic Beverages
shall not, at any time, be consumed within or around police headquarters or on public grounds or
police vehicles.
RULE 7
Supervisors’ Responsibility. Supervisors shall not assign to duty or allow to remain on duty any
employee whose fitness for duty is questionable due to the use of Intoxicants, including, but not
limited to, Alcoholic Beverages or Medication.
RULE 8
Possession Of Intoxicants. Members and Employees shall not have Intoxicants on their person
while on duty or in uniform, nor in any police Department building or vehicle, except for evidential
or other authorized purposes.
RULE 9
Entering Licensed Premises. Members and Employees in uniform shall not enter any licensed
premises where Illegal Intoxicants and Alcoholic Beverages are sold or stored, except in the
performance of duty and in compliance with Departmental Policy.
RULE 10
Taking Medication On Duty. Members and Employees of the Department shall not take any
medication which may diminish their alertness or impair their senses or physical abilities or which
cause or are likely to cause Intoxification prior to or after reporting for duty unless directed by a
physician. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Members and Employees may not be on duty if they are
intoxicated.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

50

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
RULE 11
Notification About Medication. When Members and Employees are required to take any
prescription medication or any non-prescription medication which may diminish their alertness or
impair their senses or physical ability, the Member or Employee shall consult with their physician as
necessary and shall notify their Supervisor as far in advance of their reporting to duty as is possible,
as to the medication required, its properties and the possible effects on the person’s physical and
mental abilities, the dosage and the period during which the employee is required to take this
medication. It shall be the duty of the Member or Employee to obtain this information from his
prescribing physician. If the medication is a nonprescription drug, the Member or Employee shall
make this notification. The information so provided shall be confidential.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

51

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
REGULATION VIII
DUTY CONDUCT
RULE 1
Reporting For Duty. Members and Employees shall report for duty at the time and place specified,
properly uniformed and equipped.
a.

The prescribed seasonal uniform and equipment are listed in Appendix “A”
of these Rules and Regulations.

RULE 2
Absence From Duty. An Employee or Member who fails to appear for duty at the date, time, and
place specified without the consent of competent authority is absent without leave. Supervisors shall
immediately report to their supervisor in writing any Member or Employee who is absent without
leave.
RULE 3
Prohibited Activity On Duty. Members and Employees who are on duty are prohibited from
engaging in activities which are not directly related to the performance of their duty (e.g., sleeping,
conducting private business, card playing, gambling).
RULE 4
Use of Tobacco Products While On Duty. Members and Employees shall not use tobacco products
except in authorized areas and shall not use tobacco products on duty while in direct contact with the
public.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

52

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
RULE 5
Personal Electronic Equipment. The use of portable televisions, tape or disc players, radios, and
any other form of entertainment other than equipment authorized by the Department while on duty is
prohibited.
RULE 6
Relief. Members and Employees are to remain at their assignments and on duty until properly
relieved or until dismissed by competent authority.
RULE 7
Meals. All meals are to be consumed within authorized areas, subject to modification by the
supervisor. At no time shall such Member or Employee leave his patrol to go “out of service” for
such purpose.
RULE 8
Training. Members and Employees shall attend training at the direction of the appropriate
supervisor. Such attendance is considered a duty assignment, unless the prevailing collective
bargaining agreement provides otherwise.
RULE 9
Inspections. Members and Employees directed to attend full dress inspections shall report in the
uniform prescribed, carrying the equipment specified. Unauthorized absence from such inspection
shall be considered absence without leave.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

53

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
RULE 10
Investigations.
a.

Command Of Scene. At the scene of a crime, accident, or other police
incident, the ranking Member present shall assume command and direction of
police personnel to assure the most orderly and efficient accomplishment of
the police task. When two or more Members of the same rank are present
and one of these is assigned to the investigation detail that will follow up the
investigation, that ranking Member will be in charge. This provision
coordinates the efforts of the several subordinate members who may be
assigned to the incident; therefore, it is incumbent upon the ranking Member
assuming such control to become acquainted with the facts and ensure that
appropriate action is being taken or is initiated.

b.

Responsibilities Of Members Arriving At Crime And Incident Scenes.
The first Member to arrive at the scene of a crime, or other police incident, is
responsible for the following actions as they may apply to the situation:
1.

Summon medical assistance and administer first aid as required to
prevent further injury or loss of life.

2.

Arrest violator(s).

3.

Secure the scene.

4.

Conduct a preliminary investigation.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

54

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
c.

Responsibilities Of Assigned Members At Crime Scene. The Members
officially assigned to perform the preliminary or other investigation of an
alleged crime or other incident are responsible for the duties set forth in these
Rules and the completion of the preliminary or other investigation as
directed. This shall include securing statements and other information which
will aid in the successful completion of the investigation; locating, collecting,
and preserving physical evidence; and identifying, locating and apprehending
the offender(s).

d.

Identification As Police Officer. Except when impractical or where the
identify is obvious, Members shall identify themselves by displaying the
official badge or identification card before taking police action.

e.

Release of Information At Crime Scene. Unauthorized persons, including
members of the press, shall be excluded from crime scenes. Information
which will not hinder or nullify an investigation shall be given to the press by
the Superior Officer in charge of the investigation or in accordance with
Departmental Policy. In order not to jeopardize the prosecution of a criminal
case and to insure that an accused will not have cause to challenge the
fairness of the court proceeding against him, every member of the department
is hereby advised of the following guidelines to be used in dealing with the
press.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

55

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
f.

g.

A Member shall not make nor participate in making any statement to the
media or any person outside the Department or other Authorized
Agency that relates to:
1.

The character, reputation, or prior criminal record (including arrests,
indictments, or other charges of crime) of the accused.

2.

The possibility of a plea of guilty to the offense charged or to a lesser
offense.

3.

The existence or contents of any confession, admission, or statement
given by the accused of his refusal or failure to make a statement.

4.

The performance or results of any examinations or tests or the refusal
or failure of the accused to submit to examinations or tests.

5.

The identity, testimony, or credibility of a prospective witness.

6.

Any opinion as to the guilt or innocence of the accused, the evidence,
or the merits of the case.

These rules do not preclude an Authorized Senior Member or Member
in Charge from announcing:
1.

The name, age, residence, occupation, and family status of the
accused, except if a juvenile;

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

56

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
2.

If the accused has not been apprehended, any information necessary
to aid in the apprehension or to warn the public of any dangers the
accused may present;

3.

A request for assistance in obtaining evidence;

4.

The identify of the victim of the crime unless a minor or sexual
assault is involved or there is some other reason to protect the privacy
of a victim;

5.

The facts, time and place of arrest; resistance; pursuit; and the use of
weapons;

6.

The identify of investigating and arresting Officers or agencies and a
general description of the investigation;

7.

At the time of seizure, a description of the physical evidence seized,
other than a confession, admission or statement;

8.

The nature, substance, or text of the charge;

9.

Quotation from or reference to public records of the court in the case;

10.

The scheduling or result of any step in the judicial proceedings;

11.

That the accused denies the charge made against him.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

57

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
h.

i.

Confidential Information.
1.

Members and Employees shall not reveal any confidential business of
the Department. They shall not impart confidential information to
anyone except those for whom it is intended or as directed by their
Commanding Officer.

2.

Members and Employees shall not make known to any person any
Departmental order which they receive unless so required by the
nature of the order.

3.

Contents of any record or report filed within any Department in the
police department shall not be exhibited or divulged to any person
other than a duly authorized police officer, except with the approval
of the Chief of Police, or under due process of law, or as permitted
under department regulations.

Compromising Criminal Cases. Members and Employees shall not
interfere with the proper administration of criminal justice.
1.

Members and Employees shall neither attempt to interrupt the legal
process except where a manifest injustice might otherwise occur nor
participate in or be concerned with any activity which might interfere
with the process of law.

2.

Members and Employees shall not attempt to have any summons or
notice to appear reduced or stricken from the calendar. In any
instance of voiding a traffic summons, a full report explaining reasons
and circumstances shall be submitted to the division office.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

58

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
3.

Any Member or Employee having knowledge of such action
and failing to inform his Superior Officer thereof shall be
subject to disciplinary action.

RULE 11
Arrests.
a.

In the making of arrests, Members shall strictly observe the laws of arrest and
the following provisions:
1.

The arresting Officer shall employ only such reasonable force and
necessary restraints to assure the safety of other persons, other police
officers, and himself.

2.

Every Member shall refrain from using unnecessary force or violence
in making arrests and must not strike a prisoner or any other person
except when necessary, in self defense, or to overcome actual
physical resistance in making an arrest. However, he must be firm,
resolute, and energetic, exercising the necessary means to perform his
duty properly. When it is necessary to use force, the circumstances
shall be included in the investigation report on the case.

3.

The arresting Officer is responsible for the safety and protection of
the arrested person while in his custody. He shall notify the desk
Officer of any injury, apparent illness or other conditions which
indicates that the arrested person may need special care.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

59

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
4.

The arresting Officer is responsible for the security of the personal
property in possession or under the control of the arrested person at
the time of the arrest. In the case of vehicles, this responsibility
transfers to the towing company when they accept custody of the
vehicle.

b.

Assisting Criminals. Members and Employees shall not communicate any
information which might assist persons guilty of criminal or quasi-criminal
acts to escape arrest or punishment or which may enable them to dispose or
of secrete evidence of unlawful activity or money, merchandise or other
property unlawfully obtained.

c.

Complaints by Members for Assault Against Themselves. Members shall
arrest perpetrators of assault, and criminal offenses directed against them.
The perpetrators shall be charged accordingly. Whenever it is impossible to
consummate the arrest at the time of the offense, the Member shall make a
complete report of the incident to his shift commander with a request that he
be allowed to make a complaint in the proper manner according to procedure.
A warrant which may be issued as a result of filing such a complaint shall in
no case be served by the aggrieved member or a relative.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

60

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
RULE 12
Detention.
a.

Custody Of Prisoners. Members charged with the custody of prisoners shall
observe all laws and Departmental Orders regarding this activity. Prisoners
shall be kept secure, treated firmly and humanely and shall not be subjected
to unnecessary restraints.

b.

Custody And Detention Of Juveniles. The Custody and detention of
juveniles shall be governed by the Code Of Juvenile Justice, N.J.S.A. 2A:4A20 et seq. (L 1982, c. 77), and Departmental S.O.P.

RULE 13
Roll Call. Unless otherwise directed, Members shall report to daily roll call at the time and place
specified, properly uniformed and equipped. They shall give careful attention to orders and
instructions avoiding unnecessary talking or movement.
RULE 14
Physical Fitness For Duty. Members and Employees shall maintain good physical condition so that
they can handle the strenuous physical contacts often required of a law enforcement officer. The
Department reserves the right, on a random or as required basis, to appropriately test a Member’s or
Employee’s physical fitness for duty.
RULE 15
Loitering. Members on duty or in uniform shall not enter theaters, restaurants, delicatessens,
convenience stores, or other public places except to perform a police task. Loitering and unnecessary
conversation in such locations are forbidden. Members and Employees, off duty and on duty and
not on any official police business, shall not loiter in Police Department areas.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

61

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
REGULATION IX
UNIFORMS, APPEARANCE AND IDENTIFICATION
RULE 1
Regulation Uniforms Required. All Members and uniformed Employees shall maintain uniforms
prescribed in Departmental Policy and Procedure. Uniforms shall be kept neat, clean and wellpressed at all times. Non-uniformed civilian Employees shall be attired in clothing suitable for office
employees in private industry and shall keep such attire neat, clean and well-pressed at all times.
RULE 2
Manner of Dress on Duty. Members and Employees shall wear the uniform or civilian clothing on
duty as prescribed by Departmental Policy and Procedure for the employee’s current assignment and
no other non-approved apparel. Employees will wear and maintain an Employee uniform when so
directed by the Chief of Police.
RULE 3
Wearing Jewelry on Duty. Members on duty shall not wear jewelry which may be grasped during a
struggle, catch on machinery, or cut another person, or which can inflict injury or retard the mobility
of the Officer. This provision shall not prohibit non-uniformed Officers on duty from wearing
jewelry appropriate for the conditions of their current assignment in accordance with Department
Policy. The wearing of ear, eye, nose, lip or other body jewelry or adornment, on duty, is prohibited.
RULE 4
Personal Appearance. Members and Employees, while on duty, shall be neat and clean on their
person, with uniform or clothes clean and pressed. This provision shall not prohibit non-uniform
Officers on duty from dressing appropriately for the conditions of their current assignment in
accordance with Departmental Policy. The Department reserves the right to promulgate by lawful
order hair and facial hair grooming standards
RULE 5
Wearing or Carrying Identification. Members and Employees shall wear or carry their
Department identification at all times, provided that it is practical under the circumstances. Any
Member when in uniform shall also wear the regulation badge on the outside of the outermost
garment over the left breast and always in plain sight. When not in uniform or off duty, he shall

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

62

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
carry his badge in his pocket. Regulation name tags shall also be worn on the issued badge holder,
under the badge.
RULE 6
Identification as Police Officer. Except when impractical or where the identity is obvious, police
Officers shall identify themselves by displaying the official badge or identification card before taking
police action.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

63

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
REGULATION X
EQUIPMENT, PROPERTY, FIREARMS AND USE OF FORCE
RULE 1
Equipment on Duty. Members and Employees shall carry all equipment on duty as prescribed in
Departmental Policy and Procedure based on their assignment and as set forth in Appendix “A”.
RULE 2
Equipment off Duty. Members shall carry equipment off duty as prescribed in Department Policy
and Procedure based on their assignment. See Appendix “B”.
RULE 3
Firearms. Department regulations concerning the care and use of firearms are designed to protect
the lives of police officers and the lives and property of the public.
a.

Handling Of Firearms. Members shall exercise caution and the utmost care
in handling firearms on and off duty.

b.

Official Police Firearm. The official police firearm shall be the firearm
issued to each Police Officer by the department. Carrying personal firearms
on duty or during emergencies is prohibited, unless otherwise dictated by the
Chief Of Police.

c.

Off-Duty Firearm. The Chief may authorize a Member to carry an off-duty
weapon other than the office police firearm, providing that the Police Officer
follows the steps prescribed below:
1.
2.

He submits a written request through channels requesting permission
to carry an off-duty weapon.
He submits the off-duty weapon to the Officer in charge of firearms
training for inspection to determine whether it meets the same
standards set for safety and serviceability that apply to the official
police firearm. He must also qualify with the off-duty weapon, as
required, on the firing range.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

64

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
3.

He carries the authorized off-duty weapon only after he has secured
the approval of the Chief of Police and only during the time this
approval remains in effect.

4.

When requested, the off-duty weapon will be submitted for test fire
and inspection upon the member’s appearance for scheduled inservice firearms training.

5.

The Member observes and is bound by any part of or any section of
these Rules and Regulations which pertain to the official police
firearm, and he understands that these same rules and regulations also
apply to his use of any off-duty weapon which may be authorized by
the Chief of Police.

d.

Carrying Firearm Generally. Members shall carry their official police
firearms or authorized off-duty weapons fully loaded and in a serviceable,
operating condition so that they may be prepared when called upon to carry
out a police duty, service, function, or responsibility. When on duty, they
shall also carry sufficient extra ammunition to fully reload their official
department issued firearm. Members who may be sick, injured, or on
vacation leave may, but are not required, to carry a firearm. Police officers
who are suspended or whose weapons have been officially taken from them
for other reasons shall not carry a firearm under any circumstances. Officers
may carry an approved weapon off-duty in accordance with these regulations
and department S.O.P.’s regarding firearms.

e.

In-Service and Off-Duty Holsters. The official police firearm or authorized
off-duty firearm shall be carried in holsters which conform to acceptable
specifications, as described in the firearms S.O.P.

f.

Non-Regulation Firearm or Other Weapons Prohibited. Members who
carry and employ firearms or other weapons other than those that have been
inspected and approved by the police department and with which the Member
has, as required, qualified on the firing range, shall be subject to disciplinary
action.

g.

Tampering With Police Firearms. All repairs, modifications and
adjustments to the official police firearm and authorized off-duty weapon
shall be made only with the prior approval of the officer in charge of firearms
training. Police Officers shall not use unauthorized grips. Also, they shall
not make any change in the trigger pull mechanism or effect any other

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

65

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
unauthorized alteration or addition. Special grips may be used in special
cases, but only after the Police Officer first has obtained the approval of the
Officer in charge of the firearms section.
h.

Care Of Firearms Off Duty, Outside Home. A Member when off duty and
outside his home shall keep his department issued service firearm or
authorized off-duty weapon holstered on his person readily available for
emergency use, unless he is on sick, injured, or on vacation leave.

i.

Care Of Firearms Off Duty, At Home. A Police Officer shall keep his
firearm in a secure place readily available in case of emergency. Officers
shall insure the firearm is inaccessible to children or other unauthorized
persons, through the use of trigger locks or secure key or combination locked
boxes.

j.

Loss Of the Firearm. Loss of the official police firearm or any firearm
through carelessness or neglect shall be deemed a serious violation of
Departmental regulations and shall subject the member to disciplinary action.

k.

Ammunition Issue. The initial issue and the replacement of ammunition for
the department firearms shall be made by the Department without expense to
the Police Officer. The Department shall replace rounds that have been
expended in the line of police duty. Only Department issued ammunition
shall be used. Ammunition for off-duty weapons must be pre-authorized by
the Chief of Police under the procedures set forth herein for off-duty firearms.

l.

Discharge Of Firearm: Report. It shall be the policy of the police
department that any Member of the force who discharges any firearm or
service weapon shall, by the quickest means of communication available,
notify the appropriate police official, and promptly submit a written report to
his Commanding Officer. Such report shall be in the form specified by the
Department’s SOP.

RULE 4
Use of Force, Including Deadly Force, By Law Enforcement Officers.
a.

Introduction.
1.

The primary objective of this Section is to express this Department’s
Policy as a guide concerning the use of force in law enforcement. In

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

66

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
furtherance of this objective, this Section incorporates the essence of
laws and basic training courses concerning the use of force by officers
in the performance of their duties. Members are also bound by
Department SOP’s concerning use of force, as same may be amended
from time-to-time. It is the responsibility of every Member to stay
current and study these SOP’s.

b.

2.

As defined in N.J.S.A. 2C:3-11, “deadly force” means force which
the Officer uses with the purpose of causing or which the Officer
knows to create a substantial risk of causing death or serious bodily
harm. Purposely firing a firearm in the direction of another person or
at the vehicle, building or structure in which another person is
believed to be constitutes deadly force. A threat to cause death or
serious bodily harm, by the production of a weapon or otherwise, so
long as the purpose is limited to creating an apprehension that the
officer will use deadly force if necessary, does not constitute deadly
force.

3.

Non-deadly force means physical force other than deadly force.

4.

As defined in N.J.S.A. 2C: 3-11, “serious bodily harm” means bodily
harm which creates a substantial risk of death or which causes
serious, permanent disfigurement or protracted loss of impairment of
the function of any bodily member or organ or which results from
aggravated sexual assault or sexual assault.

5.

As defined in N.J.S.A. 2C: 3-11, “dwelling” means any building or
structure, through moveable or temporary, or a portion thereof, which
is for the time being an individual’s home or place of lodging.

It is the Policy of this Department that its Members employ force in the
performance of their duties only to the degree and in the manner provided by
law and consistent with the provisions of the New Jersey Code of Criminal
Justice.
1.

Warning shots by Officers performing their duties are not authorized
by the Department.

2.

Comment. Officers have special legal authority to use force and
deadly force in certain situations subject to limitations.
Notwithstanding this authorization, they are under a duty to employ

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

67

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
extraordinary care in the handling of firearms and other deadly
weapons. It is essential that each officer exercise sound judgment and
act reasonably under all circumstances where any force is applied.
Given the existence of the requisite conditions, an officer should
resort to deadly force only when immediately necessary and only after
all other alternatives have been exhausted or are believed to be
ineffective in light of the prevailing circumstances.
c.

Mechanics. The specific rules and limitations in the use of force and the
circumstances in which a police officer is justified in using force (deadly or
non-deadly) are specified in the Department firearms Standard Operating
Procedure, as same may be amended from time to time. The unifying
principles that bind all of these rules and limitations are necessity and
proportionality: A police Officer shall use force only when and to the extent
necessary and he shall use only that force which is reasonable in relation to
the harm he seeks to prevent.

d.

Firearms Requalification. Members must be legally skilled in the use and
maintenance of the firearm he carries for the protection of the community and
himself. To ensure that all officers are well trained and proficient in the use
and maintenance of firearms, it is the policy of this Department that each
officer satisfies the state firearms requalification process. An Officer must
successfully requalify with both his duty and off-duty weapon and the records
of the scores of all members of this department shall be systematically
maintained. Those officers who do not successfully requalify shall not be
permitted to carry a firearm and may be considered unqualified for continued
employment.

RULE 5
Department Property and Equipment. Members and Employees are responsible for the proper
care of Department property and equipment assigned to them which must be kept clean, in good
working order, and confirm to department specifications.
RULE 6
Use of Department Property and Equipment. Members and Employees shall not use any
Department property or equipment for personal business or pleasure.
RULE 7

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

68

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
Damaged, Unduly Worn or Inoperative Property or Equipment. Members and Employees shall
immediately report to their Supervisors or Commanding officer any unduly worn equipment, any loss
of or damage to Department property assigned to or used by them. The Supervisor or Commanding
Officer shall also be notified of any defects or hazardous conditions existing in any Department
equipment or property.
RULE 8
Care of Department Buildings. Members and Employees shall not mark or deface any surface in
any Department building. No material shall be affixed to any wall in Department buildings without
specific authorization from the appropriate Supervisor.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

69

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
RULE 9
Notices. Members and Employees shall not mark, alter or deface any posted notice of the
Department. Notices or announcements shall not be posted on bulletin boards without permission of
the appropriate Supervisor, except in those areas designated for use by the collective bargaining
units.
RULE 10
Use of Department Vehicles. Members and Employees shall not use any Department vehicle
without the permission of a Supervisor. Department vehicles shall not be used for personal business
or pleasure, except as may be otherwise authorized by the Department.
RULE 11
Operation of Department Vehicles. When operating Department vehicles, Members and
Employees shall keep the car under control and shall not violate traffic laws except in cases of
emergency and then only in conformity with state law and Departmental Policy and Procedure
regarding same.
RULE 12
Transporting Citizens. Citizens will be transported in Department vehicles only when necessary to
accomplish a police purpose or as otherwise authorized by the Department. Such transportation will
be done in conformance with Department Policy or at the direction of a Commanding Officer or
immediate Supervisor.
RULE 13
Reporting Accidents. Accidents involving Department personnel, property, equipment and vehicles
must be reported in accordance with Department procedures.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

70

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
RULE 14
Inspection. Departmental property and equipment is and remains the property of the Department
and is subject to entry and inspection without notice. Department property includes, but not limited
to, lockers and desks.
RULE 15
Liability. If Department property or Borough property or civilian property in the Member’s or
Employee’s custody or control is damaged or lost as a result of misuse or negligence by a Member or
Employee, that Member or Employee will be held liable to reimburse the Department, Borough or
civilian for the damage or loss and that Member of Employee is also subject to Disciplinary Action.
In the event that municipal property is found bearing evidence of damage or loss which has not
been reported, it shall be evidence that the last person using the property or vehicle was
responsible for said damage or loss.
RULE 16
Surrender of Department Property.
a.

Upon Separation From the Department.
Members and Employees are required to surrender all Department property in their
possession upon separation from the service. For failure to return a non-expendable
item, the Member or Employee will be required to reimburse the Department for the
fair market value of the article.

b.

Under Suspension.
Any Member or Employee under suspension shall immediately surrender their
identification, firearm (if applicable), and all other Department property to the
appropriate Supervisor pending disposition of the case.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

71

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
REGULATION XI
COMMUNICATIONS AND CORRESPONDENCE
RULE 1
Restrictions. Members and Employees shall:
a.

Not use Department letterheads for private correspondence.

b.

Only send Correspondence Documents and other Departmental information out of
the Department under the direction of the appropriate Supervisor.

RULE 2
Forwarding Communications. Any Member or Employee who receives a communication for
transmission to another Member or Employee shall forward same without delay.
RULE 3
Use of Department Equipment and Address. Members and Employees shall not use the
Department or its computers and electronic equipment as a personal mailing address or for private
purposes. The Department address shall not be used for any private vehicle registration or driver
license.
RULE 4
Telephones. Department telephone equipment may not be used for personal use involving toll
charges without the express approval of a Supervisor.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

72

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
RULE 5
Radio And Other Electronic Equipment Discipline. Members and Employees operating the
police radios, computers and other electronic equipment shall strictly observe the Procedures and
restrictions for such operations as set forth in Departmental Policy and the procedures set forth by
other Government Agencies having jurisdiction.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

73

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
REGULATION XII
CONDUCT TOWARD PUBLIC
RULE 1
Courtesy. Members and Employees shall be courteous and orderly in their dealings with the public.
They shall perform their duties politely, avoiding profane or provoking language and shall always
remain calm regardless of provocation.
RULE 2
Request for Identification. Upon request of any person, Members and Employees are required to
supply their name and badge number in a courteous manner, except on undercover assignments when
to do so would interfere with the performance of their duty.
RULE 3
Impartiality. Members and Employees shall not exhibit bias or favoritism toward any person
because of race, sex, sexual orientation, creed, color, national origin, ancestry, marital status, blood
trait, age, handicap, religion, governmental affiliation, or influence.
RULE 4
Use of Derogatory Terms. Employees shall not use language that is derogatory or humiliating,
demeaning or insulting to a person because of race, gender, sexual orientation, creed, color, national
origin, ancestry, marital status, blood trait, age, handicap, religion, governmental affiliation, or
influence.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

74

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
RULE 5
Affiliation with Certain Organizations Prohibited. No Member or Employee shall knowingly
become a member or affiliate of any subversive organization which advocates the violation of law, or
which professes hatred, prejudice, or oppression against any racial or religious or other group or
classification protected by the New Jersey Law Against Discrimination or political entity, except
when necessary in the performance of duty and at the direction of the Chief of Police.
RULE 6
Representing the Police Department. Members and Employees shall not give public speeches or
demonstrations on behalf of the Department, nor shall they endorse any product or service in or out
of uniform, as a Member or representative of the Department, without prior approval from the Chief
of Police.
RULE 7
Public Statements. Members and Employees shall not make public statements concerning the
work, plans, policies or affairs of the Department, which may impair or disrupt the operation of the
Department or which are unlawful or defamatory.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

75

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
REGULATION XIII
POLITICAL ACTIVITIES
RULE 1
Partisan Political Activities Permitted. Members and Employees may campaign or otherwise
actively engage in partisan political campaigns and activities; however, no activities shall be
conducted during any tour of duty or in uniform (or any recognizable part thereof) or as a
representative of the Department.
RULE 2
Non-Partisan Political Activities Permitted. Members and Employees may campaign or otherwise
actively engage in non-partisan political campaigns and other community activities: However, no
activities shall be conducted during any tour of duty or in uniform (or any recognizable part thereof)
or as a representative of the Department.
RULE 3
Participation in Public Affairs. Members and Employees may participate fully in public affairs to
the extent that such endeavors do not impair the neutral and efficient performance of official duties,
or create real or apparent conflicts of interest.
RULE 4
Contribution of Funds. Members and Employees may contribute funds or any other thing of value
to candidates for public office subject to the provision of law governing such contributions.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

76

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
RULE 5
Use of Official Position. Members and Employees shall not directly or indirectly use or attempt to
use their official position to improperly influence the political activity of another person.
RULE 6
Polling Activities. Members and Employees shall not engage in any polling duties with the Borough
of Fort Lee except in the performance of their official duties.
RULE 7
Political Material. Members and Employees shall not display any political material on their person
while on duty or in their uniform or on any government property except for PBA Official Business
on the designated PBA Bulletin Board.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

77

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
REGULATION XIV
JUDICIAL APPEARANCE AND TESTIMONY
RULE 1
Duty of Employee to Appear and Testify. Members and Employees shall appear and testify on
matters directly related to the conduct of their office, position or employment before any court, grand
jury, Governmental Agency or the State Commission of Investigation. Any Member or Employee
failing or refusing to do so shall be subject to removal from his office, position or employment.
Members and Employees shall immediately inform their supervisors or Commanding Officer of any
planned or required appearance or Testimony before any court, grand jury, governmental agency or
the State Commission of Investigation. Members and Employees shall also remain current on
Department SOP’s concerning official testimony.
RULE 2
Subpoena. Members and Employees shall not volunteer to testify in civil cases involving their
official duties.
RULE 3
Official Appearance. When appearing in court, Grand Jury or on official business or on
Department business, Members and Employees shall, except as may otherwise be provided in a
Department SOP, wear either the Department uniform or appropriate business attire. (A shirt, tie,
dress slacks and dress jacket for men and a suit, dress or dress blouse and skirt for women. Footwear
shall also be business appropriate.) On duty grooming standards apply to all official appearances.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

78

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
RULE 4
Testifying for the Defendant. Any Member or Employee subpoenaed to testify for the defense of a
person charged with a crime or against the municipality or Department in any hearing or trial shall
notify the appropriate Supervisor immediately upon receipt of the subpoena, whereupon the
Supervisor shall immediately notify the applicable prosecutor and the municipal attorney.
RULE 5
Truthfulness. Members and Employees are required to be truthful at all times in all matters
concerning or affecting the Department or their employment, whether under oath or not.
RULE 6
Civil Depositions and Affidavits. Members and Employees shall confer with the appropriate
Supervisor before giving a deposition or affidavit on a civil matter relating to Department or Official
Duties.
RULE 7
Civil Action, Expert Witness. Members and Employees shall not volunteer or agree to testify as
expert witnesses in any court or before any governmental body without the prior written approval of
the County Prosecutor and Chief of Police.
RULE 8
Civil Process. Members and Employees shall not serve civil process or assist in civil cases unless
such service is approved by the appropriate Supervisor.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

79

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
REGULATION XV
PERSONNEL REGULATIONS
RULE 1
Hours and Leave.
1.

Hours of Duty.

Members and Employees shall have hours of work assigned
to them for active duty, and when not so employed, they shall
be considered off duty. Members and Employees are subject
to be recalled to duty as needed.

2.

Scheduled Days Off. Members and Employees are entitled to days off pursuant to
appropriate collective bargaining agreements and days off are
to be taken according to a schedule arranged by the
appropriate Supervisor. Members and Employees are subject
to recall as needed.

3.

Vacation Leave.

4.

Other Leaves.

Members and Employees are entitled to vacation days off
pursuant to appropriate collective bargaining agreements,
Departmental Policy and Procedure, and approval of the
vacation schedule by the appropriate Supervisor. Members
and Employees are subject to recall as needed.
Members and Employees are entitled to other leave as provided for in
collective bargaining agreements, by law and by Department
Policy and Procedure, subject to recall and approval of the
schedule by the appropriate Supervisor.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

80

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
5.

Sick Leave.

Members and Employees are entitled to sick days off pursuant
to appropriate collective bargaining agreements and
Department policy and procedures.

6.

Abuse of Sick Leave. Members and Employees who take sick leave in violation of
Department Policy shall be subject to disciplinary action.

7.

Suspension of Leave. Any vacation leave, scheduled day off, or other leave of absence may
be suspended when an emergency which reasonably could not
have been foreseen is declared by appropriate Departmental
authority and which unavoidably requires utilization of
additional Employees who are not scheduled to work.

RULE 2
Secondary Employment.
1.

Secondary Employment. Members and Employees may not engage in secondary
employment without the prior consent of the Chief of Police or his designee(s). Members
and Employees are also required to report to the Chief or his designee(s) any appearance of
or actual conflict of interest which may occur between their employment with the Borough of
Fort Lee and their secondary employment. Secondary employment is also governed by
Department SOP’s as same may be amended from time-to-time. Members and Employees
are required to read and comply with these SOP’s.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

81

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
RULE 3
Resignation/Retirement.
1.

Resignations and Retirements to be in Writing. All resignations and retirements of
Members and Employees must be in writing and bear the signature of the person resigning.
Members and Employees shall provide the Chief of Police with no less than 30 days written
notice of their planned resignation date, unless emergent circumstances prevent full notice.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

82

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
REGULATION XVI
PUBLIC ACTIVITIES AND PUBLIC CONTACT
RULE 1
Identification.
a.

Except where impractical or where the identity is obvious, Officers shall identify
themselves by displaying their official badge or identification card before taking
police action.

b.

Officers shall carry their badge and identification cards on their persons at all times
except when impractical or dangerous to their safety or to an ongoing investigation.
They shall furnish their name and badge number to any person requesting that
information when they are on duty or holding themselves out as having an official
capacity, except when the withholding of such information is necessary for the
performance of police duties, or is authorized by proper authority.

RULE 2
Citizen Complaints. Officers shall courteously and promptly record, in writing, any complaint
made by a citizen against any Officer of the Department. Officers may attempt to resolve the
complaints, but shall never attempt to dissuade any citizen from lodging a complaint against any
Officer of the Department. Officers shall follow established Departmental Procedures for processing
complaints.
RULE 3
Courtesy. Officers and Employees shall be courteous to the public. Officers shall be tactful in the
performance of their duties, shall control their tempers and exercise the utmost patience and
discretion and shall not engage in argumentative discussions, even in the face of extreme
provocation. In the performance of their duties, Officers shall not use coarse, violent, profane or
insolent language or gestures and shall not express any bias or prejudice concerning any person or
any category of protected persons as set forth in the New Jersey Law Against Discrimination. They
shall attend to requests from the public quickly and accurately, avoiding unnecessary referral to other
parts of the Department.
RULE 4

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

83

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
Requests for Assistance. When a person requests assistance or advice, or makes complaints or
reports, either by telephone or in person, all pertinent information will be obtained in an official and
courteous manner and will be properly recorded and judiciously acted upon consistent with
established Departmental procedures.
RULE 5
Impartial Attitude. All Members, even though charged with vigorous and unrelenting enforcement
of the law, must remain completely impartial toward all persons coming to the attention of the
Department. Violations of the law are against the people of the State and not against the individual
Officer. All citizens are guaranteed equal protection under law. Members shall not exhibit partiality
concerning a person, or engage in unwarranted interference in the private business of others when
not in furtherance of their Official Duties.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

84

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
REGULATION XVII
OATH OF OFFICE
RULE 1
All new police Officers and civilian Employees, before their assignment to duty and prior to their
promotion to higher ranks, shall be required to take an oath of office as follows:
“I [name of police Officer or employee], do solemnly swear [or affirm] I will support
the Constitution of the United States and the Constitution of the State of New Jersey,
and that I will faithfully discharge the duties of [state rank or position] of the
Borough of Fort Lee according to the best of my ability. [Optional: “So help me
God.”]

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

85

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
REGULATION XVIII
PROBATIONARY PERIOD
RULE 1
Appointment of a patrolman to the Police Department is for a probationary period of one (1) year, or
as extended by the Department, to comply with the mandatory training required under N.J.S.A.
52:17B-69. Continuation in the service is dependent upon the conduct of the appointee and his
fitness to perform his duties. At the termination of the probationary period, if the conduct or capacity
of the probationer has not been satisfactory, he shall be notified, in writing, that he will not receive
absolute appointment and his services shall be terminated by the Chief of Police without a hearing.
The probationary period may be extended at the recommendation of the Chief of Police and the
approval of the Appropriate Authority.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

86

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
REGULATION XIX
DISCIPLINE
RULE 1
Disciplinary Action.
1.

Disciplinary Action. Employees, regardless of rank, shall be subject to disciplinary action
and discharge, according to the nature of the offense, for:
a.

Committing an offense punishable under the laws or statutes of the United States, the
State of New Jersey or any other State, or municipal ordinances;

b.

Failure, either willfully or through negligence or incompetence, to perform the duties
of their rank or assignment;

c.

Violation of any Lawful Order, Rule, Policy, Procedure, or Directive of the
Department; or

d.

Failure to obey any Lawful Order, instruction, or command of a Supervisor.

2.

Repeated Minor Violations. Repeated minor violations of the rules of conduct shall be
indicative of Employees’ disregard for their duty and may be cause for dismissal. This shall
apply regardless of the type or severity of the offenses.

3.

Other Violations. Disciplinary action in all cases will be decided on the merits of each case.
Nothing in these regulations prohibits disciplining or charging Officers or Employees
because the alleged act or omission does not appear herein.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

87

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
RULE 2
Suspension and Removal of Officers and Employees.
accomplished in accordance with applicable law.

All disciplinary action shall be

RULE 3
Authority to Discipline.
a.

All disciplinary action against a Member or Employee shall be taken in accordance
with the ordinances of the Borough of Fort Lee, the Rules and Regulations contained
herein, and applicable statutes and regulations.

b.

Individual supervisory personnel may take the following disciplinary measures,
subject to the subsequent approval of the Chief of Police:
1.

Oral reprimand.

2.

Written reprimand.

3.

Emergency suspension.

4.

Written recommendations for other disciplinary action.

RULE 4
Appropriate Authority.
a.

b.

c.

Pursuant to the terms of N.J.S.A. 40A:14-118, Borough Ordinance designates the
“Appropriate Authority” for hearing and determining all disciplinary matters which
have been instituted pursuant to N.J.S.A. 40A:14-147 and pursuant to these Rules
and Regulations, which may result in a suspension, suspension from outside jobs,
fine, demotion, reduction in rank, and/or a monetary penalty in lieu of suspension.
The Appropriate Authority may, in its discretion, appoint a “Hearing Officer” to
preside over all disciplinary actions instituted pursuant to Section A. herein.
In those instances where the Appropriate Authority has appointed a Hearing Officer
pursuant to these Rules and Regulations, the Hearing Officer shall preside over all
hearings in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Rules and Regulations.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

88

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
The Appropriate Authority shall exercise its discretion and shall determine to proceed in one
of the two following fashions:

d.

1.

The Hearing Officer shall preside over the hearing and rule on all evidentiary
and procedural matters. However, the Hearing Officer shall not make any
findings or recommendations and the Appropriate Authority shall be solely
responsible for determining guilt or innocence and the determination as to
penalty, if any.

2.

At the discretion of the Appropriate Authority, the Hearing Officer shall
make findings of fact and recommend said findings to the Appropriate
Authority. Said recommendations shall include a recommendation as to a
finding of guilt or innocence in whole or in part. In those instances where a
finding of guilt is recommended, the Hearing Officer shall also make a
recommendation to the Appropriate Authority as to the penalty to be
imposed.

In the event the Appropriate Authority determines to proceed under Section C.2.,
herein, copies of the Hearing Officer’s recommendations shall, simultaneously with
transmittal to the Appropriate Authority, be served by the Hearing Officer on the
Member or Employee or his representative and on the appropriate authority and
prosecutor.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

89

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
e.

In all proceedings conducted under Section C.2., all parties shall have fifteen (15)
days from the date of the Hearing Officer’s recommendations to the Appropriate
Authority to file exceptions from the Hearing Officer’s recommendations with the
Appropriate Authority.

f.

In all such instances where a Hearing Officer has been appointed and subsequently
made recommendations pursuant to Section C.2., the Appropriate Authority shall
consider, but shall not be bound by, the recommendations of the Hearing Officer and
shall further consider the exceptions to said recommendations by the Member or
Employee involved or his representative and by the Chief of Police or the Prosecutor.

g.

In all proceedings conducted pursuant to Section C.2., the Appropriate Authority
shall consider the recommendations of the Hearing Officer and the exceptions filed
by the parties, and based upon a review of same and the record in each case, he shall
have the authority to accept, modify or reject the Hearing Officer’s recommendations
and to make a finding with regard to guilt or innocence and to impose penalties on
the employee.

h.

In those cases where a Hearing Officer is not appointed, or where the Appropriate
Authority decides to proceed under Section C.1., herein, any hearing required by
these Rules and Regulations shall be conducted by the Appropriate Authority who
shall conduct a hearing in accordance with the terms of these Rules and Regulations
and determine guilt or innocence. If a finding of guilt is made, then the Appropriate
Authority shall impose a penalty in accordance with the terms of these Rules and
Regulations.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

90

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
REGULATION XX
INITIATION OF DISCIPLINARY ACTION
AND DISCIPLINARY ACTION
RULE 1
Initiation and Procedure for Oral Reprimand. Oral reprimands may be given by a Supervisor or
Superior Officer to any of his subordinates.
a.

When an oral reprimand is given, the Member or Employee shall be advised that the
Superior Officer or Supervisor is giving an oral reprimand and that an “Incident
Report” will be made and forwarded to the Division Commander.

b.

The Superior Officer or Supervisor giving the reprimand shall complete an “Incident
Report”, in triplicate, retaining one copy and forwarding the original copy to the
Division Commander. The third copy shall be given to the Member or Employee
being disciplined.

c.

The Division Commander shall review the report and, in writing, either approve ir
disapprove the report, and if disapproved, direct what action, if any, should be taken
with a copy to the Member or Employee being reprimanded.

RULE 2
Initiation and Procedure for Written Reprimand. A written reprimand may be given by a
Superior Officer or Supervisor to any of his subordinates.
a.

b.

When a written reprimand is given, the Superior Officer or Supervisor giving such
reprimand shall complete a “Written Reprimand Report” in triplicate. He is to retain
one copy and forward the original copy, together with any supporting documentation,
to the Chief. The third copy shall be given to the Member or Employee being
disciplined.
The Chief shall review the Report and, in writing, either approve or disapprove the
Report; and if disapproved, make recommendations as to what action, if any, be
taken. If the report is approved by the Chief of Police, the report shall be placed in
the Member’s or Employee’s personnel file.

RULE 3

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

91

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
Initiation Procedure in Other Cases. In those cases where disciplinary action could result in any
penalty other than oral or written reprimand, the Superior Officer or Supervisor initiating such action
shall complete a “Recommendation for Disciplinary Action Report” and forward it, together with
any supporting documentation, through the Chain of Command to the Chief of Police.
a.

Each level in the Chain of Command shall review the Report and any supporting
documentation, and, in writing, either approve, disapprove, or modify the
recommendation.

b.

The Division Commander, Deputy Chief or the Chief of Police may direct such
further investigation as is deemed appropriate.

c.

The Chief of Police, upon completion of his review of the Report, supporting
documentation, and any supplemental investigations, shall direct whatever action he
deems appropriate. If he determines that formal charges should be preferred, he shall
prepare, sign, and serve charges upon the accused Member or Employee.

d.

The Chief of Police, or Superior Officer acting in that capacity, shall prepare a
“Preliminary Notice of Disciplinary Action” on the prescribed form. Such Notice
shall be prepared, served and acted upon the Member, in accordance with applicable
laws.

e.

If the Member or Employee charged enters a plea of guilty, the Chief of Police shall
permit the Member or Employee to present matters in mitigation prior to assessing a
penalty.

RULE 4
Initiation of Charges. In those cases where disciplinary action is recommended by the preferring of
charges, the Chief of Police or his designee, or superior officer acting that capacity, shall prepare and
serve a Preliminary Notice of Disciplinary Action. Such Notice shall be prepared and served in
accordance with Title IIA and N.J.S.A. 40A:14-147, et seq.
RULE 5
Forum Of Hearing.
Charges shall be heard by the Appropriate Authority. The conduct of the hearing shall be as
follows:

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

92

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
a.

The accused shall be given a copy of the charges and specifications and other
relevant documents. No other discovery shall be given without a timely request to
and the prior consent of the Appropriate Authority or Hearing Officer.

b.

If the accused officer so requests, he may be represented by an authorized union
representative of the Fort Lee borough Policeman’s Benevolent Association or an
attorney or other representative of his own choosing, at his own expense.

c.

The accused and the charging officer or respective representatives shall have the right
to present evidence and argument to call witnesses, and to cross-examine witnesses.
However, subpoenas are not available without the prior consent of the Appropriate
Authority or Hearing Officer. Each party shall bear their own costs for witness
compensation. Requests for subpoenas must detail the need for compulsion and be
made in adequate time to allow the consideration of the request and serve the
subpoena.

d.

The burden shall be upon the Department to prove the violation by a preponderance
of the evidence.
The accused must enter a written plea of guilty or not guilty on or before the hearing
date set forth in the Preliminary Notice of Disciplinary Action.

e.

f.

If the accused pleads guilty or is found guilty, the Appropriate Authority may
consider the prior record of the officer before assessing a penalty.

RULE 6
Adjournments. Reasonable requests for adjournment for good cause shall be made in writing to the
Appropriate Authority or Hearing Officer. Such request shall state the reason for the requested
adjournment, and shall also include the accused officer’s voluntary waiver of his rights to a timely
hearing, as provided in Title 11A and N.J.S.A. 40A:14-147, et seq. The Appropriate Authority or
Hearing Officer shall consider such request and may grant or deny an adjournment for good cause.
RULE 7
Conduct of the Hearing.
a.

The hearing may be opened or closed at the direction of the Appropriate Authority or
Hearing Officer. A sound recording shall be made of the hearing or a transcript shall
be prepared by a certified shorthand reporter. The accused Officer shall be allowed
to have a court stenographer present at his own expense and/or have his own sound
recording made of the hearing. The Appropriate Authority or Hearing Officer shall

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

93

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
control the manner, method and presentation of the Hearing and make (recommended
if by Hearing Officer) rulings on objections, relevance, mutuality, witnesses, etc.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

94

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
b.

Absent direction to the Appropriate Authority or hearing Officer, the hearing shall be
conducted in the following sequence:
1.

The accused Officer may present any procedural arguments or objections to
the appropriate authority. The Appropriate Authority may consider such
arguments and rule immediately or reserve such ruling.

2.

Opening statements shall be presented, with the Department proceeding first.

3.

The Department shall present its evidence and witnesses. The accused
Officer or representative shall have the right to cross-examine witnesses for
the prosecution.

4.

The accused Officer or representative shall present his case, and the
prosecuting Officer or attorney shall have the right to cross-examine
witnesses for the defense. The Chief of Police or representative shall have
the right to ask appropriate questions after cross-examination.

5.

Closing arguments shall be presented with the accused Officer proceeding
first.

6.

Briefs after closings may be submitted only if the Appropriate Authority or
Hearing Officer regards same as useful and necessary.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

95

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
RULE 8
Action by the Appropriate Authority After Hearing.
a.

The Appropriate Authority or Hearing Officer shall have twenty (20) calendar days
from the close of the hearing to make a decision on the charges and furnish the
employee, either by personal service or certified mail, with a Final Notice of
Disciplinary Action; and

b.

Notify the Officer, in writing, of his action, and advise the Officer of their right to
appeal, pursuant to New Jersey State Law.

c.

The Appropriate Authority, may for reasons and a time stated in writing to the
parties, extend the time for decision on the charges.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

96

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
REGULATION XXI
DISCIPLINARY ACTION INVOLVING SENIOR OFFICERS
RULE 1
Disciplinary Action Involving Captains, Inspectors, Deputy Chiefs and the Chief of Police.
Disciplinary action involving Captains, Inspectors or Deputy Chiefs shall be initiated solely by the
Chief of Police. Disciplinary action involving the Chief of Police shall be the sole responsibility of
the Appropriate Authority.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

97

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
REGULATION XXII
PENALTIES
RULE 1
Assessment of Penalties. The following penalties may be assessed against any Member or
Employee of the Department in a disciplinary matter:
1.

Oral reprimand.

2.

Written reprimand.

3.

Suspension from outside jobs.

4.

Monetary fine in lieu of suspension in accordance with N.J.S.A.
11A:2-20.

5.

Suspension from duty.

6.

Demotion.

7.

Dismissal from service.

[Disciplinary penalties need not, in all cases, be progressive in nature.]
RULE 2
Court And Other Required Appearances During Suspensions. When an Member or Employee is
scheduled for court and other required appearances during the time he is on suspension, he shall be
responsible for court attendance, unless relieved of such responsibility by the Deputy Chief or Chief
of Police.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

98

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
RULE 3
Restrictions During Suspensions. During a period of suspension, a Member or Employee shall not
wear any identifiable part of the official uniform. Upon being relieved of duty, he will immediately
surrender his badge, identification card, Department weapon, and all other Department property as
requested. He shall not act in the capacity of, nor represent himself as a Police Officer or police
Departmental employee in any manner, nor perform any type of police work, not carry a firearm.
RULE 4
Employment During Suspension. If a Member is scheduled for outside police work during his
period of suspension, then he shall be responsible for notifying the Chief of Police that he will not be
able to appear for this assignment. Such notification shall be made as soon as possible.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

99

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
REGULATION XXIII
EMERGENCY SUSPENSION
RULE 1
Emergency Suspension. Should an Employee or Member be accused or charged with a violation of
Department written rules, regulations, procedures, directives or orders, or a more serious offense or
infraction, the Employee’s or Member’s Supervisor or Commanding Officer may temporarily relieve
him from duty pending disposition by the Chief of Police. If an emergency suspension is given, the
Supervisor or Commanding Officer must notify the Division Commander immediately. The
Division Commander shall notify the Deputy Chief and the Chief of Police.
RULE 2
Follow-up on Emergency Suspensions. When an immediate suspension of duty has been directed
by a Supervisor, the Supervisor and the accused will report to the office of the Division Commander,
otherwise the Supervisor shall present the accusation and any documentation to the Division
Commander. Other than normal duty hours where a immediate relief of duty has been directed, the
following steps shall be followed:
a.

b.

c.

The Supervisor shall direct the Member or Employee to report to the office of the
appropriate Division Commander, or the Superior Officer acting in that capacity, the
next day (Saturdays and Sundays included) at 9:00 a.m. The Supervisor shall also
advise the accused that he will not be permitted to work any intervening assigned
shift or side job between the time of the emergency suspension and the meeting with
the Division Commander. The Supervisor shall inform the suspended Officer of the
limitations of his police powers and shall relieve the accused of his badge, weapon,
and Department identification. Further, he shall advise the Division Commander of
what has transpired before going off duty. In the event that a Division Commander,
or a Superior Officer acting in that capacity, cannot be contacted, he shall contact the
Chief of Police. The Chief of Police will conduct the hearing the following day.
The Supervisor shall completely document all pertinent facts concerning the
infraction, the action taken, and his recommendations, complete with justification for
further action.
The Supervisor shall be responsible for ensuring that this documentation moves
forward through the Chain of Command and delivered to the Division Commander’s
office, without unreasonable delay. The Division Commander shall notify the
Deputy Chief and Chief of Police upon receipt of this documentation set forth in
Section (6).

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

100

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
d.

e.

In the event the Division Commander, Deputy Chief or the Chief of Police does not
concur with the action taken, he may:
1.

Ask for additional clarification from those Superior Officers or other persons
who have direct personal knowledge of, or are involved in the action;

2.

Call for a further investigation to be conducted. When and if this action is
taken, the Chief of Police may suspend further action pending the completion
of the investigation; and

3.

Direct same course of action other than suspension from duty.

In the event the Chief of Police concurs with the temporary relief of duty, then he
shall inform the Member or Employee of the duration/length and conditions of the
suspension. He shall then complete the proper personnel paperwork, sign it, and
have the suspended Employee sign it, to acknowledge receipt.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

101

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
REGULATION XXIV
CIVILIAN COMPLAINTS AGAINST DEPARTMENT PERSONNEL
RULE 1
Receipt of Complaint. All civilian complaints alleging misconduct by Department personnel,
whether received in writing, in person, or by telephone, shall be administered in accordance with
Department SOP.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

102

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
REGULATION XXV
INTERNAL AFFAIRS INVESTIGATION
In appropriate cases, as provided for herein, the Chief of Police, Deputy Chief or a Division
Commander may direct the investigation of a matter. Internal Affairs reports and investigations are
also governed by Department SOP’s. Members and Employees are required to read and abide by
these SOP’s as they may be amended from time-to-time.
RULE 1
Investigation of Alleged Misconduct. The Officer assigned to the investigation of an alleged act of
misconduct or omission on the part of another Member or Employee of the Department shall conduct
a complete and accurate investigation. Such investigation shall include signed statements from all
parties concerned, where necessary and pertinent; the gathering and preservation of any physical
evidence pertaining to the case; and any other information relating to the matter.
a.

Such investigations are highly confidential and shall not be discussed or disseminated
to unauthorized persons or entities.

RULE 2
Reports of Investigation of Alleged Acts of Misconduct. The results of the investigation must be
submitted in a written report entitled, “Report of Investigation and Findings”. The investigating
Officer shall summarize the pertinent facts, including, but not limited to:
a.

A summary of the complaint or alleged act of misconduct.

b.

Pertinent portions of the statements of all parties to the incident.

c.

A description of the incident, physical evidence, and other evidence relevant to the
case.
The observations and conclusions of the investigating Officer.

d.
RULE 3

Findings. One of the findings listed below will be included in the “Report of Investigation and
Findings” of an alleged act of misconduct.
a.

Unfounded. When the investigator, after carefully reviewing all the facts, determines
that all pertinent information firmly supports the conclusion that the allegation is

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

103

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
untrue, his final determination shall be that this complaint is unfounded. In such
instances, the member(s) involved will be considered totally exonerated of any
misconduct.
b.

Exonerated. When the investigator, after carefully reviewing all the facts, determines
that all pertinent information firmly supports the conclusion that the acts did occur
but were justified, lawful and proper, his final determination shall be that the member
is exonerated.

c.

Substantiated. When the investigator, after carefully reviewing all the facts,
determines that the complaint has been supported by the evidence, his final
determination shall be that the complaint has been substantiated.

d.

Not Substantiated. When the investigator, after carefully reviewing all the facts,
determines that, because of a lack of witnesses or other objective and persuasive
evidence, that the complaint cannot be substantiated, then his final determination
shall be that the complaint is inconclusive. Although this determination does not
necessarily indicate that the allegation was untrue, the member(s) involved will be
considered exonerated until such time that evidence to the contrary is produced.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

104

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
RULE 4
Action On The Report. The investigator’s “Report of Investigation and Findings” shall be
promptly delivered to the designated Superior Officer in charge of Internal Affairs, who shall in
turn, recommend disposition on the Report to the Chief of Police. In the event that the IA Officer is
the accused, the investigator shall deliver his report directly to the Chief of Police.
a.

The Chief of Police shall recommend whether or not to pursue the Report
further, by disciplinary action or reference to the County Prosecutor.

b.

The “Appropriate Authority” may amend the action to be taken on the Report
and Recommendation in the event the Appropriate Authority
does not take positive action to amend the Report and
Recommendation. The Chief’s decision in this regard shall
be final.

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

105

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

LAW ENFORCEMENT CODE OF ETHICS
AS A LAW ENFORCEMENT OFFICER, my fundamental duty is to serve
mankind; to safeguard lives and property; to protect the innocent against deception, the
weak against oppression or intimidation, and the peaceful against violence or disorder;
and to respect the Constitutional rights of all persons to liberty, equality and justice.
I WILL maintain courageous calm in the face of danger, scorn, or ridicule; develop
self-control; and be constantly mindful of the welfare of others. Honest in thought and
deed in both my personal and official life, I will be exemplary in obeying the law of the
land and regulations of my department. Whatever I see or hear of a confidential
nature, or that is confided to me in my official capacity, will be kept ever secret unless
revelation is necessary in the performance of my duty.
I WILL never act officiously or permit personal feelings, prejudices, animosities or
friendships to influence my decisions. With no compromise for crime and with
relentless prosecution of criminals, I will enforce the law courteously and appropriately
without fear or favor, malice or ill will, never employing unnecessary force or violence
and never accepting gratuities.
I RECOGNIZE the badge of my office as a symbol of public faith, and I accept it as a
public trust to be held so long as I am true to the ethics of the police service. I will
constantly strive to achieve these objectives and ideals, dedicating myself before God
to my chosen profession . . . . law enforcement.

Dated

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

Schedule A

Rules and Regulations
Borough of Fort Lee Police Department

Fort Lee Borough
POLICE DEPARTMENT
1327 - 16th Street
Fort Lee, New Jersey

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT
CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT

This manual is the property of the Police Department of the Borough of Fort Lee. It is
a confidential document and it may not be released to any non-Police Department
personnel without authorization by the Borough. It is assigned by serial number, and
upon separation from police service, you are bound to return it. You are responsible
for its security. Loss of this manual may constitute neglect of duty and may result in
disciplinary action.

Name of Police Officer or Civilian Employee
Date:
Manual Number:

RULES AND REGULATIONS VOL1CH1

Schedule B

Academy
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Atlantic County Police Training Center
Anthony Canale Training Center

Atlantic

Raymond Bolis
Director

(609) 407-6715

(609) 407-6717

Bergen

Brian Higgins

(201) 785-6000

(201) 785-6036

(609) 726-7270

(609) 726-7272

5033 English Creek Ave.
Egg Harbor Twp, NJ 08234-5743
Bergen County Law & Public Safety Institute
281 Campgaw Rd.

Lieutenant

Mahwah, NJ 07430-2509
Burlington County Police Academy

Burlington

Burlington County College
County Route 530
Pemberton, NJ 08068-1599
Camden County Police Academy
Camden County College

Leon Brodowski
Detective Sergeant

Camden

Joseph J. Kaiser
Director

(856) 374-4950

(856) 374-4889

Cape May

Gary G. Schaffer

(609) 465-1134

(609) 463-0749

Crim. Justice Complex, Box 200
Blackwood, NJ 08012
Cape May County Police Academy
4 Moore Road

Director

DN 909
Cape May Court House, NJ 08210
Division of Criminal Justice Academy
P.O. Box 283

Monmouth

Dion Feltri
Director

(732) 282-6060

(732) 974-7551

Essex

Rocco L. Miscia Jr.
Director

(973) 857-1339

(973) 877-4350

Gloucester

Lloyd F. Dumont

(856) 415-2266

(856) 468-7307

(201) 547-6535

(201) 547-5643

Sea Girt, NJ 08750
Essex County College Police Academy
250 Grove Avenue
Cedar Grove, NJ 07009-1436
Gloucester County Police Academy
Gloucester County College

Director

1400 Tanyard Rd.
Sewell, NJ 08080
Jersey City Police Academy

Hudson

U.S.A.R.C. - Caven Point
Chapel Ave. & Caven Point Road
Jersey City, NJ 07305-4042
John H. Stamler Police Academy
1776 Raritan Road

Robert A. Oras
Director

Union

Anthony J. Parenti
Director

(908) 889-6146

(908) 889-6359

Monmouth

Michael D. Cleary

(732) 974-4341

(732) 282-6083

Scotch Plains, NJ 07076-2997
Juvenile Justice Commission Training Academy
P.O. Box 381

Director

Sea Girt, NJ 08750

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 1 of 59

Academy
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Monmouth County Police Academy
2000 Kozloski Rd.

Monmouth

John G. McCormack
Director

(732) 577-8710

(732) 577-8722

Morris

Daniel Colucci

(973) 285-2979

(973) 285-2971

(732) 282-6020

(732) 282-6045

(732) 449-5200

(732) 449-8763

(973) 733-6030

(973) 733-4869

Freehold, NJ 07728
Morris County Fire Fighters & Police Training Sc
P.O. Box 900

Director

Morristown, NJ 07963
N. J. Department of Corrections Training Acade

Monmouth

P.O. Box 438

Craig L. Conway
Director

Sea Girt, NJ 08750-0438
New Jersey State Police Training Center

Monmouth

Administration Operations Office

Thomas Flarity
Captain

Sea Girt, NJ 08750
Newark Police Academy

Essex

1 Lincoln Ave.

Joseph Totelo
Deputy Chief

Newark, NJ 07104-3097
Ocean County Police Academy
659 Ocean Ave.

Ocean

Joseph Perna
Director

(732) 363-8715

(732) 905-8345

Middlesex

Robert Bonfante
Captain

(732) 607-4805

(732) 607-7937

Passaic

Robert Lyons

(973) 628-7686

(973) 595-6896

(973) 321-1142

(973) 321-1144

(908) 526-1200

(908) 429-4274

Lakewood, NJ 08701-3699
Old Bridge Township Police Academy
One Old Bridge Plaza
Old Bridge, NJ 08857
Passaic County Police Academy
214 Oldham Road

Director

Wayne, NJ 07470-2205
Paterson Police Academy

Passaic

111 Broadway

Michael Campanello
Sergeant

Paterson, NJ 07505-1182
Somerset County Police Academy

Somerset

Raritan Valley Community College

Richard Celeste
Director

P.O. Box 3300
Somerville, NJ 08876
Trenton Police Academy
225 N. Clinton Ave.

Mercer

Joseph Juniak
Captain

(609) 989-3919

(609) 989-4277

Cumberland

Timothy Codispoti
Captain

(856) 293-1114

(856) 293-1222

Trenton, NJ 08609-1091
Vineland Police Academy
111 North 6th Street
Vineland, NJ 08360-3712

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 2 of 59

Board of Education
Agency/Address

County

Bridgeton Board of Education
41 Bank Street

Cumberland

Agency Head

Phone
(856) 455-8030

Fax
(856) 451-0815

Bridgeton, NJ 08302

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 3 of 59

College
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Brookdale Community College
765 Newman Springs Rd.

Monmouth

William Sandford
Chief

(732) 842-1950

(732) 219-0871

Burlington

Hector M. Gonzalez

(609) 894-9311

(609) 894-4876

(609) 771-2167

(609) 637-5195

(973) 877-3312

(973) 877-4421

(908) 737-4800

(908) 737-4848

Lincroft, NJ 07738-1597
Burlington County College Security & Safety
Pemberton-Browns Mills Rd.

Director

Pemberton, NJ 08068
College of New Jersey Police

Mercer

P.O. Box 7718

Kathryn Leverton
Director

Ewing, NJ 08628-0718
Essex County College

Essex

303 University Ave.

Anthony Croomartie
Chief

Newark, NJ 07102-1798
Kean University

Union

Dept. of Public Safety & Police
1000 Morris Avenue
Union, NJ 07083
Middlesex County College
Woodbridge Ave. & Mill Rd.

David W. Parks
Chief

Middlesex

Robert Smilek
Acting Chief

(732) 906-2500

(732) 321-0240

Monmouth

William P. McElrath

(732) 571-3472

(732) 263-5300

(973) 655-5122

(973) 744-6247

(973) 596-3120

(973) 642-4588

Edison, NJ 08817
Monmouth University Police Dept.
Cedar & Norwood Aves.

Chief

West Long Branch, NJ 07764
Montclair State University Police

Essex

1 Normal Avenue

Paul M. Cell
Chief

Upper Montclair, NJ 07043
New Jersey Institute of Technology

Essex

University Heights
Public Safety Department
Newark, NJ 07102-1982
Princeton University Dept. of Public Safety
Stanhope Hall

Michael Kirk
Chief

Mercer

Steven J. Healy
Director

(609) 258-5772

(609) 258-1958

Atlantic

Glen Miller

(609) 652-4398

(609) 652-4454

(856) 256-4922

(856) 256-4925

Princeton, NJ 08544
Richard Stockton College of New Jersey
P.O. Box 195

Chief

Pomona, NJ 08240-0195
Rowan College
201 Mullica Hill Road

Gloucester

Timothy D. Michener
Director

Bole Annex
Glassboro, NJ 08028-1701

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 4 of 59

College
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Rutgers University Police - Camden
409 North 4th Street

Camden

Guy Still
Chief

(856) 225-6009

(856) 225-6728

Middlesex

Laura Kull

(732) 932-8407

(732) 932-8622

(973) 353-5478

(973) 353-1571

( 20) 121-6325

(201) 216-8945

(732) 235-9365

(732) 235-9366

(973) 720-2200

(973) 720-3650

Camden, NJ 08102
Rutgers University Police - New Brunswick
5 Huntington Street

Acting Chief

New Brunswick, NJ 08901
Rutgers University Police - Newark

Essex

249 University Avenue

Martin J. Roddini
Director

Newark, NJ 07102-1808
Stevens Institute of Technology

Hudson

Castle Point on the Hudson

Michael LaMarre
Director

Hoboken, NJ 07030
University of Medicine & Dentistry of NJ

Middlesex

335 George Street

John Bailey
Chief

New Brunswick, NJ 08903
William Paterson University
300 Pompton Rd.

Passaic

Michael Horvath
Chief

Wayne, NJ 07470-2153

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 5 of 59

Corrections
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Atlantic Co. Dept. of Public Safety
5060 Atlantic Avenue

Atlantic

Rick Mulvihill
Director

(609) 645-5855

(609) 645-5877

Bergen

Willis Morton

(201) 527-3042

(201) 527-3035

(609) 265-5979

(609) 265-5805

(856) 225-7621

(856) 365-2026

(609) 465-1232

(609) 465-1049

Mays Landing, NJ 08330
Bergen County Jail
160 River Street

Warden

Hackensack, NJ 07601
Burlington Co. Dept. of Corrections

Burlington

54 Grant Street

Juel Cole
Warden

Mt. Holly, NJ 08060
Camden Co. Dept. of Corrections

Camden

330 Federal Street

Eric Taylor
Warden

Camden, NJ 08103
Cape May County Correction Center

Cape May

54 Moore Rd

Jeffrey Pierson
Undersheriff

Cape May Court House, NJ 08210
Cumberland County Jail
54 West Broad Street

Cumberland

Glenn Saunders
Warden

(856) 453-4832

(856) 453-9501

Essex

Scott Faunce
Director

(973) 274-7500

(973) 621-6486

Gloucester

Stanley Nunn

(856) 384-4650

Bridgeton, NJ 08302
Essex County Department of Public Safety
354 Doremus Ave.
Newark, NJ 07105
Gloucester County Jail
P.O. Box 376

Director

Woodbury, NJ 08096
Hudson County Department of Corrections

Hudson

595 County Avenue

Oscar Aviles

(201) 558-7080

(201) 558-7071

(908) 806-4004

( )

Director

Meadowview Campus
Secaucus, NJ 07094
Hunterdon County Corrections

Hunterdon

71 Park Avenue

George F. Wagner

- 908

Warden

Flemington, NJ 08822
Mercer County Correction Center
P.O. Box 8068

Mercer

Shirley Tyler
Warden

(609) 989-6908

(609) 583-3560

Middlesex

Edmond Cicchi
Warden

(732) 951-3320

(732) 951-3322

Trenton, NJ 08650
Middlesex County Adult Correction
P.O. Box 266
New Brunswick, NJ 08903

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 6 of 59

Corrections
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Monmouth Co. Dept. of Corrections
P.O. Box 5007

Monmouth

Clifford J. Daniels
Undersheriff

(732) 431-7863

(732) 294-5985

Morris

Frank Corrente

(973) 631-5403

(973) 829-8245

(732) 929-2137

(732) 506-5027

(973) 881- 459

(973) 881-4514

(856) 769-8105

(856) 769-9318

Freehold, NJ 07728
Morris County Jail
43 John Street

Warden

Morris Township, NJ 07960
Ocean Co. Dept. of Corrections

Ocean

120 Hooper Ave.

Theodore J. Hutler Jr.
Warden

Toms River, NJ 08753
Passaic County Jail

Passaic

11 Sheriff''s Plaza

Charles Meyers
Warden

Paterson, NJ 07501
Salem County Correctional Facility

Salem

125 Cemetery Road

James L. Hefner
Undersheriff

Woodstown, NJ 08098
Somerset County Jail
40 Grove Street

Somerset

Charles O'Neil
Warden

(908) 231-7148

(908) 231-0156

Sussex

David DiMarco
Undersheriff

(973) 579-0880

(973) 579-0893

Union

Frank Crose

( ) 558-2613

( ) 527-4275

(908) 475-7902

(908) 475-7915

Somerville, NJ 08876
Sussex County Sheriff's Dept. Jail
41 High Street
Newton, NJ 07860
Union Co. Division of Corrections
15 Elizabethtown Plaza

Director

Elizabeth, NJ 07207
Warren County Jail
175 County Rd #519 South

Warren

Byron Foster
Warden

Belvidere, NJ 07823

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 7 of 59

County
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Bergen County Police
66 Zabriskie Street

Bergen

John Schmidig
Chief

(201) 646-2700

(201) 646-3344

Burlington

Gary Daniels

(856) 829-3002

(856) 786-2103

(856) 309-0006

(856) 783-0978

(973) 268-4200

(973) 268-4234

(908) 782-1158

(908) 806-4057

Hackensack, NJ 07601-4994
Burlington County Bridge Comm. Police
P.O. Box 6

Director

Palmyra, NJ 08065
Camden County Park Police

Camden

2311 Egg Harbor Road

James F. D'Angelo
Chief

Lindenwold, NJ 08021
Essex County Police

Essex

50 W. Market St.

John Dough
Chief

Newark, NJ 07102
Hunterdon County Park Rangers

Hunterdon

P.O. Box 2900

John Trontis
Director

Flemington, NJ 08822-2900
Morris County Park Police
300 Mendham Road

Morris

William F. Huyler
Chief

(973) 326-7632

(973) 267-5031

Union

Daniel Vaniska
Chief

(908) 654-9800

(908) 654-9872

Morristown, NJ 07960-4806
Union County Police
300 North Avenue, East
Westfield, NJ 07090-1442

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 8 of 59

Juvenile
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Atlantic Youth Center Harborfields
800 Buffalo Avenue

Atlantic

Kimery Lewis
Superintendent

(609) 965-3583

(609) 965-7962

Bergen

Bob Day

(201) 599-6185

(201) 599-6266

(609) 726-7150

(609) 726-7213

(856) 374-6100

(856) 232-6465

(856) 455-0717

(856) 455-4927

Egg Harbor City, NJ 08215
Bergen County Juvenile Detention Center
296 East Ridgewood Avenue

Director

Paramus, NJ 07652
Burlington County Juvenile Detention Center

Burlington

P.O. Box 6000

Frederick S. Green
Superintendent

Mt. Holly, NJ 08060
Camden County Youth Center

Camden

Lakeland Campus

Robbie Reid
Administrator

Blackwood, NJ 08012
Cumberland County Juvenile Detention Center

Cumberland

135 Sunny Slope Drive

Tammie Pierce
Superintendent

Bridgeton, NJ 08302
Essex County Juvenile Detention Center
80 Duryea Street

Essex

Ronald Salahaddin
Director

(973) 497-4720

(973) 497-4748

Union

Greg Lyons
Superintendent

(908) 527-4922

(908) 558-0528

Gloucester

Ted Perian

(856) 423-3025

(856) 423-2867

Newark, NJ 07103
George W. Herlich Juvenile Quarters
Union Co. Courthouse Garage, 7th Floor
Elizabethtown Plaza
Elizabeth, NJ 07207
Gloucester County Juvenile Detention Center
RR 2 Box 212

Superintendent

County House Road
Clarksboro, NJ 08020
Hudson County Juvenile Detention Center
635 County Avenue

Hudson

Robert F. Murray
Director

(201) 319-5920

(201) 319-5955

Mercer

Lionell Henderson
Superintendent

(609) 434-4125

(609) 434-4139

Middlesex

James White

(732) 297-8991

(732) 297-5700

(732) 431-7280

(732) 294-5932

Secaucus, NJ 07094
Mercer County Juvenile Detention Center
1440 Parkside Avenue
Trenton, NJ 08638
Middlesex County Juvenile Detention Center
US Hwy 130 Box 7164

Superintendent

N. Brunswick, NJ 08902
Monmouth County Youth Detention
119 Dutch Lane Road

Monmouth

Gary Linington
Superintendent

Freehold, NJ 07728

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 9 of 59

Juvenile
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Morris County Juvenile Detention Center
P.O. Box 900

Morris

Ed Facas
Director

(973) 285-2965

(973) 829-8559

Ocean

Robert Coughlin

(732) 341-1365

(732) 349-8563

(973) 904-6273

(973) 904-6194

(908) 704-6326

(908) 704-1629

Morristown, NJ 07963-0900
Ocean County Juvenile Detention Center
165 Sunset Avenue

Administrator

P.O. Box 2191
Toms River, NJ 08755
Passaic County Juvenile Detention Center

Passaic

40 Valleyview Road

John Givens
Director

Haledon, NJ 07508
Somerset Co. Juvenile Institutional Services

Somerset

P.O. Box 3000

Perry Tchorni
Administrator

Somerville, NJ 08876-1262
Sussex County Juvenile Detention
135 Morris Tpk.

Sussex

Joseph Stapleton
Director

(973) 948-6000

(973) 948-6664

Warren

Robert D. Castner
Director

(908) 475-7775

(908) 453-2487

Newton, NJ 07860
Warren Acres Juvenile Detention Center
660 Oxford Road
Oxford, NJ 07863

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 10 of 59

Municipal
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Aberdeen Township Police
1 Aberdeen Square

Monmouth

Joseph Kelly
Acting Chief

(732) 566-2054

(732) 583-7058

Atlantic

Charles J. Smith Sr.

(609) 641-0667

(609) 484-7467

(201) 825-1900

(201) 825-3555

(732) 531-2255

(732) 531-2258

(609) 259-3491

(609) 259-1293

Aberdeen, NJ 07747-2396
Absecon City Police
500 Mill Road

Chief

Absecon, NJ 08201-1940
Allendale Borough Police

Bergen

290 Franklin Turnpike

Robert Herndon
Chief

Allendale, NJ 07401-2093
Allenhurst Borough Police

Monmouth

125 Corlies Avenue

Robert C. Richter
Chief

Allenhurst, NJ 07711-1049
Allentown Borough Police

Monmouth

8 North Main Street
P.O. Box 487
Allentown, NJ 08501-9414
Alpine Borough Police
Box 1112

Harvey Morrell
Director

Bergen

Thomas G. Blake
Chief

(201) 768-0881

(201) 784-2909

Sussex

Phillip A. Coleman

(973) 383-5544

(973) 383-6124

(732) 502-5789

(732) 775-3627

100 Church Street
Alpine, NJ 07620-1112
Andover Township Police
134 Newton Sparta Road

Chief

Newton, NJ 07860-2746
Asbury Park Police

Monmouth

1 Municipal Plaza

L. Louis Jordan
Director

Asbury Park, NJ 07712-6906
Atlantic City Police
2711 Atlantic Avenue

Atlantic

Arthur C. Snellbaker Sr.
Chief

(609) 347-6970

(609) 347-3667

Monmouth

Jerry Vasto
Chief

(732) 291-1212

(732) 291-2996

Camden

Thomas J. Tassi

(856) 547-1171

(856) 547-6853

(609) 967-3411

(609) 368-0114

Atlantic City, NJ 08401
Atlantic Highlands Police
100 First Avenue
Atlantic Highlands, NJ 07716-1203
Audubon Borough Police
606 W. Nicholson Road

Chief

Audubon, NJ 08106-1957
Avalon Police
3088 Dune Drive

Cape May

Stephen Sykes
Chief

Avalon, NJ 08202-1704

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 11 of 59

Municipal
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Avon-By-the-Sea Police
301 Main Street

Monmouth

Terrence Mahon
Chief

(732) 502-4500

(732) 775-8618

Ocean

Joseph Manger

(609) 698-5000

(609) 698-0271

(856) 547-3350

(856) 547-8061

(732) 892-0632

(732) 892-0872

Avon-By-the-Sea, NJ 07717-1013
Barnegat Township Police
900 West Bay Avenue

Chief

Barnegat, NJ 08005-2113
Barrington Police

Camden

227 Trenton Avenue

George J. Preen
Chief

Barrington, NJ 08007-1193
Bay Head Police

Ocean

81 Bridge Ave.

Charles B. Grace Jr.
Chief

P.O. Box 248
Bay Head, NJ 08742-0248
Bayonne Police
630 Avenue C

Hudson

Robert Kubert
Chief

(201) 858-6900

(201) 858-8460

Ocean

Stanley J. Markoski Jr.
Chief

(609) 492-0505

(609) 492-2147

Ocean

John A. Wagner

(732) 341-1249

(732) 341-1244

(908) 234-0585

(908) 234-2415

(973) 450-3186

(973) 450-1021

(856) 931-2121

(856) 931-0614

Bayonne, NJ 07002-3898
Beach Haven Police
300 Engleside Avenue
Beach Haven, NJ 08008
Beachwood Police
1600 Pinewald Road

Chief

Beachwood, NJ 08722-2801
Bedminster Police

Somerset

55 Miller Lane

William R. Stephens
Chief

Bedminster, NJ 07921
Belleville Police

Essex

152 Washington Avenue

Joseph P. Rotonda
Chief

Belleville, NJ 07109-2541
Bellmawr Police

Camden

21 E. Browning Road

William Walsh
Chief

Bellmawr, NJ 08031-2327
Belmar Police
601 Main Street

Monmouth

Jack W. Hill
Chief

(732) 681-1700

(732) 681-7470

Warren

Kent Sweigert

(908) 475-2393

(908) 475-1847

P.O. Box A
Belmar, NJ 07719-0070
Belvidere Police
691 Water Street

Chief

Belvidere, NJ 07823-1321

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 12 of 59

Municipal
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Bergenfield Police
198 N. Washington Avenue

Bergen

Thomas A. Lucas
Chief

(201) 387-4000

(201) 387-0141

Union

David L. Zager

(908) 464-1111

(908) 464-7076

(732) 341-6600

(732) 341-1303

(856) 767-4700

(856) 768-3442

Bergenfield, NJ 07621-1395
Berkeley Heights Police
29 Park Avenue

Chief

Berkeley Heights, NJ 07922-1492
Berkeley Township Police

Ocean

631 Pinewald-Keswick Road

John Weinlein
Chief

P.O. Box B
Bayville, NJ 08721-0287
Berlin Borough Police

Camden

59 S. White Horse Pike

Lawrence A. Winters
Chief

Berlin, NJ 08009-2301
Berlin Township Police
170 Bate Avenue

Camden

Michael Hayden
Chief

(856) 767-5878

(856) 767-6657

Somerset

Robert Kumpf
Chief

(908) 766-1122

(908) 766-0575

Somerset

Kevin Valentine

(908) 766-0037

(908) 766-0917

(609) 387-0205

(609) 387-5550

West Berlin, NJ 08091
Bernards Township Police
1 Collyer Lane
Basking Ridge, NJ 07920-0437
Bernardsville Police
P.O. Box 158

Chief

166 Minebrook Road
Bernardsville, NJ 07924-2432
Beverly City Police

Burlington

City Hall
446 Broad Street
Beverly, NJ 08010
Blairstown Township Police
P.O. Box 333

Michael D. Morton Sr.
Director

Warren

David Ganong
Director

(908) 362-8266

(908) 362-6767

Essex

Michael Sisco

(973) 680-4141

(973) 680-4102

(973) 838-0158

(973) 838-5762

(201) 487-2400

(201) 487-3426

Blairstown, NJ 07825-0333
Bloomfield Police
Municipal Plaza

Chief

Bloomfield, NJ 07003
Bloomingdale Police

Passaic

101 Hamburg Turnpike

William T. Alexander
Chief

Bloomingdale, NJ 07403-1236
Bogota Borough Police
375 Larch Avenue

Bergen

Frank Gurnari
Chief

Bogota, NJ 07603-1056

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 13 of 59

Municipal
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Boonton Town Police
100 Washington Street

Morris

Michael W. Beltran
Chief

(973) 402-9371

(973) 299-6970

Morris

John Speirs

(973) 402-4000

(973) 402-4025

(609) 298-0103

(609) 298-6976

(609) 298-4300

(609) 298-1061

(732) 356-0800

(732) 563-0320

Boonton, NJ 07005-2197
Boonton Township Police
155 Powerville Road

Chief

Boonton Township, NJ 07005-9801
Bordentown City Police

Burlington

324 Farnsworth Avenue

Matthew Simmons III
Chief

Bordentown, NJ 08505-1709
Bordentown Township Police

Burlington

1 Municipal Drive

Frank Nucera
Chief

Bordentown, NJ 08505-2109
Bound Brook Police

Somerset

226 Hamilton Street

Thomas White
Chief

Bound Brook, NJ 08805-2017
Bradley Beach Police
701 Main Street

Monmouth

Robert DeNardo
Chief

(732) 775-6900

(732) 774-3108

Somerset

Brian Fitzgerald
Chief

(908) 526-3830

(908) 526-8399

Ocean

Ronald J. Dougard

(732) 262-1100

(732) 920-3586

(856) 451-0033

(856) 459-9036

(908) 722-4111

(908) 722-8246

(732) 528-5050

(732) 528-5057

(609) 266-7414

(609) 266-1066

Bradley Beach, NJ 07720-1012
Branchburg Township Police
590 Old York Road
Branchburg, NJ 08876-3736
Brick Township Police
401 Chambers Bridge Road

Chief

Bricktown, NJ 08723-2807
Bridgeton Police

Cumberland

168 East Commerce Street

Jeffrey C. Wentz
Chief

Bridgeton, NJ 08302-2665
Bridgewater Township Police

Somerset

P.O. Box 6639

Stephen W. Obal
Chief

Bridgewater, NJ 08807
Brielle Police

Monmouth

601 Union Lane

Michael W. Palmer
Chief

Brielle, NJ 08730-1448
Brigantine Police
1417 W. Brigantine Avenue

Atlantic

Arthur L. Gordy Jr.
Chief

Brigantine, NJ 08203-2147

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 14 of 59

Municipal
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Brooklawn Borough Police
Brooklawn Borough Hall

Camden

Francis McKinney
Chief

(856) 456-0433

(856) 456-4661

Atlantic

Douglas E.. Adams

(856) 697-2810

(856) 697-3147

(609) 386-3300

(609) 387-4253

(609) 386-2019

(609) 386-8290

(973) 838-4100

(973) 838-3454

Brooklawn, NJ 08030
Buena Borough Police
616 Central Avenue

Chief

Minotola, NJ 08341
Burlington City Police

Burlington

435 Veterans Drive

John Lazzarotti
Chief

Burlington, NJ 08016
Burlington Township Police

Burlington

851 Old York Road

Walt Corter
Director

Burlington, NJ 08016
Butler Police

Morris

10 High Street

Dennis Passenti
Chief

Butler, NJ 07405-1379
Byram Township Police
10 Mansfield Drive

Sussex

Raymond Rafterty
Acting Chief

(973) 347-4008

(973) 347-9089

Essex

John Tofanelli
Chief

(973) 226-2600

(973) 226-0026

Hunterdon

Jeff A. Ollerenshaw

(908) 832-7400

(908) 832-6282

(856) 757-7474

(856) 757-0145

(609) 884-9500

(609) 884-2977

Stanhope, NJ 07874
Caldwell Borough Police
1 Provost Square
Caldwell, NJ 07006
Califon Police
P.O. Box 368

Chief

Main St.
Califon, NJ 07830
Camden City Police

Camden

800 Federal Street

Edwin Figueroa
Chief

Camden, NJ 08103
Cape May City Police

Cape May

643 Washington Street

Diane M. Sorantino
Chief

Cape May, NJ 08204-2324
Carlstadt Police
500 Madison St.

Bergen

Thomas M. Nielsen
Chief

(201) 438-4300

(201) 939-4522

Salem

Cosmo Mangiocco

(856) 299-1212

(856) 299-5960

P.O. Box 271
Carlstadt, NJ 07072-0466
Carneys Point Police
303 Harding Highway

Chief

Carney's Point, NJ 08069-2248

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 15 of 59

Municipal
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Carteret Police
230 Roosevelt Ave.

Middlesex

John P. Pieczyski
Chief

(732) 541-4181

(732) 541-3867

Essex

Jeffrey A. Rowe

(973) 239-4100

(973) 239-7541

(973) 635-8000

(973) 635-0397

(973) 377-0100

(973) 377-6093

(856) 488-7818

(856) 488-7810

Carteret, NJ 07008-3598
Cedar Grove Township Police
525 Pompton Avenue

Chief

Cedar Grove, NJ 07009-1724
Chatham Borough Police

Morris

54 Fairmount Avenue

John W. Drake III
Chief

Chatham, NJ 07928-2368
Chatham Township Police

Morris

401 Southern Blvd.

Elizabeth M. Goeckel
Chief

Chatham, NJ 07928-1494
Cherry Hill Police

Camden

P.O. Box 5002

Charlie Jones
Chief

Cherry Hill, NJ 08034-0358
Chesilhurst Borough Police
201 Grant Avenue

Camden

Sheldon Fortune
Chief

(856) 767-2768

(856) 767-8212

Morris

Neil Logan
Chief

(908) 879-5626

(908) 879-5862

Morris

Adam J. Schuler

(908) 879-5514

(908) 879-8083

(609) 291-0912

(609) 298-8825

(856) 829-6666

(856) 829-2507

(732) 388-3434

(732) 388-5376

(856) 881-2300

(856) 881-5859

Chesilhurst, NJ 08089
Chester Borough Police
300 Main Street
Chester, NJ 07930
Chester Township Police
1 Parker Road

Chief

Chester, NJ 07930
Chesterfield Township Police

Burlington

300 Bordentown-Chesterfield Rd.

Kyle Wilson
Chief

Trenton, NJ 08620-9801
Cinnaminson Township Police

Burlington

900 Manor Road

Michael Wallace
Chief

Cinnaminson, NJ 08077-2336
Clark Police

Union

315 Westfield Avenue

Anton Danco
Chief

Clark, NJ 07066-1704
Clayton Police
125 N. Delsea Drive

Gloucester

Frank Winters
Chief

Clayton, NJ 08312-1650

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 16 of 59

Municipal
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Clementon Police
101 Gibbsboro Road

Camden

William Malseed
Chief

(856) 783-2271

(856) 784-3825

Bergen

Donald V. Keane

(201) 945-3600

(201) 941-0257

(973) 470-5911

(973) 470-8922

(908) 735-2665

(908) 735-6104

(908) 735-6000

(908) 735-9928

Clementon, NJ 08021
Cliffside Park Police
525 Palisade Avenue

Chief

Cliffside Park, NJ 07010-2998
Clifton Police

Passaic

900 Clifton Avenue

Robert Ferreri
Chief

Clifton, NJ 07013-2796
Clinton Police

Hunterdon

P.O. Box 5194

Richard B. Matheis
Chief

Clinton, NJ 08809-1398
Clinton Township Police

Hunterdon

1370 Route 31 North

Stephen E. Clancy
Chief

Annandale, NJ 08801-0098
Closter Police
295 Closter Dock Road

Bergen

David Berrian
Chief

(201) 768-5000

(201) 768-7413

Camden

Thomas J. Garrity Jr.
Chief

(856) 854-1900

(856) 854-9356

Monmouth

Kevin Sauter

(732) 780-7323

(732) 780-0226

(609) 395-0031

(609) 395-9216

(908) 272-2222

(908) 709-7342

(201) 568-1400

(201) 568-4862

(732) 531-1113

(732) 531-3231

Closter, NJ 07624-2696
Collingswood Police
735 N. Atlantic Avenue
Collingswood, NJ 08108-3790
Colts Neck Township Police
124 Cedar Drive

Chief

Colts Neck, NJ 07722-0249
Cranbury Township Police

Middlesex

P.O. Box 352

John V. Hansen
Chief

Cranbury, NJ 08512-0352
Cranford Police

Union

8 Springfield Avenue

Eric G. Mason
Chief

Cranford, NJ 07016-2199
Cresskill Police

Bergen

67 Union Avenue

Frank V. Tino Jr.
Chief

Cresskill, NJ 07626-2192
Deal Police
Durant Square

Monmouth

Michael J. Sylvester
Chief

Deal, NJ 07723

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 17 of 59

Municipal
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Delanco Township Police
515 Burlington Avenue

Burlington

Edmund T. Parsons
Chief

(856) 461-1515

(856) 461-0348

Hunterdon

Bruce W. Mast

(609) 397-8189

(609) 397-8699

(856) 461-4498

(856) 764-1349

(201) 768-1540

(201) 768-8755

(973) 627-4900

(973) 627-1192

Delanco, NJ 08075
Delaware Township Police
P.O. Box 101

Chief

Sergeantsville, NJ 08557-0101
Delran Township Police

Burlington

900 Chester Avenue

Alfonso Parente
Chief

Delran, NJ 08075
Demarest Police

Bergen

118 Serpentine Road

James Powerly III
Chief

Demarest, NJ 07627-2128
Denville Police

Morris

1 St. Mary's Place

Anthony Strungis
Chief

Denville, NJ 07834-2122
Deptford Police
1011 Cooper Street

Gloucester

John J. Marolt
Chief

(856) 845-6300

(856) 845-4147

Morris

Harold P. Valentine
Chief

(973) 366-0302

(973) 366-1813

Ocean

Michael G. Mastronardy

(732) 349-0150

(732) 349-0009

(201) 387-5000

(201) 387-5009

(732) 968-3000

(732) 968-8078

(732) 390-6917

(732) 390-6991

(856) 423-4322

(856) 423-5875

Deptford, NJ 08096-3090
Dover Police
P.O. Box 798
Dover, NJ 07802-3940
Dover Township Police
P.O. Box 876

Chief

Toms River, NJ 08753-3383
Dumont Police

Bergen

50 Washington Avenue

Brian Venezio
Chief

Dumont, NJ 07628-3694
Dunellen Police

Middlesex

355 North Avenue

Robert W. Moore
Chief

Dunellen, NJ 08812-1249
East Brunswick Township Police

Middlesex

1 Jean Walling Civic Center

Barry W. Roberson
Director

East Brunswick, NJ 08816-3548
East Greenwich Police
159 Democrat Road

Gloucester

William E. Giordano
Chief

Mickleton, NJ 08056

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 18 of 59

Municipal
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

East Hanover Township Police
2 DeForest Ave

Morris

Stanley J. Hansen
Chief

(973) 887-0432

(973) 887-7096

Hudson

Kenneth M. Sheehan

(973) 481-2900

(973) 481-0627

(973) 266-5000

(973) 675-7311

(201) 438-0165

(201) 438-1821

(609) 448-5678

(609) 448-4758

East Hanover, NJ 07936-3600
East Newark Police
34 Sherman Avenue

Chief

East Newark, NJ 07029-2718
East Orange Police

Essex

61 North Munn Avenue

Michael Cleary
Chief

East Orange, NJ 07017-4157
East Rutherford Police

Bergen

312 Grove Street

John R. La Greca
Chief

East Rutherford, NJ 07073-1711
East Windsor Township Police

Mercer

80 One Mile Road

William W. Spain
Chief

East Windsor, NJ 08520
Eastampton Township Police
725 Smithville Road

Burlington

Gerald Mingin
Chief

(609) 261-1717

(609) 265-1743

Monmouth

George S. Jackson
Chief

(732) 542-0100

(732) 389-7632

Burlington

Robert Brian

(609) 877-4404

(609) 877-6396

(201) 943-2200

(201) 943-8257

(732) 248-7400

(732) 287-5719

(609) 965-2901

(609) 965-2484

(609) 926-4036

(609) 926-4004

Eastampton, NJ 08060
Eatontown Police
47 Broad St.
Eatontown, NJ 07724-1529
Edgewater Park Township Police
400 Delanco Road

Director

Edgewater Park, NJ 08010
Edgewater Police

Bergen

916 River Road

Donald A. Martin
Chief

Edgewater, NJ 07020-1222
Edison Police

Middlesex

100 Municipal Blvd.

Edward Costello Jr.
Chief

Edison, NJ 08817-3353
Egg Harbor City Police

Atlantic

500 London Avenue

Mark G. Emmer
Director

Egg Harbor, NJ 08215-1599
Egg Harbor Township Police
3515 Bargaintown Road

Atlantic

John J. Coyle
Chief

Egg Harbor Township, NJ 08234-8321

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 19 of 59

Municipal
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Elizabeth Police
One Police Plaza

Union

Ronald P. Simon
Chief

(908) 558-2111

(908) 558-2097

Gloucester

Stephen B. Brogan

(856) 881-6688

(856) 881-5594

(856) 358-3355

(856) 358-8432

(201) 796-0764

(201) 796-2022

(201) 262-2800

(201) 262-2886

Elizabeth, NJ 07201-2307
Elk Township Police
667 Whig Lane

Chief

Monroeville, NJ 08343
Elmer Borough Police

Salem

P.O. Box 882

Patrick Byrom
Acting Chief

Elmer, NJ 08318-0832
Elmwood Park Borough Police

Bergen

182 Market Street

Don Ingrasselino
Chief

Elmwood Park, NJ 07407
Emerson Borough Police

Bergen

1 Municipal Place

Michael Saudino
Chief

Emerson, NJ 07630
Englewood City Police
75 South Van Brunt Street

Bergen

John Banta
Acting Chief

(201) 871-6400

(201) 567-3504

Bergen

Lawrence R. Whiting
Chief

(201) 569-8300

(201) 569-8309

Monmouth

John Niziolek

(732) 446-7000

(732) 786-0212

(973) 226-3000

(973) 228-6296

(856) 985-4341

(856) 985-4340

(609) 882-1313

(609) 882-7488

(732) 747-0991

(732) 747-7431

Englewood, NJ 07631-3485
Englewood Cliffs Police
10 Kahn Terrace
Englewood Cliffs, NJ 07632-2984
Englishtown Borough Police
15 Main Street

Chief

Englishtown, NJ 07726
Essex Fells Police

Essex

255 Roseland Avenue

Kelly J. Reily
Chief

Essex Fells, NJ 07021-1398
Evesham Township Police

Burlington

984 Tuckerton Road

Joseph Cornely
Chief

Marlton, NJ 08053
Ewing Township Police

Mercer

2 Jake Garzio Drive

Robert A. Coulton
Chief

Ewing, NJ 08628-1544
Fair Haven Police
35 Fisk Street

Monmouth

Paul McCue
Acting Chief

Fair Haven, NJ 07704-3324

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 20 of 59

Municipal
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Fair Lawn Police
8-01 Fair Lawn Avenue

Bergen

Erik Rose
Chief

(201) 794-5405

(201) 703-4267

Essex

C. Lynn Centonze

(973) 227-1400

(973) 882-9521

(201) 943-2100

(201) 943-4411

(908) 322-5000

(908) 322-2200

(908) 234-1192

(908) 234-9682

Fair Lawn, NJ 07410-1800
Fairfield Township Police
230 Fairfield Road

Chief

Fairfield, NJ 07004-2460
Fairview Police

Bergen

59 Anderson Avenue

John Pinzone
Chief

Fairview, NJ 07022-2097
Fanwood Police

Union

75 N. Martine Avenue

Donald F. Domanoski
Chief

Fanwood, NJ 07023
Far Hills Police

Somerset

Box 722
6 Prospect Street
Far Hills, NJ 07931
Fieldsboro Police
18 Washington Street

Kenneth S. Hartman
Chief

Burlington

John G. McElwee
Lieutenant

(609) 298-9054

(609) 298-0816

Hunterdon

George Becker

(908) 782-3434

(908) 782-6462

(609) 499-3131

(609) 499-8181

(973) 377-2200

(973) 377-9118

(201) 592-3700

(201) 585-1036

Fieldsboro, NJ 08505
Flemington Borough Police
100 Main Street

Chief

Flemington, NJ 08822-1413
Florence Township Police

Burlington

711 Broad Street

Gordon R. Dawson
Chief

Florence, NJ 08518
Florham Park Police

Morris

111 Ridgedale Avenue

Raymond Smith
Chief

Florham Park, NJ 07932-1707
Fort Lee Police

Bergen

1327 16th Street

Thomas O. Ripoli
Chief

Fort Lee, NJ 07024
Franklin Borough Police
15 Corkhill Road

Sussex

Joseph A. Kistle
Chief

(973) 827-7700

(973) 827-1486

Bergen

Irving A. Conklin Jr.
Chief

(201) 891-3131

(201) 891-0967

Franklin, NJ 07416
Franklin Lakes Police
490 Dekorte Drive
Franklin Lakes, NJ 07417-1999

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 21 of 59

Municipal
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Franklin Township Police
1571 South Delsea Drive

Gloucester

Michael Digiorgio
Chief

(856) 694-1414

(856) 307-7147

Hunterdon

Ken Mandoli

(908) 782-9594

(908) 735-2990

(732) 873-5533

(732) 873-8489

(732) 462-1234

(732) 577-8308

(732) 462-7500

(732) 308-9115

Franklinville, NJ 08322-0300
Franklin Township Police
202 Sidney Road

Director

Pittstown, NJ 08867
Franklin Township Police

Somerset

495 Demott Lane

Craig R. Novick
Chief

Somerset, NJ 08873-2796
Freehold Borough Police

Monmouth

36 Jackson Street

Michael F. Beierschmitt
Chief

Freehold, NJ 07728
Freehold Township Police

Monmouth

1 Municipal Plaza

Ernest H. Schriefer
Chief

Freehold, NJ 07728
Frenchtown Borough Police
Second Street

Hunterdon

Allen W. Kurylka
Chief

(908) 996-4820

(908) 996-7134

Atlantic

Keith M. Spencer

(609) 652-3705

(609) 652-0667

(973) 478-8500

(973) 478-2863

(908) 789-1666

(908) 789-2804

(856) 783-0151

(856) 627-3901

P.O. Box 68
Frenchtown, NJ 08825
Galloway Township Police
300 East Jim Leeds Road

Chief

Galloway, NJ 08205
Garfield City Police

Bergen

411 Midland Avenue

Thomas La Mantia
Chief

Garfield, NJ 07026-1683
Garwood Police

Union

403 South Avenue

Dennis K. Lesak
Chief

Garwood, NJ 07027
Gibbsboro Borough Police

Camden

5 Foster Avenue

Joseph Mingori
Chief

Gibbsboro, NJ 08026-1499
Glassboro Police
1 S. Main Street

Gloucester

Alex J. Fanfarillo
Acting Chief

(856) 881-1501

(856) 881-6872

Essex

John R. Magnier
Chief

(973) 748-5400

(973) 748-8477

Glassboro, NJ 08028
Glen Ridge Police
3 Herman Street
Glen Ridge, NJ 07028-1415

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 22 of 59

Municipal
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Glen Rock Police
1 Harding Plaza

Bergen

Steven D. Cherry
Chief

(201) 652-3800

(201) 251-3887

Camden

William G. Crothers .

(856) 456-0408

(856) 456-3762

(856) 374-3539

(856) 374-3509

(732) 968-1188

(732) 968-9144

(856) 423-1900

(856) 423-5322

Glen Rock, NJ 07452
Gloucester City Police
313 Monmouth Street

Chief

Gloucester City, NJ 08030-1721
Gloucester Township Police

Camden

P.O. Box 8

John Stollsteimer
Chief

Blackwood, NJ 08012-0008
Green Brook Police

Somerset

109 Green Brook Road

Martin A. Rasmussen Jr.
Chief

Green Brook, NJ 08812-2598
Greenwich Township Police

Gloucester

421 West Broad Street

Carmel M. Morina
Chief

Gibbstown, NJ 08027
Greenwich Township Police
321 Greenwich Street

Warren

Richard Guzzo
Chief

(908) 859-1440

(908) 454-7390

Hudson

Joseph Grzybowski
Lieutenant

(201) 868-3300

(201) 868-0591

Bergen

Charles Zisa

(201) 646-7777

(201) 646-7590

(908) 852-3302

(908) 852-8357

(856) 547-0614

(856) 547-4362

(856) 854-1176

(856) 854-4532

(856) 429-4700

(856) 427-0920

Stewartsville, NJ 08886
Guttenberg Police
6808 Park Avenue
Guttenberg, NJ 07093-4498
Hackensack Police
225 State Street

Chief

Hackensack, NJ 07601-5583
Hackettstown Police

Warren

215 Stiger Street

Leonard Kunz
Chief

Hackettstown, NJ 07840-1298
Haddon Heights Police

Camden

625 Station Avenue

Ronald S. Shute
Chief

Haddon Heights, NJ 08035-1906
Haddon Township Police

Camden

135 Haddon Avenue

Joseph Gallagher Jr.
Chief

Westmont, NJ 08108
Haddonfield Police
242 Kings Highway East

Camden

Richard Tsonis
Chief

Haddonfield, NJ 08033-1980

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 23 of 59

Municipal
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Haledon Borough Police
413 Belmont Avenue

Passaic

Louis Mercuro .
Chief

(973) 790-4444

(973) 790-0966

Sussex

E. Gregory Kresge

(973) 827-6211

(973) 827-0436

(609) 581-4000

(609) 581-4096

(609) 625-2211

(609) 625-5903

Haledon, NJ 07508-1393
Hamburg Borough Police
9 Orchard Street

Chief

Hamburg, NJ 07419
Hamilton Police

Mercer

1270 Whitejorse-Mercerville Road

James W. Collins
Chief

Hamilton, NJ 08619
Hamilton Township Police

Atlantic

6101 Thirteenth Street

Jay F. McKeen
Chief

Room 220
Mays Landing, NJ 08330
Hammonton Police
100 Central Ave.

Atlantic

Frank R. Ingemi
Chief

(609) 561-4000

(609) 567-2454

Morris

Stephen Gallagher
Chief

(973) 428-2511

(973) 428-1543

Morris

Kevin Gaffney

(973) 455-0500

(973) 455-1135

Hammonton, NJ 08037
Hanover Township Police
1000 Route 10
P.O. Box 250
Whippany, NJ 07981
Harding Township Police
Blue Mill Rd.

Chief

P.O. Box 246
New Vernon, NJ 07976-0246
Hardyston Township Police
P.O. Box 715

Sussex

Keith A. Armstrong
Chief

(973) 697-4751

(973) 697-7825

Bergen

David J. Moppert
Chief

(201) 768-2100

(201) 768-8042

Hudson

Derek Kearns

(973) 483-4100

(973) 483-3272

(856) 478-6839

(856) 478-6268

(609) 494-3036

(609) 494-6153

Stockholm, NJ 07460
Harrington Park Police
49 Laroche Avenue
Harrington Park, NJ 07640
Harrison Police
318 Harrison Avenue

Chief

Harrison, NJ 07029-1796
Harrison Township Police

Gloucester

137 North Main Street

Frank T. Rodgers
Chief

Mullica Hill, NJ 08062
Harvey Cedars Police
7606 Long Beach Blvd.

Ocean

Gerry Falkowski
Chief

Harvey Cedars, NJ 08008

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 24 of 59

Municipal
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Hasbrouck Heights Police
248 Hamilton Avenue

Bergen

Michael J. Colaneri
Chief

(201) 288-1000

(201) 288-1691

Bergen

Patrick J. O'Dea

(201) 384-1900

(201) 384-7124

(973) 427-1800

(973) 427-2276

(732) 264-6565

(732) 739-0977

(732) 521-1805

(732) 521-5503

Hasbrouck Heights, NJ 07604-1811
Haworth Police
300 Haworth Avenue

Chief

Haworth, NJ 07641-1297
Hawthorne Police

Passaic

445 Lafayette Avenue

Martin Boyd
Chief

Hawthorne, NJ 07506-2551
Hazlet Police

Monmouth

255 Middle Road

James A. Broderick
Chief

Hazlet, NJ 07730-1941
Helmetta Police

Middlesex

P.O. Box 378

Cully Lewis
Chief

Helmetta, NJ 08828
High Bridge Police
99 West Main Street

Hunterdon

Edward K. Spinks
Chief

(908) 638-6500

(908) 638-4315

Middlesex

Francis K. Kinney
Chief

(732) 572-3800

(732) 572-0258

Monmouth

Joseph Blewett

(732) 872-1158

(732) 872-9240

(609) 448-1234

(609) 443-0310

(908) 369-4323

(908) 369-7334

(201) 664-4200

(201) 666-4503

(973) 926-5800

(973) 926-0677

High Bridge, NJ 08829-1902
Highland Park Police
222 South 5th Avenue
Highland Park, NJ 08904-2638
Highlands Police
171 Bay Avenue

Chief

Highlands, NJ 07732-1623
Hightstown Police

Mercer

148 North Main Street

James M. Eufemia
Chief

Hightstown, NJ 08520-3291
Hillsborough Township Police

Somerset

379 South Branch Road

Robert K. Gazaway
Chief

Hillsborough, NJ 08844
Hillsdale Borough Police

Bergen

380 Hillsdale Avenue

Frank A. Mikulski
Chief

Hillsdale, NJ 07642-2119
Hillside Police
1409 Liberty Avenue.

Union

Robert Quinlan
Chief

Hillside, NJ 07205

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 25 of 59

Municipal
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Hi-Nella Borough Police
100 Wykagel Road

Camden

Dominic J. Palese
Chief

(856) 784-6238

(856) 784-4963

Hudson

Carmen V. LaBruno

(201) 420-2100

(201) 659-7524

(201) 652-1700

(201) 612-7117

(908) 995-4670

(908) 995-4612

(732) 946-4400

(732) 946-3778

(973) 398-5000

(973) 398-4048

(609) 737-3100

(609) 737-1775

(732) 938-4111

(732) 919-5596

(908) 852-4440

(908) 637-4097

(732) 531-3689

(732) 531-0150

Hi-Nella, NJ 08083-2899
Hoboken Police
1 Police Plaza

Chief

Hoboken, NJ 07030-4510
HoHoKus Police

Bergen

55 Sycamure Avenue

Gregory Kallenberg
Chief

Hohokus, NJ 07423-1571
Holland Township Police

Hunterdon

61 Church Road

Stephen J. Verish Jr.
Chief

Milford, NJ 08848-1849
Holmdel Police

Monmouth

P.O. Box 410
4 Crawfords Corners Road
Holmdel, NJ 07733-0410
Hopatcong Borough Police
111 River Styx Road

Raymond Wilson
Chief

Sussex
Chief

Hopatcong, NJ 07843
Hopewell Township Police

Mercer

201 Washington Crossing-Pennington Rd

Michael A. Chipowsky
Chief

Titusville, NJ 08560
Howell Township Police

Monmouth

P.O. Box 580

Ronald T. Carter
Chief

Howell, NJ 07731-0580
Independence Township Police

Warren

289 Rt. 46

Robert R. Petersen
Chief

Great Meadows, NJ 07838
Interlaken Borough Police

Monmouth

100 Grassmere Avenue

Robert T. Todd
Chief

Interlaken, NJ 07712-4421
Irvington Police
1 Civic Square

Essex

Michael Chase
Chief

(973) 399-6600

(973) 399-5616

Ocean

Kevin C. Arnold
Acting Chief

(732) 270-3006

(732) 270-4146

Irvington, NJ 07111
Island Heights Police
P.O. Box 177
Island Heights, NJ 08732-0797

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 26 of 59

Municipal
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Jackson Township Police
102 Jackson Drive

Ocean

Christopher Dunton
Director

(732) 928-1111

(732) 928-8874

Middlesex

David L. Lester

(732) 521-0011

(732) 521-1927

(973) 697-1300

(973) 697-7230

(201) 547-5301

(201) 547-4913

(732) 787-0600

(732) 787-8101

Jackson, NJ 08527-9416
Jamesburg Police
131 Perrineville Road

Chief

Jamesburg, NJ 08831
Jefferson Township Police

Morris

1033 Weldon Road

John V. Palko Jr.
Chief

Lake Hopatcong, NJ 07849
Jersey City Police

Hudson

8 Erie Street

Robert Troy
Chief

Jersey City, NJ 07302-2810
Keansburg Police

Monmouth

179 Carr Avenue

Raymond O'Hare
Chief

Keansburg, NJ 07734-1337
Kearny Police
237 Laurel Avenue

Hudson

John P. Dowie
Chief

(201) 998-1313

(201) 998-1410

Union

William Dowd
Chief

(908) 276-1700

(908) 276-1822

Monmouth

Theodore J. Gajewski

(732) 264-0706

(732) 739-0610

(973) 838-5400

(973) 838-5944

(609) 693-6636

(609) 693-3894

Kearny, NJ 07032-3696
Kenilworth Borough Police
567 Boulevard
Kenilworth, NJ 07033-1656
Keyport Police
70 W. Front Street

Chief

Keyport, NJ 07735
Kinnelon Police

Morris

130 Kinnelon Road

John G. Finkle
Chief

Kinnelon, NJ 07405-2336
Lacey Township Police

Ocean

808 West Lacey Rd.

William Nally
Chief

Box 184
Forked River, NJ 08731-1302
Lake Como Police
17th & Redmond Avenue

Monmouth

Rosman H. Cash
Chief

(732) 681-3081

(732) 681-4920

Ocean

Eric S. Higgins
Chief

(732) 657-7811

(732) 657-0367

Lake Como, NJ 07719-0597
Lakehurst Police
5 Union Avenue
Lakehurst, NJ 08733-3097

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 27 of 59

Municipal
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Lakewood Police
231 Third Street

Ocean

Mark Dorsey
Director

(732) 363-0200

(732) 905-5990

Hunterdon

Bruce Cocuzza

(609) 397-3132

(609) 397-9305

(856) 783-2887

(856) 783-0439

(732) 793-4800

(732) 793-2055

Box 540
Lakewood, NJ 08701-3220
Lambertville Police
349 North Main Street

Director

Lambertville, NJ 08530
Laurel Springs Police

Camden

723 W. Atlantic Avenue

Michael Wolcott Jr.
Chief

Laurel Springs, NJ 08021-3145
Lavallette Police

Ocean

1300 Grand Central Avenue

Colin Graham
Chief

Lavallette, NJ 08735-2336
Lawnside Police
4 Douglas Avenue

Camden

George D. Pugh II
Director

(856) 573-6205

(856) 546-4785

Mercer

Daniel A. Posluszny
Chief

(609) 896-1111

(609) 896-8095

Hunterdon

Pamela J. Schell

(908) 638-8515

(908) 638-5499

(201) 944-0800

(201) 363-0251

Lawnside, NJ 08045-1598
Lawrence Township Police
2211 Lawrenceville Road
Lawrenceville, NJ 08648-3198
Lebanon Township Police
530 West Hill Road

Chief

Glen Gardner, NJ 08826
Leonia Police

Bergen

Public Safety Complex

Jay Ziegler
Chief

1 Wood Park
Leonia, NJ 07605
Lincoln Park Borough Police
34 Chapel Hill Road

Morris

Sean P. Canning
Chief

(973) 694-5533

(973) 694-8948

Union

John Miliano
Chief

(908) 474-8500

(908) 474-8554

Camden

Frank McHenry

(856) 784-4800

(856) 784-8469

(609) 927-5252

(609) 926-8216

Lincoln Park, NJ 07035-1998
Linden Police
301 N. Wood Ave.
Linden, NJ 07036-4297
Lindenwold Police
2001 Egg Harbor Road

Chief

Lindenwold, NJ 08021-1494
Linwood City Police
400 Poplar Avenue

Atlantic

Charles J. Desch
Acting Chief

Linwood, NJ 08221-1853

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 28 of 59

Municipal
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Little Egg Harbor Township Police
665 Radio Road

Ocean

Mark P. Siino
Chief

(609) 296-3666

(609) 812-1758

Passaic

Gerald Hunter

(973) 256-0200

(973) 256-2542

(201) 641-2770

(201) 641-4828

(732) 747-5900

(732) 741-5218

(973) 992-3000

(973) 535-7914

Little Egg Harbor, NJ 08087-9626
Little Falls Police
35 Stevens Avenue

Acting Chief

Little Falls, NJ 07424-2248
Little Ferry Borough Police

Bergen

215-217 Liberty Street

Ralph C. Verdi
Chief

Little Ferry, NJ 07643
Little Silver Police

Monmouth

480 Prospect Avenue

Steven Greenwood
Acting Chief

Little Silver, NJ 07739-1430
Livingston Police

Essex

333 So. Livingston Avenue

Michael Erb
Chief

Livingston, NJ 07039-3927
Lodi Police
1 Memorial Drive

Bergen

Vincent J. Caruso
Chief

(973) 473-7600

(973) 473-7124

Gloucester

Michael Smith
Chief

(856) 467-0061

(856) 467-2614

Ocean

Michael Bradley

(609) 494-3322

(609) 494-6504

(732) 222-1000

(732) 728-0738

(908) 647-1800

(908) 647-0355

(609) 822-2141

(609) 822-0682

(908) 859-2301

(908) 859-0693

Lodi, NJ 07644-1693
Logan Township Police
125 Main Street
Bridgeport, NJ 08014
Long Beach Township Police
6805 Long Beach Boulevard

Chief

Brant Beach, NJ 08008-3698
Long Branch City Police

Monmouth

344 Broadway

William A. Richards
Director

Long Branch, NJ 07740-6938
Long Hill Police

Morris

264 Mercer Street

Michael Peoples
Chief

Stirling, NJ 07980-1483
Longport Police

Atlantic

2305 Atlantic Avenue

Alan S. Porter
Chief

Longport, NJ 08403-1196
Lopatcong Township Police
232 South Third Street

Warren

Scott T. Marinelli
Chief

Phillipsburg, NJ 08865-1898

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 29 of 59

Municipal
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Lower Alloways Creek Police
P.O. Box 142

Salem

Lee A. Peterson
Chief

(856) 935-7300

(856) 935-8127

Cape May

Edward Donohue

(609) 886-1619

(609) 886-4924

(609) 267-1111

(609) 267-8284

(201) 939-4509

(201) 438-0819

(973) 593-3015

(973) 593-2248

Hancocks Bridge, NJ 08038
Lower Township Police
405 Breakwater Road

Chief

Erma, NJ 08204
Lumberton Township Police

Burlington

P.O. Box 68

Lawrence C. Thomas
Chief

Lumberton, NJ 08048
Lyndhurst Police

Bergen

367 Valley Brook Avenue

James B. O'Connor
Chief

Lyndhurst, NJ 07071
Madison Borough Police

Morris

50 Kings Road

Vincent Chirico
Chief

Madison, NJ 07940
Magnolia Police
438 West Evesham Avenue

Camden

Robert J. Doyle
Chief

(856) 784-1884

(856) 627-7294

Bergen

James Batelli
Chief

(201) 529-1000

(201) 529-0240

Monmouth

Stuart C. Brown

(732) 446-4300

(732) 446-2876

(732) 223-1000

(732) 223-0587

(732) 657-6111

(732) 657-2764

(609) 298-4411

(609) 298-6625

(908) 689-6222

(908) 689-8514

Magnolia, NJ 08049-1725
Mahwah Township Police
221 Franklin Turnpike
Mahwah, NJ 07430-1898
Manalapan Township Police
120 Route 522

Chief

Manalapan, NJ 07726-8005
Manasquan Police

Monmouth

201 E. Main Street

Daniel Scimeca
Chief

Manasquan, NJ 08736
Manchester Township Police

Ocean

1 Colonial Drive

William C. Brase
Chief

Manchester, NJ 08759
Mansfield Township Police

Burlington

P.O. Box 177

James Humble
Chief

Columbus, NJ 08022-0177
Mansfield Township Police
100 Port Murray Road

Warren

John D. Ort
Chief

Port Murray, NJ 07865

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 30 of 59

Municipal
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Mantoloking Police
200 Downer Avenue

Ocean

Richard C. Ortley
Chief

(732) 892-0865

(732) 295-4148

Gloucester

Graham B. Land

(856) 468-1920

(856) 464-0237

(908) 725-1900

(908) 725-1685

(856) 779-7111

(856) 482-5866

(973) 762-3400

(973) 762-5940

Mantoloking, NJ 08738
Mantua Township Police
405 Main Street

Chief

Mantua, NJ 08051-1096
Manville Police

Somerset

2 North Main Street

Mark Peltack
Chief

Manville, NJ 08835-1359
Maple Shade Township Police

Burlington

200 Stiles Avenue

Edmund C. Vernier
Chief

Maple Shade, NJ 08052
Maplewood Police

Essex

125 Dunnell Road

Robert J. Cimino
Chief

Maplewood, NJ 07040-2690
Margate City Police
111 N. Decatur Avenue

Atlantic

David Wolfson
Chief

(609) 823-0055

(609) 823-8602

Monmouth

Robert C. Holmes Sr.
Chief

(732) 536-0100

(732) 972-7522

Monmouth

William W. Toomer

(732) 566-1010

(732) 566-4038

(201) 845-8800

(201) 845-0304

(609) 654-2156

(609) 953-8811

(609) 654-7805

(609) 654-5996

(973) 543-2527

(973) 543-9774

Margate City, NJ 08402-1109
Marlboro Township Police
1979 Township Drive
Marlboro, NJ 07746-2299
Matawan Borough Police
150 Main Street

Chief

Matawan, NJ 07747-3191
Maywood Police

Bergen

15 Park Avenue

David Pegg
Chief

Maywood, NJ 07607-2015
Medford Lakes Borough Police

Burlington

1 Cabin Circle

Francis J. Martine
Chief

Medford Lakes, NJ 08055
Medford Township Police

Burlington

91 Union Street

James F. Kehoe
Chief

Medford, NJ 08055-2432
Mendham Borough Police
3 Cold Hill Road South

Morris

Patricia A. Cameron
Chief

Mendham, NJ 07945

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 31 of 59

Municipal
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Mendham Township Police
P.O. Box 236

Morris

Thomas J. Costanza
Chief

(973) 543-2581

(973) 543-2603

Camden

Wayne K. Bauer

(856) 662-0507

(856) 662-0896

(732) 632-8500

(732) 632-8573

(609) 465-8700

(609) 465-6748

(732) 356-1900

(732) 356-7218

Brookside, NJ 07926-9999
Merchantville Borough Police
1 West Maple Avenue

Chief

Merchantville, NJ 08109-0593
Metuchen Police

Middlesex

500 Main Street

James T. Keane
Chief

Metuchen, NJ 08840
Middle Township Police

Cape May

31 W. Mechanic Street

Joseph M. Evangelista
Chief

Cape May Court House, NJ 08210
Middlesex Borough Police

Middlesex

1200 Mountain Avenue

James L. Benson
Chief

Middlesex, NJ 08846-2700
Middletown Township Police
1 Kings Highway

Monmouth

Robert Oches
Chief

(732) 615-2100

(732) 671-5696

Bergen

Robert D. Klingen
Chief

(201) 251-6691

(201) 445-0897

Essex

Paul Boegershausen

(973) 564-7001

(973) 379-1366

(732) 828-1100

(732) 249-5695

(856) 825-3111

(856) 825-2899

Middletown, NJ 07748
Midland Park Police
280 Godwin Ave.
Midland Park, NJ 07432-1836
Millburn Police
435 Essex Street

Chief

Millburn, NJ 07041-1316
Milltown Police

Middlesex

39 Washington Avenue

Raymond E. Geipel
Chief

Milltown, NJ 08850-1219
Millville Police

Cumberland

18 S. High St.

Ronald J. Harvey
Chief

P.O. Box 609
Millville, NJ 08332-0609
Monmouth Beach Police
14 Willow Avenue

Monmouth

Richard A. White
Chief

(732) 229-1313

(732) 229-7450

Gloucester

Domenic Christopher
Chief

(856) 728-0800

(856) 728-4420

Monmouth Beach, NJ 07750
Monroe Township Police
125 Virginia Avenue
Williamstown, NJ 08094-1797

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 32 of 59

Municipal
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Monroe Township Police
3 Municipal Plaza

Middlesex

John Kraivec
Chief

(732) 521-0222

(732) 521-2980

Essex

David Sabagh

(973) 509-4718

(973) 509-7534

(908) 359-3222

(908) 874-8252

(201) 391-4600

(201) 391-6379

(973) 335-9393

(973) 335-0594

Monroe Township, NJ 08831
Montclair Police
647 Bloomfield Avenue

Chief

Montclair, NJ 07042-2208
Montgomery Township Police

Somerset

2261 Rt. 206

Michael A. Beltranena Jr.
Director

Belle Mead, NJ 08502-4012
Montvale Police

Bergen

12 Mercedes Drive

Joseph Marigliani
Chief

Montvale, NJ 07645
Montville Township Police

Morris

360 Route 202
Suite 1
Montville, NJ 07045-9421
Moonachie Police
70 Moonachie Road

Richard Cook
Chief

Bergen

Michael J. McGahn
Chief

(201) 641-9100

(201) 641-9157

Burlington

Harry Johnson

(856) 235-0130

(856) 235-9178

(973) 538-2284

(973) 538-3382

Moonachie, NJ 07074-1199
Moorestown Township Police
111 West Second Street

Director

Moorestown, NJ 08057-2482
Morris Plains Borough Police

Morris

P.O. Box 383

Douglas P. Scherzer
Chief

531 Speedwell Avenue
Morris Plains, NJ 07950
Morris Township Police
49 Woodland Ave.

Morris

Michael Loughman
Chief

(973) 539-0777

(973) 539-2985

Morris

Pete Demnitz

(973) 538-2200

(973) 267-7647

(973) 398-2100

(973) 398-6816

P.O. Box 7603
Convent Station, NJ 07961-7603
Morristown Police
200 South Street

Chief

CN 914
Morristown, NJ 07960
Mount Arlington Police
520 Altenbrand Ave.

Morris

Richard Peterson
Chief

Mount Arlington, NJ 07856-1179

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 33 of 59

Municipal
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Mount Ephraim Police
121 South Black Horse Pike

Camden

Edward C. Dobleman
Chief

(856) 931-2225

(856) 931-2042

Burlington

Steven Martin

(609) 267-0170

(609) 267-6627

(856) 608-9082

(856) 996-0135

(973) 691-0850

(973) 691-8312

(973) 334-1413

(973) 334-4123

Mount Ephraim, NJ 08059-1721
Mount Holly Township Police
23 Washington Street

Lt.

Mount Holly, NJ 08060-1734
Mount Laurel Township Police

Burlington

100 Mount Laurel Road

Dennis Moffett
Chief

Mount Laurel, NJ 08054-9540
Mount Olive Township Police

Morris

204 Flanders Drakestown Road

Edward W. Katona Jr.
Chief

Budd Lake, NJ 07828
Mountain Lakes Police

Morris

400 Boulevard

Robert D. Tovo
Chief

Mountain Lakes, NJ 07046-1520
Mountainside Police
1385 Route 22

Union

James J. Debbie Jr.
Chief

(908) 232-8100

(908) 232-2234

Atlantic

James A. Davis
Acting Chief

(609) 561-7600

(609) 561-4854

Gloucester

Lin T. Couch Sr.

(856) 845-1187

(856) 845-6637

(732) 775-1615

(732) 776-5162

(732) 988-8000

(732) 988-7724

Mountainside, NJ 07092-2699
Mullica Township Police
4528 White Horse Pike
Box 317
Elwood, NJ 08217-0317
National Park Borough Police
7 South Grove Avenue

Chief

National Park, NJ 08063
Neptune City Police

Monmouth

106 W. sylvania Avenue

William A. Geschke
Chief

Neptune City, NJ 07754-2098
Neptune Township Police

Monmouth

25 Neptune Blvd.

Howard O'Neil
Chief

Neptune, NJ 07753-4898
Netcong Borough Police
19 Maple Avenue

Morris

Robert J. Weisert
Director

(973) 347-7700

(973) 347-5661

Middlesex

Joseph J. Catanese
Director

(732) 745-5200

(732) 565-7544

Netcong, NJ 07857
New Brunswick City Police
25 Kirkpatric Avenue
New Brunswick, NJ 08901

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 34 of 59

Municipal
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

New Hanover Township Police
P.O. Box 159

Burlington

Gary E. Timmons
Chief

(609) 758-7149

(609) 758-1822

Bergen

Frank Papapietro

(201) 261-1400

(201) 967-7460

(908) 665-1111

(908) 665-9873

(973) 733-7930

(973) 733-3981

(856) 697-0577

(856) 697-2645

Cookstown, NJ 08511-0159
New Milford Police
930 River Road

Chief

New Milford, NJ 07646-3099
New Providence Police

Union

360 Elkwood Avenue

Douglas R. Marvin
Chief

New Providence, NJ 07974-1838
Newark Police

Essex

31 Green Street

Irving Bradley Jr.
Chief

Newark, NJ 07102
Newfield Borough Police

Gloucester

18 Catawba Avenue

Vincent Parisi
Chief

Newfield, NJ 08344
Newton Police
39 Trinity Street

Sussex

John D. Tomasula
Chief

(973) 383-2525

(973) 383-0090

Bergen

Louis M. Ghione
Chief

(201) 991-4400

(201) 991-4068

Hudson

William F. Galvin

(201) 392-2100

(201) 864-0370

(732) 247-0922

(732) 249-2892

(973) 226-0800

(973) 228-6427

(973) 423-1111

(973) 304-0978

(609) 758-3351

(609) 758-1907

Newton, NJ 07860-1823
North Arlington Police
214 Ridge Road
North Arlington, NJ 07031-6096
North Bergen Police
4233 Kennedy Boulevard

Chief

North Bergen, NJ 07047-2736
North Brunswick Police

Middlesex

710 Hermann Road

Kenneth McCormick
Director

North Brunswick, NJ 08902-2859
North Caldwell Police

Essex

136 Gould Avenue

Joseph F. Clark Jr.
Chief

North Caldwell, NJ 07006
North Haledon Police

Passaic

103 Overlook Avenue

Robert Bracco
Chief

North Haledon, NJ 07508-2533
North Hanover Township Police
41 Schoolhouse Road

Burlington

Mark Keubler
Chief

Wrightstown, NJ 08562-9736

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 35 of 59

Municipal
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

North Plainfield Police
263 Somerset Street

Somerset

William Parenti
Chief

(908) 769-2937

(908) 769-0731

Cape May

Robert F. Matteucci

(609) 522-2411

(609) 522-2531

(609) 641-3122

(609) 646-9539

(201) 768-5900

(201) 767-9636

(201) 768-0850

(201) 784-8663

North Plainfield, NJ 07060-4846
North Wildwood Police
305 E. 10th Avenue

Chief

North Wildwood, NJ 08260
Northfield City Police

Atlantic

1600 Shore Road

Robert Carty
Chief

Northfield, NJ 08225-2201
Northvale Police

Bergen

116 Paris Avenue

Bruce Tietien
Chief

Northvale, NJ 07647-1594
Norwood Police

Bergen

453 Broadway

Jeffrey Krapels
Chief

Norwood, NJ 07648-1392
Nutley Police
228 Chestnut Street

Essex

John Holland
Chief

(973) 284-4940

(973) 284-4913

Bergen

James O'Connor
Chief

(201) 337-6171

(201) 337-5802

Camden

Jon D. Shelly

(856) 854-0049

(856) 854-2758

(609) 399-9111

(609) 399-1910

(732) 269-2468

(732) 269-2472

(732) 531-1800

(732) 517-0385

(609) 693-4007

(609) 693-8392

Nutley, NJ 07110-2397
Oakland Borough Police
295 Ramapo Valley Road
Oakland, NJ 07436-1897
Oaklyn Police
500 White Horse Pike

Acting Chief

Oaklyn, NJ 08107-1730
Ocean City Police

Cape May

835 Central Avenue

Robert E. Blevin
Chief

Ocean City, NJ 08226-3613
Ocean Gate Borough Police

Ocean

801 Ocean Gate Avenue

Daryl Maffia
Chief

Ocean Gate, NJ 08740
Ocean Township Police

Monmouth

399 Monmouth Roads

Antonio Amodio
Chief

Oakhurst, NJ 07755-1589
Ocean Township Police
50 Railroad Avenue

Ocean

Kenneth B. Flatt
Chief

Waretown, NJ 08758

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 36 of 59

Municipal
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Oceanport Police
P.O. Box 370

Monmouth

Harold W. Sutton
Chief

(732) 222-6300

(732) 222-0945

Sussex

George Lott

(973) 827-3160

(973) 827-0271

(732) 721-5600

(732) 607-7937

(201) 664-1221

(201) 664-1333

(201) 261-0200

(201) 261-0278

Oceanport, NJ 07757-1499
Ogdensburg Police
P.O. Box 45

Chief

Ogdensburg, NJ 07439
Old Bridge Township Police

Middlesex

One Old Bridge Plaza

Thomas H. Collow
Chief

Old Bridge, NJ 08857-2474
Old Tappan Police

Bergen

247 Old Tappan Road

Joseph R. Fasulo
Chief

Old Tappan, NJ 07675-7001
Oradell Police

Bergen

355 Kinderkamack Road

Rhynie Emanuel
Chief

Oradell, NJ 07649-2182
Orange Police
29 Park Street

Essex

Edward Lucas
Director

(973) 266-4111

(973) 266-4398

Warren

Charles P. Lilly
Lieutenant

(908) 689-1122

(908) 453-3379

Bergen

Michael P. Vietri

(201) 944-0900

(201) 944-0766

(856) 829-0198

(856) 829-3770

(201) 262-3400

(201) 587-0187

Orange, NJ 07050
Oxford Township Police
11 Green Street
P.O. Box 620
Oxford, NJ 07863
Palisades Park Police
275 Broad Avenue

Chief

Palisades Park, NJ 07650-1579
Palmyra Borough Police

Burlington

20 West Broad Street

Richard K. Dreby
Chief

Palmyra, NJ 08065-1633
Paramus Police

Bergen

Carlough Drive

Frederick J. Corrubia
Chief

Paramus, NJ 07652
Park Ridge Police
55 Park Avenue

Bergen

Richard E. Oppenheimer
Chief

(201) 391-5400

(201) 391-8023

Morris

Michael Filippello
Chief

(973) 263-4300

(973) 334-4379

Park Ridge, NJ 07656-1287
Parsippany-Troy Hills Police
3339 Route 46
Parsippany, NJ 07054-1226

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 37 of 59

Municipal
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Passaic Police
330 Passaic Street

Passaic

Stanley A. Jarensky
Chief

(973) 365-3958

(973) 365-5593

Passaic

Lawrence Spagnola

(973) 321-1111

(973) 278-1780

(856) 423-1101

(856) 423-3319

(908) 234-0626

(908) 234-9683

Passaic, NJ 07055-5815
Paterson Police
111 Broadway

Chief

Paterson, NJ 07505-1182
Paulsboro Police

Gloucester

1211 North Delaware Street

Kenneth L. Ridinger
Chief

Paulsboro, NJ 08066-1293
Peapack & Gladstone Police

Somerset

P.O. Box 218

Gregory J. Skinner
Chief

1 School Street
Peapack, NJ 07977-0218
Pemberton Borough Police
50 Egbert Street

Burlington

Joseph M. Conlin
Chief

(609) 894-2632

(609) 894-9682

Burlington

Stephen A. Emery
Chief

(609) 894-3308

(609) 894-0302

Mercer

William B. Meytrott

(609) 737-1679

(609) 730-9324

(856) 299-0055

(856) 299-5611

Pemberton, NJ 08068
Pemberton Township Police
500 Pemberton-Browns Mills Road
Pemberton, NJ 08068
Pennington Police
30 North Main Street

Director

Pennington, NJ 08534-0095
Penns Grove Police

Salem

Box 527

Gary Doubledee
Chief

1 State Street
Penns Grove, NJ 08069-0527
Pennsauken Police
2400 Bethel Avenue

Camden

John J. Coffey
Chief

(856) 488-0080

(856) 665-0187

Salem

Patrick McCaffery Sr.
Chief

(856) 678-3089

(856) 678-8961

Morris

Brian Spring

(973) 835-1700

(973) 835-2472

(732) 324-3801

(732) 442-7537

Pennsauken, NJ 08109-2792
Pennsville Police
90 North Broadway
Pennsville, NJ 08070-1750
Pequannock Township Police
530 Newark Pompton Tpk.

Chief

Pompton Plains, NJ 07444-1798
Perth Amboy Police
351 Rector Street

Middlesex

Michael Kohut
Director

Perth Amboy, NJ 08861-4248

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 38 of 59

Municipal
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Phillipsburg Police
675 Corliss Avenue

Warren

Robert Mirabelli
Chief

(908) 454-1121

(908) 454-0243

Ocean

Glenn Jones

(732) 341-2616

(732) 240-5827

(856) 783-1549

(856) 784-4209

(856) 783-4900

(856) 783-0694

(732) 562-2318

(732) 743-2520

Phillipsburg, NJ 08865-1698
Pine Beach Police
599 Pennsylvania Avenue

Chief

Pine Beach, NJ 08741-1627
Pine Hill Borough Police

Camden

48 West 6th Avenue

Kenneth J. Cheeseman
Chief

Pine Hill, NJ 08021-6399
Pine Valley Police

Camden

1 Club Road

Timothy Kemble
Captain

Pine Valley, NJ 08021-6629
Piscataway Township Police

Middlesex

555 Sidney Road

Kevin Harris
Director

Piscataway, NJ 08854-4180
Pitman Police
110 S. Broadway

Gloucester

Scott E. Campbell
Chief

(856) 589-3501

(856) 589-5050

Union

Edward Santiago
Chief

(908) 753-3037

(908) 753-3476

Middlesex

Clifford Maurer

(609) 799-2333

(609) 275-5987

(609) 641-6100

(609) 646-1595

(609) 758-3738

(609) 758-0344

Pitman, NJ 08071-2296
Plainfield Police
200 E. Fourth Street
Plainfield, NJ 07060-1899
Plainsboro Police
641 Plainsboro Road

Director

Plainsboro, NJ 08536-2095
Pleasantville Police

Atlantic

17 North First Street

Duane N. Comeaux
Chief

Pleasantville, NJ 08232-2644
Plumsted Township Police

Ocean

2 Cedar Street

Michael Lynch
Director

P.O. Box 398
New Egypt, NJ 08533-0398
Pohatcong Township Police
50 Municipal Drive

Warren

Paul J. Hager
Chief

(908) 454-9836

(908) 454-3234

Ocean

Daniel J. DePolo
Chief

(732) 892-0500

(732) 892-0088

Philipsburg, NJ 08865
Point Pleasant Beach Police
416 New Jersey Avenue
Pt. Pleasant Beach, NJ 08742-3398

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 39 of 59

Municipal
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Point Pleasant Borough Police
2233 Bridge Avenue

Ocean

Raymond J. Hilling
Chief

(732) 892-0060

(732) 892-0310

Passaic

Albert Ekkers

(973) 835-0400

(973) 831-1712

(609) 924-4141

(609) 924-0267

(609) 921-2100

(609) 924-8197

(973) 790-7900

(973) 904-1441

Point Pleasant, NJ 08742-4919
Pompton Lakes Police
25 Lenox Avenue

Chief

Pompton Lakes, NJ 07442-1729
Princeton Borough Police

Mercer

P.O. Box 390

Anthony V. Federico
Chief

Princeton, NJ 08542
Princeton Township Police

Mercer

1 Valley Road

Anthony Gaylord
Chief

Princeton, NJ 08540-3480
Prospect Park Police

Passaic

106 Brown Avenue

Frank Franco
Captain

Prospect Park, NJ 07508-2041
Rahway Police
One City Hall Plaza

Union

Edward M. Hudak
Chief

(732) 827-2200

(732) 382-6113

Bergen

Bryan Gurney
Chief

(201) 327-2400

(201) 327-6217

Morris

Dean A. Kazaba

(973) 989-7014

(973) 659-9939

(908) 725-6700

(908) 707-1027

(908) 782-8889

(908) 782-1060

(908) 534-4031

(908) 534-1266

(732) 530-2700

(732) 741-9107

Rahway, NJ 07065
Ramsey Police
25 North Central Avenue
Ramsey, NJ 07446-1888
Randolph Township Police
502 Millbrook Avenue

Chief

Randolph, NJ 07869-3713
Raritan Borough Police

Somerset

20 First Street

Michael Sniscak
Chief

Raritan, NJ 08869-1809
Raritan Township Police

Hunterdon

2 Municipal Drive

Frederick W. Brown
Chief

Flemington, NJ 08822
Readington Township Police

Hunterdon

507 Route 523

James S. Paganessi
Chief

Whitehouse Station, NJ 08889-9495
Red Bank Police
90 Monmouth Street

Monmouth

Mark F. Fitzgerald
Chief

Red Bank, NJ 07701-1695

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 40 of 59

Municipal
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Ridgefield Park Village Police
234 Main Street

Bergen

Dieter Ahrlich
Chief

(201) 641-6400

(201) 641-6612

Bergen

John P. Bogovich

(201) 943-5210

(201) 941-6207

(201) 670-5518

(201) 943-5730

(973) 962-7017

(973) 962-7335

(201) 262-1233

(201) 599-2720

Ridgefield Park, NJ 07660-2515
Ridgefield Police
604 Broad Avenue

Chief

Ridgefield, NJ 07657-1694
Ridgewood Police

Bergen

30 Garber Sqaure

William M. Corcoran
Chief

Ridgewood, NJ 07450
Ringwood Borough Police

Passaic

60 Margaret King Avenue

Bernard F. Lombardo
Chief

Ringwood, NJ 07456-1796
River Edge Police

Bergen

705 Kinderkamack Road

Ronald S. Starace
Chief

River Edge, NJ 07661-2499
River Vale Police
334 River Vale Road

Bergen

Aaron Back
Chief

(201) 664-1111

(201) 358-7750

Morris

Thomas J. Soules
Chief

(973) 835-0034

(973) 835-4751

Burlington

Paul Tursi

(856) 461-3434

(856) 461-6253

(856) 829-1212

(856) 829-1412

(201) 843-1515

(201) 843-5422

(973) 627-1314

(973) 627-5036

(973) 625-4000

(973) 586-0047

River Vale, NJ 07675-5722
Riverdale Police
P.O. Box 6
Riverdale, NJ 07457-1426
Riverside Township Police
1 Scott Street

Chief

Riverside, NJ 08075
Riverton Borough Police

Burlington

501 5th Street

Robert G. Norcross
Chief

Riverton, NJ 08077-1328
Rochelle Park Police

Bergen

151 W. Passaic Street

Richard Zavinsky
Chief

Rochelle Park, NJ 07662
Rockaway Borough Police

Morris

33 Maple Avenue

Gary C. Farina
Chief

Rockaway, NJ 07866-3000
Rockaway Township Police
65 Mount Hope Road

Morris

Walter A. Kimble
Chief

Rockaway, NJ 07866-1699

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 41 of 59

Municipal
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Roseland Borough Police
15 Harrison Avenue

Essex

Richard J. McDonough
Chief

(973) 226-8700

(973) 403-1711

Union

Peter R. DeRose

(908) 245-2000

(908) 241-9543

(908) 245-2300

(908) 298-1111

(973) 448-2100

(973) 448-2081

(732) 842-0500

(732) 842-1715

Roseland, NJ 07068-1307
Roselle Borough Police
210 Chestnut Street

Chief

Roselle, NJ 07203-1218
Roselle Park Borough Police

Union

110 East Westfield Ave.

Warren P. Wielgus
Chief

Roselle Park, NJ 07204
Roxbury Township Police

Morris

1715 State Highway 46

Mark J. Noll
Chief

Ledgewood, NJ 07852-9726
Rumson Borough Police

Monmouth

51 Center Street

Edward A. Rumolo
Chief

Rumson, NJ 07760-1795
Runnemede Police
24 North Black Horse Pike

Camden

Mark Diano
Chief

(856) 939-0330

(856) 939-6778

Bergen

Steven J. Nienstedt

(201) 939-6000

(201) 460-3055

(201) 843-7000

(201) 587-0519

(201) 327-5300

(201) 818-1746

(856) 935-0057

(856) 935-1439

P.O. Box 143
Runnemede, NJ 08078-0143
Rutherford Police
184 Park Avenue

Chief

Rutherford, NJ 07070-2311
Saddle Brook Police

Bergen

73 Market Street

Robert J. Kugler
Chief

Saddle Brook, NJ 07663-4837
Saddle River Police

Bergen

83 East Allendale Road

Timothy J. McWilliams
Chief

Saddle River, NJ 07458-2627
Salem Police

Salem

129 West Broadway

Ronald Sorrell
Chief

Salem, NJ 08079-1349
Sayreville Police
1000 Main Street

Middlesex

John Garbowski
Chief

(732) 727-4444

(732) 727-5189

Union

Brian Mahoney
Acting Chief

(908) 322-7100

(908) 322-2762

Sayreville, NJ 08872-1438
Scotch Plains Police
430 Park Avenue
Scotch Plains, NJ 07076-1798

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 42 of 59

Municipal
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Sea Bright Police
1099 E. Ocean Avenue

Monmouth

William S. Moore
Chief

(732) 842-0010

(732) 842-8351

Monmouth

Edward Spidley

(732) 449-7300

(732) 974-8684

(609) 263-4311

(609) 263-8507

(732) 793-1800

(732) 830-8496

Sea Bright, NJ 07760-2186
Sea Girt Police
P.O. Box 22

Chief

319 Baltimore Blvd.
Sea Girt, NJ 08750-0022
Sea Isle City Police

Cape May

233 John F. Kennedy Blvd.

William Kennedy
Chief

Sea Isle, NJ 08243-1931
Seaside Heights Police

Ocean

116 Sherman Avenue

Thomas Boyd
Chief

Seaside Heights, NJ 08751-2020
Seaside Park Police
P.O. Box 56

Ocean

William A. Beining III
Chief

(732) 793-8000

(732) 793-4276

Hudson

Dennis Corcoran

(201) 867-8000

(201) 330-2064

(609) 494-1518

(609) 494-3736

(732) 741-2500

(732) 741-0978

6th & Central Aves.
Seaside Park, NJ 08752-0056
Secaucus Police
1203 Paterson Plank Road

Chief

Secaucus, NJ 07094-3287
Ship Bottom Borough Police

Ocean

1621 Long Beach Blvd.

Paul Sharkey
Chief

Ship Bottom, NJ 08008
Shrewsbury Police

Monmouth

419 Sycamore Ave.
P.O. Box 221
Shrewsbury, NJ 07702-4204
Somerdale Borough Police
105 Kennedy Blvd.

John D. Wilson III
Chief

Camden

Anthony Campbell
Chief

(856) 428-6324

(856) 783-6863

Atlantic

Orville Mathis

(609) 927-6161

(609) 927-0264

(908) 725-0331

(908) 707-1036

(732) 721-0111

(732) 721-1504

Somedale, NJ 08083
Somers Point City Police
1 West New Jersey Avenue

Chief

Somers Point, NJ 08244
Somerville Police

Somerset

24 South Bridge Street

Dennis Manning
Chief

Somerville, NJ 08876-2983
South Amboy Police
140 N. Broadway

Middlesex

James V. Wallis
Chief

S. Amboy, NJ 08879-1647

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 43 of 59

Municipal
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

South Bound Brook Borough Police
12 Main Street

Somerset

Robert A. Verry
Chief

(732) 356-0286

(732) 356-0865

Middlesex

Raymond Hayducka

(732) 329-4646

(732) 329-4604

(201) 440-0042

(201) 440-0797

(856) 769-2879

(856) 769-4060

South Bound Brook, NJ 088801470
South Brunswick Police
1 Police Plaza

Chief

Monmouth Junction, NJ 08852
South Hackensack Police

Bergen

227 Phillips Avenue

Michael Frew
Chief

South Hackensack, NJ 07606-1600
South Harrison Township Police

Gloucester

664 Harrisonville Road

Warren K. Mabey
Chief

P.O. Box 180
Harrisonville, NJ 08039
South Orange Police
201 South Orange Avenue

Essex

James M. Chelel
Chief

(973) 763-3000

(973) 763-3256

Middlesex

John Ferraro
Chief

(908) 755-0700

(908) 561-7290

Middlesex

Wesley J. Bomba

(732) 238-1000

(732) 613-6103

(732) 349-0313

(732) 349-6864

(973) 729-6121

(973) 729-5073

(732) 251-2121

(732) 251-5910

South Orange, NJ 07079-2202
South Plainfield Police
2480 Plainfield Avenue
South Plainfield, NJ 07080-3598
South River Police
61 Main Street

Chief

South River, NJ 08882
South Toms River Police

Ocean

144 Mill Street

Andrew Izatt
Chief

South Toms River, NJ 08757-5105
Sparta Township Police

Sussex

65 Main Street

Ernest Reigstad
Chief

Sparta, NJ 07871-1903
Spotswood Police

Middlesex

77 Summerhill Road

Karl G. Martin
Chief

Spotswood, NJ 08884
Spring Lake Heights Police
555 Brighton Avenue

Monmouth

Mark A. Steets
Chief

(732) 449-6161

(732) 449-3047

Monmouth

Robert J. Dawson Jr.
Chief

(732) 449-1234

(732) 449-8696

Spring Lake Heights, NJ 07762-2099
Spring Lake Police
311 Washington Avenue
Spring Lake, NJ 07762-1431

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 44 of 59

Municipal
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Springfield Township Police
2159 Jacksonville-Jobstown Road

Burlington

Kenneth C. Gerber
Chief

(609) 723-5100

(609) 723-1080

Union

William E. Chisholm

(973) 376-0400

(973) 912-0538

(609) 597-8581

(609) 597-7029

(973) 347-4533

(973) 691-4952

P.O. Box 119
Jobstown, NJ 08041
Springfield Township Police
100 Mountain Ave.

Chief

Springfield, NJ 07081-1785
Stafford Township Police

Ocean

260 East Bay Ave.

Larry D. Parker
Chief

Manahawkin, NJ 08050-3329
Stanhope Police

Sussex

77 Main Street

Steven J. Pittigher
Chief

Stanhope, NJ 07874
Stillwater Township Police
964 Stillwater Rd.

Sussex

John Schetting
Sergeant

(973) 383-3773

(973) 383-1564

Cape May

Lawrence T. Wilson
Chief

(609) 368-2111

(609) 368-4162

Camden

Ronald M. Morello

(856) 783-4900

(856) 784-8419

(908) 273-0051

(908) 273-8002

(609) 494-8121

(609) 494-0285

(856) 589-0911

(856) 467-0560

Newton, NJ 07860
Stone Harbor Borough Police
9508 2nd Avenue
Stone Harbor, NJ 08247
Stratford Borough Police
315 Union Avenue

Chief

Stratford, NJ 08084
Summit Police

Union

512 Springfield Avenue

Robert Lucid
Chief

Summit, NJ 07901-2607
Surf City Police

Ocean

813 Long Beach Blvd.

William Collins
Lieutenant

Surf City, NJ 08008
Swedesboro Borough Police

Gloucester

1500 Kings Highway

William E. Dupper
Chief

Swedesboro, NJ 08085-0056
Teaneck Police
900 Teaneck Road

Bergen

Paul Tiernan
Chief

(201) 837-2600

(201) 837-1880

Bergen

Michae P. Bruno
Chief

(201) 568-5100

(201) 568-5851

Teaneck, NJ 07666-4400
Tenafly Police
100 Riveredge Road
Tenafly, NJ 07670-2085

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 45 of 59

Municipal
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Tewksbury Township Police
167 Old Turnpike Road

Hunterdon

Russel J. O'Dell
Chief

(908) 439-2503

(908) 439-0036

Monmouth

Gerald Turning

(732) 542-4422

(732) 542-8858

(973) 790-3700

(973) 595-8781

(609) 989-4055

(609) 989-4270

(609) 296-9417

(609) 296-6270

Califon, NJ 07830
Tinton Falls Police
556 Tinton Avenue

Chief

Tinton Falls, NJ 07724-3297
Totowa Police

Passaic

537 Totowa Road

Robert W. Coyle
Chief

Totowa, NJ 07512-1696
Trenton Police

Mercer

225 North Clinton Ave.

Joseph Santiago
Director

Trenton, NJ 08609-1091
Tuckerton Borough Police

Ocean

445 S. Green Street

Charles W. Robinson
Chief

Tuckerton, NJ 08087
Union Beach Police
650 Poole Avenue

Monmouth

Michael P. Kelly
Chief

(732) 264-0313

(732) 264-0452

Hudson

Charles Everett
Chief

(201) 348-5790

(201) 348-5793

Union

Thomas Kraemer

(908) 851-5028

(908) 851-5442

(201) 327-2700

(201) 934-3992

(609) 822-2101

(609) 487-8682

(973) 764-6155

(973) 764-2518

(973) 239-5000

(973) 239-6785

Union Beach, NJ 07735
Union City Police
3715 Palisade Avenue
Union City, NJ 07087-4826
Union Police
981 Caldwell Avenue

Chief

Union, NJ 07083-6756
Upper Saddle River Police

Bergen

368 W. Saddle River Rd.

Theodore F. Preusch
Chief

Upper Saddle River, NJ 07458-1621
Ventnor City Police

Atlantic

6201 Atlantic Avenue

Stanley J. Wodazak
Chief

Ventnor, NJ 08406-2734
Vernon Township Police

Sussex

21 Church Street

Roy C. Wherry
Chief

Vernon, NJ 07462
Verona Police
600 Bloomfield Avenue

Essex

Douglas J. Huber
Chief

Verona, NJ 07044-1897

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 46 of 59

Municipal
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Vineland Police
111 North 6th Street

Cumberland

Mario R. Brunetta Jr.
Chief

(856) 691-4111

(856) 794-1047

Camden

Keith F. Hummel

(856) 428-5400

(856) 882-1118

(201) 652-5700

(201) 652-7638

(732) 449-4500

(732) 449-1273

(973) 473-1715

(973) 473-0790

Vineland, NJ 08360-3712
Voorhees Township Police
1180 White Horse Road

Chief

Voorhees, NJ 08043
Waldwick Police

Bergen

15 East Prospect Street

Mark F. Messner
Chief

Waldwick, NJ 07463-2090
Wall Township Police

Monmouth

P.O. Box 1168

Roy Hall
Chief

Wall Township, NJ 07719-1168
Wallington Police

Bergen

56 Union Blvd.

Anthony Benevento
Director

Wallington, NJ 07057-1232
Wanaque Police
579 Ringwood Ave.

Passaic

John W. Reno
Chief

(973) 835-5600

(973) 835-6737

Somerset

William J. Stahl
Chief

(908) 753-1000

(908) 757-7915

Warren

George Cortellesi

(908) 689-4646

(908) 689-8463

(201) 664-1140

(201) 664-2959

(856) 589-6650

(856) 256-8806

Wanaque, NJ 07465-2099
Warren Police
46 Mountain Blvd.
Warren, NJ 07059-5694
Washington Borough Police
100 Belvidere Avenue

Chief

Washington, NJ 07882
Washington Township Police

Bergen

350 Hudson Avenue

William Cicchetti
Chief

Washington, NJ 07676-4716
Washington Township Police

Gloucester

Police Administration Building

Charles Billingham
Chief

1 McClure Drive
Sewell, NJ 08080
Washington Township Police
1117 Route 130

Mercer

Martin Masseroni
Chief

(609) 259-3900

(609) 259-0506

Morris

Ted M. Ehrenburg
Chief

(908) 876-3232

(908) 876-5655

Robbinsville, NJ 08691
Washington Township Police
1 East Springtown Road
Long Valley, NJ 07853-3342

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 47 of 59

Municipal
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Washington Township Police
33 Little Philadelphia Rd.

Warren

James J. McDonald Sr.
Chief

(908) 689-1630

(908) 689-8512

Somerset

John L. Frosoni

(908) 756-3663

(908) 756-3784

(856) 767-2134

(856) 767-9407

(973) 694-0600

(973) 694-1402

(201) 863-7800

(201) 319-6041

Washington, NJ 07882
Watchung Police
840 Somerset Street

Chief

Watchung, NJ 07069
Waterford Township Police

Camden

2131 Auburn Avenue

John Bekisz
Chief

Atco, NJ 08004-1995
Wayne Township Police

Passaic

475 Valley Road

Donald Stouthamer
Chief

Wayne, NJ 07470-3584
Weehawken Police

Hudson

400 Park Avenue

Jeffrey Welz
Director

Weehawken, NJ 07087-6799
Wenonah Police
1 South West Avenue

Gloucester

Glenn S. Scheetz
Chief

(856) 468-6263

(856) 468-3747

Hunterdon

Stephen J. Bartzak Sr.
Acting Chief

(609) 397-1100

(609) 397-8801

Essex

Charles B. Tubbs

(973) 226-4114

(973) 403-0836

(856) 853-4599

(856) 853-2940

(732) 229-5000

(732) 229-6727

Wenonah, NJ 08090-1899
West Amwell Township Police
24 Mount Airy Village Road
Lambertville, NJ 08530
West Caldwell Police
21 Clinton Road

Chief

West Caldwell, NJ 07006-6703
West Deptford Police

Gloucester

400 Crown Point Road

James P. Mehaffey
Chief

P.O. Box 89
Thorofare, NJ 08086-0089
West Long Branch Police

Monmouth

95 Poplar Avenue

John H. Demaree
Chief

West Long Branch, NJ 07748
West Milford Township Police
1480 Union Valley Road

Passaic

Paul R. Costello
Chief

(973) 728-2800

(973) 728-2875

Hudson

Timothy Griffin
Director

(201) 295-5000

(201) 854-1601

West Milford, NJ 07480-1398
West New York Police
428-60th Street
West New York, NJ 07093

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 48 of 59

Municipal
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

West Orange Police
66 Main Street

Essex

James P. Abbott
Chief

(973) 325-4000

(973) 731-0004

Passaic

Robert Reda

(973) 345-8111

(973) 345-0103

(609) 522-4060

(609) 522-7350

(609) 799-1222

(609) 897-9010

(609) 267-3000

(609) 261-7551

(908) 232-1000

(908) 389-1262

(856) 456-9444

(856) 456-5258

(201) 664-7000

(201) 664-7009

West Orange, NJ 07052
West Paterson Borough
5 Brophy Lane

Chief

West Paterson, NJ 07424
West Wildwood City Police

Cape May

701 W. Glenwood Avenue

Alan P. Fox
Chief

P.O. Box 644
West Wildwood, NJ 08260
West Windsor Township Police

Mercer

20 Municipal Drive
P.O. Box 38
Princeton Junction, NJ 08550
Westampton Township Police

Joseph M. Pica Jr.
Chief

Burlington

710 Rancocas Road

Steven Van Sciver
Chief

Westampton, NJ 08060
Westfield Police

Union

425 East Broad St.

John Parizeau
Acting Chief

Westfield, NJ 07090-2123
Westville Police

Gloucester

114 Crown Point Road

Fred Lederer
Chief

Westville, NJ 08093-1130
Westwood Police

Bergen

101 Washington Avenue

Frank D. Regino
Chief

Westwood, NJ 07675-2288
Wharton Police
10 Roberts Street

Morris

Anthony Fernandez
Chief

(973) 366-0557

(973) 366-8961

Cape May

Thomas M. DePaul
Chief

(609) 522-2456

(609) 523-8243

Cape May

Joseph A. Fisher

(609) 522-0222

(609) 522-3691

(609) 877-2200

(609) 835-0938

Wharton, NJ 07885-1997
Wildwood Crest Police
6101 Pacific Avenue
Wildwood Crest, NJ 08260-0529
Wildwood Police
4400 New Jersey Avenue

Chief

Wildwood, NJ 08260-2942
Willingboro Township Police
1 Salem Road

Burlington

Benjamin Braxton
Director

Willingboro, NJ 08046

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 49 of 59

Municipal
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Winfield Police
12 Gulfstream Ave.

Union

Walter L. Berg
Chief

(908) 925-3852

(908) 925-4526

Camden

Anthony Bello

(609) 561-3300

(609) 561-8097

(201) 939-0476

(201) 939-2031

(732) 634-7700

(732) 602-7366

(856) 848-6707

(856) 853-2995

Winfield, NJ 07036-6608
Winslow Township Police
125 South Route 73

Chief

Braddock, NJ 08037
Wood Ridge Police

Bergen

85 Humboldt Street

Joseph T. Rutigliano
Chief

Wood-Ridge, NJ 07075-2396
Woodbridge Police

Middlesex

1 Main Street

William G. Trenery
Chief

Woodbridge, NJ 07095
Woodbury Heights Borough Police

Gloucester

P.O. Box 44

Leo F. Selb Jr.
Chief

Woodbury Heights, NJ 08097-0044
Woodbury Police
200 N. Broad Street

Gloucester

Reed A. Merinuk
Chief

(856) 845-0065

(856) 845-6258

Bergen

Anthony Jannicelli
Chief

(201) 391-8222

(201) 307-3482

Camden

Kevin Catell

(856) 962-8760

(856) 962-6983

(856) 769-1330

(856) 769-1271

(856) 467-1667

(856) 467-5188

(201) 891-2121

(201) 891-2850

Woodbury, NJ 08096-1760
Woodcliff Lake Police
184 Pascack Road
Woodcliff Lake, NJ 07677
Woodlynne Borough Police
200 Cooper Avenue

Acting Chief

Woodlynne, NJ 08107-2199
Woodstown Police

Salem

Borough Hall

George E. Lacy
Chief

Box 286
Woodstown, NJ 08098
Woolwich Township Police

Gloucester

120 Woodstown Road

Russell H. Marino
Chief

Swedesboro, NJ 08085
Wyckoff Township Police
Scott Plaza

Bergen

John Ydo
Chief

340 Franklin Avenue
Wyckoff, NJ 07481

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 50 of 59

Other
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Amtrak Police
30th Street Station

Philadelphia

Thomas J. Durkin
Inspector

(215) 349-1965

(215) 349-4020

Salem

John R. McCarnan

(302) 571-6319

(302) 571-6347

(856) 968-3384

(856) 968-3379

2nd Floor, North Tower
Philadelphia, PA 19104
Delaware River & Bay Authority Police
P.O. Box 71

Colonel

New Castle, DE 19720
Delaware River Port Authority

Camden

Ben Franklin Bridge Administration Building
P.O. Box 1949
Camden, NJ 08101-1949
Department of Defense Police
Building 6049

Vincent J. Borrelli
Director

Burlington

Stephen G. Melly
Chief

(609) 562-2858

(609) 562-5532

Ocean

Weslie Fitzgerald

(732) 323-7806

(732) 323-4011

(973) 395-7164

(973) 395-7166

(732) 532-1112

(732) 532-5684

8th Street
Fort Dix, NJ 08640
Dept of Defense Police - Lakehurst
NAES-Building 8

Chief

Lakehurst, NJ 08733
Dept. of Veterans Affairs Police

Essex

385 Tremont Avenue

William M. Misczak
Chief

East Orange, NJ 07018-1095
Directorate for Public Safety - Fort Monmouth

Monmouth

977 Murphy Drive

John Hazel
Director

Fort Monmouth, NJ 07703
DRPA - Port Authority Transit Police
2 Riverside Dr.

Camden

Vincent J. Borrelli
Public Safety Director

(856) 963-7995

(856) 968-3379

Essex

Leslie Wiser Jr.

(973) 792-3000

(973) 792-3035

(201) 420-2269

(201) 420-2227

(732) 872-5918

(732) 872-5915

P.O. Box 1949
Camden, NJ 08101-1849
FBI Newark Office
Gateway

SAIC

11 Centre Place
Newark, NJ 07102
Hoboken Fire Department

Hudson

201 Jefferson Street
Hoboken, NJ 07030
National Park Service Police
Sandy Hook

Monmouth

Tadgh McNamee
Chief

P.O. Box 530
Fort Hancock, NJ 07732

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 51 of 59

Other
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

National Park Service Police
Morristown Nat'l Historic Park

Morris

Gregory Smith
Chief Ranger

(973) 539-2016

(973) 766-5635

Essex

Joseph C. Bober

(973) 491-8555

(973) 491-4098

(973) 733-7510

(973) 733-7469

(212) 635-3171

(212) 809-6287

(973) 724-4161

(973) 724-8630

(201) 239-3575

(201) 239-3884

30 Washington Place
Morristown, NJ 07960
New Jersey Transit Police
One Penn Plaza East

Chief

7th Floor
Newark, NJ 07105
Newark Arson Squad
1010 18th Avenue

Essex

Newark, NJ 07106
NY State Office of the Inspector General
61 Broadway
12th Floor
New York, NY 10006
Picatinny Arsenal Police Department

Morris

173 Buffington Road

Bruce H. Gough
Chief

Picatinny Arsenal, NJ 07806-5000
Port Authority of N.Y. & N.J.

Hudson

241 Erie Street
Room 302
Jersey City, NJ 07310
USAF Security Police
1738 East Arnold Avenue

Samual Plumeri
Superintendent

Burlington

Mark Davis
Sr. Master Sgt.

(609) 754-2471

(609) 754-8768

Monmouth

Gary Cadwell

(732) 866-2000

(732) 866-1138

(212) 742-9280

(212) 742-9377

McGuire AFB, NJ 08641
USN Security Department
Naval Weapons Station Earle

Chief

201 Hwy. 34 South, Bldg. C-34
Colts Neck, NJ 07722
Waterfront Commission of New York Harbor
4th Floor
39 Broadway
New York, NY 10006

Monday, April 10, 2006

New York

Brian Smith
Chief

Page 52 of 59

Prosecutor
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Atlantic County Prosecutor's Office
4997 Unami Boulevard

Atlantic

Jeffrey S. Blitz
Prosecutor

(609) 909-7800

(609) 704-7803

Bergen

John L. Molinelli

(201) 646-2300

(201) 488-0024

(609) 265-5035

(609) 265-5007

Mays Landing, NJ 08330
Bergen County Prosecutor's Office
Bergen County Justice Center

Prosecutor

10 Main Street, Room 215
Hackensack, NJ 07601-7681
Burlington County Prosecutor's Office

Burlington

County Court Complex
49 Rancocas Rd.
Mount Holly, NJ 08060
Camden County Prosecutor's Office
25 N. 5th Street

Robert D. Bernardi
Prosecutor

Camden

James P. Lynch
Acting Prosecutor

(856) 225-8400

(856) 963-0080

Cape May

Robert L. Taylor

(609) 465-1135

(609) 465-4434

(856) 453-0486

(856) 451-1507

(973) 621-4700

(973) 242-4901

(856) 384-5500

(856) 384-8624

(201) 795-6400

(201) 795-6858

3rd Floor
Camden, NJ 081021231
Cape May County Prosecutor's Office
4 Moore Road

Prosecutor

Cape May Court House, NJ 08210
Cumberland County Prosecutor's Office

Cumberland

43 Fayette Street

Ronald J. Casella
Prosecutor

Bridgeton, NJ 08302-2439
Essex County Prosecutor's Office

Essex

Essex Co. Courts Bldg.
50 West Market Street
Newark, NJ 07102
Gloucester County Prosecutor's Office

Paula T. Dow
Prosecutor

Gloucester

Hunter & Euclid Streets

Sean F. Dalton II
Prosecutor

P.O. Box 623
Woodbury, NJ 08096-7623
Hudson County Prosecutor's Office

Hudson

Administration Bldg.
595 Newark Avenue
Jersey City, NJ 07306
Hunterdon County Prosecutor's Office
65 Park Avenue

Edward J. De Fazio Jr.
Prosecutor

Hunterdon

J. Patrick Barnes
Prosecutor

(908) 788-1129

(908) 806-4618

Mercer

Joseph L. Bocchini Jr.

(609) 989-6309

(609) 989-0161

P.O. Box 756
Flemington, NJ 08822
Mercer County Prosecutor's Office
Court House

Prosecutor

P.O. Box 8068
Trenton, NJ 08650-0068

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 53 of 59

Prosecutor
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Middlesex County Prosecutor's Office
25 Kirkpatrick Street

Middlesex

Bruce J. Kaplan
Prosecutor

(732) 745-3333

(732) 745-2791

Monmouth

Luis A. Valentin

(732) 431-7160

(732) 409-3673

(973) 285-6200

(973) 829-8664

3rd Floor
New Brunswick, NJ 08901
Monmouth County Prosecutor's Office
71 Monument Park

Prosecutor

Freehold, NJ 07728-1261
Morris County Prosecutor's Office

Morris

Administration & Records Building
P.O. Box 900
Morristown, NJ 07963-0900
Ocean County Prosecutor's Office
119 Hooper Avenue

Michael M. Rubbinaccio
Prosecutor

Ocean

Thomas F. Kelaher
Prosecutor

(732) 929-2027

(732) 506-5088

Passaic

James F. Avigliano

(973) 881-4800

(973) 881-2756

(856) 935-7510

(856) 935-8737

P.O. Box 2191
Toms River, NJ 08754
Passaic County Prosecutor's Office
401 Grand Street

Prosecutor

Paterson, NJ 07505
Salem County Prosecutor's Office

Salem

87 Market Street
P.O. Box 462
Salem, NJ 08079-0462
Somerset County Prosecutor's Office
40 N. Bridge Street

John T. Lenahan
Prosecutor

Somerset

Wayne J. Forrest
Prosecutor

(908) 231-7100

(908) 704-0056

Sussex

David J. Weaver

(973) 383-1570

(973) 383-4929

(908) 527-4500

(908) 527-4625

(908) 475-6287

(908) 475-6286

P.O. Box 3000
Somerville, NJ 08876
Sussex County Prosecutor's Office
19-21 High St.

Prosecutor

Newton, NJ 07860
Union County Prosecutor's Office

Union

32 Rahway Ave.

Theodore J. Romankow
Prosecutor

Elizabeth, NJ 07202-2115
Warren County Prosecutor's Office
Court House
413 2nd Street
Belvidere, NJ 07823

Monday, April 10, 2006

Warren

Thomas S. Ferguson
Prosecutor

Page 54 of 59

Sheriff
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Atlantic County Sheriff's Office
4997 Unami Blvd.

Atlantic

James McGettigan
Sheriff

(609) 641-0111

(609) 909-7299

Bergen

Leo P. McGuire

(201) 646-2200

(201) 752-4234

(609) 265-5046

(609) 265-5767

(856) 225-5475

(856) 225-5578

(609) 463-6430

(609) 463-6464

(856) 451-4449

(856) 453-1902

Mays Landing, NJ 08330
Bergen County Sheriff's Office
10 Main Street

Sheriff

Hackensack, NJ 07601
Burlington County Sheriff's Office

Burlington

49 Rancocas Road

Jean Stanfield
Sheriff

P. O. Box 6000
Mount Holly, NJ 08060
Camden County Sheriff's Office

Camden

600 Market Street
P. O. Box 769
Camden, NJ 08101
Cape May County Sheriff's Office

Michael W. McLaughlin
Sheriff

Cape May

4 Moore Road

John Callinan
Sheriff

Dept #301
Cape May Court House, NJ 08210
Cumberland County Sheriff's Office

Cumberland

220 N. Laurel Street
P.O. Box 677
Bridgeton, NJ 08302
Essex County Sheriff's Office
50 W. Market Street

Michael F. Barruzza
Sheriff

Essex

Armando B. Fontoura
Sheriff

(973) 621-4111

(973) 621-9069

Gloucester

Gilbert Miller III

(856) 384-4600

(856) 384-4679

(201) 795-6300

(201) 979-9025

(908) 788-1166

(908) 806-4624

(609) 989-6100

(609) 394-7187

Newark, NJ 07102
Gloucester County Sheriff's Office
70 Hunter Street

Sheriff

P.O. Box 376
Woodbury, NJ 08096
Hudson County Sheriff's Office

Hudson

595 Newark Ave.

Joseph T. Cassidy
Sheriff

Jersey City, NJ 07306
Hunterdon County Sheriff's Office

Hunterdon

P.O. Box 2900

William D. Doyle
Sheriff

Flemington, NJ 08822
Mercer County Sheriff's Office
175 So. Broad Street

Mercer

Kevin Larkin Jr.
Sheriff

Trenton, NJ 08650

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 55 of 59

Sheriff
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Middlesex County Sheriff's Office
P.O. Box 1188

Middlesex

Joseph C. Spicuzzo
Sheriff

(732) 745-3366

(732) 745-4055

Monmouth

Joseph W. Oxley

(732) 431-7138

(732) 294-5965

(973) 285-6600

(973) 605-8312

(732) 929-2044

(732) 349-1909

(973) 881-4200

(973) 389-9350

New Bruswick, NJ 08903
Monmouth County Sheriff's Office
50 E. Main Street

Sheriff

Freehold, NJ 07728
Morris County Sheriff's Office

Morris

P.O. Box 900

Edward V. Rochford
Sheriff

Morristown, NJ 07963
Ocean County Sheriff's Office

Ocean

P.O. Box 2191

William L. Polhemus
Sheriff

Toms River, NJ 08754
Passaic County Sheriff's Office

Passaic

435 Hamburg Turnpike

Gerald Speziale
Sheriff

Wayne, NJ 07470
Salem County Sheriff's Office
94 Market Street

Salem

John B. Cooksey
Sheriff

(856) 935-7510

(856) 935-8880

Somerset

Frank Provenzano Sr.
Sheriff

(908) 231-7140

(908) 526-2558

Sussex

Robert E. Untig

(973) 579-0850

(973) 579-7884

(908) 527-4450

(908) 527-4456

(908) 475-6309

(908) 475-6360

Salem, NJ 08079
Somerset County Sheriff's Office
P.O. Box 3000
Somerville, NJ 08876
Sussex County Sheriff's Office
39 High Street

Sheriff

Newton, NJ 07860
Union County Sheriff's Office

Union

10 Elizabethtown Plaza

Ralph G. Froehlich
Sheriff

Administration Bldg.
Elizabeth, NJ 07207
Warren County Sheriff's Office
413 Second Street

Warren

Sal Simonetti
Sheriff

Belvidere, NJ 07823-1500

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 56 of 59

State
Agency/Address

County

Department of Corrections
Northern State Prison

Essex

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

Raymond Brennan

(609) 292-3366

(609) 292-1465

(609) 292-9362

(609) 633-2188

168 Frontage Rd.
Newark, NJ 07114
Department of Human Services Police

Mercer

P.O. Box 700

Chief

Trenton, NJ 08628-0700
Dept. of Corrections, Special Investigations Unit

Mercer

Whittlesey Rd.
P.O. Box 863
Trenton, NJ 08625
Division of Criminal Justice
P.O. Box 085

Chuck Muller
Chief Investigator

Mercer

Gregory Paw
Director

(609) 984-6500

-

Mercer

Mark Dobelbower

(609) 259-2120

(609) 259-7479

(609) 882-2000

-

Trenton, NJ 08625-0085
Division of Fish and Wildlife
1 Eldridge Rd.

Chief

Robbinsville, ` 08691
Division of State Police

Mercer

P.O. Box 7068; River Rd.

Joseph Fuentes
Superintendent

West Trenton, NJ 08628-0068
Juvenile Justice Commission

Camden

101 Haddon Ave.
Suite 1
Camden, NJ 08103
Juvenile Justice Commission
1001 Spruce St.

Mercer

Howard L.. Beyer
Director

(609) 292-1400

(609) 943-4611

Mercer

Bradley M. Campbell

(609) 586-1691

(609) 633-7689

Mercer

(609) 984-6321

(609) 984-2188

Mercer

(609) 341-5072

(609) 341-2960

P.O. Box 107
West Trenton, NJ 08625-0107
N.J. Department of Environmental Protection
440 East State Street

Commissioner

P.O. Box 408
Trenton, NJ 08625
New Jersey State Parole Board
P.O. Box 862
Trenton, NJ 08625
Office of Counter-Terrorism
P.O. Box 091
Trenton, NJ 08625

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 57 of 59

State
Agency/Address

County

Office of Government Integrity
Dept. of Law & Public Safety

Mercer

Agency Head

Phone

Fax

(609) 530-4400

(609) 530-4471

(201) 768-6001

(201) 767-6501

(609) 292-6767

(609) 633-7366

(609) 633-7577

(609) 633-7594

(732) 873-3050

(732) 873-1607

P.O. Box 063
Trenton, NJ 08625
Palisades Interstate Parkway Police

Bergen

P.O. Box 155

John Parr
Chief

Alpine, NJ 07620-0155
State Commission of Investigation

Mercer

P.O. Box 045

Alan A. Rockoff
Executive Director

Trenton, NJ 08625-0045
State Park Service

Mercer

501 E. State Street
P.O. Box 404
Trenton, NJ 08625
State Park Service

Theresa Genardi
Chief

Somerset

625 Canal Road
Somerset, NJ 08873

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 58 of 59

State Corrections
Agency/Address

County

Agency Head

Phone

DOC Adult Diagnostic & Treatment Center
P.O. Box 190

Middlesex

Grace Rogers
Administrator

(732) 574-2250

Middlesex

Alfaro Ortiz

(732) 499-5010

Fax

Avenel, NJ 07001
DOC East Jersey State Prison
Lock Bag R

Administrator

Rahway, NJ 07065
DOC Northern State Prison
P.O. Box 2300

Essex

Lydell Sherrer

(973) 465-0068

Administrator

Newark, NJ 07114

Monday, April 10, 2006

Page 59 of 59

DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
01-22-2004

VOLUME TITLE:
COMMUNITY ASSISTANCE

# PAGES:
66

ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

REFERENCE:

REVISION
DATE:

PAGE #:

SECTION:

APPROVED

VOLUME
III
CHAPTER
7

V#C#

SUBJECT: AGENCY REFERRAL GUIDE

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

ALL
EVALUATION
DATE:

ACTING CHIEF BERNARD M. HART
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

PURPOSE:
To have a guide for contacting law enforcement agencies within the State of New Jersey, which will be
updated periodically from the state web site.

PROCEDURES:
Officers will use this referral guide when needed, to contact other law enforcement agencies throughout
the state.
I.

Updating the guide.
A.

Periodically the guide will be updated from the State of New Jersey web site.
1.

The training division will be responsible for periodically downloading the Law Enforcement Directory
from the State of New Jersey web site.

2.

Copies will then be replaced in all binder locations in Police Headquarters.

ADMINISTRATION
CODE OF ETHICS
VOL I, CH 25
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT
VOLUME TITLE:
ADMINISTRATION

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
04-01-08
# PAGES:
2

REVISION
DATE:

PAGE #:

SECTION:

APPROVED

VOLUME
I
CHAPTER
25

ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):
1.1.2
SUBJECT: CODE OF ETHICS

DISTRIBUTION
ALL
EVALUATION
DATE:

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

CHIEF THOMAS O. RIPOLI
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

I.

BACKGROUND
Law enforcement officers, by nature, are held to a higher standard than the general population. With this
in mind, law enforcement officer should adhere to a code of ethics that holds them to a higher standard
than that of the people they serve and protect.

II.

POLICY
It is the policy of this department that all sworn officers and civilian employees of the department abide
by a code of ethics in both their public and private lives.

III.

ACTION
Law Enforcement Code of Ethics conveys the image that all law enforcement officers should strive to
achieve. The department will adopt this code as our Code of Ethics and attempt to abide by its standards.
The Law Enforcement Code of Ethics is as follows:

1

ADMINISTRATION
CODE OF ETHICS
VOL I, CH 25
AS A LAW ENFORCEMENT OFFICER, my fundamental duty is to serve mankind; to safeguard
lives and property; to protect the innocent against deception, the weak against oppression or
intimidation, and the peaceful against violence or disorder; and to respect the Constitutional rights of all
persons to liberty, equality and justice.
I WILL maintain courageous calm in the face of danger, scorn, or ridicule; develop self-control; and be
constantly mindful of the welfare of others. Honest in thought and deed in both my personal and official
life, I will be exemplary in obeying the law of the land and regulations of my department. Whatever I
see or hear of a confidential nature, or that is confided to me in my official capacity, will be kept ever
secret unless revelation is necessary in the performance of my duty.
I WILL never act officiously or permit personal feelings, prejudices, animosities or friendships to
influence my decisions. With no compromise for crime and with relentless prosecution of criminals, I
will enforce the law courteously and appropriately without fear or favor, malice or ill will, never
employing unnecessary force or violence and never accepting gratuities.
I RECOGNIZE the badge of my office as a symbol of public faith, and I accept it as a public trust to be
held so long as I am true to the ethics of the police service. I will constantly strive to achieve these
objectives and ideals, dedicating myself before God to my chosen profession . . . . law enforcement.
IV.

TRAINING
All personnel will receive ethics training biennially.

2

ORGANIZATION
ORGANIZATION AND STRUCTURE
VOL. II, CH. 1
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT
VOLUME TITLE: ORGANIZATION
ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
06-27-05

REVISION
DATE:
09-19-2007

PAGE #
1:
3

SECTION:
II, A 1

# PAGES:
4

APPROVED

VOLUME
II
CHAPTER
5

REFERENCE:

SUBJECT: ORGANIZATION AND STRUCTURE

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

ALL
EVALUATION
DATE:

CHIEF THOMAS RIPOLI
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

POLICY:
To facilitate the smooth operations of the Borough of Fort Lee Police Department, continuous
up-dating of the Organizational Chart and its command structure will be maintained. Clear
definition of Chain of Command, Unity of Command and Span of Control will be provided.
CHAIN OF COMMAND:
The first chain of command involves that incorporated within individual divisions, bureaus, and
specialist units. The commanding officer is delegated by the Chief of Police, and as commander
assumes all of the duties and responsibilities to which the unit is assigned. In the absence of the
unit commander, the officer of next highest rank, or of most seniority within that rank, will
assume command and be responsible for unit operations.
CHIEF OF POLICE:
The Chief of Police shall be the head of the department and shall be the final department authority
in all matters of policy, procedure, special orders, day-to-day operations, and discipline.
PROCEDURE:
I.

ORGANIZATION
A.

The department is organized into three major divisions.
1.

Administration Division.
1

ORGANIZATION
ORGANIZATION AND STRUCTURE
VOL. II, CH. 1
a.
2.

Detective Division
a.

3.

Officer in charge of this division: Administrative Division Commander.

Officer in charge of this division: Operations Commander.

Patrol Division
a.

Officer in charge of this division: Operations Commander.

B.

Each division has a Commander who reports directly to the Operations Commander, who
reports to the Chief of Police.

C.

The Detective Division is responsible for the follow-up of all criminal investigations,
except those that are traffic related. The division is subdivided as follows:

l.

General Investigations Bureau, answerable to the Commander-In-Charge of the
division; General Investigations Detectives and Supervisors, along with the
Division Commander, will be responsible for follow-up investigations in areas of
homicide, rape, assault, robbery, burglary, auto theft, arson, larceny, check fraud
and other general investigations as assigned.
a.

D.

2.

Narcotics Bureau Detectives and Supervisor, along with the Division
Commander are responsible for all drug related and vice investigations.

3.

Juvenile Bureau, Detectives, supervisor and Division Commander are
responsible for all Juvenile related investigations.

The Patrol Division is responsible for the preliminary investigation of calls for Police
Service, Traffic Enforcement, Accident Investigation, Field Training of Probationary
Police Officers and General Community Service Requirements. The division is
subdivided as follows:
1.

E.

This Bureau is also responsible for, Warrants, Summonses, Evidence
Room, Photo Equipment, Video Equipment, Fingerprinting, Confidential
Investigations, Special Investigations, Intelligence, Investigative
Equipment, Computer Entry for Warrants and Summonses and press
releases.

Traffic Bureau is a sub-division of Patrol Division.

The Administrative Division Commander is responsible for the recording and
coordinating of all activities under this division.
1.

Responsibilities under this division will include Communications, Buildings and
Grounds, Alarms, Computer Operations entering data on Summonses and general
entry as required, Property other than Evidence, Surveys, School Crossing
2

ORGANIZATION
ORGANIZATION AND STRUCTURE
VOL. II, CH. 1
Guards, News Releases, Department Records, Municipal Towing, Planning
Research Grants and Accreditation.

II.

COMMAND STRUCTURE
A.

Line of authority within this Police Department
l.

2.

B.

The line of authority within this Police Department shall be:
(a).

Chief of Police

(b).

In the absence of the Chief of Police
(1).

Deputy Chief of Police

(2).

Captain

(3).

Lieutenant

(4).

Sergeant

(5).

Police Officer

The number of officers to hold each rank will be governed by ordinance and voted
on by the Mayor and Council.

Supervisor & Officer Responsibilities
1.

The second chain of command involves the rank structure of the department, with
overall command lying with the officers of the highest rank, and by seniority
within that rank.

2.

In daily operations the Supervisor’s of this department will normally restrict their
command responsibilities to within their own assigned units. Exigent
circumstances, efficiency of operations, or emergency conditions, however, may
make it necessary for a superior officer to issue an order to personnel of other
units.

3.

All supervisors will exercise discretion and restraint in the utilization of other unit
personnel, in that such use may interfere with other units’ operations.

4.

Supervisors will also exercise restraint in taking command at any incident, giving
wide latitude to personnel who are specially trained in any expertise. A
supervisor who takes command at any incident also takes over all of the
responsibilities for that incident.

3

ORGANIZATION
ORGANIZATION AND STRUCTURE
VOL. II, CH. 1
5.
To ensure that proper procedures are adhered to, and the office of the Chief of
Police is kept informed about all departmental business, no personnel will
circumvent the unit chain of command.
6.

Within the department, officers will, when necessary to discuss a report,
complaint, or oral request with a command officer in the chain of command, first
receive permission to do so by his immediate supervisor, thence upward until the
desired supervisor is reached. In no instance will any officer approach the Chief
of Police for any reason, except:
a.

He has received permission to do so through the chain of command;

b.

He is a bureau commander or staff officer authorized to do so; or

c.

He is reporting a serious violation or breach of conduct by other officers.

7.

No officer of this department is to circumvent the chain of command in dealing
with or approaching other Borough, County, or State agencies, including the
Courts, Payroll, etc., unless routinely authorized in his daily duties to do so, or
unless he receives permission to do so by the Chief of Police.

8.

All communications intended for other agencies or individuals will
be submitted to the Chief of Police or his designee for approval, before being sent
to those intended.

4

ADMINISTRATION
PERSONNEL BENEFITS
VOL. I, CH. 24
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT
VOLUME TITLE:
ADMINISTRATION
ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
02-07-2008
# PAGES:
7

REVISION
DATE:

PAGE #:

SECTION:

APPROVED

VOLUME
I
CHAPTER
24

REFERENCE:

V#C#

SUBJECT: PERSONNEL BENEFITS

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

ALL
EVALUATION
DATE:

CHIEF THOMAS RIPOLI
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

I.

BACKGROUND
The Fort Lee Police Department provides employee benefits to its members. There are certain benefits
that are negotiated between the Borough governing body and the respective employee collective
bargaining groups, such as salary, number of vacation days, holidays and personal days, terminal leave,
and certain health benefits. The Borough also provides retirement benefits, workman’s compensation,
and liability protection. Employees are expected to fully avail themselves of the benefits of employment
offered by the Department.
Negotiated benefits are described in the employee’s respective collective bargaining contracts, which are
made available to individuals through the bargaining unit. Descriptions of other Borough benefits are
available to employees, upon request, through the Fort Lee Borough Administrator’s Office.

II.

POLICY
It is the policy of this Department that all permanent members familiarize themselves with the current
PBA contract and other documentation regarding compensation, benefits and conditions of work.

III.

ACTION
The following listed employee benefits are protected through contractual agreements between the
Borough of Fort Lee and the bargaining unit of PBA Local 245.

1

ADMINISTRATION
PERSONNEL BENEFITS
VOL. I, CH. 24
• Salary and wage increase (employee’s salary/wages are governed by existing collective
bargaining agreements. The Department of Finance will advise new hires of their starting salary
and steps, if applicable. Refer to salary appendix in the current PBA contract. Employees are
paid every two weeks).
• Hours of work and schedule compensation days (the current work schedule for a police officer
is 2080 hours per year. The Chief of Police will provide the scheduling of assignment, hours of
work, and days off for all employees).
• Overtime may be taken in pay or in compensatory time per departmental guidelines (see PBA
contract).
• Court time may be taken in pay or in compensatory time per departmental
guidelines (see PBA contract).
• Vacations and holidays (annual leave shall be selected on a rotating seniority basis,
by squad within rank for members assigned to patrol division, and by seniority within
rank for all other divisions within the department. All vacation picks shall be in
compliance with the PBA contract. The number of vacation days allotted to each
employee is determined by the collective bargaining agreement between the Borough
and the PBA (see PBA contract).
• Military leave (a member or employee, who is a member of the Organized Reserve
of the Army of the United States, United States Naval Reserve, United States Air
Force Reserve, United States Marine Corps Reserve or other affiliated organization,
shall be entitled to a leave of absence from duty, without loss of pay or time, on all
days during which s/he shall be engaged in field training. Such leave of absence shall
be in addition to the regular annual leave allowed such member or employee (source
NJSA 38:23-1). Enlistment or Re-enlistment in National or State Military
Organization: Members and employees of the Department shall not enlist, re-enlist, or
accept a commission, in any federal or state military organization without having
made prior notification to the Chief of Police.
• Sick leave and leave of absence for death in family
• Longevity (longevity increments are governed by existing collective bargaining
agreements. This information will be provided to new hires by the Payroll office (see
PBA contract).
• Personal (administrative) leave
• Special reimbursement
• Clothing, equipment and weapons
• Medical, dental, and death benefits
• Education incentive
2

ADMINISTRATION
PERSONNEL BENEFITS
VOL. I, CH. 24
• Terminal leave and maternity leave
IV.

Newly Hired Sworn Officers and Civilian Employees
All newly hired sworn officers and civilian employees will be notified of employee
benefits provided by the Borough of Fort Lee within the first two weeks of commencing
employment.
All new hires will be provided with required Borough or State forms, in regard to
benefits, by the Payroll office. Forms are to be completed fully and returned to the
Payroll office without delay.
The Borough Payroll office will provide all new hires with information or informational
booklets on all employee benefits provided by the Borough or State.
The Chief of Police or his designee will provide new hires with instruction on work
schedules, shift rotation, days off, holidays, personal days, vacation and overtime.
A.

COMPENSATION
The salary program for the Department is covered in the current PBA contract.
The contract explains the following types of compensation:
1.

Entry-level salary;

2.

Salary differential within ranks;

3.

Salary differential between ranks;

4.

Compensatory time policy;

5.

Overtime policy; and

6.

Provision of salary augmentation.

These benefits are explained in the individual articles and appendices of the present PBA
contract.
B.

BENEFITS
The leave program for the Department is covered in the current PBA contract.
The contract explains the following types of leave:
1.

Personal (Administrative) leave;

2.

Holiday leave;

3.

Sick leave; and

3

ADMINISTRATION
PERSONNEL BENEFITS
VOL. I, CH. 24
4.
Vacation (annual) leave.
These benefits are explained in the individual articles of the present PBA contract.
The New Jersey Family Medical Leave Act (NJSA 34:11B1-34:11B-16) explains
family medical leave benefits.
C.

RETIREMENT PROGRAM
The retirement program is administered through the State of New Jersey Police
and Fireman’s Pension System. Sworn police officers are eligible for full
retirement after 25 years of uninterrupted service (see Pension booklet). The
Public Employees Retirement System covers civilian personnel. As of January
2000 members of the Policeman’s and Fireman’s Retirement System may retire at
20 year of service without benefits from the town.

D.

E.

HEALTH INSURANCE PLAN
1.

Medical Coverage
The Borough provides medical coverage for employees during their
working career and through retirement after 25 years of uninterrupted
service. Medical coverage by the Borough is provided in collective
bargaining agreements. Refer to the benefits booklet for a description of
the health plan.

2.

Dental Coverage
Dental coverage will be in accordance with existing collective bargaining
agreements (see PBA contract).

DISABILITY AND DEATH BENEFITS
Employee disability and death benefits are as prescribed by the Police and
Fireman’s Retirement System. See the State of New Jersey Police and Fireman’s
Retirement System Member Handbook for specific details.

F.

SUPPORT SERVICES/LINE-OF-DUTY DEATHS
Support services include providing information on employee benefits and help for
the employee and family in cases of injury of death, with the employee benefit
and assistance package offered by the Borough. In the event of a death or serious
injury incurred by a member of the Department, see SOP Vol, IV. CH, 15
Notification of Next of Kin and SOP Vol, III. CH, 4, Victim/Witness Assistance.

G.

LIABILITY INSURANCE
The Borough maintains a liability program to protect police department
employees for acts or omissions directly related to their law enforcement function.

4

ADMINISTRATION
PERSONNEL BENEFITS
VOL. I, CH. 24
Liability protection is provided in a variety of ways, typically including officers’
liability coverage, vehicle liability coverage and self-insurance. Since the exact
components of the liability protection program are subject to periodic change
through contract expiration and renegotiation, any employee desiring to know the
specific components currently in effect may contact the Chief of Police through
the chain of command.
The liability protection program covers all police officers, school crossing guards
and full- and part-time civilian employees of the department.
Any employee who receives notice, in any form, of actual or impending legal suit
or claim, shall, as rapidly as possible, explain the circumstances through the chain
of command to the Chief of Police. The Chief of Police, shall, in turn, provide
appropriate notification to both the Borough administrator and the Borough
attorney.
No employee shall imply or accept financial liability for loss or damage on behalf
of the town. Any inquiries concerning financial liability will be referred to the
Borough attorney.
The Department may not cover an act or omission of duty by an officer, when that
act or omission constitutes gross and willful negligence.
H.

CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT
Clothing allowance for the maintenance and replacement of uniforms and
equipment is paid in accordance with existing collective bargaining agreements
(see PBA contract).

I.

EDUCATIONAL BENEFITS
Education incentive are paid in accordance with the collective bargaining
agreement (see PBA contract).

J.

EMPLOYEE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM
An employee assistance program is intended to assist employees who are
suffering from persistent problems that may tend to jeopardize the employee’s
psychological and/or physical well being. The goal of this type of program is to
help individuals who have developed problems by providing services for
consultation, treatment and rehabilitation in order to prevent their condition from
progressing to a degree that it will prevent the employee for functioning
effectively in the workplace.
Referral and mandatory participation in any rehabilitation/treatment program
would be at the discretion of the Chief of Police based on conduct that is
detrimental to the department or is determined to cause the employee to be unfit
for duty. The department would compensate any mandatory participation and all
program particulars would be kept confidential.
5

ADMINISTRATION
PERSONNEL BENEFITS
VOL. I, CH. 24
Bergen County
Department of Health Services
Employee Assistance Program
201-242-1388
All supervisors should be cognizant of and identify any employee behaviors that
would indicate the existence of employee concerns, problems and/or issues that
could impact employee job performance. It is the supervisor’s responsibility to be
familiar with the services described in this SOP and determine if any of the
available services are necessary in order to refer the employee in question to that
service.
Another service available to employees is the Law Enforcement Intervention
Hotline (1-866-COP 2COP). This is a toll-free 24-hour service that is staffed by
qualified retired officers and trained counselors that provide services for active
and retired officers and their families. The help and referral services are
confidential and include peer counseling, assessments, and critical incident stress
management. The program provides assistance for personal or job-related
depression, anxiety, stress, tension, trauma or other problems.
K.

PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS
Self-initiated physical examinations are recommended for all officers on an
annual basis. A physical examination is a benefit to both the employee and the
agency. Should the necessity arise for requiring a physical exam for a member of
the department, the department will incur any costs associated with that physical
exam. The required physical exam would be conducted only to confirm the
employees’ continued fitness to perform the tasks of their assignments and to
inform them of their general physical condition, not to identify employees with
disabilities who are otherwise able to perform their assigned duties, with or
without reasonable accommodation.

L.

GENERAL HEALTH AND PHYSICAL FITNESS
The functions of a law enforcement agency require a level of physical fitness not
demanded by many other occupations. Regulation VII, Rule #14 of the Fort Lee
Police Department Rules and Regulations requires that Members and Employees
shall maintain good physical condition so that they can handle the strenuous
physical contacts often required of a law enforcement officer. The Department
reserves the right, on a random or as required basis, to appropriately test a
Member’s or Employee’s physical fitness for duty.

M.

INFORMATION REGARDING EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
The Fort Lee Payroll office maintains informational booklets that are available to
employees on a limited basis.

6

ADMINISTRATION
PERSONNEL BENEFITS
VOL. I, CH. 24
The collective bargaining units within the Department are responsible for the
distribution of contracts to their respective members concerning negotiated
benefits.

7

OPERATIONS
PERSONNEL CONDUCT
VOL. IV, CH. 6
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT
VOLUME TITLE: OPERATIONS
ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
03-27-2004

REVISION
DATE:
11-06-2009

PAGE #:
1

SECTION:
Procedures

APPROVED

# PAGES:
9

VOLUME
#IV
CHAPTER
6

REFERENCE:

V# VI , C# 6

SUBJECT: PERSONNEL CONDUCT

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

ALL
EVALUATION
DATE:

Chief Thomas O. Ripoli
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

PURPOSE:
To establish acceptable standards of performance and conduct of members of the Borough of Fort Lee
Police Department.

POLICY:
Police officers often exercise discretion in the daily performance of their duties. To assist in that
discretion, the following procedures have been established setting a level of acceptance in performance
and conduct. The standards in this policy are part of the overall Borough of Fort Lee Police Department
written directives system.
PROCEDURE:
The personnel of the Borough of Fort Lee Police Department will adhere to the following areas of
performance and conduct in their daily response to all police services.
During any contact with the public, officers are to maintain a presence of professionalism and are
to include Courtesy, Professionalism and Respect in their dealings with the public.
I.

BEGINNING AND ENDING OF SHIFTS:
A.

Every officer will begin his tour of duty at his official starting time.
1

OPERATIONS
PERSONNEL CONDUCT
VOL. IV, CH. 6
1.
Tour means in briefing, in full uniform of the day as per uniform policy, properly
groomed and ready to answer calls.
2.

B.

C.

Only a supervisor can authorize a deviation to this rule.
a.

All officers and supervisors will use the time clock when reporting for
duty and when ending tour.

b.

The supervisor must have good cause to deviate and so indicate on his
daily roster, comments can also be added to the blotter.

c.

Every officer will end his shift no sooner than ten minutes to the official
hour of completion.

Every officer will remain in his assigned area unless otherwise relieved by supervisor, or
dispatched to a call out of their sector.
1.

Any and all reports should have been completed during the tour of duty.

2.

Any required additional time required for reports must be approved by the
supervisor.

General Practices During Tour
1.

Each officer will patrol all areas of his sector during his tour of duty.

2.

Each officer will plan his tour so as to give proper and equal coverage of the area.

3.

a.

All officers will complete a walking assignment when possible in their
sector, in one of their assigned grids for a period of 20-30 minutes. During
this time they will call in 10-90’s to Com-cen on areas that are in need of
attention in the area, ie: street signs that need replacing, vacant houses that
need to be boarded up, board of health violations, construction code
violations etc.

b.

12 x8 tour will do business checks in-place of walking assignments.

Each officer will schedule his break and half hour meal time so as not to cause
more than two patrol units to be on break at any given time.
a.

4.

The supervisor may authorize limited discretion on occasion for more than
two officers to be on break at the same time.

All breaks and meals must be within Borough of Fort Lee.
a.

Supervisors may authorize on occasion meals within one-quarter mile of
the Borough of Fort Lee line on limited basis.

b.

Any officer abusing this privilege may be restricted from doing so.
2

OPERATIONS
PERSONNEL CONDUCT
VOL. IV, CH. 6

5.

6.

c.

Patrol units must ask permission from a supervisor to take a meal break at
the Range.

d.

Only one officer will be permitted to take a break at the range at the same
time.

e.

Officers will ask permission to leave their sectors for meal breaks.

Each officer will call in the location when starting and completing details for the
following:
a.

Radar speed enforcement

b.

Special enforcement

c.

Survey

d.

Traffic detail

e.

Surveillance

f.

Special detail

Business Property Checks
a.

Each officer is required to make business property checks in his assigned
area during 12x8 Shift .

b.

The checks should be physical unless the officers daily activity indicates
he was unable to do so.

c.

Each officer will call into communications when he/she physically or
visually checked a business.
(1)

One time for several businesses is not acceptable.
(a).

7.

8.

Same CAD entry may have multiple business names that
were checked.

House Checks:
a.

An officer on 8x4 and 4x12 Shift will be assigned to check the vacant
houses in the vacant house book.

b.

Each officer will record all the information on the vacant house book as
required.

Radio and Phone Contact:
3

OPERATIONS
PERSONNEL CONDUCT
VOL. IV, CH. 6
a.

Each officer while on assigned duty will at all times be in radio or phone
contact with communications.

b.

At ALL TIMES each officer when leaving his vehicle and going to a
fixed location, will call into communications giving location and reason.
They will then on completion, call back in service.

c.

Each officer when answering the phone, or having direct contact with
anyone, will do so in a courteous and pleasant manner.
(1)

Make every effort to assist the person.

(2)

Direct to proper person if required.

(3)

If message is required, follow message procedure.
Whenever personnel receive a phone call or someone comes to
headquarters to see another member of the department, the
individual receiving the call will forward the call or direct the party
to the proper location within headquarters.
If the person requested is not available or in, arrange for
notification that the party was attempting to contact them,
including call back numbers.

d.

Each officer when utilizing a department radio, will do so following
proper radio procedure and in a professional manner, all three car numbers
are to be used. If not in a vehicle, officers shield number should be used.

e.

All personnel during times in headquarters, will when entering the
building, advise the personnel in com- center of their being in
headquarters and where. Each person when leaving will also advise of
their leaving and being back in service. THIS IS A MUST.
Communications Center will record this information in the computer.
(1).

f.

Patrol units will ask permission from the Tour Commander to
come into headquarters, whether it be for personal reasons, to
complete a report or to end their tour.

Whenever a person calls or directly requests to speak with the Chief of
Police, the person will be referred to the Chiefs' receptionist while she is
working. When the Chiefs' receptionist is not available, the officer should
call the Chief and advise him of the phone call and follow the Chief’s
instructions (put on hold, transfer call or take message). During the hours
the Chief is not in the office or off, the officer receiving a request to speak
to the Chief will get the name of the person and a phone number and
advise them he will contact the Chief and have him call them.
4

OPERATIONS
PERSONNEL CONDUCT
VOL. IV, CH. 6
g.

11.

13.

Fatalities

(2)

Any unusual emergencies: flooding, heavy snowstorm, hurricane,
etc.

(3)

Suspicious Deaths

(4)

Assaults with weapons

(5)

Any 1st or 2nd degree crimes which have occurred

(6)

Pursuits involving 1st or 2nd degree crimes, injuries or collisions.

(7)

Major fires

(8)

Any injuries to officers while on duty (not minor injuries).

Each officer on 4x12 and 12x8 Shift check for street lights out in their
sectors and advise the communications of same.

Gasoline From DPW Pump:
a.

All patrol vehicles will be filled at the conclusion of each shift.

b.

No smoking while putting gas in vehicle near pump.

c.

Gas from any Borough of Fort Lee pump is to be used for official
purposes only. Any exception must be approved by the Chief of Police.

Smoking at Headquarters:
a.

14.

(1)

Street Lights:
a.

12.

Notification to the Chief of Police in regard to emergencies. It is the
responsibility and requirement that the Officer-in-Charge to contact the
chief immediately in regards to the following instances:

There will be no smoking in headquarters.

Prior to beginning patrol, or as soon as possible, officers are to conduct a vehicle
inspection of their patrol unit and fill out a vehicle inspection form, any items that
need to be replenished should be done prior to going on patrol.
a.

Trunks of vehicle will be checked and inventoried for proper
equipment .

b.

Supervisors are also required to inspect patrol units at the start of
the tour, and make sure all equipment is in operable condition.
5

OPERATIONS
PERSONNEL CONDUCT
VOL. IV, CH. 6

II.

PATROL SECTORS
Borough of Fort Lee will be divided into three sectors, North, South and Highway.
A.

NORTH SECTOR:
1.

B.

SOUTH SECTOR:
1.

C.

Area from east to west south of Main St., including Main St.

HIGHWAY SECTOR:
1.

Area covering all highways in Fort Lee that have businesses which need to be
patrolled. Includes State Highways Rte 4, 1,9, State Rte.63 (Bergen Blvd.)
Excludes I-95.

2.

Only Highway sector unit should be assigned to patrol that sector per tour.

D.

Supervisors will assign patrols to sectors.

E.

Each officer assigned to a sector will patrol and handle all calls for service in that sector
for the entire shift of each day. The supervisor should try to alternate the sectors every
day.

F.

When the officer transports any person for good cause, he will first advise
communications and call in the mileage at the beginning and at the end of the
transportation. Transport means taking a person in the patrol vehicle to a location.
a.

III.

Area from east to west north of Main St., including Main St.

Unless a person is under arrest or there are other extenuating circumstances, no
person should be transported to a location that they have not requested to go.

HEADQUARTERS PROCEDURES:
A.

Security and Parking
1.

When coming into headquarters, any officer using a security access door will
ensure that the door used has properly closed after they enter the building.

2.

Communications will be notified of the officers status in HQ and when back in
service.

3.

While in HQ all officers are to be in the uniform of the day while completing any
reports.
6

OPERATIONS
PERSONNEL CONDUCT
VOL. IV, CH. 6
4.
Any officer entering the cell area must be unarmed when doing so.
a.

B.

C.

Weapons should be secured in the locked weapons locker at the entry area
of the processing room.

5.

All police vehicles are to be parked in their designated areas and backed in and
locked.

6.

No unauthorized persons or citizens are to be in the main headquarters area; this
is, the area that is secured at all times unless escorted by a member of the
department.

7.

Unless they are on official business or have received special approval by an
officer- in-charge, all unauthorized persons and citizens are to stay in the public
area that has been provided.

8.

When someone is allowed into the secured area, the person that they are seeing
must escort them to and from their office.

9.

No officers are to remain in Com-Cen for any reason other then to get or give
information to or from dispatchers, no breaks are to be taken in Com-Cen.

Cleaning of Areas After Breaks:
1.

The area where you take your break/breaks is to be cleaned before returning to
your tour of duty or going off duty.

2.

Coffee containers, soda cans and other items should be put in proper trash
containers. Pizza boxes and large food containers should be put in the outside
dumpster.

3.

All newspaper should be placed in a neat pile.

4.

Chairs must be placed back in order.

5.

When using restrooms, ensure that the area is left in an acceptable manner for the
next person to use it.

6.

All personal items must be stored in lockers ,desks, assigned slots or vehicle.

Posting of material in headquarters:
1.

Any postings that are not police business or PBA related are prohibited, unless
they are approved by the administration.

2.

Every member of this department has an obligation to remove and report any of
these postings. Anyone observed posting any derogatory writings, photos, jokes,
etc. will be held accountable. Supervisors in particular are expected to act as such
and will be held accountable for their failure to do so.
7

OPERATIONS
PERSONNEL CONDUCT
VOL. IV, CH. 6
3.

D.

Any posted material that is approved by the administration will have the
administrative officers name added to it and the date that it was approved.

Processing:
1.

All processing of prisoners will be handled in the processing area.

2.

Each officer when processing a subject will secure his weapon in the weapons
locker.( locker must be locked)
a.

Approval must be obtained from the supervisor in charge prior to any strip
search.

5.

When handling evidence, he will follow the department Evidence Procedure
Volume VII, Ch. 11.

6.

When transporting a prisoner, he will follow the department Prisoner
Transportation Policy, Volume VII, Ch. 9.

7.

When fingerprinting, he will follow the department Fingerprinting Policy,
Volume VII, CH 12

8.

If a prisoner is cooperative and is not being aggressive, he may be held in the
processing/interview room area (minor violations). An officer will be present
with the subject AT ALL TIMES.

9.

No objects are to be left out on the desktops in holding/interview room which can
be used as a weapon.

10.

If a prisoner is not cooperative and he is aggressive, he will be held in processing
room until the processing is completed.
An officer is to be assigned to observe the subject AT ALL TIMES he is in the
processing room. When a subject is being held in the processing room, the officer
should make every effort to complete the processing and release the subject,
transfer to a cell or to the county jail.

11.

IV.

All prisoners are to be entered in the cell log book if they are placed in the
processing room or jail cell.

AUTO ENTRY RELEASE FORM:
A.

The Auto Entry Waiver Form is to be filled out whenever a citizen requests the
department to gain entry into their vehicle because it was accidentally locked and the
only way to gain access for the citizen would be to have the police department unlock the
vehicle by use of "lock jock", “Slim-Jim” or other entry tool.
8

OPERATIONS
PERSONNEL CONDUCT
VOL. IV, CH. 6
B.
If the person requesting this service does not sign the release form, then no attempt is to
be made by the police officer to gain entry into the vehicle.
C.
V.

The release form is to be submitted to the Tour Commander.

ASSIST TO DISABLED MOTORIST
A.

It is the responsibility of every patrol officer when observing a disabled motorist or
responding to a call of a disabled motorist, to render proper assistance.
1.

If necessary, place proper warning devices and if necessary, aid in traffic
direction.

2.

If a mechanic or towing service is needed, assist the motorist through the
communications center to obtain this service by following procedures in the
Towing Policy VOL V, CH 8.

B.

Under the area of disabled motorist, all other procedures in this chapter will be adhered
to.

C.

If an officer is required to leave the disabled motorist, communications is to be advised
and the motorist shall be advised that the officer will return after he has completed the
call that he was required to leave the location.

9

ADMINISTRATION
PERSONNEL RECORDS
VOL. I, CH. 11
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
04-17-2007

VOLUME TITLE:
ADMINISTRATION

# PAGES:
3

ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

REFERENCE:

REVISION
DATE:

PAGE #:

SECTION:

APPROVED

VOLUME
I
CHAPTER
11

V#C#

SUBJECT: PERSONNEL RECORDS

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

ALL
EVALUATION
DATE:

CHIEF THOMAS O. RIPOLI
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

PURPOSE:
To establish an organized system for the retention of personnel records.
POLICY:
It is the policy of this department to establish an organized system of personnel records to meet State,
County, and local requirements. The system will also comply with file retention regulations as outlined
by the Department of State, Division of Archives and Records Management.

PROCEDURE:
The Fort Lee Police Department Personnel Records System shall be maintained in three categories:
Individual Officer Employee File
Confidential Officer Employee File
Internal Affairs File

1

ADMINISTRATION
PERSONNEL RECORDS
VOL. I, CH. 11
I.

INDIVIDUAL OFFICER EMPLOYEE FILE (Public Record)
A.

The file will contain the following:
1.

Employee application (Basic only)

2.

Payroll and attendance records

3.

Training and special schools

4.

Assignments and promotions

5.

Awards and Commendations

6.

Disciplinary Action (Penalties only)
a. Only final dispositions
b. The final disposition form will be used

II.

CONFIDENTIAL EMPLOYEE FILE
A.

B.

The file will contain the following:
1.

Psychological reports

2.

Medical questionnaires ADA access

3.

Medical reports ADA access

4.

Financial reports

5.

Original Background Investigation file

Access to these reports is restricted to an ABSOLUTE "Need to Know" basis!
(Governing body not entitled to view)

2

ADMINISTRATION
PERSONNEL RECORDS
VOL. I, CH. 11
III.

INTERNAL AFFAIRS FILE
A.

B.

The file will contain the following:
1.

Citizen complaints

2.

Department complaints

3.

Supervisor reports

4.

Internal Affairs reports

5.

Statements

6.

Inter-Agency correspondence

7.

Findings and recommendations

8.

Final dispositions

The file will be organized to reflect the following:
1.

Internal Affairs general folder

2.

Separate folders for each complaint received.
a.

C.
IV.

Each folder will be identified to reflect the type of complaint.

This file is available strictly on a need to know basis.

REVIEW OF FILES
A.

Officers may review their personnel files on request.
1.

IAD files may be reviewed in the presence of an assigned supervisor.

3

INTERAGENCY PROCEDURE
CANINES
VOL. V, CH. 9
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
12-18-2001

VOLUME TITLE: AUTHORITY

# PAGES:
9

ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

REFERENCE:

REVISION
DATE:

PAGE #:

SECTION:

APPROVED

VOLUME
V
CHAPTER
9

V5C9

SUBJECT: K-9 SERVICE UNIT

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

ALL
EVALUATION
DATE:

CHIEF THOMAS R. TESSARO
ATTORNEY GENERAL:
K-9 Standards Rev.7/95
PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:

Special Instructions

REFERENCE:

I.

PURPOSE:

The purpose of this departmental directive is to establish a comprehensive policy outlining all permissible uses
of police canine teams and to simultaneously define any prohibited uses and activities of such teams. With
those parameters established, the guidelines contained herein, along with the applicable standards promulgated
by the state and county, as well as the training and expertise of the canine unit officer, shall govern the use and
deployment of canine teams in the Fort Lee Police Department.
II.

STANDARDS:

The Fort Lee Police Department shall maintain the current New Jersey Attorney General’s Guidelines on the
training and qualification of police canine units, and the Bergen County Prosecutor’s Office Directives on the
use and training of police canine teams as its minimum standards of training and qualification in the deployment
and maintenance of all its police canine teams.
III.

PROCEDURES:

A.

Deployment and Utilization (general):
All Police canines in the Fort Lee Police Department shall be trained, deployed, and used only in strict
accordance with the provisions contained in this directive. Subject to the specific provisions of this
directive, properly trained police canine teams may be used:
1

INTERAGENCY PROCEDURE
CANINES
VOL. V, CH. 9
• To conduct building and secured area searches for criminal offenders;

B.

•

To assist in the arrest or prevent the escape of criminal offenders;

•

To protect police officers or citizens from the imminent risk of death or serious bodily injury;

•

To track criminal suspects;

•

To locate lost or missing persons;

•

To search for evidence, including hidden instrumentality of crime controlled dangerous substances,
accelerants, and explosive devices.

Prohibitions:
The use of any police canine by the Fort Lee Police Department for crowd control or civil
disturbance control purposes is absolutely prohibited. If a civil disturbance develops during the
course of, or as a result of, any use of a police canine, the police canine team shall be removed
from the scene of the disturbance expeditiously.
Fort Lee Police canine units shall not be deployed or used in circumstances that would be
reasonably likely to intimidate, coerce, or instill fear in law-abiding citizens.
The only exception to the above would be in the case of an emergent, life threatening situation where the
deployment of the canine unit would be in response to the imminent threat to a police officer or citizen
of death or serious bodily injury. The standard employed here would be the same as that used in the
employment of deadly force. In the event that the canine is deployed for such a reason, the handler
officer shall, as immediately as possible, provide a detailed report to his commanding officer and the
Chief of Police explaining the circumstances of the life threatening emergency which necessitated the
use of the police canine, setting forth the reasons why no other tactic or type of force would have
satisfactorily prevented the imminent death or injury, and describing the use of the canine team.
Fort Lee Police Canine teams shall not be used off lead to search for missing persons.
Fort Lee Police canines shall not be used during any interrogation of a criminal suspect, at
headquarters or in the field.
Fort Lee Police canine units shall not be employed in the transportation of prisoners or civilians.
Fort Lee Police canine handlers shall not become the primary investigating or reporting officers if the
canine has been employed during the course of the investigation.
Canine units shall not be employed in searches for borough ordinance, petty disorderly, disorderly
persons, or motor vehicle offenses. They will not be employed to search abandoned buildings
solely for trespassers.

Fort Lee Police canines will not be employed in any manner not specifically authorized by this
2

INTERAGENCY PROCEDURE
CANINES
VOL. V, CH. 9
policy nor in any manner contrary to the training received by the animal’s handler.
C.

Supervisor’s Responsibilities:
The Road Supervisor on Duty shall respond to all calls where the canine unit is actively involved.
This includes any type of canine team activity such as tracking, drug enforcement, and any other
appropriate application for which the team is qualified.
Upon arrival at the scene of any canine team job, the supervisor will consult with the requesting
officer and the canine unit officer and determine the appropriate course of action. In matters on
any canine unit job related to the specific expertise of the canine handler, the supervisor will defer
to the expertise of the handler in those matters.
Once the canine related activity is under way, the supervisor will coordinate as usual the activities of all
involved units so as to optimize the canine team’s effectiveness. The supervisor shall ensure that all
personnel involved heed any advice of the dog handler to this effect.
Upon Completion of the canine unit activity, the supervisor shall ensure that all appropriate measures
are taken by the involved personnel and that any appropriate reports, including a canine
incident/involvement report is completed.

D.

Patrol Officer’s /Detective’s Responsibilities:
Any patrol officer’s or Detective’s request to initiate a canine unit job must be made through comcen or
the police desk, and the officer shall also request the road supervisor or detective supervisor (as the case
may be) to respond. The officer will not make a direct unit to unit request for a canine unit.
Upon arrival of the canine unit and the road supervisor at the scene, the officer shall confer with them
and the supervisor will decide the appropriate course of action to take, deferring to the expertise of the
dog handler in matters specifically relating to the use of the canine.
The officer initiating the activity that resulted in the canine unit request shall be the arresting/reporting
officer in any activity that results in the canine unit effecting the apprehension of an actor. The initiating
officer, with the exception of any reports specifically being the responsibility of the canine officer or the
supervisor shall prepare all appropriate reports.

E.

Canine Officer’s Responsibilities and Procedures:
General:
Police canine handlers shall have the authority to refuse to deploy their animal if, in the
judgement of the handler, the canine is not suited to individual assignment or the canine cannot be
safely deployed in a controlled manner, in accordance with the law and the provisions of this
directive. This is in direct recognition of the handler’s particular intimate knowledge of his or her
canine’s capabilities and limitations. Situations such as this should be limited to:
•

The issuance of an illegal order by the supervisor to deploy the canine;

•

The issuance of an order contrary to this procedure, the attorney general’s guidelines,
3

INTERAGENCY PROCEDURE
CANINES
VOL. V, CH. 9
prosecutor’s directives concerning canine deployment, or any other governing
document, policy or procedure;
•

Those in which articulable risks to the safety of civilians, police officers or the canine
exist.

In the event that the handler’s refusal to deploy a canine is contrary to an order issued by a
supervisor, the handler shall first attempt to confer with that supervisor and fully explain his
refusal to deploy the canine, articulating the specific and particular reasons as to why the order
cannot be carried out.
If the supervisor, after hearing the canine handler’s specific and articulated reasons for not
deploying the canine, still refuses to rescind the order, the highest ranking officer available shall
be consulted. This officer shall also recognize and defer to the expertise of the handler in making
any decision on whether the order should be carried out. If, after all possible alternatives to the
disobedience of an order are exhausted, and the canine handler has no reasonable alternative, he
or she may disobey the order. In all such cases, the handler shall, as immediately as possible,
prepare a report to the Chief of Police and his/her commanding officer specifically explaining the
reasons why the order was defied.
In all situations as described above, the supervisor shall also submit a report to the Chief of Police
explaining his actions and specifically outlining the reasons why the order was not rescinded after
considering the canine officer’s reasons for not deploying the animal.
In all cases, the Chief of Police shall be the final authority in determining whether the
disobedience of the issued order was justified.
It is fully expected that the canine officer and the supervisor will work together to the fullest
extent possible before resorting to the disobeying of any order.
All canines on patrol and canines trained to effect physical apprehensions shall be maintained by only
one handler. If the canine’s handler is sick or unavailable for duty, that canine shall not be used by
another handler or the department for any purpose.
All Fort Lee Police canines must reside with, and be cared for, by their officer handler. The handler is
responsible for his or her assigned canine while both on and off duty and at all times when the canine is
in the care and custody of the officer handler.
Fort Lee Police Canines, while on duty, shall be kept on lead except when necessary to effect an
apprehension of a criminal suspect, to conduct a building or secured area search, or to prevent imminent
death or serious bodily injury to a police officer or citizen.
Fort Lee Police canines shall not be used to physically apprehend a suspect for non criminal offenses.
Before deploying the canine, the officer handler must first have probable cause to believe that the
subject has committed a crime, and the handler must reasonably believe that the use of force, in the form
of the trained canine, is both necessary and justified to effect the apprehension.
After the canine has effected a physical apprehension, the animal must be recalled or commanded to
disengage as soon as the suspect is either subdued or readily complies with the handler’s directions.
4

INTERAGENCY PROCEDURE
CANINES
VOL. V, CH. 9
Chase Apprehensions:
Police canines trained to effect physical apprehensions may be used to apprehend escaped criminals, as
well as to apprehend criminals where the officer handler has probable cause to arrest the subject and
where the use of force is justified.
Off Lead Apprehensions:
The chase apprehension may be conducted with the canine off lead only under the following
circumstances:
1. There are no other persons who will be endangered by the release of the canine, and;
2. An appropriate warning is given prior to release of the canine identifying the presence of the police
and the canine, and which also announces to the subject that he or she is under arrest and is
commanded to comply with the officer’s directions lest the canine will be released, and;
3. The police officer handler will ensure that the canine has had the opportunity to see the subject
intended for arrest, and;
4. The officer handler is able to maintain visual contact with the canine throughout the chase. If,
during the chase, the officer handler loses visual contact with the canine, the officer will
immediately recall the canine.
Trained police canine teams may also be used with the canine on lead to search for missing persons and
evidence of criminal offenses, in accordance with the training qualifications of the respective team.
Building and Secured Area Searches:
Police canines trained to effect physical apprehensions may be used to search for indictable criminal
suspect(s) in a building or an area that has been secured by police. In preparing for a building or secure
area search, the following measures must be taken:
1. The Road Supervisor will coordinate the setting up of a perimeter of the area surrounding that to be
searched, with no preliminary search undertaken, in order to preserve the scent trail for the canine.
In the case of a building, a perimeter shall be established and all civilians shall be removed or kept
from the area in so far as possible.
2. In the case of a building search, the owner of the structure should be contacted whenever possible to
determine whether there are tenants, employees, or other persons on the premises who have not been
evacuated. The layout of the premises should also be determined, to enhance the efficiency of the
search, and the heating and air conditioning systems should be shut down if possible so that the
canine can effectively locate the source of the subject’s scent.
3. The canine team shall then commence the search by loudly announcing that there are police officers
on the premise, that the subject is under arrest, and that a police canine will be released if the subject
does not immediately surrender. A reasonable amount of time shall be allowed for the subject to
surrender. In the case of multi story building, the canine officer shall repeat the warning at least
5

INTERAGENCY PROCEDURE
CANINES
VOL. V, CH. 9
once on every floor or level of the structure.
4. During the course of secured area or building searches, the canine may be deployed off lead unless
there is reasonable likelihood that the canine will encounter innocent persons within the secured area
or structure, and the size of the secured area permits the officer handler to keep reasonable visual
contact with the canine.
5. The canine officer tracking the subject (or assisting backup officer) shall give frequent updates as to
his direction, location, and status of the search. These updates will be utilized by the road supervisor
to make adjustments in the location of the various personnel securing the perimeter.
6. Upon apprehension of any suspect by the canine team, the canine is to be recalled immediately
once the subject is under control. See “Follow Up and Reporting” for procedures in the event
of a bite upon any suspect apprehended.
Follow Up and Reporting:
In the event of a bite during a canine apprehension, or in case of an accidental bite, the officer
handler, with proper assistance, will take the following steps:
1. The supervisor will be summoned to the scene of the apprehension or bite;
2. The handler officer will thoroughly examine the injury to make a determination of its
seriousness;
3. Proper first aid and medical treatment will be rendered to the bitten person as immediately as
possible, including transportation to a medical facility for treatment;
4. In the event that the person bitten is a prisoner, proper security measures and/or officer
accompaniment will be taken;
5. Any other injuries occurring to anyone as a result of the canine deployment will be tended to
as immediately as possible (i.e. officer’s injuries etc.);
6. Color photos should be taken of any bite related injuries, both before and after treatment if
possible;
7. If the subject refuses medical treatment, written verification of this should be obtained via the
EMS run sheet
8. The canine unit commander should be notified of he incident as soon as possible.
Reporting:
In instances of any bite by a police canine, the dog’s handler must forward a complete report of
the incident to the Chief of Police as soon as possible. Information contained in said report shall
include the following:
1. A complete and detailed description of all the facts and circumstances surrounding the incident;
6

INTERAGENCY PROCEDURE
CANINES
VOL. V, CH. 9
2. A thorough explanation as to why the canine was deployed;
3. Whether a warning commanding submission by the subject was given by the handler, and if not,
why;
4. The exact language of the above warning, and what the subject’s response was, if any;
5. Whether the canine was on or off lead when the apprehension occurred;
6. The approximate time elapsed between the warning given and the release of the canine off lead;
7. The approximate time elapsed between the release of the canine off lead and the animal’s
confrontation with the subject, as well as the time elapsed between the release of the canine to when
the officer arrived at the place of apprehension;
8. The approximate distance of the track/chase, whether visual contact was maintained with the subject
and the canine;
9. A specific description of the manner in which the canine was holding the subject, and how this
related or was not related to any injuries the subject had;
10. Subject’s complete pedigree;
11. Description of subject’s injuries, specifically including those not related to the canine’s apprehension
of subject;
12. The number of photos taken of the injuries and location of the original photos;
13. Description of medical treatment rendered and by whom;
14. Names of any witnesses to refusal of medical treatment.
The department’s Operations Officer shall review all canine incident reports.
A monthly report of all individual canine unit activities, including an accounting of expenses
submitted for payment or reimbursement shall be submitted to the department’s administration
as soon as possible after the end of each month.
IV.

ADMINISTRATION, TRAINING, AND QUALIFICATION:
The qualification and training standards employed by the Fort Lee Police Department in the
administration of its canine patrol units shall be identical, and in full compliance with the New
Jersey State Attorney General’s Guidelines on K-9 Training standards and Qualification
Requirements for New Jersey Law Enforcement, its addenda, revisions, and appendices, as well as
the directives and updates of the Bergen County Prosecutor’s Office concerning canine training
and qualification standards.

7

INTERAGENCY PROCEDURE
CANINES
VOL. V, CH. 9
A.
Eligibility Requirements:
1. Members of this department wishing to be considered for canine training and unit assignment shall
have at least three years law enforcement experience with a satisfactory work, disciplinary, and
medical leave records. In all cases, The Chief of Police shall have final authority in assigning
personnel to the canine unit.
2. The canine unit candidate must be willing to commit to remain with the unit for a minimum of five
years, or the working life of his/her canine partner.
3. The canine unit candidate must exhibit a strong desire to work with canines in a law enforcement
setting and be specifically willing to take all measures necessary to maintain his/her and the canine’s
proficiency in their respective specialty at the highest possible level.
4. The candidate must be willing to care for and house the canine at the officer’s residence, which must
have a secure outdoor area or home kennel for the canine. Other members of the officer’s family
must also be willing to have the canine housed at their residence.
5. The candidate must be able to exhibit a degree of physical fitness commensurate with the
requirements of training, caring for, and using a canine in police work.
B.

Selection:
The Chief of Police or his designee, will make the selection of candidate for police canine handler.
1. In evaluating the candidate, the Chief shall review the candidate’s work record, medical leave
record, samples of the candidate’s work product, as well as consider any awards, citations, or work
related achievements of the candidate.
2. The Chief will review and consider the candidate officer’s internal affairs record, noting the
frequency and nature of civilian complaints against the officer. Particular attention will be paid to
the interactive demeanor of the officer with the public, as well as any complaints related to the
possible use of excessive force.
3. The candidate’s most recent supervisor will be solicited for his/her opinion on the candidates recent
work record and suitability for canine unit assignment.
4. The Chief will also consider in the selection of canine unit officers, the candidate’s history of abuse
or careless handling of department issued equipment.

C.

Training:
New police canine handlers shall complete a certified canine training course of duration specified by the
applicable training standards. Each canine team must successfully complete all course requirements
prior to being deployed in the field.

D.

Enforcement of Directive:
Every police canine handler acknowledge in writing that he or she has received and read a copy of
8

INTERAGENCY PROCEDURE
CANINES
VOL. V, CH. 9
this directive. The provisions of this directive shall be strictly enforced, and violations of the
policies and procedures herein will not be tolerated.

9

Administration
Sick Leave and Worker’s Comp. Procedures
Vol. 1, Chapter 22
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
10/27/2000

VOLUME TITLE: Administration

# PAGES:
12

ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

REFERENCE:

REVISION
DATE:
10-24-03
01-04-10

PAGE #:
10

SECTION:
V, F

10

V,F,5

APPROVED

VOLUME
I
CHAPTER
22

V#C#

DISTRIBUTION

SUBJECT: Sick Leave and Workers
Compensation Procedures

ALL

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

EVALUATION
DATE:

CHIEF THOMAS O. RIPOLI
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:
PEOSHA Regulations Vol. 35, Number 9 (Injury Reporting)

I.

Purpose:

To establish and maintain uniform procedures to record, confirm, and monitor the use of sick leave
and worker’s compensation time by employees of this department.
II.

Scope:

This General Order and its attendant procedures shall be applicable to all full time employees of the
Fort Lee Police Department, both sworn and civilian.
III.

Discussion:

The vital nature of all police related services and staffing requirements of daily operations necessitate
that this department maintain effective methods to deal with illness or injury and to expedite the
stricken employee’s earliest possible return to duty. As good health is essential to the performance of
all employees, it is in the department’s best interest to ensure that all sick or injured employees
receive prompt and adequate medical attention.

1

In view of the above, all on duty employee injuries, as well as any off duty illness or injury which
impedes an employee’s scheduled performance of duty must immediately be reported to the
department. Employees on sick leave are required to comply with all follow up procedures prescribed
herein as well as any additional directives given to the employee by a supervisor or authorized
departmental physician. Any use of sick time, regardless of duration, is subject to verification by a
department-authorized physician.
IV.

Definitions:

A.

Sick Leave:

Absence from duty by an employee, for reason of illness or injury, whether on the part of an
employee or immediate family member, which prevents the employee from reporting for duty. Sick
leave is used for illness or injury unrelated to the performance of duty.
B.

Worker’s Compensation Leave/Injury On Duty

Absence from duty due to a physical injury or illness which results either directly or indirectly from the
performance of an employee’s official duty. Worker’s Compensation Leave is granted with proper
medical documentation and upon completion of the applicable FLPD Worker’s Compensation
reporting forms. Worker’s Compensation Leave may be granted retroactively between the date of
injury and the date of receipt of all proper medical and Worker’s Compensation documentation.
C.

Sick Leave (Unable to Continue)

If, after a minimum of four hours of the employee’s assigned tour of duty is completed, that employee
becomes ill and is not able to complete their tour of duty and notifies the Tour Commander that he or
she will be going off duty on sick leave, then that employee shall be entered in the blotter as “Sick,
Unable to Continue”, and shall not be assigned a sick day number or assessed a sick leave day.
If less than four hours of the employee’s tour has passed, and the employee leaves duty under the
above described circumstances, then the employee shall be entered in the blotter as “Sick, Unable to
Continue”, as described above, but also shall be assigned a sick day number and assessed one full
day or their accrued sick leave.
Each individual instance of an employee leaving duty under the above described circumstances
classified as “Sick, Unable to Continue”, regardless of the amount of time spent on the tour, shall be
considered a single occasion in counting toward a classification of “chronic sick” as described below.
No exceptions to this will be made, as it is expected that an employee who leaves a tour reporting
“Sick, Unable to Continue” will not return to duty until entirely fit to do so.
D.

Chronic Sick:

This is a designation which may result from an employee reporting any combination of “Sick” or “Sick,
Unable to Continue”, without appropriate medical documentation, on seven (7) or more separate
occasions within a twelve (12) period. An “occasion” is any continuous period of sick time used by an
employee, regardless of length. A twelve month period begins with one “sick” or “sick, unable to
continue” report within any month.

2

Properly documented and maintained Worker’s Compensation claims are specifically excluded from
aggregate accumulation in determining “chronic sick” status.
E.

Authorized Departmental Physician:

Any medical provider who is authorized, contracted, and or assigned by the Borough of Fort Lee, their
Worker’s Compensation Insurance carrier, and/or the Fort Lee Police Department to provide medical
examinations or services to the Borough of Fort Lee or the Fort Lee Police Department.
F.

Light Duty:

A restricted assignment granted solely by the Chief of Police at his discretion and predicated on the
availability of suitable work, which an employee may perform at a relatively reduced risk of
aggravating an existing injury or illness.
V.

Procedures:

A.

Sick Procedure:
1.

An employee, who, because of illness or other disability, is unable to report for a
scheduled tour of duty, shall notify the police desk at least three hours prior to the start
of an assigned tour. This notification shall take place daily for the duration of the
absence. This requirement is removed when the employee is hospitalized, so long as
the department has been properly notified of said hospitalization.

2.

The notifying employee shall provide the desk officer with all information necessary to
complete the FLPD sick slip, and the desk officer will then complete the slip by
assigning a sick call number, obtained from the sick call log at the police desk, to the
slip, and forwarding it to Records.
a.

3.

If an employee calls in sick on a contractual holiday, this is to be noted on the
sick slip; the employee will then be assessed one holiday unless the sick day
falls under one if the contractually stipulated exceptions to this rule.

The desk officer will then complete the sick entry in the sick logbook and cross the sick
employee’s name off of the daily roster, if his or her name appears there.
a.

The officer receiving the sick call will immediately notify the Tour Commander or
Shift Supervisor of the sick call if the personnel level for the tour in question falls
below established departmental levels. The Shift Supervisor, or in his /her
absence, the Tour Commander, will then take appropriate action to maintain
proper manpower levels.
i.

The on duty Tour Captain or Inspector will be kept apprised of any sick
calls that are received, particularly if they necessitate the hiring of
overtime personnel to maintain shift manpower.

3

b.

The supervisor of the tour wherein the sick call was received shall notify his relief
of the sick call, and cross the employee off the duty roster, if he/she appears on
it.
i.

B.

C.

The Tour Commander of the tour for which the sick employee was unable
to report will ensure that the employee is properly noted in the blotter as
sick for that tour.

Sick (Unable to Continue) Procedure:
1.

The employee, upon determining that he/she is unable to continue their tour of duty, will
immediately report to their respective supervisor and advise him/her that they are ill and
unable to continue their tour of duty.

2.

After notifying their supervisor, the employee will report to the police desk and advise
the desk officer of their illness. The desk officer will then:
a.

Enter the employee in the current tour’s blotter as “Sick, Unable to Continue” with
the time noted,

b.

Complete an FLPD Sick Slip, with the caption “Sick, Unable to Continue” circled,
with the time of the report noted,

c.

Enter the employee in the sick log at the police desk, noting the time the
employee reported sick.
i.

If at least four hours of the employee’s tour has elapsed, the above entries
will be made without assigning a sick day number on the slip and in the
sick log.

ii.

If less than four hours of the employee’s assigned tour has elapsed, a sick
day number shall be assigned on the sick slip and in the sick log, and a
full day of the employee’s sick leave shall be assessed.

iii.

In any event, an instance of an employee reporting “Sick, Unable to
Continue”, regardless of how much time has elapsed in the employee’s
tour, shall be considered as one event in counting toward “chronic sick”
status as defined earlier in this policy.

Worker’s Compensation Sick Call Procedure:

After being injured on duty, and applying for worker’s compensation using the procedure described
later in this policy, employees will use the following procedure when calling in sick on Worker’s
Compensation:
1.

Upon completion of both the employee’s medical examination and all proper Worker’s
Compensation paperwork, the employee will notify the commanding officer of his/her
division of the findings of the medical exam and of the examining physician’s
recommendation for how much time is needed to recuperate. Documentation verifying
4

this time must be provided by the employee within a reasonable period of time.
2.

3.

D.

After conferring with their commanding officer, the police desk will be notified of the
employee’s Worker’s Compensation time, either by the employee’s commanding officer,
or the employee at the commanding officer’s direction. The desk officer will then:
a.

Prepare an FLPD Sick Slip for the verified dates in question, circling the
“Worker’s Compensation” caption on the front. Slips denoting a large number of
dates may have those dates listed on the rear of the slip, as long as this is duly
noted on the front of the slip;

b.

Make an entry in the sick log book for each individual date that the employee will
be out on Worker’s Compensation, but not assigning a sick day number to any of
those dates;

c.

Note the Worker’s Compensation day on the next day’s roster, if it is available;

d.

Forward the slip to Records.

e.

Any employee out on Worker’s Compensation shall be entered in their assigned
tour’s blotter on a daily basis by the Tour Commander, for the duration of the
absence. The Tour Commander can ascertain this status by referring to the
posted daily roster or, alternatively, to the sick logbook.

Worker’s Compensation time will be granted to employees who have documented
physician’s statements verifying the time requested. The physician must one of the
Borough of Fort Lee’s approved Worker’s Compensation doctors, or a doctor to whom
the employee was referred by the Worker’s Compensation physician.

Rules, Restrictions, and Verification Procedures:

The proper use of all sick, sick (unable to continue) and Worker’s Compensation time are subject to
verification by this department. In view of the need to monitor the use of sick, sick (unable to
continue) and worker’s compensation time, as well as to deter, detect, and prevent abuse of same,
the following rules, restrictions, and procedures shall be adhered to at all times:
1.

If the employee calls in sick or on worker’s compensation from a location other than
their home, the employee shall furnish the Tour Commander with the name, address,
and telephone number of his/her place of confinement.

2.

The use of all sick and worker’s compensation time is subject to verification by a
designated supervisor of this department by phone confirmation or physical visitation to
the employee’s stated place of confinement.
a.

It is the responsibility of the employee to be in a position to respond to the door
and/or land line telephone in his place of confinement when such verification is
attempted. If the verifying supervisor receives no response, it will be presumed
that the employee is not at their stated place of confinement, and the employee

5

may be charged as in violation of this General Order and with Absence Without
Leave.
3.

Employees are to remain at their place of confinement during their normal working
hours while on sick, sick (unable to continue) or worker’s compensation leave, whether
they are sick themselves, or are out on sick leave involving illness in their families. The
employee shall contact his or her commanding officer to request his or her permission
to leave their place of confinement if it becomes necessary to do so. This request shall
include the employee’s destination and anticipated time of return.

4.

Employees absent from their place of confinement without legitimate, verifiable reason
during their scheduled duty hours who do not have permission from their commanding
officer or authorized physician are subject to disciplinary action, up to and including
discharge. “Legitimate purposes” shall include visits to physicians, treatment centers,
drug stores, religious services, exercise of voting privileges, or emergencies which have
been duly reported to the employee’s commanding officer, or the desk officer in his
absence.

5.

Use of department vehicles is prohibited to employees who are on light duty, restricted
duty, or who are out on sick or worker’s compensation leave.

6.

The Chief of Police reserves the right to reassign tours of duty for members who are out
on extended sick or worker’s compensation leave, or who are assigned to light or
restricted duty to accommodate the scheduling needs of the department.

7.

Employees who are out on sick leave for five (5) or more consecutive work days must
obtain and submit a physician’s written documentation of illness, on professional
letterhead, signed by the diagnosing physician, and legible in content. This document
shall contain the date, diagnosis, treatment, and recommendations of the attending
physician. This documentation will be forwarded immediately upon the employees’
receipt to his/her commanding officer.
a.

8.

Employees should retain a copy of any documentation submitted for their own
records.

Employees who report Sick, or Sick, Unable to Continue during the course of their tour
shall, at the order of their commanding officer or the highest ranking supervisor on duty
at the time, report to an authorized departmental physician, hospital emergency room,
or their personal physician to confirm their illness, if in the best interests of the
employee or the department, the commanding officer or supervisor deems it necessary,
at the department’s sole cost and expense. The commanding officer or supervisor will
document, or direct to be documented, the specific reasons for the issuance of such an
order, and will follow up by documenting the results of the employee’s medical
evaluation.
a.

An employee may request that the examination may be performed by the
employee’s personal physician, if he/she has such immediate access to that
provider, except in worker’s compensation cases. In those cases, the employee
must see an authorized Worker’s Compensation physician.
6

9.

An employee calling in sick may visit his or her private physician, but private physicians
cannot themselves authorize sick leave. This authority rests solely with the
Department, which reserves the right to require the employee to speak with or report to
an authorized physician and be examined at the Department’s sole cost and expense.

10.

An employee out on sick leave or worker’s compensation shall notify their commanding
officer of their anticipated return date to active duty as soon as the employee obtains
this information from his/her physician, or the department’s authorized physician.

11.

No employee will work an off duty detail or departmental overtime while on sick leave,
sick (unable to continue) leave, or worker’s compensation, or during a time period while
the employee is on light or restricted duty of any kind.

12.

Any and all rules, regulations, restrictions, policies, and procedures contained in this
document explicitly apply to sick time used by any employee who calls in sick due to
illness in their family.

13.

An employee who has experienced an injury while on duty, or who is currently out on
sick leave, or who, for reasons of physical condition, is assigned to light duty, is
prohibited from using the departmental exercise room and any equipment contained
therein, until the employee submits a physician’s statement, on letterhead, certifying
that the employee may return to full duty, and that the injury and or medical condition
that resulted in the employee’s light duty assignment or time off has completely healed.
The physician must also certify that the employee may participate in unlimited physical
activity without danger of the injury recurring.

14.

Whenever questionable circumstances are indicated regarding a sick call, the Tour
Commander or Shift Supervisor will document those circumstances and forward the
report to the commanding officer of the employee in question, who will determine
whether an investigation is appropriate and direct that it be undertaken.

15.

The Chief of Police reserves the right to order, grant, or decline light duty to an
employee, and to predicate the assignment of light duty to any employee on the
availability of suitable work. Furthermore, the assignment of any employee shall always
be considered temporary, with the Department making no implication or statement that
any such assignment is permanent or obligatory. There is no absolute responsibility on
the part of the Chief of Police to assign light duty to any employee.

16.

Where clearly evident, longstanding medical incapacitation exists, documented by an
authorized departmental physician’s report, bureau or division commanders may, at
their discretion and with the Chief’s approval, grant exceptions from the reporting and
confinement requirements of this procedure. The Chief of Police also reserves the right
to grant exceptions to the provisions contained herein when good cause for such
exceptions exist.

17.

The privileges granted under this procedure in paragraphs 15 and 16 above can be
revoked at any time.
7

E.

Chronic Sick Status:

Chronic Sick Status may be applied to an employee who has reported sick or sick, unable to
continue, without appropriate medical documentation on a total of seven (7) or more occasions within
any continuous 12 month period, or on other such evidence as the chief may deem good and
sufficient cause.
Chronic Sick status specifically excludes any legitimate, documented occasions of absence due to
the use of Worker’s Compensation time.
When the apparently excessive and undocumented use of sick time comes to the attention of the
employee’s division commander, the employee’s sick time usage will be reviewed and a
determination will be made after any mitigating circumstances are considered as whether to apply
“chronic sick” status to the employee in question. The Division Commander will then make a
recommendation to the Chief of Police if it is believed that the “chronic sick” status is warranted. The
Chief will then have the final say as to whether the employee will be classified as “chronic sick”.
If it is determined that Chronic Sick status will be applied to the employee in question, the Division
Commander will direct the following actions to be taken:
1.

The employee will be formally advised in writing that he or she is facing “chronic sick”
classification. The Division Commander will or his designee will personally meet with
and counsel the employee regarding this pending classification, and will document this
meeting in a written report to be placed in the employee’s personnel file.

2.

The employee who is classified as “chronic sick” will be subject to the following terms
and conditions of their classification:
a.

An employee who is designated chronic sick will be required to present a written
physician’s diagnosis of illness on each occasion of sickness or sickness in
family leave.

b.

The subject employee may be subject to frequent personal and/or telephone
inspections by superior officers, may be subject to reassignment, and may be
subject to disciplinary action if the reported illness is found to be unsubstantiated,
or as otherwise set forth herein.

c.

The subject employee may be deemed ineligible for off duty employment,
overtime assignments, discretionary benefits, privileges, and special
assignments both long and short term.

d.

Sick in Family leave will be applied toward chronic sick status, except in cases
where a medical provider’s written documentation of illness is provided.

e.

Each individual instance of an employee leaving duty as “Sick, Unable to
continue” will count as one occasion toward classification as chronic sick,
regardless of how much time has elapsed in the employee’s assigned tour.

8

3.

4.

In order to obtain relief from chronic sick classification, an employee must apply in
writing via their chain of command to the Chief of Police. The basis for such a request
must be:
a.

Six months of consecutive duty without one sick report, or

b.

Verifiable evidence of mitigating circumstances or appropriate medical
documentation on the part of the employee.

The Chief of Police will then review the employee’s application for relief from chronic
sick status.
a.

If the application is denied, the employee’s commanding officer or his designee
will notify the employee in writing of the rejection of the appeal.

b.

If the application is successful, the Chief will direct that the employee be notified
in writing of the repeal of their chronic sick status, and that employee’s
commanding officer will direct that any current chronic sick sanctions being held
against the employee be immediately removed.

c.

The Chief of Police reserves the right to stipulate conditions on the removal of an
employee from chronic sick status on appeal. Those stipulations may include,
but not necessarily be limited to:
i.

Removal may be conditional on a specified time period in which the
employee does not call in sick, unless appropriate medical documentation
is supplied.

ii.

Other conditions arrived through the mutual agreement of the Chief, the
employee, and the employee’s commanding officer.

d.

Failure to comply with any stipulations set forth by the Chief will result in the
restoration of full Chronic Sick status, for the duration originally specified, and
may result in disciplinary action up to and including discharge.

e.

The Chief of Police also reserves the right to partially remove sanctions
assessed against a chronic sick employee, without being obliged to terminate the
status or remove sanctions completely.

All employees are expected to keep track of their own sick time in avoiding being classified as
Chronic Sick. The department will assume no obligation to notify those employees whose usage of
sick time is approaching chronic sick levels. Employees are also strongly advised to retain copies of
all medical records related to their use of sick time, to produce mitigating evidence should they be
facing chronic sick classification.

9

F.

Worker’s Compensation Procedures:

All Fort Lee Police Department employees who are injured while on duty, or in the performance of
their official duties, must file a Worker’s Compensation injury packet as soon as possible after the
incident occurs, whether or not immediate medical treatment is sought.
All work related fatalities or in-patient hospitalization of three (3) or more workers, must be reported
orally and in writing, within eight (8) hours of occurrence, to the Commissioner of Labor.
The oral report shall be made directly to the 24 hour hotline 1-800-624-1644, by the immediate
supervisor.
The written report shall be completed and must be faxed to the Office of Public Employees
Occupational Safety and Health at 1-609-292-3749, by the immediate supervisor.
All on duty injuries will be subject to a preliminary investigation by the injured employee’s supervisor.
The procedure to be followed in performing that investigation, as well as the documentation of the
employee’s on duty injury, is as follows:
1.

Immediately upon being injured, the employee’s supervisor shall be notified.

2.

Appropriate medical attention will be secured immediately for the injured employee.

3.

The supervisor will inspect the scene and surrounding area where the injury took place,
and the injured employee will be interviewed in all cases possible in an effort to
establish a cause for the events that led to the injury.

4.

If the injury was caused by some obvious or visible hazard or through the failure of
department equipment or the employee’s equipment, the hazard or failed equipment will
be photographed, as well as the entire scene of the occurrence, by the supervisor or
other qualified personnel.
a.

5.

6.

If the injury was caused by an actor who assaulted the victim employee, the
employee’s injuries must be photographed for evidence purposes in a possible
future criminal proceeding.

The employee will be transported to a hospital emergency room for immediate
treatment.
a.

If the employee is admitted to the hospital, the employee’s Division Commander
will be notified immediately.

b.

If the employee is treated and released, and there is no command rank officer
immediately available, the notification of employee injury will be made via the
report procedure outlined herein via chain of command. This includes the
sending of an appropriate email message to the employee’s commander.

As soon as possible after the injury occurs, it is of utmost importance that the reporting
procedure begin so that the Worker’s Compensation claims process can begin. It is
10

imperative to the claim that all proper Worker’s Compensation paperwork be completed
and submitted as promptly as possible.
The reporting procedure is as follows:
a.

7.

A standard FLPD investigation report must be completed by the employee’s
supervisor;
i.

A new case number for the injury on duty must be generated.

ii.

The report will contain adequate detail of the incident leading up to the
injury, and must include the original case number of the call or incident
that the employee was injured on, if applicable.

The employee or supervisor will then obtain a Worker’s Compensation paperwork
packet, available at the police desk, and complete the following reports, in addition to
the FLPD investigation report:
a.

The supervisor shall immediately complete the Worker’s Compensation
“Supervisor Investigation Report”.

b.

At the earliest possible time that the employee and supervisor can confer, they
will complete, working together, their respective sections of the “Confidential
Report of Employee Injury”.

8.

The employee will then be responsible to complete, as soon as physically possible, the
“Employee’s Report of Injury”.

9.

The employee will also prepare a narrative report describing in adequate detail the
cause of the injury. This narrative may be included in the investigation report’s narrative
section if conditions allow the employee to fully explain the circumstances of his injury at
the time the investigation report is made.

10.

The completed paperwork will then be placed in an envelope clearly marked “Attention:
Worker’s Compensation Officer” and placed in the Record Room box.
a.

Ensure that Data Entry receives a copy of the original investigation report.

Once all of the proper paperwork has been completed, and the claim process has begun, the
employee shall follow the below procedure if additional medical treatment is necessary:
1.

The employee will schedule and appointment with the Borough of Fort Lee’s designated
Worker’s Compensation provider.
a.

Employees will not visit their personal physician on a Worker’s Compensation
claim; the Borough of Fort Lee and its worker’s compensation carrier will not pay
any medical expenses to providers other than those the employee is referred to
by the carrier itself, unless special arrangements are made and prior approval
obtained through the borough’s Worker’s Compensation official.
11

2.

The worker’s compensation medical provider will administer treatment to the employee
unless he/she determines that the employee should see a specialist or determines that
some other form of treatment is necessary.
a.

If the primary provider determines that it is necessary for another doctor to treat
the employee, the employee will see the doctor or specialist designated by the
Worker’s Compensation provider.
i.

Employees are not authorized to seek specialist treatment while on
Worker’s Compensation unless referred by the Worker’s Compensation
provider.

3.

The employee shall forward to his or her commanding officer copies of any medical
documentation indicating treatment rendered, amount of anticipated time the employee
will be absent from duty, and any limitations of duty, and the expected duration of those
limitations.

4.

Employees who are absent from duty on Worker’s Compensation are subject to all the
rules, regulations, and restrictions contained herein that apply to the use of the
employee’s sick leave.

5.

Any bills received by an employee while being treated under worker’s compensation will
be forwarded promptly to the Worker’s Compensation Liaison Officer for processing.

12

OPERATIONS
SMOKING/TOBACCO USE
VOL, IV CH, 6-1
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
06-14-2006

VOLUME TITLE: OPERATIONS

# PAGES:
3

ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

REFERENCE:

REVISION
DATE:

PAGE #:

SECTION:

APPROVED

VOLUME
IV
CHAPTER
6-1

V#C#

SUBJECT: SMOKING/TOBACCO USE POLICY

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

ALL
EVALUATION
DATE:

CHIEF THOMAS RIPOLI
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

PURPOSE:
Given the wealth of information of documented research substantiating the health problems caused by smoking,
passive smoke, the use of tobacco by other means and a concern for the health and wellness of police
department employees, the Chief of Police has deemed it necessary to create a no smoking/tobacco use policy.
DEFINITION:
Smoking:
The carrying or holding of a lighted cigarette, cigar, pipe or any other lighted smoking instrument, or the
inhalation/exhalation of smoke from a lighted smoking instrument.
Smokeless tobacco:
There are two types of smokeless tobacco--snuff and chewing tobacco. Snuff, a finely ground or shredded
tobacco, is packaged as dry, moist, or in sachets (tea bag-like pouches). Typically, the user places a pinch or dip
between the cheek and gum. Chewing tobacco is available in loose leaf, plug (plug-firm and plug-moist), or
twist forms, with the user putting a wad of tobacco inside the cheek. Smokeless tobacco is sometimes called
"spit" or "spitting" tobacco because people spit out the tobacco juices and saliva that build up in the mouth.

1

OPERATIONS
SMOKING/TOBACCO USE
VOL, IV CH, 6-1
The New Jersey Smoke-Free Air Act:
The New Jersey Smoke-Free Air Act was passed overwhelmingly by the New Jersey Legislature. The Senate
vote, in December 2005, was 29 to 7. The Assembly vote, in January 2006, was 64 to 12. Governor Codey
signed the legislation January 15, 2006. It goes into effect 90 days later, April 15, 2006, i.e., just after midnight
the night of Friday, April 14th.
The Act says, "The Legislature finds and declares that ... tobacco smoke constitutes a substantial health hazard
to the nonsmoking majority ... and it is clearly in the public interest to prohibit smoking in all enclosed indoor
places of public access and workplaces."
The law requires smoke free environments in essentially all indoor workplaces and places open to the public
including places of business and service-related activities except for a few specifically named exceptions.
Affected sites that must be smoke free include, but are not limited to:
•

offices, factories, commercial buildings and facilities, and government facilities

•

restaurants, bars, clubs, theatres

•

bowling alleys, sports facilities, race tracks, bingo sites

•

private clubs, whether social, recreational, civic, fraternal, religious, academic, military, etc.

•

shopping malls and retail stores

•

all elementary and secondary schools, child care facilities, museums, places of worship

•

health care facilities and offices, nursing homes, addiction treatment facilities

•

hotels, public transportation vehicles and stations and platforms, parking garages

•

apartment building lobbies and public areas in other private buildings.

It also prohibits smoking outdoors on the property of any public or nonpublic elementary or secondary school,
in addition to indoor school facilities.
POLICY:
I.

Smoking/tobacco use in indoor work places and areas open to the public.
A. Employees of the Fort Lee Police department will not only refrain from smoking in all areas
listed above in the New Jersey Smoke Free Air Act, they will also refrain from smoking and
using smokeless tobacco in all borough owned vehicles.
1.

Non-employees/civilians are also to refrain from smoking in department vehicles.

B. Officers of this department are also to refrain from smoking and using smokeless tobacco when
they are:
1.

On traffic posts

2.

Interacting with the public
2

OPERATIONS
SMOKING/TOBACCO USE
VOL, IV CH, 6-1
3.

At the front entrance to police headquarters

4.

At accident scenes, crime scenes and special events.

C. Smoking/tobacco use at police headquarters is permitted at the south entrance only.
II.

Enforcement.
A. Enforcement of the smoking/tobacco use policy will be the responsibility of supervisors for
employees and non-employees.
B. Progressive discipline will be used for any violations of this policy.

3

ADMINISTRATIVE
WRITTEN DIRECTIVE SYSTEM
Vol. I, Ch. 2
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
12-19-2001

VOLUME TITLE:
ADMINISTRATION

# PAGES:
12

ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

REFERENCE:

REVISION
DATE:
9/17/07
01-23-2009

PAGE #:

SECTION:

APPROVED

10
7

VI J 8
VI,D,2-3,a

9/17/07
05-07-2009

VOLUME
I
CHAPTER
2

SUBJECT: WRITTEN DIRECTIVE SYSTEM

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

ALL
EVALUATION
DATE:

CHIEF THOMAS O. RIPOLI
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

PURPOSE:
To comply with the need for agency Policies, Procedures, Rules and Regulations.
POLICY:
If police officers are to be held accountable for carrying out their assigned duties properly, they must
know exactly what is expected of them. They have a right to know these expectations and command
personnel have a responsibility to clearly communicate departmental standards of performance. These
standards should be clearly stated as written directives.
The importance of written directives as a tool for conveying management expectations and performance
standards cannot be overestimated. Directives establish a specific code of acceptable behavior as well as
guide the officer in decision making by narrowing the range of acceptable discretionary action.
Directives also serve as an official notice of the position of the chief on specific issues. With a properly
established directive system, controversy about official department policy on critical and sensitive issues
is decreased. When policies are transformed into written procedures, a foundation for standardized
action is created.
The quality of written directives significantly influences the efficiency and effectiveness of police
officers. When directives are issued in written form to all officers, misunderstandings and
misinterpretation are minimized. So too, is misconduct.

1

ADMINISTRATIVE
WRITTEN DIRECTIVE SYSTEM
Vol. I, Ch. 2
Written directives should be viewed by police officers as the official position of management on certain
issues. Written directives stand as a permanent record of agency policy and procedure. They are agency
commitments to service, which assure the reliable performance of police duties.

PROCEDURE:
I.

SYSTEM DESIGN
The following factors are among the basic requirements of an effective written directive system:
A.

Typically only the chief has the authority and responsibility to promulgate directives,
which explain departmental goals. The chief may also issue directives intended
specifically for one departmental unit or a specific group of officers.

B.

Command officers and line supervisors have the responsibility and authority to develop
written directives applicable to their unit's objective with the approval of the chief.

C.

Command expectations of officer conduct must be clearly stated if personnel are to be
held accountable for carrying out assigned tasks.

D.

All personnel, regardless of assignment, have the right to know exactly what is expected
of them.

Written directives are usually divided into several categories by function. Some directives are
informational in nature, while others are authoritative, defining "do's" and "don'ts". Basically,
written directives can be discussed in terms of six commonly used categories: policy, procedures,
rules, special orders, personnel orders and operations orders.
II.

POLICIES
Policies summarize a department's position on the direction or limitations of agency authority in
specific matters. Policies guide the organization towards achieving its goal, and reflect an overall
plan for the department.
Policy is based on the views of police administrators, police ethics and experience, the desires of
the community and its leaders, the results of research, and the mandate of the law. Policy informs
the public, as well as the officers of any agency, about the principles to be upheld in the
performance of the police function.

III.

PROCEDURES
Procedures are written directives that describe expected methods of operation. While policies are
a guide to thinking, procedures are guides to action.
Procedures differ from policies in that they direct attention to the performance of a specific task
within the guidelines of the policies. Policies establish limits of actions, while procedure directs
2

ADMINISTRATIVE
WRITTEN DIRECTIVE SYSTEM
Vol. I, Ch. 2
responses within those limits. As such, a procedure is a method of performing an operation or a
manner of proceeding on a course of action.
There are two types of procedures:

IV.

A.

Standard Operation Procedures:
These are permanent procedural directives, which can be modified only by the authority
of the chief executive and are in effect until so altered or suspended by another order.

B.

Special Orders:
These are intended to define specific policy and direct procedures for special situations or
events. These orders cover temporary situations and therefore lose their authority once
the situation ceases to exist.

RULES
A rule directs the specific actions of police officers. The essence of a rule is its inflexibility.
Rules express policies or procedures that permit no deviations or exceptions. Violation of a rule
generally results in disciplinary action.
Policies and procedures generally permit limited flexibility within boundaries established in the
written directive. In this manual, policies and procedures that are inflexible rules, are not labeled
as such. Instead, the choice of language used in the directives implicitly indicates the degree of
flexibility, if any, that they permit.
Due to its inflexibility, a rule is only justified when there is an unchanging feature in a situation.
Rules should apply equally to all personnel
Rules do not allow for individual discretion, initiative, or judgement. Therefore, when a
department has too many rules, officers are prone to feel that the command personnel are either
incapable of exercising discretion or hesitant to allow other personnel to exercise discretion.
Officers may then feel that they are the tools of management rather than partners in a combined
operation. Rules should be reviewed periodically to determine whether any modifications are
needed.

SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL:
Instructional material and memoranda, while often extensions of standard operating procedures
and rules should be kept separate from the policy, procedures, and rules manuals
ESTABLISHING DIRECTIVES:
Meaningful, effective directives are difficult to create and promulgate, particularly since periodic
review of all directives is required. Application of the following factors reduces the difficulty of
establishing and maintaining a written directive system. Directives must be legal. Any changes
in the law should be incorporated into existing directives.

3

ADMINISTRATIVE
WRITTEN DIRECTIVE SYSTEM
Vol. I, Ch. 2

DIRECTIVES MUST BE CURRENT:
Directives should be reviewed periodically to ensure that they remain compatible with
departmental goals and objectives. Such reviews reveal outdated directives, often in
contradiction with new procedures, and other problems associated with specific directives.
Operational personnel should assist in keeping directives current. For example, when an officer
develops a new technique or procedure, he should suggest that it be considered for departmentwide use.
DIRECTIVES SHOULD REFLECT OFFICER PARTICIPATION:
Often only the street officer can anticipate problems in the delivery of police services created by
a directive. Participation at all organizational levels in the development of directives increases
commitment and creates a more positive attitude toward the written directive system. Although
there are times when unpopular positions must be taken to achieve departmental goals, officer
acceptance and compliance are more likely if they have participated in formulating the goals.
Officers should work to create a participatory setting within the police department. .
A suggestion system that encourages officers to submit questions and observations concerning
agency directives is an effective means of encouraging participation. Effective communication
among all personnel is imperative to ensure that inquiries and suggestions are responded to
promptly and appropriately.
STANDARDS AND CONTROLS:
A written directive system must be properly implemented and controlled to be effective. All
personnel must recognize the directives as being authoritative instruments of departmental
policy, and they must be prepared and issued in an organized fashion.
Authority to issue directives must be controlled. Only the chief executive should issue directives
that affect an entire police department. Although supervisors must have a uniform means of
transmitting directives to individuals in their command, unit commanders may issue only
directives that affect the individual organizational entities. There must be no conflict between
agency-wide directives issued by the chief and the unit directives issued by a supervisor or
commander.
It is important that a system of easy classification, retention, and accessibility be established.
DISTRIBUTION OF DIRECTIVES:
Policies and Procedures;
Every officer who is affected by a directive should have immediate access to it. Copies of the
directive shall be placed into manuals and properly maintained. As the directive is distributed,
each subordinate indicates receipt by signing a control form. No personnel will make copies,
distribute copies or release any written directive to anyone outside of the Borough of Fort Lee
Police Department without written approval from the Chief of Police.
4

ADMINISTRATIVE
WRITTEN DIRECTIVE SYSTEM
Vol. I, Ch. 2
TRAINING ON WRITTEN DIRECTIVES:
Supervisory personnel should explain new directives to their subordinates and give practical
examples of how the directives affect daily work conditions. At this time, officers should ensure
that they fully understand the new or revised directive.
The supervisor should stress the significance of changes in written directives. If the supervisor
conveys the impression that he is merely fulfilling a tedious obligation, the officers may feel that
the directives are unimportant.
The complete directive system will be presented to new officers before basic training school Post
Program.
APPLICATION OF DIRECTIVES:
The basis for the administrative process is direction and control. While the establishment of
policies, procedures, and rules represents the act of directing, application of these directives is
best viewed as a control mechanism. However, a system of rules and regulations specifying
proper behavior does not itself ensure effective discipline unless there is some method of
detecting violations of the rules and bringing misconduct to the attention of the proper
authorities.
The police supervisor is the key person to ensure that officers follow written directives. The
supervisor should assist officers in developing work habits that conform to directives and
organizational expectation. In fulfilling this responsibility, the supervisor is expected to
completely understand departmental policies, procedures, and rules of conduct. Furthermore, the
supervisor must be able to clarify for officers specific departmental expectations related to police
conduct.

V.

THE USE OF POLICIES AND PROCEDURES:
A major responsibility of the police chief is to develop and disseminate written directives to
guide the actions of subordinates. A formal administrative or operational policy or procedure
represents a definitive course of action selected from among a variety of alternatives. In light of
existing conditions, particular approaches or avenues can be formally developed to guide and
determine present and future decisions.
Word-of-mouth policy formulation and distribution is not acceptable.
The absence of written guidelines creates confusion and a resultant lack of uniformity of action.
On the other hand, when formal policies and procedures exist and are clearly understood by all
department personnel, the general direction of the organization is established and uniform and
consistent action is encouraged.
A modern police agency, recognizing the importance of the policy-making function, will
organize and implement processes to make policy-making systematic, intelligent, articulate, and
responsive to appropriate social controls.
5

ADMINISTRATIVE
WRITTEN DIRECTIVE SYSTEM
Vol. I, Ch. 2
POLICY FORMULATION
The formulation process must include all command officers who will be involved in the
implementation. This is usually accomplished through use of a "review and command" system,
wherein, affected commanders are asked for an opinion of an order before publication.
A directive, which has been reviewed in this manner, is said to have been "staffed". This device
assures that all involved have the opportunity to contribute to the final product. It permits every
aspect of the problem to be reviewed and provides for discussion by those most closely involved.
In addition to improvements in the policy itself, real support for it will more likely result because
those responsible for the implementation have participated in its creation.
VI.

DEPARTMENT WRITTEN DIRECTIVE SYSTEM:
A.

The Borough of Fort Lee Police Department will function under the following written
directive system consisting of:
1.

Rules and Regulations

2.

Policies and Procedures

3.

Personnel Orders

4.

Special Orders

5.

Operations Orders.

6.

Instructional Materials

The above 4, 5 and 6 may also be issued via electronic mail (E-Mail) system.
B.

C.

Rules and Regulations
1.

The department's Rules and Regulations are established by ordinance and are the
legal authorization for the operation of the police department.

2.

All other written directives must be consistent with the Rules and Regulations:
a.

Rules and Regulations Issuing Authority: Mayor and council.

b.

Copy to all Personnel

c.

Changes by Borough of Fort Lee resolution

Policies and Procedures

6

ADMINISTRATIVE
WRITTEN DIRECTIVE SYSTEM
Vol. I, Ch. 2
1.
The department's policies and procedures are established through the office of the
Chief of Police. Policies and Procedures are designed to give written direction to
the department's goals, objectives and method of operation.
2.

Issuing Authority: Chief of Police

3.

Distribution: Copies will be distributed as follows:

4.

a.

Original - Office of the Chief of Police

b.

Administrative Division Commanders Office

c.

Operations Commanders Office

d.

Training unit

e.

Tour commander’s desk.

f.

Shift supervisor’s office

g.

Internal affairs unit

h.

Detective Supervisor

It is the obligation and responsibility of each designated individual(s) to maintain
a current up-to-date volume or volumes of the department's Policies and
Procedures that have been distributed. Updates will be distributed to the same
personnel and be maintained by them.
a.

D.

Distribution of approved changes will be made by Training unit as in Vol1, Ch- 18 sec-XIII-E,2,g.

Changes
1.

Changes will occur when written notification is made that a particular policy and
procedure is no longer consistent with law and practices, or is outdated for
apparent reason.

2.

Changes will be accomplished by written submission to the Office of the Chief of
Police, who has full authority for approving such change.

3.

Approved revised policies will be distributed and old policies will be purged from
binders and local files.
a.

Original policies will be kept in the policy files so that they may be
accessed if there are any requests for discovery prior to the date of the
revision.

7

ADMINISTRATIVE
WRITTEN DIRECTIVE SYSTEM
Vol. I, Ch. 2
E.

F.

G.

Numbering System
1.

The department's Policies and Procedures will be placed in a binder by volume
and number.

2.

Beginning with Volume I and within the volume consisting of numbering the
Policies and Procedures 1, 2, 3, etc. The volumes will be categorized by title:
Investigation, Traffic, Equipment, Hiring Practices, Disorders, etc.

3.

In addition, an alphabetical index will be maintained.

Special Orders (VOL, I. CH, 2a)
1.

Special Orders are designed to facilitate and provide direction for the smooth
operation of the police department.

2.

Special Orders are designed to give specific direction, pertaining to assignments,
scheduling, special details. They can be issued by all superior officers of the
department, with the approval of the Chief of Police.

3.

Special Orders can only be issued pertaining to a supervisor’s area of
responsibility.

4.

All special orders should be numbered sequentially starting with the year they are
issued.

5.

Distribution will be to: Officers effected, and copies to all designated in C-3,
pages 8 and 9.

Personnel Orders (VOL, I. CH, 2b)
1.

Personnel orders :
a.

2.

Promotions:
a.

H.

Written notification to members of the department announcing; duty
assignment changes, vehicle assignment, grid assignments, DWI details
etc, Approved by the Chief of Police.

By Borough of Fort Lee Mayor and Council on recommendation of the
Chief of Police.

3.

All personnel orders should be numbered sequentially starting with the year they
are issued.

4.

Distribution: Officers effected and as designated in C-3, Pages 8 and 9.

Operations Orders (VOL, I. CH, 2c)
8

ADMINISTRATIVE
WRITTEN DIRECTIVE SYSTEM
Vol. I, Ch. 2
1.

Orders pertaining to posting of shift bids, uniform changes, vacation requests etc.

2.

Operations orders should be specific as to dates and duration.

3.

Operations order should be approved by the Chief of Police, and will be
sequentially numbered starting with the year the order is issued.

****BEFORE PREPARING ANY OF THE ABOVE ORDERS****
THE FILE IN THE OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF POLICE SHOULD BE CHECKED
FOR THE NEXT SEQUENTIAL NUMBER TO BE USED.
UPON ISSUANCE OF ANY OF THE ABOVE ORDERS, THE ORIGINAL SHOULD BE
PLACED IN THE FILE IN THE OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF POLICE.
I.

J.

Instructional Materials
1.

Instructional Materials are designed to provide continuous in-service training for
all personnel within the Police Department.

2.

Materials consist of bulletins, manuals, lesson guides, cassette and videotapes.

3.

Issuing Authority: Training Officer or Chief of Police

4.

Distribution: All personnel

5.

To maintain an accurate and updated recording for personnel training, copies of
courses, certificates and written examination results will be provided to the office
of the Chief of Police for filing in personnel jackets.

6.

Also indicated in this area are Report Manuals, Report Guides and Department
Job Descriptions.

Acknowledgment of Distribution
1.

To insure that the distribution of Directives (Rules and regulations, Policy and
Procedures) has been completed as required, it is necessary to have written
certification from all affected personnel.

2.

To accomplish this objective, along with each new Directive or revised Directive,
a Personnel Initial Certification Sheet will be attached.

3.

It will be the responsibility of employees, whose department identification
number is on that Certification Sheet; to initial on the line next to their name, after
reading and understanding Directive.

4.

If for some reason the employee does not understand a particular Directive, he
should consult with his immediate supervisor for proper clarification. After all
personnel have initialed the Certification Sheet, the certification sheet will be
removed and forwarded to the Chief's secretary for filing.
9

ADMINISTRATIVE
WRITTEN DIRECTIVE SYSTEM
Vol. I, Ch. 2
5.

Failure to initial the Certification Sheet within ten (10) days of issue will be
considered a violation of department Rules and Regulations and Policy and
Procedure and appropriate disciplinary action will be taken. ( The only exception
to this ten-(10) day period is when an unexpected occurrence will not allow an
officer to do so, if this does occur the officer must then receive approval from
his/her supervisor)

6.

Special orders, instructional materials, memoranda and official notifications, will
be completed via Electronic Mail (return receipt) or written notification.
a.

When sending E-mail , supervisors will select “options” prior to sending it
and will select “request delivery receipt” and “request read receipt”, then
the E-mail can be sent.
(1).

7.

b.

When accessing E-mail, a return receipt will automatically be sent to the
issuing Supervisor of the E-mail.

c.

Officer receiving the E-mail is responsible for reading and understanding
it after it is accessed.

d.

If access is not made within 10 days, disciplinary action as in I-5, will be
followed.

e.

Officer receiving the E-mail will be accountable for following the
instructions or orders, which have been sent.

f.

Any officer that has a question about a message or does not understand it,
should see their Immediate Supervisor for clarification.

g.

All Supervisors should send special orders only to their immediate
subordinates.

Operations Orders may only be approved by the Chief of Police or his designate,
any Supervisor with information that should be put out as a operations order
should submit it to the Chief of Police through the chain of command for
approval.
a.

8.

When receiving the return receipt in there “in-box” they will then
move this receipt into a separate folder in the E-mail labeled for
one of the above titles, along with the sent message.

All Supervisors should review all operations orders with their
subordinates.

All officers, upon reporting for duty will check their E-mail, voicemail and
mailboxes for any messages, orders or instructions.

10

ADMINISTRATIVE
WRITTEN DIRECTIVE SYSTEM
Vol. I, Ch. 2
9.
All officers will check their E-mail at the end of their tour of duty for any
messages, orders or instructions.
K.

Prosecutor and Attorney General Directives
1.

Upon receipt of written directives from the Prosecutor's Office, or the Attorney
General, they will be reviewed for determination of compliance to the
department's Rules and Regulations and Policies and Procedures.
a.

If not in compliance, proper adjustments should be made to department's
Policies and Procedures to come into compliance.

b.

If the department does not have a Policy and Procedure to cover the
directive, one will be developed and placed into the proper volume.

c.

If there is total compliance, the following procedure will be taken for #1
and #2, above.
(1).

L.

Written Directive System Instruction/Training
1.

M.

After "a" above has been completed, on the face of the
department's Policy and Procedure, an indication will be made in
the Prosecutor’s Office reference box, year plus the number. The
Chief will maintain a file on Prosecutor's and Attorney General
Directives, which will be numbered for cross-reference to
department's Policies and Procedures.

To insure compliance to the Borough of Fort Lee Police Departments written
directive system, the Chief of Police will in addition to assigning an officer in
charge of over seeing the development and revision of Policies and Procedures,
assign an officer to coordinate the instruction/training of all personnel. The
process to be followed to accomplish this mission can be found in Volume I,
Chapter 18.

Officers actions where no written guidelines exist
Officers are occasionally confronted with situations where no written guidelines exist,
and supervisory advice is not readily available. As it would be impossible and
undesirable to attempt to address all possible situations with written guidelines,
considerable discretion is given to the officer.
Faced with the need to make a decision or take an action where no guidelines exist,
Officers should rely on the following resources:
1. Organizational values: The Department has developed a set of values used to guide
the direction of the department. These values are basically statements of what is
important to the Fort Lee Police Department. Officers should take these values in to
consideration when making decisions.
11

ADMINISTRATIVE
WRITTEN DIRECTIVE SYSTEM
Vol. I, Ch. 2
2. Training: Previous training may give guidance in situations the Fort Lee Police
Department has not specifically addressed with written guidelines.
3. Judgement: Each officer, as a professional, has developed the ability to judge
situations based on experience.

12

ADMINISTRATION
ACCREDITATION PROCESS
VOL, I, CH 28
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT
VOLUME TITLE:
ADMINISTRATION

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
11-14-08
# PAGES:
4

REVISION
DATE:

PAGE #:

SECTION:

APPROVED

VOLUME
I
CHAPTER
28

ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

REFERENCE:

V#C#

SUBJECT: ACCREDITATION PROCESS

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

ALL
EVALUATION
DATE:

CHIEF THOMAS O. RIPOLI
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

PURPOSE:
The accreditation process was initiated to coincide with the Fort Lee Police departments’ Standard
Operating Procedures. As such, all members of the department should be familiar with the accreditation
process.
POLICY:
It is the policy if this department that all members of this department receive training and understand the
accreditation process.
I.

PROCEDURES:
A.

Familiarization with the accreditation process is provided to this agencies employees as follows:
1.

To all newly hired agency personnel within a reasonable period after their employment
begins.

2.

To all agency personnel during the self-assessment phase associated with achieving
accreditation and each reaccreditation.

1

ADMINISTRATION
ACCREDITATION PROCESS
VOL, I, CH 28
3.
To all agency personnel just prior to on-site assessment associated with initial
accreditation and reaccreditation.
B.

The intent of this SOP is two-fold. First, it ensures that all employees are familiar with
accreditation and what it entails during the self-assessment process. Second, familiarizing new
employees with the process will provide a historical perspective and emphasize the importance
of accreditation to the organization.

C.

Training will include the history and background of accreditation and the agency’s
involvement in the process, the accreditation process, the goals and objectives of accreditation,
and the advantages of accreditation and its impact on the agency. This training may be
through a review of policy or classroom settings.

D.

Accreditation has been in existence for over 200 years with criminal justice applications
available since 1974 (corrections). The first law enforcement agency was accredited in 1985. The
accreditation movement had its origins in this country when the New York State Regents were
established in 1787. The mission of the regents was to determine whether colleges in New York
State met minimum standards. Regents visited and reviewed the work of every college in the
state on an annual basis and submitted a report to the state legislature.
From education, accreditation spread to other fields, such as hospitals. The Commission on
Accreditation for Law Enforcement Agencies, Inc. (CALEA) was established in 1983,
accrediting its first law enforcement agency in 1985. To accredit means to vouch for or recognize
an agency as conforming to a body of standards related to a specific profession, in this case, law
enforcement.
Our organization is voluntarily, and through a self-motivated approach, seeking to achieve,
objectively verify and maintain high quality in our operations through periodic evaluations
conducted by an independent, nongovernmental body that has established standards for law
enforcement agencies.
In order to comply with the standards required by CALEA for State Accreditation, we have
undertaken the task of issuing a complete and comprehensive Standard Operating Procedure for
our department. This SOP will not only meet the standards required for accreditation but also
encompass other requirements and guidelines our agency must follow (for example, the NJ
Attorney General’s Guidelines). Once the SOP is “complete”, every member of our agency will
have available to them, a guide or reference manual to consult when necessary. The SOP is a
living document that will need to be updated or modified as legal requirements or conditions
change and therefore, will remain comprehensive and fresh as time goes by.
Each member of this department will in some way be involved in the accreditation process. This
could take the form of writing a particular standard operating procedure, reviewing procedures
and policies or simply reading, understanding and putting into practice the SOPs of this agency.

E.

In order to be successful, our agency will undertake a self-assessment phase that will consist of
issuing SOPs that meet the standards set by the Accreditation Commission. Each standard will be

2

ADMINISTRATION
ACCREDITATION PROCESS
VOL, I, CH 28
addressed by either a single SOP or an SOP that encompasses multiple standards. There are over
112 standards that must be achieved in order to meet the state accreditation requirements. Our
agency is fortunate in that our written standard operating procedures have paralleled the
Commission requirements in many aspects. The SOPs issued all meet specific standards. Some
SOPs are strictly tailored for our agency and do not satisfy a particular standard. This is the
reason that our SOP has been incorporated into the accreditation process. We will not only meet
the standards required for accreditation, but also work in required guidelines set by the NJ
Attorney General and the Bergen County Prosecutor. For the first time our agency will have a
document that brings together all the elements required for successful and professional operation
of our agency.
Once the self-assessment phase is complete, our agency will be inspected by representatives of
the Accreditation Commission. This initial assessment will take approximately three days to
complete. During this assessment the inspectors will examine our SOPs and facility to determine
whether or not we have fulfilled the requirements for accreditation. Once complete our agency
will be fully accredited for three years. In the forth year, our agency will once again be inspected
in order to determine if we have been complying with the standards and SOP’s as written.
In general, the purpose of self-assessment is to achieve compliance with applicable standards,
establish proofs of compliance with those standards and facilitate the on-site review by the
Commission’s assessors.
F.

The objective of accreditation is to standardize many of the tasks patrol officers are required to
perform on a daily basis. Our goal is to equip each officer with the necessary tools to handle
question or problem at any time of the day or night simply by opening up the SOP and locating
the pertinent directive. For the first time officers will be able to reference NJ Attorney General’s
Guidelines, Bergen County Prosecutor’s Directives and New Jersey State Police Guidelines
instantly and efficiently.
By creating an SOP that is not only comprehensive but also flexible when mandates change the
agency is creating more efficient and capable police officers. This, in turn, increases
professionalism and individual pride in each officer.

G.

The advantages of having a written SOP and achieving accreditation include standardization of
tasks performed on a daily basis by every officer, allowing for instant and easy reference of
policies and procedures, showing the public that our agency is more professional and above
reproach because it was evaluated by an outside, nongovernmental agency and giving individual
officers the chance to educate themselves on the necessary skills and knowledge required to
perform to the best of their abilities. The impact accreditation will have on our agency will be
positive in that accreditation is achieved by a very small margin of police agencies worldwide.
Earning accreditation shows the public we serve that our members can and will perform to the
best of their abilities. Standardization creates confidence in individual officer in that once a
specific procedure is learned it will be utilized time and time again and not left to be figured out
“on the fly”. Although there is still room for improvisation in certain situations, the nuts and
bolts of many situations will be readily available.

3

ADMINISTRATION
ACCREDITATION PROCESS
VOL, I, CH 28
H.
Any employee assigned to the position of Accreditation Manager will receive specialized
training within one year of being appointed. This training should be accomplished through
attendance at a CALEA Conference within the first year of appointment and/or at least once
during the current award period. The Accreditation Manager will also join and participate in the
New Jersey Public Safety Accreditation Coalition and take advantage of any training offered by
the PSAC.

4

ADMINISTRATION
SELECTION PROCESS
VOL.I, CH 3

DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
08-11-05

VOLUME TITLE:
ADMINISTRATION

# PAGES:
5

ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):32.1.1,
32.2.1, 32.2.2

REFERENCE:

REVISION
DATE:
11-25-08
05-17-2009

PAGE #:
4

SECTION:
V

APPROVED
04-29-2009

4&5

V,B

05-17-2009

VOLUME
I
CHAPTER
3

SUBJECT: SELECTION PROCESS

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

ALL
EVALUATION
DATE:

CHIEF THOMAS RIPOLI
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE: Department of Personnel
DPF47L/Revised 10-8-99

PURPOSE:
To ensure that correct information can be disseminated when the public makes inquires as to the
selection process of police officers.
POLICY:
It will be the policy of this department to adhere to Civil Service regulations in the selection of
personnel for the title of police officer.
PROCEDURES:
I.

APPLICATIONS
Yearly the Department of Personnel puts out an announcement of examination for the title of Police
Officer. The Department of Personnel sends applications to the Police Department and they can be
obtained in the Records Bureau, or at the Main Desk. Applications are also available in the Internet at
www.state.nj.us/personnel, applicants should be instructed to read the application carefully and fill out all
sections.
A.

The following are requirements for Law Enforcement applicants:

1

ADMINISTRATION
SELECTION PROCESS
VOL.I, CH 3

1.

Applicants must be citizens of the United States as of the deadline date for the
application.

2.

Applicants must be residents of New Jersey. Additionally, applicants must meet the
residency requirements of the appointing jurisdiction as of the date of the application
deadline (to be determined by the Mayor and Council), and may be required to maintain
continuous residency in that jurisdiction up to and including the date of appointment.

3.

Applicants must be graduates of high school or vocational high school, or possess an
approved High School Equivalent Certificate. If applicants graduate by June 30, of
application year, they are eligible for this announcement. If they will graduate by June
30, they should be sure to check the block for 12th grade in item 17 on the
application.

4.

Applicants must be at least 18 years of age as of February 25, of application year.
Applicants for Municipal Police Officer positions can not be over 35 years of age
(one is considered to be over 35 on his or her 35th birthday) as of February 25, of
application year, unless they meet the exceptions in “MAXIMUM HIRING AGE
REQUIREMENT FOR MUNICIPAL POLICE OFFICER” below. The age 35
maximum hiring requirement applies only to the Municipal Police Officer, Municipal
Police Officer, Bilingual in Spanish and English and Municipal Police Officer, Bilingual
in Korean and English titles.

Note: If checking a bilingual box on the application they will be tested separately for the
bilingual languages at the time of certification of their name to an appointing authority.

B.

5.

Appointees may be required to pass thorough medical, drug screening, and
psychological/psychiatric examinations. Failure of any of these examinations will be
cause for rejection.

6.

Appointees will be required to successfully complete a training program mandated by the
New Jersey Police Training Commission.

7.

Appointees will be required to possess a driver’s license valid in New Jersey only if
operation of a vehicle, rather than employee mobility, is necessary to perform the
essential duties of the position.

MAXIMUM HIRING AGE REQUIREMENT FOR MUNICIPAL POLICE OFFICER
1.

When applicants for Municipal Police Officer, Municipal Police Officer bilingual in
Spanish and English and Municipal Police Officer bilingual in Korean and English
positions reach their 35th birthday, they are considered to be over 35 years of age and are
not eligible for appointment to the title, except for the following situations:

2.

Applicants age 45 and under (applicants are considered to be over 45 years of age on
their 45th birthday) as of February 25, of application year who previously served in the

2

ADMINISTRATION
SELECTION PROCESS
VOL.I, CH 3

following law enforcement titles, may deduct the amount of time they served from their
current age to qualify for the maximum age 35 requirement. However, if they were
separated from that prior service due to removal for cause on charges of misconduct or
delinquency, they are not eligible for this age reduction exception.

II.

III.

IV.

a.

Municipal Police Officer (& Bilingual in Spanish or Korean and English)

b.

County Police Officer/Sheriff’s Officer (& Bilingual in Spanish or Korean and
English)

c.

State Trooper

d.

SEPTA Police Officer

e.

AMTRAK Police Officer

3.

Applicants over age 45 as of February 25th , of application year may deduct previous
service in the above titles only if they were separated from that service due to layoff.

4.

Applicants may also deduct from their actual age the amount of time they served in the
military, only during the conflicts and under the conditions for which they would qualify
for Civil Service veterans preference, to qualify for the maximum age 35 requirement.

TESTING
A.

The Department of Personnel will notify applicants when and where the test will be
administered.

B.

Upon successful completion of the test, with a passing score, applicants will be notified of their
ranking on the list.

BACKGROUND INVESTIGATIONS
A.

The Chief of Police will assign officers to conduct background investigations of applicants from
the list provided by the Department of Personnel.

B.

Officers assigned to the background investigations should follow procedures set forth in the
background investigation policy Vol. I, Ch. 8.

HIRING
The Mayor and Council of the Borough of Fort Lee will vote on hiring officers to the position of Police
Officer through a process governed by ordinance.

3

ADMINISTRATION
SELECTION PROCESS
VOL.I, CH 3

V.

RECRUITMENT
A.

The purpose of the recruitment plan is to increase the number Koreans and Females to ensure the
department’s ethnic, racial and gender composition more accurately reflects the demographics of
the services population.
1.

B.

Recruitment should include a review of demographic data of the community workforce
and work toward bringing the department sworn ranks into proportion with the makeup
of the composition of the community workforce.

The best law enforcement recruiters are personnel currently serving in sworn positions.
Therefore, every member is charged with actively recruiting individuals they feel are qualified
with the potential to be an asset to the department.
1.

2.

This agency will take a proactive role in programs intended to attract qualified people to
apply for and take the Department of Personnel Entrance Examination. These programs
include; but, are not limited to:
a.

Establishing and maintaining contacts with community organizations and
educational institutions and providing recruitment materials for display and
distribution;

b.

Participation in career day type programs at educational institutions and other
public places and events;

c.

Citizen police academies, junior police academies.

d.

Posting Department of Personnel examination announcements on the Borough
website and in local newspapers, including Korean newspapers.

Particular attention should be paid to attracting candidates in approximate proportion to
the racial, ethnic, and gender composition of the available workforce in the Borough.
a.

Koreans and Females.

3.

School Resource Officers play a particularly important role in mentoring local youth,
especially towards law enforcement careers. As such, one of their more prominent roles
is influencing students towards a career with this agency.

4.

Personnel assigned to recruitment activities at career day and similar events and
programs will be provided with information so that they are knowledgeable in those
matters as they pertain to agency management and operation. Those topics include, but
are not limited to:
a.

Career opportunities

b.

Salaries, benefits, and training

4

ADMINISTRATION
SELECTION PROCESS
VOL.I, CH 3

5.

C.

c.

State hiring guidelines

d.

Community information

e.

Cultural diversity

f.

Qualification and selection process

g.

Physical and academic requirements

The following information should prove useful when participating in recruitment
activities:
a.

Recruitment/informational brochures

b.

Agency organizational chart

c.

Current contractual agreements

d.

Training catalogs

e.

Demographic data

f.

N.J. Department of Personnel Bulletins

The training supervisor will evaluate this process every three years and report to the Chief of
Police on what changes may be needed in this plan. This plan will then be revised and reissued
as needed.

5

ADMINISTRATION
TRAINING
VOL. I, CH. 18
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT
VOLUME TITLE:
ADMINISTRATION
ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):
33.1.5, 33.1.6, 33.1.7, 33.4.1, 33.5.1, 33.8.2

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
1/14.09

REVISION
DATE:
5/13/09

PAGE #:

SECTION:

APPROVED

23
24

VII B 1
IX A 3

05-14-2009

# PAGES:
34

VOLUME
I
CHAPTER
18

REFERENCE:

V1C18

SUBJECT: TRAINING

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

ALL
EVALUATION
DATE:

CHIEF THOMAS O. RIPOLI
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

PURPOSE:
The purpose of this policy is to establish training standards and procedures for all police personnel.
POLICY:
One of the most important responsibilities of a law enforcement agency is the training of all personnel.
This policy will address the organization and administration of the training process, utilization of the
training academy, recruit training, in-service training, Roll Call training, advanced training, specialized
training, school crossing guard training and non-sworn personnel training.
All personnel are encouraged to attend relevant training programs that will enable them to perform their
current duties more efficiently and professionally. In addition the training may prepare them for future
assignements and / or promotions within the department.
Training may be used as part of the department’s progressive disciplinary system.
The Borough of Fort Lee Police Department encourages sworn personnel to constantly increase their
knowledge through education. The Fort Lee Police Department will utilize the various training facilities
available through federal, state and county agencies in addition to private training corporations.



1

ADMINISTRATION
TRAINING
VOL. I, CH. 18

PROCEDURE:
I.

TRAINING BUREAU
A.

The establishment of a Training Bureau / Special Projects Unit has been authorized by the
Chief of Police.
1.

B.

The Training Bureau shall be assigned to the Administrative Division.
1.

C.

The Training Office staff will be responsible to the Chief of Police through the
Administrative Division Commander.

Training Bureau Instructors should possess the following qualifications:
1.

Successful completion of a Methods of Instruction (MOI) course or an Instructor
Course containing a module on Instructor Development. An Instructor must have
MOI to teach a recruit class at a police academy.

2.

Be employed as a full time police officer for a minimum of one (1) year. An
exception may be granted by the Chief of Police.

3.

The Training Bureau Supervisor shall receive Instructor Training including the
folloing topics:

4.

D.

The Training Bureau / Special Projects Unit will be staffed by supervisors /
officers assigned by the Chief of Police.

a.

Lesson plan development

b.

Performance objective development

c.

Instructional techniques

d.

Testing and evaluation techniques

e.

Resource availability and use

Instructors are not required to be assigned to the Training Bureau on a full-time
basis.

The Training Bureau is responsible for the following functions:
1.

Develop and Schedule the Mandated Training Program.
2

ADMINISTRATION
TRAINING
VOL. I, CH. 18
a.

The Mandated Training Program should be scheduled on the 22-day
rotation known as powershift days.

b.

The Mandated Training Program will effectively reschedule
re-certification in a timely manner thereby avoiding lapsed certifications.

c.

Cancellation of a scheduled Mandated Training Class can only be ordered
by the Chief of Police or the Training Bureau Supervisor.

d.

A Captain from the officers division or the Training Bureau Supervisor
can order cancellation of an individual officer from a Mandated Training
Class.

2.

Development of lesson plans and written examinations (if appropriate).

3.

Revising and updating lesson plans, as needed. Lesson plans will be maintained
for five years.

4.

Development of Roll Call Instruction topics or classes.

5.

Curriculum development implementation will use the following resources:
a.

Inspection Reports

b.

Staff Meetings suggestions

c.

Consultation with field personnel (supervisors and officers)

d.

Training Bureau & Instructor Reports and Suggestions

e.

Training Program Evaluations

f.

Participation and approval by the Chief of Police

g.

Internal Affairs Investigation Reports

6.

Coordinate the selection of personnel for attendance at specialized training
courses with the officer's Division Commander.

7.

Recording and forwarding course results to the Administrative Division
Commander.

8.

The Training Bureau should collect the attendance documentation from the
instructor or a designated officer for all department-run in-service training
sessions.


3

ADMINISTRATION
TRAINING
VOL. I, CH. 18
a.

The documentation should include the name of the attendee and the test
results if given. The lesson plan will be kept on file in the Training
Bureau.

9.

Recruitment and selection of qualified instructors.

10.

Evaluating instructors and training programs.

11.

Coordination of all training programs.

12.

Supervise, evaluate (annually) or schedule officers for the following training
programs that are conducted either within the department or as in-service training.
a.

Use of Force Law

b.

Arrest, Search & Seizure Law including Roll Call legal updates

c.

Fresh Pursuit

d.

Firearms Qualifications and Safety Guidelines

e.

Motor Vehicle Law including Roll Call legal updates

f.

Domestic Violence

g.

Criminal Law including Roll Call legal updates

h.

Borough of Fort Lee Ordinances including Roll Call legal updates

i.

Batons, Flashlight as a defensive tool, O.C. Propellant

j.

Hazardous Material

k.

Bergen County Prosecutor’s Office Video Training Program

l.

Alcotest Certification

m.

Emergency Medical Technician / Crash Injury Management

n.

CPR Training

o.

Radar

p.

Bloodborne Pathogen Training

4

ADMINISTRATION
TRAINING
VOL. I, CH. 18
q.

Environmental Offense Video Training

r.

Department Computer training

s.

Police Training Commission / Recruit Police Academy

t.

Roll Call Training Program

u.

PEOSH / OSHA Employee Safety Training

v.

Supervise the Veterans Affairs Program

w.

Background (Applicant) Investigations

13.

Preparation of Training Goals and Objectives for the upcoming year.

14.

Preparation of the Training Bureau budget suggestion for the upcoming year for
the Administrative Division Commander.

15.

Delegate the inspection and review of all training equipment and supplies to the
course instructor.

16.

Preparation of registration forms for attendance to all outside training agencies.

17.

a.

The Training Bureau staff will prepare and submit Purchase Requisitions
to the Administrative Division Commander and the Department's Finance
Officer.

b.

Forwarding all registration forms and vouchers to the appropriate agency.

c.

Notification to officers scheduled to attend classes and the officer's
immediate supervisor via E-mail or written notification.

Submit a yearly report to the Chief of Police that contains the following
information:
a.

Training Courses

b.

Course Hours

c.

Total number of officers that attended a specific course

d.

Total training hours, by course

e.

Total training hours


5

ADMINISTRATION
TRAINING
VOL. I, CH. 18
18.

Process certificates of successful completion and forward to all attending officers.
a.

b.

c.

Academy / Training Center Course Certificate
(1)

Employees attending training at an academy or training site will
provide Training with a photocopy of the original certificate within
their next three (3) working days. The employee keeps the original
certificate.
Note: Reimbursements for training expenses can not be processed
without the certificate also attached as proof of attendance.

(2)

The Training Bureau staff will:
a)

Scan a copy of the certificate into the department’s
computer system (Training Certificate File).

b)

Update the Training Bureau record.

c)

Forward the copy of the certificate to the Office of the
Chief of Police for entry into the officer’s or clerk’s
Personnel File, or to the Communications Center
Supervisor for entry into the telecommunicator’s Personnel
File.

In-house Course Certificate
(1)

Create the department’s course certificates then save in the
certificate in the department’s computer system (training
Certificates file).

(2)

Print out a copy for the Training Bureau Supervisor to sign then
make a photocopy of the original certificate.

(3)

Forward the original certificate to the officer.

(4)

Complete and ensure that entry is made in the Training Record of
the department's computer.

(5)

Forward the copy of the certificate to the Office of the Chief of
Police for entry into the officer’s or clerk’s Personnel File, or to the
Communications Center Supervisor for entry into the
telecommunicator’s Personnel File

Computer Based / Learning Management System & Certificates
6

ADMINISTRATION
TRAINING
VOL. I, CH. 18

19.

(1)

The department may use various on-line and computer based
Learning Mamangement Systems (LMS). The systems may require
individualized passwords to access the training materials. A
Training Certification Sheet (Sign-Off) is not required if the system
is capible of tracking an individual employee’s learning and
provide documentation or training reports.

(2)

After completing course, if a certificate can be saved or printed the
officer should print a copy for their record.

(3)

If the certificate can be saved electronically, the officer is to save
the electronic file (preferred PDF format) then forward the file to
the Training Bureau.

(4)

The Training Bureau staff will:
a)

Scan or save a copy of the certificate into the department’s
computer system (Training Certificate File).

b)

Update the training Bureau record.

c)

Forward the copy of the certificate to the Office of the
Chief of Police for entry into the officer’s or clerk’s
Personnel File, or to the Communications Center
Supervisor for entry into the telecommunicator’s Personnel
File.

Select officers as:
a.

Academy Instructors

b.

Department Training Instructors

d.

Field Training Officers

20.

Supervise the Field Training Officer Program.

21.

Periodically update training of the Field Training Officer(s).

22.

Establish liaison with academy staffs at the county police academy and other
training facilities.
a.

The department may make requests to meet training needs through the
following channels of communication:
(1)

The Bergen County Police Training & Education Advisory Board


7

ADMINISTRATION
TRAINING
VOL. I, CH. 18

23.

24.

The Bergen County Law & Public Safety Institute Board

(3)

The Bergen County Police Chiefs Association

(4)

Direct contact with the Academy Staff

Maintain a Training Resource Library consisting of department owned books,
videos, and training materials.
a.

A list of the Training Resource Library's contents should be readily
accessible to all officers through the department’s computer system.

b.

Training library materials may be obtained from the Training Bureau for
an officer to review.

c.

Officers may submit the titles of books, videos or other training materials
that they may directly lend to other officers.

Maintain and Disseminate Resource Publications
a.

II.

(2)

All resource publications received by the department, including but not
limited to the following, should be turned over to the Training Bureau for
review and dissemination.
(1)

Attorney General Directives, Guidelines, Advisories, etc.

(2)

Bergen County Prosecutor's Office Directives, Advisories, Updates

(3)

FBI Law Enforcement Bulletin

(4)

Bureau of Administrative Justice (US Dept. of Justice)
Publications

(5)

NJ State Police Search & Seizure Review

(6)

The DCJ Law Enforcement Reporter

b.

The Training Bureau should post a copy of the resource publication in the
briefing room for officers to review as needed.

c.

The Training Bureau should add the resource publication to the Training
Library for future reference.

ATTENDANCE AT TRAINING COURSES
A.

Out of State / long distance training
8

ADMINISTRATION
TRAINING
VOL. I, CH. 18
1.

Reasonable lodging accommodations may be authorized for courses more than 75
miles away from Fort Lee, or at the direction of the Chief of Police.

2.

The accommodations authorization will be clearly stated in the officer’s School
Order.

3.

Lodging accommodations include hotel room and food for the attending officer(s).

4.

B.

C.

a.

Generally, when multiple officers are attending the same training, then two
(2) officers of the same gender will share a room. If more officers are
attending then additional rooms are authorized and shared as stated above.

b.

There will be NO reimbursement for alcohol, entertainment or expenses
for other people.

Expense Report
a.

The Expense Report for accommodations may be submitted individually
or by one (1) officer for the group.

b.

Each expense amount and explanation is to be listed on the report. The
amount must match the claimed amount of the expense receipt.

c.

The actual sales receipts must be attached to the Expense Report. Credit
card charge slip or credit card statements are not acceptable.

Compensatory Time (Time Due)
1.

Officers that attend schools where they have to use lodging will not be
compensated for time that is not spent training.

2.

If the officer is scheduled to work on the day of training and they are normally
reassigned to attend the day of training as specified in the officer’s School Orders.
In certain situation the officer may be required to work their normal shift and
attend training as specified in the officer’s School Orders. The officer would then
receive compensation in the form of Time Due.

3.

An officer who attends training on a furlough day will be compensated in time
due only for the training time.

4.

No other down time such as hotel stay or traveling time will be compensated.

State or County Academy Attendance and In-House Training
1.

All personnel are encouraged to pursue relevant training programs which will
enable them to perform their duties more efficiently and professionally.


9

ADMINISTRATION
TRAINING
VOL. I, CH. 18
a.

b.

c.

The employee will submit In-Service School Request form (as designated
by the Training Bureau Supervisor) to their immediate supervisor.
(1)

The employee should attach a brief written justification for
attending the course. This is not needed for routine training courses
or recertification courses.

(2)

The immediate supervisor should evaluate the school request and
justification with regards to the employee’s job performance,
current assignment and potential for career development before
signing the form endorsing the request. The form is to be signed
with the decision noted in the section available.

(3)

The immediate supervisor is to forward the school request up the
Chain of Command for review at each level up to the Captain. The
Communications Center Supervisor will handle the scheduling and
processing of requests for Communications Center personnel.

(4)

Any supervisor within the employee’s Chain of Command that
does not endorse the request should provide a reason along with
the request.

The Division Captain will:
(1)

Consider the supervisor’s comments, in addition to the employee’s
job performance, current assignment and potential for career
development. The form is to be signed with the decision noted in
the section available.

(2)

If denied the form is to be sent to the Training Bureau for filing
and notification to the employee and the immediate supervisor.

(3)

If recommending approval the Captain will check the schedule and
make a staffing determine if manpower allows the employee to be
re-assigned or must report for work before or after the school.

(4)

The Division Captain will mark the scheduling assignment on the
School Request form in the section provided.

(5)

The Division Captain will forward the School Request form to the
Administrative Division Commander for final approval.

The Administrative Division Commander should consider the supervisor’s
comments, in addition to the employee’s job performance, current
10

ADMINISTRATION
TRAINING
VOL. I, CH. 18
assignment and potential for career development. The form is to be signed
with the decision noted in the section available.
d.

The Administrate Division Commander will then forward the school
request to the Training Bureau Supervisor for processing.

e.

The Training Bureau staff will:

f.

2.

(1)

If the request was denied at any point along the Chain of
Command, send the Denied School Request notification via the
Email to the officer and their immediate supervisor.

(2)

If approved confirm the school date(s), the availability of seats and
register the officer.

(3)

After confirmation is received (verbally or written) then send
School Orders notifying the officer(s), immediate supervisor,
Training and the Captains of the date(s), school name, location,
time, required equipment. The School Orders are to clearly state if
the officer is reassigned for the shift, reassigned during the shift,
working and attending school during the same day, reassigned from
another scheduled day of work or to receive Compensatory Time
(Time Due).

When assigning officers for Mandated Training the Training Bureau staff
will consult the Division Captains regarding scheduling and obtain their
approval.

Officers may either be assigned to attend schools, or they may request to attend
schools.
a.

Officers should only be assigned schools, or be approved to attend
requested schools, which will assist them in their assigned duties.

b.

Once an officer has been assigned or approved to attend a school, it is the
officer’s responsibility to attend the school.

c.

Any officer assigned to a particular school or course will report at the
starting time and remain in the course until it is completed. If an officer
can not attend a course for any reason, including sickness, weather, etc.,
they will immediately notify the Tour Commander and request that the
Training Officer be advised of the situation. If possible, the Training
Bureau should notify the course instructor of the situation.

d.

Officers failing to follow the above procedures may be subject to
disciplinary action.
11



ADMINISTRATION
TRAINING
VOL. I, CH. 18
e.

Should a course be cancelled before the particular day, the Training
Bureau will notify the officer and the approving Supervisor of the
cancellation via E-mail or the telephone. If the course is cancelled on the
actual day of training, the officer will immediately report for duty.

f.

Officers attending full-day training will normally be reassigned from their
normal tour of duty to the hours of training. If training is conducted during
an officer’s furlough day, then the officer will be given compensation time
for the training time only, or the officer may be reassigned from his work
schedule that week. If the training being conducted is for part of the day
(i.e. 4-hour EMT) and occurs during an officer's off-duty time, then the
officer will be given compensation time for the training time only.

g.

All personnel will check in with the Tour Commander each day at the
beginning of a scheduled course. If away at a training facility, all personnel
will check in with the Tour Commander providing them with the dates of
the course prior to leaving for the course.

h.

All personnel will be entered in the daily blotter along the type of training
being attended. This record is to be completed at the start of each training
day.

3.

If scheduled attendance is for mandated training only the Chief of Police or his
designee can approve a cancellation request. If an officer wishes to be excused
from the training, they must contact their Division Commander to get permission
to be excused. If approved, the Division Commander will inturn notify the
Training Officer of the cancellation.

4.

All personnel will adhere to all state and county academy guidelines.

5.

Upon completion of training, it will be the officer's responsibility to submit a copy
of their course completion certificate into the Training Bureau. The Training
Bureau may also require the officer to submit a copy of any course materials or
handout for the Training Resource Library.

6.

Dress Code & Academy Regulations
a.

All personnel will dress as follows:
(1)

In-service personnel: Uniform of the day or shirt, tie and dress
slacks. Jeans are prohibited unless specifically directed by the
instructor.

(2)

In-service personnel may, when the instructor approves and the
course requires, dress accordingly.
12

ADMINISTRATION
TRAINING
VOL. I, CH. 18

7.

III.

IV.

(3)

Recruits will dress as specified by the academy.

(4)

Non-sworn personnel will dress as specified by the training facility.

(5)

Unless specifically directed, no employee should wear jeans, tshirts, shorts while attending training.

Personnel shall follow all department rules and regulations of proper grooming
while attending an academy or in-service training program.

CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT FOR DEPARTMENTAL TRAINING
A.

Whenever officers attend an in-service training course, they are under the command of
the Training Bureau Instructor.

B.

The department should conduct all in-service training in the training classroom. Other
specific facilities may be utilized as required for the specific course.

C.

The following are not permitted in the classroom during class:
1.

Smoking

2.

Newspapers and/or magazines

3.

Non-course reading materials

4.

Any other distracting devices that the instructor deems a nuisance.

D.

All personnel attending in-service training shall conduct themselves in an orderly fashion
and afford the instructor their complete attention.

E.

Attendance records shall be kept by the instructor and forwarded to the Training Bureau
upon completion of the course.

F.

Officers should be given a 10-minute break after every 50 minutes of lecture or as
deemed necessary by the instructor.

LESSON PLANS AND TESTING
A.

All courses must be approved by the Chief of Police.
1.

Master copies of lesson plans shall be kept on file for five (5) full years.

2.

Master copies of lesson plans may only be destroyed upon written approval from
the Chief of Police.

3.

The lesson plan should contain the following:
13



ADMINISTRATION
TRAINING
VOL. I, CH. 18
a statement of performance and job related objectives

b.

the content of the course

c.

the delivery method

d.

any tests if used

B.

No course should be authorized unless a detailed lesson plan is submitted to the Training
Bureau. This requirement will not apply to section XIII of this policy.

C.

Lesson plans should be developed according to F.B.I., New Jersey State Police and New
Jersey Police Training Commission Guidelines, manufacture's curriculum or other
published sources.

D.

E.

1.

Title Page

2.

Introduction

3.

Performance Objectives

4.

Explanation

5.

Summary

Teaching techniques may be varied and should include the following:
1.

Conference Methods

2.

Lecture Style

3.

Participation Practical

4.

Computer Based / Learning Management Systems

Testing
1.

V.

a.

If tests are used, each attendee’s the scores will be recorded in the course file.

RECRUIT TRAINING
A.

Newly appointed police officers must attend a certified training academy.
1.

They must successfully complete the required training course and be certified by
the New Jersey Police Training Commission (PTC).
14

ADMINISTRATION
TRAINING
VOL. I, CH. 18
2.

They must complete the agency’s Recruit Orientation Training meeting the PTC’s
Agency Based Training Objectives.

3.

Newly appointed officer are to receive initail training on the department’s
mission, policies and procedures. They will be issued their Fort Lee Borough
Employee Manual and Fort Lee Police Department Rules & Regulations
explaining the working conditions, regulations and rights.
(a)

Newly appointed non-sworn personnel are to receive initail training on the
department’s mission, policies and procedures. Non-sworn personnel will
be issued their Fort Lee Borough Employee Manual explaining the
working contradictions, regulations and rights.

B.

No officer should assume the duties of a police officer (carry a weapon, exercise arrest
powers) until they have successfully completed the mandatory recruit training academy.

C.

Officers attending the recruit-training academy must obey all academy rules and
regulations.

D.

Officers attending the academy for the basic course will normally be provided with
transportation designated as a recruit vehicle, unless vehicle shortages occur. The
following procedures will be adhered to:

E.

1.

The recruit vehicle keys will be obtained from the Tour Commander’s desk at the
beginning of each academy day and returned at the end of the day.

2.

Recruits will take turns ensuring that the vehicle is properly gassed and serviced.

3.

Should the vehicle breakdown, the recruit driving the vehicle will be responsible
for notifying the Tour Commander immediately via the radio or a telephone. The
recruit will follow the Tour Commander’s directions.

4.

The vehicle is to be driven directly to and from the academy, with no detours
allowed.

5.

Should the vehicle be damaged in any manner, the recruit driving the vehicle will
immediately:
a)

Make a complete report to the police agency having jurisdiction.

b)

Make a complete report of the incident and submit it to the Chief of Police
through the Training Bureau chain of command.

Equipment necessary for attendance at the academy shall be obtained prior to the
commencement of the training course. (See Equipment Policy v4c16).
15



ADMINISTRATION
TRAINING
VOL. I, CH. 18
F.
Should any recruit become injured or sick, and cannot go to the academy, they will call
the Tour Commander before the start of the school day and report the sickness / illness.
The recruit must make any academy notifications. Should a member of a recruit’s
immediate family die, and the recruit is forced to miss school, they will notify the
Training Bureau or if after hours, the Tour Commander. The recruit must make any
academy notifications.

VI.

G.

Familiarization and understanding of the Borough of Fort Lee Police Departments
Operational Manuals is mandatory for successful completion of the Field Training Officer
(FTO) Program.

H.

On holidays or at any other time the academy is closed, the recruit will report for duty, in
the academy uniform at 0800 hours. Should a recruit wish to take the day off as a holiday,
they will submit a time off request form to the Training Bureau.

I.

Officers who have completed the academy shall not be assigned to regular patrol duties
until they completed the Field Training Officers (FTOs) as specified in the Field Training
Policy (v6c7).

J.

Officers are required to complete a working test period as specified in NJAC Title 11A:415a.

MANDATORY & OPTIONAL IN-SERVICE TRAINING
A.

Firearms Qualifications/Training
1.

B.

Use of Force
1.

C.

All officers will participate in Firearms Qualifications semi-annually as outlined
in department policy. (Vol. 4 Ch. 2)

Classroom instruction on the use of non-lethal force and deadly force is required
semi-annually in conjunction with their Firearms Qualifications.

CPR Initial / Refresher (American Heart Association / American Red Cross)
1.

All EMT certified officers will be recertified according to AHA / ARC standards
for healthcare providers level or equivalent every other year.

2.

All EMT certified officers will attend an approved AHA /ARC refresher course.

3.

Any police officer attending a CPR class will complete the course, as required by
the AHA / ARC before receiving a CPR card. Defibrillator training should be
included as part of their CPR training according to AHA / ARC standards.

4.

All ESU officers should be certified in CPR.
16

ADMINISTRATION
TRAINING
VOL. I, CH. 18

D.

E.

5.

All Patrol officers should be certified in CPR.

6.

Any other sworn personnel may be certified in CPR with the approval of their
supervisor.

Vehicular Pursuit Policy
1.

All officers will receive training semi-annually.

2.

Supervisors should review the topic of Vehicular Pursuits during Roll Calls and
Roll Call Training.

3.

Officer should receive training in the proper use of agency-authorized “Tire
Deflation Devices” as defined in the AG Pursiut Guideline prior to the
deployment of authorized devices.

Domestic Violence
1.

F.

G.

H.

All officers will
N.J.S.A. 2C:25-20.

attend

a

four-hour

refresher

course

every

year

O. C. Pepper Spray
1.

Officers are encouraged to voluntarily become trained in O.C. Pepper Spray.

2.

Officers may become certified by completing an O.C. course during the Basic
Police Officer Academy, or by attending an in-service course with departmental
instructors or at a training facility.

3.

OC certified officers will attend a refresher course biennially on the use,
application and decontamination procedures of O. C. Pepper Spray (Vol. 4 Ch. 3).

Baton
1.

Officers may become certified by completing the specific baton course (ASP, PR24 etc.) during the Basic Police Officer Academy, or by attending an in-service
course with departmental instructors or at a training facility.

2.

All certified officers will be re-certified in the use of the department issued and /
or authorized baton biennially. A certified instructor will conduct the rectification
process in accordance with the manufacture’s training standards.

Blood Borne Pathogens
1.

All officers identified by the Training Officer that have the potential to be exposed
to hazardous materials during the course of their work will receive updated in17



ADMINISTRATION
TRAINING
VOL. I, CH. 18
service training for occupational exposure to blood borne pathogens annually
(C.F.R. 1910.1030).
2.

I.

Hazardous Materials
1.

J.

K.

L.

All non-sworn employees will receive updated in-service training for occupational
exposure to blood borne pathogens annually (C.F.R. 1910, 1030).

Police officers identified by the Training Officer that have the potential to be
exposed to hazardous materials during the course of their work will receive
updated in-service training at the Awareness Training Level annually (C.F.R.
1910,120(q) (6).

Hazardous Communication Standard / Right to Know (HC / RTK)
1.

Police officers identified by the Training Officer that have the potential to be
exposed to hazardous substances during the course of their work will receive
Biennially training in Right to Know. (N.J.A.C. 8:59-7.1(c) (C.F.R. 1910.1200).

2.

HC/ RTK training may be conducted by certified Training Bureau instructor(s) or
through Bergen Risk Management.

Alcotest & Re-certification / Driving While Intoxicated Enforcement
1.

Police officer may submit a School Request Form for an Alcotest Operator’s
Course after completing a minimum of 1 year of service.

2.

Police officers will be recertified to operate the Alcotest every third calendar year.
The re-certification process will be administered by the New Jersey State Police
during a one-day course as required by (N.J.A.C. 13:57-1.7).

3.

A number of Patrol Officers should be provided with the NJSP DWI Detection
Course to further develop the officer’s skills in detecting those persons who are
under the influence of alcohol or drugs.

Speed Measuring Devices: Radar & Re-certification
1.

Police recruits should receive the classroom portion of the Radar training during
their academy class. Additional training may be obtained during the Field
Training Program.

2.

Police officers that are not currently certified may be certified by department
Radar instructors.

3.

Police officers will be re-certified to operate the radar every three (3) years. The
re-certification process will be administered by a New Jersey Div. of Criminal
18

ADMINISTRATION
TRAINING
VOL. I, CH. 18
Justice certified radar instructor, and shall comply with DCJ training
requirements, which consists of a minimum of four (4) hours of instruction.
4.

M.

N.

Emergency Medical Technician
1.

Any police officers may be, Patrol officers and ESU officers should be, certified
as New Jersey Dept. of Health Emergency Medical Technicians every three (3)
years. The re-certification shall be established by the NJ Dept. of Health.

2.

Every certified EMT with a valid CPR card should receive defibrillator training as
part of their CPR training.

C.J.I.S. (Criminal Justice Information System) Training
1.

O.

Officer may be certified for other speed measuring devices in compliance with
standards set by NJ Div. of Criminal Justice or the equipment manufacturer.

Biannually, detective, police officers, and dispatchers with CJIS responsibilities
will be provided functional retesting and reaffirm their proficiency to assure
compliance with C.J.I.S./NCIC Policies.

Occupational Safety Training
1.

2.

General Safety Handbook & Safety Manual.
a.

Officers shall be issued a copy the department’s Safety Handbook and
receive basic Safety Training during their Recruit Orientation Program.

b.

Non-Sworn Personnel shall be issued a copy the department’s Safety
Handbook and receive basic Safety Training during their Office
Orientation Program

c.

Existing officers and non-sworn personnel shall be issued a copy of the
department’s Safety Handbook and receive basic Safety Training during
In-Service or Roll Call Training.

Fire Extinguisher Safety
a.

Officers identified by the Training Officer that have the potential to use a
fire extinguisher during the course of their work shall receive annual
training in the general principles of fire extinguisher use and hazards
involved in incipient-stage fire fighting (OSHA 1910.157(a)). Non-sworn
personnel are not expected to fight fires.

19



ADMINISTRATION
TRAINING
VOL. I, CH. 18
3.

Fire Safety Employees
a.

4.

Work Zone Safety
a.

5.

Officers identified by the Training Officer that have the potential to
respond to or be exposed to hazardous materials during the course of their
work shall complete the Hazardous Materials Awareness course initially
during their academy training and annually thereafter. (OSHA
1910.1209p)(7)). Patrol supervisors, patrol officers and detectives are
identified by policy.

CBRNE Awareness
a.

8.

Employees identified by the Training Officer that have the potential to a be
exposed to hazardous substances during the course of their work based on
job assignment shall complete the department’s Haz-Com (Right to Know)
training program during their initial orientation and then biennially
thereafter. (OSHA 1910.1200).

Hazardous Material Awareness
a.

7.

Officers who are identified by the Training Officer that have the potential
to direct traffic during the course of their work or while on a traffic detail
shall complete a Work Zone Safety course during their initial training and
then every three years thereafter. (OSHA 1926.201).

Hazard Communications
a.

6.

Employees shall receive training identifying general hazards of fires and
prevention techniques during their initial orientation. (OSHA 1910.38,
.39).

Officers identified by the Training Officer that have the potential to a be
exposed to chemical, biological, radiation, nuclear explosive material
during the course of their work shall complete the CBRNE Awareness
course initially during their academy training. ESU officers should receive
refresher training every three years. Patrol supervisors & patrol officers,
detectives may receive refresher training as needed.

Ladder Safety
a.

Officers identified by the Training Officer that have the potential to use a
ladder during the course of their work shall receive Ladder Safety Training
(OSHA 1910.25, .26, .501). ESU officers are identified by policy and will
complete Ladder Safety Training initially upon joining and every three
years thereafter.
20

ADMINISTRATION
TRAINING
VOL. I, CH. 18
9.

Defensive Driving
a.

10.

Personal Protective Equipment
a.

11.

Officers identified by the Training Officer that have the potential to be
exposed to respiratory hazards during the course of their work shall
complete a Respiratory Protection Course initially during their orientation
and then annually thereafter. (OSHA 1910.134(k)(5)

Managing Special Events
a.

13.

Officers identified by the Training Officer that have the potential to be
exposed to hazardous situations during the course of their work shall
complete training on the specific job task and the appropriate Personal
Protective Equipment initially upon assignment to the job task and then
every three years thereafter. (OSHA 1910 Subpart I and 1926 Subpart E)

Respiratory Protection
a.

12.

Employees identified by the Training Officer that have the potential to
drive a department vehicle during the course of their work shall complete a
driver training program initially during their academy training or
orientation and every three years thereafter. Driver training may include
but not limited to NJ Safety Council Defensive Driver DDC-6/8, Coaching
Emergency Vehicle Operations, Vehicle Operations Course or Driving
Simulator Training.

Supervisors or officers assigned the responsibility for managing or
organizing special events within the community should complete a course
on Managing Special Events upon being assigned.

Confines Space Entry
a.

Officers identified by the Training Officer that have to, during the course
of their work, routinely function in a confined space shall complete a
Confined Space Entry Awareness Training prior to working in such an
environment. (OSHA 1910.146)

b.

Employees are not be required to enter or work in a confined space unless
properly trained, equipped and authorized by a supervisor who ensures that
the required paperwork / permits have been obtained.

21



ADMINISTRATION
TRAINING
VOL. I, CH. 18
P.
Ethics
1.

Q.

Ethics training should be provided for both sworn and non-sworn personnel
biennially through Roll Call Training which may include a review of applicable
statutes and the Code of Ethics.

Sworn Personnel 9-1-1 Telecommunication Operators and Call Taker
1. Communications Supervisor, if certified to work the telecommunications system will
receive eight-hour in-service 9-1-1 training annually as required by (N.J.A.C. 13:182.2).

R.

Arrest of Foreign Nationals
1.

S.

T.

In support of the Arrest of Foreign Nationals SOP (v7c1-4), officers should
received training on the rights of foreign nationals as explained in the US State
Department’s publication Counsular Notification and Access as part of their
Academy Training. This topic may periodically be subject of a Roll Call Training
when assigned by the Training Bureau Supervisor. A copy of the publication is to
be kept behind the Tour Commander’s Desk and another copy in the Training
Bureau. Any officer or supervisor may review the publication when ever needed.

Profiling and Discriminatory Practices
1.

In support of the Profiling and Discriminatory Practices SOP (v9c10) and as per
AG Directive, all officers are required to receive training on bias based policing
including the AG program on Racially Influenced Policing.

2.

On an annual basis the Roll Call training should include profiling related training
that should include field contacts, traffic stops, search issues, asset seizure and
forfeiture, interview techniques, cultural diversity, discrimination, and community
support.

Emotionally Disturber Persons / Mentally Ill
1.

As per the PTC new officers are to receive training in the proper methods of deal
with people believed to be menatlly ill or challenged during their basic academy
training.

2.

Officers are to receive training on identification, techinques and resources
available every three years. This would include dealing with prisoners,
alternatives to arrest and legal decisions. The topic may also be reviewed during
the Use of Force and Roll Call training.

3.

Non-sworn personnel are to receive training on identification, techinques and
resources available every three years.
22

ADMINISTRATION
TRAINING
VOL. I, CH. 18
U.

VII.

Incident Command System / All Hazards Plan
1.

All officers shall receive annual training on the department’s All Hazard Plan
including the Incident Command System.

2.

As required by law all Police Officers shall completed NIMS 700 and ICS 100 &
200.

3.

Sergeants, Lieutants, Captains, Inspectors and Deputy Chiefs shall complete
NIMS 700, ICS 100 / 200 / 300.

4.

The Chief of Police, as the department head, shall complete NIMS 700, ICS 100 /
200 / 300 / 400.

5.

Officers and non-sworn personnel who have been assigned Emergency Operations
Center responsibilities shall complete NRP 800 (National Response Plan).

LEGAL IN-SERVICE TRAINING
A.

B.

Arrest, Search and Seizure
1.

All officers should attend an eight-hour refresher course once every three (3)
years.

2.

All officers shall be advised when the New Jersey Law Enforcement Handbooks
Volume 1 & 2 are received annually. Each officer should receive a listing of the
new case-law decisions in addition to the notifications and or publications
received by the department.

Criminal Law
1.

All officers shall receive at least one-hour of training annually during Roll Call
Training no later than June of each year or when new New Jersey 2C / 2A and
Title 39 books are received. Each officer shall receive a listing of all new, edited
and deleted statutes. Each officer should receive case-law decisions regarding
statutes as the department receives notifications and or publications.

VIII. TELECOMMUNICATIONS TRAINEE & OPERATOR TRAINING
A.

Newly Appointed Telecommunications Operators
1.

Telecommunications Trainees are required to be certified by completing a 40-hour
Basic Tele-Communicator Course, Emergency Medical Dispatch and completing
a CPR course before being allowed to answer the 9-1-1 system and completing the
working test period as established by Title 11A. They may answer non-emergency
phone lines and perform other Communication Center functions.
23



ADMINISTRATION
TRAINING
VOL. I, CH. 18

B.

IX.

2.

Telecommunications Trainees and newly hired Telecommunications Operators
shall be initially trained on the communications desk by telecommunications
operators as assigned by the Communications Supervisor.

3.

Telecommunications Trainees and newly hired Telecommunications Operators
should be evaluated during the working test period by the Communications
Supervisor after receiving written recommendation that they are capable of
performing the job functions.

4.

All newly appointed Telecommunications Trainees and Operators will be trained
by the TAC Officers on the use of the C.J.I.S. Computer and will be certified and
assigned a password prior to assuming communications responsibilities.

5.

All newly appointed Telecommunications Trainee & Operators will be assigned a
“Log On” I.D. for the use of the 9-1-1 system prior to assuming communications
responsibilities.

9-1-1 Refresher course - C.J.I.S. Terminal Operator Refresher
1.

All telecommunications operators shall attend an eight-hour refresher course
every year on the use of the 9-1-1 System. (N.J.A.C. 13:18-1.1).

2.

Biannual training will be provided to telecommunications operators with
functional retesting, and reaffirm the proficiency of terminal operators to assure
compliance with C.J.I.S./NCIC policies. This training will be conducted by a
certified instructor or the TAC Officer.

OTHER IN-SERVICE TRAINING
A.

Supervisory Training
1.

Officers that are promoted to the rank of Sergeant shall attend an in-house
Supervision Orientation Course as soon as possible, but not later than 2 months,
of obtaining the rank of Sergeant.
a.

Newly promoted sergeants should work with another supervisor on the
shift until they have completed the Supervisor Orientation Course.

2.

Newly promoted sergeants should also attend an additional Supervision Course by
an outside instructor during the first year that they hold the rank of Sergeant.

3.

Newly promoted command personnel (Lieutenant & above) should within a year
attend a command level course such as but not limited to West Point Command &
Leadership, Certified Public Manager, Penn State POSIT, Penn State POLEX or
24

ADMINISTRATION
TRAINING
VOL. I, CH. 18
other similar training; and should receive training in their new position from their
predecessor or supervisor previously holding that position or rank.

B.

4.

A newly promoted Chief should attend the New Chief Orientation provided by the
New Jersey State Association of Chief’s of Police.

5.

Newly promoted supervisors and commanders should be mentored on their new
duties and functions by at least an equal if not higher ranking supervisor,
approved by the Chief.

6.

During the Supervisor Orientation Training, supervisors are to receive awareness
training and information on the Borough’s Employee Assistance Program (EAP)
and other refereal services available to employees. The training is to assist them
in the identification and resolution of concerns or problems (personal or job
related), which may adversely affect an employee's personal or professional wellbeing or job performance.

7.

Every three years Desk Supervisors are to receive Cell Block Mamangement
training in the proper method of monitoring prsioners within the holding cells in
HQ. The training will include a review of the Dept. of Corrections Cell Block
Management presentation and the department’s Holding Cell SOP. Specific
attention will be given to emergency operations in the event of an emergency (fire,
fire supression) within the building that would require the relocation of
prisoner(s). The training will include a review of the proper physical restraint
techniques to ensure the safety and security of personnel and the detainee(s).

8.

Supervisors shall receive training on the proper method of completing the
department’s evaluation process.

Emergency Services Unit (ESU) SOP v5c14
1.

All newly assigned ESU members will attend a basic Tactical Officer training
course as soon as practical based on scheduling.

2.

All newly assigned ESU members should attend monthly ESU drills unless
excused by the ESU Commander or Team Leader.

3.

All ESU members are required to meet the attendance requirement as established
by the ESU Commander.

4.

The attendance and training activities for each monthly drill will be documented
by the completion of the ESU Drill Report by the ESU Commander or Team
Leader. The ESU Commander will maintain a file containing each completed
ESU Drill Report. The Tour Commander will be called from the drill and
informed of the officers attending the drill so their names are entered into the
blotter.
25



ADMINISTRATION
TRAINING
VOL. I, CH. 18
5.

C.

All weapons qualification scores will be documented in writing and turned over to
the Rangemaster by the firearms instructor.

6.

The purpose of the Monthly ESU drill is to ensure that tactical team members
have ample opportunity to practice their special skills and develop their abilities to
function effectively as a team.

7.

Operational simulations should be included in the monthly ESU drills to ensure
the team’s state of readiness.

Traffic / Accident Investigation Unit (AIU) Training
1.

2.

3.

Officers assigned to the AIU should complete courses on the following training
topics:
a.

Crash Investigation I

b.

Crash Investigation II

c.

Vehicle Dynamics

d.

Traffic Accident Reconstruction

e.

Pedestrian / Bicycle Crash Investigation

f.

Motorcycle Crash Investigation

g.

Commercial Vehicle Investigation

Officers assigned to the AIU may complete courses on the following training
topics:
a.

Interview & Interrogation

b.

Scene Mapping (using Laser Devices)

c.

Computerized Collision Diagramming

d.

Various Technical Programs on Vehicle Data Collection

e.

Vehicle Dynamics

AIU officers should periodically attend training sessions, meetings and
conferences of the NJ Association of Accident Reconstructionists. Information
should be shared with other AIU officers.
26

ADMINISTRATION
TRAINING
VOL. I, CH. 18
4.

5.

D.

a.

Officers must complete a Motorcycle Operator’s Course before being
allowed to operate a police motorcycle.

b.

Motor Officers should complete the recertification process as specified by
the certifying agency.

Traffic Officer Specialized Training
a.

Traffic Engineering for Police Officers

b.

Radar Instructor

Detective Bureau
1.

E.

Motorcycle Unit

Detectives should complete the following training topics:
a.

Interview & Interrogation

b.

Electronic CDR (complaint) System

c.

Search Warrant Preparation

d.

Specialized Investigation Courses
(1)

Narcotics

(2)

Juvenile

(3)

Arson Investigation

Evidence Collection / Crime Scene Preservation & Processing
1.

Officers, if authorized, Detectives and Supervisors should receive training in the
proper method to operate department digital and video camera equipment before
using them. The training should describe the techniques used to document a
particular type of scene, the information to be collected at the scene, the
procedures to store the collected images as potential evidence.

2.

During Roll Call and other training officer should review the proper methods of
crime scene preservation.

3.

Officers should revieve training in the proper methods to collect basic evidence
from a crime scene that is not going to be processed by a trained Crime Scene
Detective.
27



ADMINISTRATION
TRAINING
VOL. I, CH. 18
4.

X.

XI.

5.

Officers, if authorized, should be trained in the proper methods of seizing
computer equipment and other data storage devices before collecting them as
evidence. If needed technical assistance may be obtained from the Prosecutor’s
Office Computer Crime Task Force.

6.

The training may include a review of applicable statutory and case law.

POLICE MATRON TRAINING
A.

Newly hired matrons will attend a Cell Block Management course to supervise detainees
as required by 10A:34-2.15. Retraining will be provided every three years.

B.

Matrons should attend and complete a CPR course.

C.

Matrons shall be issued current copies of the following department policies:
1.

Holding Cell Facilities

Vol. 7 Ch. 8

2.

Prisoner Restraint Chair

Vol. 7 Ch. 8-2

3.

Prisoner Transportation

Vol. 7 Ch. 9

4.

Strip Search

Vol. 7 Ch. 21

SCHOOL CROSSING GUARD CERTIFICATION
A.

Before a school crossing guard is assigned to work, all school crossing guards must attend
the mandated three-hour Basic Training Course provided by the Traffic Bureau Guard
Liaison or at a police academy.

B.

Passing an initial eye and hearing tests will be part of the annual employment process.
The tests will be conducted by the Board of Health.
1.

XII.

Detectives, Supervisors and Officers, if authorized, should receive specific
training in the proper method to document, preserve and collect evidence,
including fingerprints, DNA or blood splatters, from a crime scene before using
department evidence collection equipment. The training should include the proper
method of collecting, storing and transporting DNA evidence for analysis
submission.

If there is a question regarding a guard’s ability to perform the job function then
the guard may be required to have a physical and provide a medical note
indicating that they are physically able to perform the job function as specified by
the department.

ROLL CALL TRAINING
28

ADMINISTRATION
TRAINING
VOL. I, CH. 18
A.

Roll Call Training will be conducted during normal shift hours.

B.

The squad supervisor will explain all new policies and orders issued by the Chief of
Police, orders issued by supervisors within their chain of command and any other items
assigned to them by the Training Bureau.

C.

The squad supervisors may, if deemed it necessary, may request their supervisor or the
Division Commander to further explain policy, procedure and special orders.

D.

Lecture and conference training methods should be used whenever possible.

E.

During Roll Call Training, supervisors should utilize officers who have recently
completed academy in-service training to make a brief presentation.

F.

In support of the Arrest of Foreign Nationals SOP v7c1-4, officers should receive training
on the rights of foreign nationals as explained in the US State Department’s publication
Counsular Notification and Access as part of their Academy Training. This topic may
periodically be subject of a Roll Call Training when assigned by the Training Bureau
Supervisor. A copy of the publication is to be kept behind the Tour Commander’s Desk
and another copy in the Training Bureau. Any officer or supervisor may review the
publication when ever needed.

XIII. SPECIALIZED TRAINING
A.

Positions that require specialized training:
1.

2.

K-9 (Canine) Teams
a.

As per the K9 SOP (v5c9) and AG K-9 Training Guidelines, all K9
(Canine) Teams must successfully complete an approved K-9 program
before being placed in-service.

b.

K-9 Teams / K-9 Specialty Teams must complete In-service and
Evaluation as specified by the AG’s Office and the Bergen County
Prosecuotr’s Office with qualified instructors in order to ensure continued
effective performance.

c.

As per the Evidence (v7c11) & K9 SOPs, Controlled Dangerous
Substances may be used during K9 training with the approval of a
supervisor as designated by the Chief of Police.

Academy / Department Instructor

29



ADMINISTRATION
TRAINING
VOL. I, CH. 18

3.

4.

a.

As per the PTC requirements an instructor must have completed a Method
of Instruction Course before teaching at an academy’s Basic Police Officer
course.

b.

The Training Bureau Supervisor must complete a Method of Instruction
Course.

c.

An instructor may teach during an academy or agency in-service training if
they have attended an instructor course or have developed extensive
knowledge in the topic area being taught.

d.

It is preferred that In-service Instructors complete a Method of Instruction
Course.

Firearms Instructor, Armorer and Range Master
a.

Firearms instructors must meet the training requirements as specified in
the AG Firearms Guideline.

b.

Armorer should attend armorer courses for the weapons (handguns,
shotguns, rifles, sub-machineguns) commonly used by officers and the
various units within the department.

c.

The Range Master must meet the qualifications and training requirements
as specified in the AG Firearms Guideline.

d.

A Firearms Instructor should meet the requirements of a First Aider as
specified in the AG Firearms Guideline.

Crime Prevention
a.

5.

School Resource Officer
a.

6.

Crime Prevention Officers should complete a Crime Prevention Officer
Course (i.e. North Jersey Crime Prevention Association or equivelant)
before performing crime prevention surveys or functions.

Officers shall complete an approved School Resource Officer training
program before being assigned to a school as an SRO.

Field Training Officers
a.

Field Training Officers should receive training on the function and
responsibilities of an FTO.
30

ADMINISTRATION
TRAINING
VOL. I, CH. 18
7.

8.

Background Investigation Unit
a.

As per the Background Investigation SOP v1c8, investigators are to be
trained when they join the Background Investigation Unit. The BIU
Supervisor should provide the BIU investigators with training on recent
DOP and employment law decisions including current topices in Human
Resources.

b.

Background Investigators should receive training that provide knowledge
in personnel matters, especially equal employment opportunity.

Specialized Vehicle Operator
a.

Officers should only operate specialized vehicles after receiving training in
operating the particullar vehicle including but not limited to ESU vehicles,
motorcycles, bicycles and possessing any required license.

XIV. REMEDIAL TRAINING
A.

Remedial training is directed at solving a particular problem or improving the
performance of an employee in a particular area within a given time period and with
expected results and/or standards of improved performance.

B.

Criteria used to determine the need for remedial training would be gained from the
employee counseling sessions, evaluation reports or in the case of new recruits, from the
FTO/Supervisor’s Evaluations.

C.

Supervisors, when counseling employees in reference to sub-standard performance should
confer with the Training Officer about the possibility of including remedial training in the
area of poor performance only if training is required.

D.

The remedial training should be conducted within a three (3) week period.

E.

Remedial training assignments, just as all other training assignments, are a duty
assignment.

F.

The remedial training process within a specific training program (i.e. CPR) shall be
followed.

XVI. WRITTEN DIRECTIVE SYSTEM INSTRUCTION AND TRAINING
A.

Chief of Police Responsibilities:
1.

The Chief of Police will insure that all areas of this section are carried out and
proper recording and filing is maintained to provide accountability in meeting
compliance.
31



ADMINISTRATION
TRAINING
VOL. I, CH. 18
B.
Division Commander Responsibilities:
1.

C.

Division Commanders will be required to coordinate all areas of this section with
the Training Officer and all personnel under their command.

Accreditation / Policy Unit Responsibilities:
1.

The Accreditation / Policy Unit, as part of the Administrative Division Training
Bureau / Special Projects Unit will oversee and coordinate all instruction / training
as it pertains to the Borough of Fort Lee Police Department Written Directive
System. The Accreditation / Policy Unit will be responsible for the following
functions:
a.

Institute a proper filing system that will maintain records submitted
affecting all instruction/training of personnel within the Borough of Fort
Lee Police Department. This system shall include:
(1)

A master file of all instruction/training as it pertains to the Borough
of Fort Lee Police Department written directive system.

(2)

A separate file for each officer serving in the Borough of Fort Lee
Police Department.

(3)

A general file that will include information that may question a
specific policy.

b.

Schedule in-service training classes covering all Borough of Fort Lee
Police Department Policies and Procedures on a continuous basis. The
scheduling will insure that all mandatory training is accomplished within
the specified time frame and all other as needed.

c.

Will insure that an Instruction/Training Certification Form is completed
and filed for each policy and each officer.

d.

Will insure that all officers receive Policy and Procedure training and each
officer signs the appropriate Instruction/Training Certification Form for
filing.

e.

Will receive any questions, conflicts, or other problems with any particular
policy from Bureau or Unit Supervisors and bring the issue to the attention
of the Chief of Police. Any questions, conflicts, or other problems with
any particular policy will be handled through the Chain of Command.

f.

Will manually update the following Policy and Procedure volumes:
1.

Training Bureau
32

ADMINISTRATION
TRAINING
VOL. I, CH. 18
2.
g.

D.

E.

Tour Commander’s Desk

Will disseminate updated Policy and Procedures to the following:
1.

Office of the Chief of Police (original)

2.

Administrative Division Commander’s Office

3.

Operations Division Commander’s Office

4.

Lieutenant’s / Shift Supervisor’s Office

5.

Internal Affairs Unit

6.

Detective Division Commander's Office

7.

Traffic Bureau

h.

Provide the Computer Unit with a computer file copy of the new or
updated Policy and Procedure.

i.

Provide the Chief of Police with an annual report on all Written Directive
System Instruction/Training for each specific year.

Supervisor Responsibilities:
1.

Supervisors are accountable for providing proper guidance and instruction to all
personnel under their direct command pertaining to the Borough of Fort Lee
Police Department’s Written Directive System. Each supervisor will also be
accountable for requiring all subordinates to meet full compliance to the Borough
of Fort Lee Police Department’s Rules, Regulations, Policies and Procedures.

2.

The supervisors should seek the assistance of their supervisor or the Training
Bureau when they are unable to justify or clarify any particular rule or policy to
one of their subordinates.

3.

As part of their normal responsibilities, Supervisor are to monitor officers for
compliance with and training needs regarding the Written Directive System.

Officer Responsibilities:
1.

All officers of the Borough of Fort Lee Police Department are required to make
themselves fully aware of the department’s Operations Manuals and will indicate
their understanding of the contents by signing the required forms. Any question or
concern an officer may have pertaining to any specific rule or policy will be
directed to their immediate supervisor for further clarification.
33



ADMINISTRATION
TRAINING
VOL. I, CH. 18

F.

G.

2.

Each officer will be required to meet full compliance to all department Rules,
Policies, Special Orders, Personnel Orders and Operations Orders.

3.

Each officer shall obey the orders and directions of their immediate supervisor
and attempt to resolve any problems or differences at that level of the chain of
command. If any officer feels their immediate supervisor is not providing them
with proper orders or direction, or if the supervisor fails to comply with
department rules or policies, the officer should request of that supervisor to seek
assistance at the next level of the chain of command. This should be done in
writing by the officer, with the supervisor indicating his/her awareness of the
officer's request. If the officer feels their concern or complaint is not being
addressed or corrected at each level of the chain of command, they may bring it to
the attention of the Chief of Police.

Computer Unit Responsibilities
1.

The Computer Unit is responsible for developing and maintaining the computer
system that allows officers to gain access to the current Policy and Procedures.

2.

If possible the computer system should be updated the day the new policy is
issued. This would assist officers during the roll call training process. The
computer system shall be updated within ten (10) days of the policy being issued
by the Chief of Police.

Accreditation Process
1.

The Accredidation Manager and the Assistant Accredidation Manager shall
receive training on the accredidation process within one year of being assigned.

2.

Officers assigned to the accreditation process should attend the annual NJ Public
Safety Advisory Council Accreditation Conference.

3.

Employees shall receive information regarding the goals, objective and benefits
from the Chief of Police, the Accredidation Manager, and the Assistant
Accredidation Manager regarding the accreditation process throughout the
process. Infrormation should be provided during the self-assesment phase and
prior to the on-site assesment. Information may be provided verbally, via email,
and written form.

34

ORGANIZATION
CIVILIAN ASSISTANT RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH. 10

DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT
VOLUME TITLE: ORGANIZATION
ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
06-06-2002

REVISION
DATE:

PAGE #:

SECTION:

# PAGES:
2

APPROVED

VOLUME
II
CHAPTER
10

REFERENCE:

V2C10

SUBJECT: CIVILIAN ASSISTANT ASSIGNMENT
& RESPONSIBILITIES

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

EVALUATION
DATE:

ALL

CHIEF THOMAS R. TESSARO
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

PURPOSE:
To establish a clear guide for civilian employees acting in the position as a Civilian Assistant to the
department.
POLICY:
The position of Civilian Assistant is designed to provide the Chief of Police, Division Commanders,
Divisions, Bureaus, Units or staff with personnel that can be utilized as specific needs occur.
The position of Civilian Assistant will include full-time, part-time employees, volunteers, and student
interns completing a portion of the schooling.
The procedures set forth in this policy should be followed in assigning civilian assistants to particular
tasks.
PROCEDURE:
I.

Approval

1

ORGANIZATION
CIVILIAN ASSISTANT RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH. 10

II.

III.

A.

The Chief of Police must authorize a person to become a Civilian Assistant to the
department.

B.

If the Civilian Assistant is being hired as a consultant or specialist the borough's hiring
process is to be followed.

Assignment
A.

The Civilian Assistant should be assigned to a specific supervisor.

B.

The Civilian Assistant should be advised by the supervisor of their responsibilities,
authority and limitations.

The general responsibilities are as follows:
A.

Provide technical or analytical assistance in the following areas:
1.

Emergency Management

2.

Vehicle Maintenance

3.

Property Inventory Tracking

4.

Budget Analysis and Tracking

5.

Traffic Accident Analysis

6.

Any area as authorized through the Chief's Office

B.

Will provide assistance with general activities as approved by the Chief of Police and
within the guidelines of their position.

C.

Provide specific assistance relating to a project.

D.

Conduct themselves in a professional manner at all times.

E.

Maintain confidentiality of all department business and records.

2

ADMINISTRATION
AWARDS AND RECOGNITION PROGRAMS
VOL. I, CH. 12
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
01-23-2002

VOLUME TITLE:
ADMINISTRATION

# PAGES:
13

ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

REFERENCE:

REVISION
DATE:

PAGE #:

SECTION:

APPROVED

VOLUME
I
CHAPTER
12

V#I C#12

SUBJECT: AWARDS AND RECOGNITION
PROGRAMS

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

EVALUATION
DATE:

ALL

CHIEF THOMAS R. TESSARO
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

PURPOSE:
To assure that members of the Fort Lee Police Department are fairly rewarded for actions above
and beyond the normal call of duty.
To recognize civilians and other Borough employees for meritorious acts.
POLICY:
The Merit Board will review any act of uncommon Police service performed by personnel of
the Fort Lee Police Department, based upon investigation of the merits of the particular act,
and recommend the category and type of award deemed justifiable.
The Police Department will recognize through awards, acts of Valor Service and achievement
accomplished by members of the Fort Lee Police Department.
The Merit Board will also review meritorious acts performed by civilians and other Borough
Employees, for possible recognition.
PROCEDURE:
I

AWARDS
A.

The Awards Program will consist of the following:
1

ADMINISTRATION
AWARDS AND RECOGNITION PROGRAMS
VOL. I, CH. 12
1.
Department Medal of Honor
2.

Distinguished Valor Award

3.

Commendation for Valor Award

5.

Meritorious Valor Award

6.

Unit Citation for Valor

7.

Distinguished Service Award

8.

Commendation for Service Award

9.

Meritorious Service Award

10.

Unit Citation for Service

11.

Life Saving Award

12.

Combat Award

13.

Wounded In Combat Award

14.

Injured In Combat Award

15.

Honorable Service Award

16.

Educational Achievement Award

17.

a.

Associate Degree

b.

Bachelor's Degree

c.

Emergency Medical Technician.

War Veteran Award
a.

Korean War

b.

Vietnam War

c.

Expeditionary Service

18.

Special Olympic Service (Issued by Special Olympics).

19.

Special Achievement Award

20.

Civilian Service Award
2

ADMINISTRATION
AWARDS AND RECOGNITION PROGRAMS
VOL. I, CH. 12
B.

Issuance of Awards
l.

II

An officer must be recommended for an award by anyone of the following people:
a.

A member of the police department who witnessed, or has knowledge of the
officer's performance.

b.

Any private citizen that witnessed the officer's performance.

c.

Officer involved

2.

Whenever an officer is recommended for an award, the Officer Award Recognition
Application must be completed and submitted to the Chief of Police. A summary
report with case number, should be submitted with the applications
(See attachment A)

3.

Upon receipt of the application, the Chief of Police will ask the Merit Board to review
the application and forward their recommendations to the Chief of Police for review.
The Chief of Police will have the final decision on all awards.

4.

All award applications that have been approved, and a medal issued, will become part
of the officer's personnel file.

AWARD COMMITTEE
C.

Merit Board
l.

The Merit Board will consist of eleven members, of which, four will be
alternates and have the same rights and authority of the other seven.
Six of the members will be selected by the Chief of Police, with approval of
the Executive Board of the P.B.A. local, the other five will be selected by the
P.B.A. local, with approval by the Chief of Police.
The term for Merit Board members will be for a two-year period, on a schedule
set up by the Board. Rank will not be a primary consideration.
Members will possess the following qualifications:
a.

All members will have a minimum of three years of active service.

b.
The Secretary will so note and notify the Chief of Police of all persons
attending meetings, and of time spent, for compensation of off duty time in
time due (at time and a half).
2.

The Chief of Police will select the Merit Board Presiding Officer.
3

ADMINISTRATION
AWARDS AND RECOGNITION PROGRAMS
VOL. I, CH. 12
a.
Presiding Officer will be responsible for the proper running of the
Board,

3.

III

b.

He will call all meetings,

c.

Act as liaison with other officials,

d.

Delegate the investigation of all nominations to the Merit Board

The Presiding Officer will select a Secretary.
a.

The Secretary will act in the Presiding Officer capacity when the
Presiding Officer is absent,

b.

He will also be responsible for handling all official correspondence,
including the receiving and processing of all nominations for awards,

c.

He will keep minutes of all meetings,

d.

He will serve at the discretion of the Presiding Officer,

e.

He will also forward a list of recommendations for awards to the
Bergen County Chiefs of Police Association Award Program whenever
advised to do so, by the convening Merit Board

4.

Award applications will be reviewed when a meeting is held by the committee
and submitted to the Chief of Police for final approval. After final approval
has been granted by the Chief of Police, a list will be posted containing the
names of those officers or civilians that have received a Department Award.

5.

All committee recommendations must be based upon documented facts that
can be substantiated.

CRITERIA FOR AWARD
D.

Award Criteria
l.

Department Medal of Honor
a.

The recipient shall receive a Medal and Citation bar (police). The
recipient will also receive a matching framed certificate.

b.

The department's Medal of Honor is the highest single Honor the
department can bestow. Hence it will be reserved for those
extraordinary acts of Heroism involving the greatest degree of danger,
at the greatest risk.

4

ADMINISTRATION
AWARDS AND RECOGNITION PROGRAMS
VOL. I, CH. 12
2.
Department Combat Award

3.

4.

5.

a.

The recipient shall receive a Citation Bar (police). The recipient will
also receive a matching certificate.

b.

A department's Combat Award may be awarded to any member for the
successful performance of an act of extraordinary heroism while
engaged in personal combat with an adversary at imminent personal
hazard of life in the performance of duty.

Wounded in Combat
a.

The recipient shall receive a Citation Bar and a certificate.

b.

A department's Wounded in Combat may be awarded for a wound
received in the line of duty, inflicted intentionally by an adversary,
resulting in severe puncture wounds, lacerations, fractures, or
concussion being suffered by the nominee.

Life Saving Medal
a.

The recipient shall be awarded a Citation Bar, and a certificate.

b.

The Life Saving Award may be awarded to any member of the force
whose prompt and alert action, through disregard of personal safety,
results in saving a life.

VALOR AWARD
a.

The recipient shall be awarded the Valor Award, Citation Bar and
certificate.

b.

Given in incidents where the officer knowingly put his life in jeopardy
to defend or save himself, to protect others or to make an arrest.

c.

The following will be considered when determining which of the Valor
Awards are to be given:
(1)

The amount of danger involved

(2)

The alternatives open to the officer

(3)

The complete circumstances of the incident

(4)

Did the officer knowingly put himself in jeopardy.

(5)

Did the circumstances warrant the action taken.

5

ADMINISTRATION
AWARDS AND RECOGNITION PROGRAMS
VOL. I, CH. 12
d.
Unit Citation for Valor will be given same consideration, with the
addition of :
(1)

e.

6.

7.

8.

The Merit Board will vote on the different types of Awards utilizing a
point system delineated in V,(C), (1).

SERVICE AWARD
a.

Service Awards will be recommended for exceptional police work,
which in essence, did not involve a degree of danger.

b.

Awards will be voted on utilizing the point system, which is delineated
in V,(C),(1).

LETTER OF APPRECIATION:
a.

Letter of Appreciation will be given when the Merit Board wishes to
recognize an officer’s actions, but cannot justify awarding a higher
degree of award.

b.

The accumulation of five letters will entitle the officer to a Meritorious
Service Award.

AWARDS ISSUED BY OTHER AGENCIES:
a.

Awards issued by other agencies to members of this Department in the
area of Valor or Service, may be worn in addition to those issued by the
Merit Board, with approval of the Chief of Police.
(1)

9.

When two or more officers who shared equally in contributing
to the incident, but did not meet criteria for individual awards.

Requests should be in writing and copy of request should be
sent to the Merit Board.

HONORABLE SERVICE AWARD
a.

The Honorable Service Award will be given for continued good Police
Service over a period of five, ten, fifteen, twenty, twenty-five and thirty
years.

b.

The Board will record each officer’s initial service date. It will be up to
the individual officer to properly make out a request form for an
Honorable Service award. He will submit this to the Board Secretary.

c.

The Board will make no effort to investigate the issuing of this award
unless the officer takes the initiative to request it.
6

ADMINISTRATION
AWARDS AND RECOGNITION PROGRAMS
VOL. I, CH. 12
d.
7.

9.

Special Achievement Award
a.

This Award will be given to an officer who has made an especially
valuable contribution to the running or improvement of the Police
Department.

b.

Nominations will come from the Chief of Police, Deputy Chief or a
Captain.

Military Service Citations
a.

b.
10.

11.

Merit Board will use the Point System in place for issuing this award.

A Citation Award and Bar will be awarded to any member of the
department that served honorably in the Armed Forces during :
(1)

Korean War,

(2)

The Vietnam Conflict,

(3)

Desert Storm and Bosnia (Expeditionary Service Award)

Officer will provide DD214 paperwork with request for these awards.

Educational Achievement Award
a.

The Educational Achievement Award will be issued to an officer who
has received an Associates degree in Police Science from an accredited
college.

b.

The Educational Award with Star will be given to an officer who has
received a Bachelors degree in a field directly relating to Police
Science.

Civilian Service Awards
a.

b.

Two types of Civilian Service Awards will be available.
(1)

The Police Appreciation Award, which may be given for: Valor,
Assistance or Service.

(2)

The Police Department Certificate of Appreciation, which will
be distinguished from award issued to regular members of the
Police Department.

At the discretion, of the Chief a department plaque may also be
awarded.
7

ADMINISTRATION
AWARDS AND RECOGNITION PROGRAMS
VOL. I, CH. 12
12.
EMERGENCY MEDICAL TECHNICIAN:
a.

13.

IV

Citation to be worn by Officers completing training and certifying as an
E.M.T.

RETIREMENT AWARD:
a.

Expresses appreciation for the many years spent in the field of public
service, devoting high quality of work, intensity of interest and spirit of
dedication.

b.

The Police Liaison along with the Fort Lee Police Department,
expresses in some small measure its deep appreciation by presenting a
retirement award.

c.

The Chief of Police will upon receiving a list of retirees, will verify it
and forward copies to the Police Liaison to the Borough Governing
body.

d.

The Chief of Police or his designee will order and have the retirement
shield available for presentation, at least one week prior to the
announced retirement date of the member of the department.

e.

The Police Chief or his designee will present the award on the retiree’s
last day of work.

f.

Retirement Award will be awarded to the recipient officer for;
(1)

Twenty-five or more years of credited service.

(2)

Accidental disability retirement- the injury must be job incurred
and had happened during the performance of Police duties.

(3)

Ordinary disability retirement- the officer must have fifteen
years or more of service.

MEDAL DISTINCTION
1.

Medal of Honor

Green with 12 Stars

2.

Distinguished Valor

Green with single Star

3.

Commendation for Valor

Green

4.

Meritorious Valor

Green / White / Green
8

ADMINISTRATION
AWARDS AND RECOGNITION PROGRAMS
VOL. I, CH. 12
5.
Unit Citation for Valor
6.

Distinguished Service

Blue with single Star

7.

Commendation for Service

Blue

8.

Meritorious Service

Blue / White / Blue

9.

Unit Citation for Service

Grey with 3 Blue Stripes (2 outside & 1 center)

10.

Life Saving

Red / White

11.

Combat Award

Red / White with 1 White Stripe on each side

12.

Wounded in Combat

Red with 4 White Stripes

13.

Injured in Combat

Red / White / Red

14.

Honorable Service

Yellow / Green/ White / Blue

15.

Educational Achievement
Associates Degree
Bachelors Degree

Green / White / Blue
Green / White / Blue with single Star

16.

V

Grey with 3 Green Stripes (2 outside & 1 center)

War Veterans
Korean War
Vietnam Conflict
Expeditionary Service

Blue / Yellow with Green & Black Stripes
Yellow / White with White and Blue Stripes
Blue / White with Red, White, Blue Stripes in
Center and Green, Red, Yellow and Black on
Each side.

17.

E.M.T.

Red / White with Gold Cadusis

18.

Special Olympic Service

Blue / Yellow with Torch

19.

Special Achievement

Green / White / Blue with Single Star

20.

Civilian Service

Green with Horizontal White Stripe

21

Retirement Award

Shield Award: A duplicate of shield carried by
the retiring officer on the day of retirement, with
the word RETIRED written across the face of the
shield.

MERIT BOARD MEETINGS
A.

Meetings will be convened punctually, on a date, time and place specified by
the Presiding Officer.
9

ADMINISTRATION
AWARDS AND RECOGNITION PROGRAMS
VOL. I, CH. 12
1.
To conduct any official business, at least five members must be in attendance.
2.

The meetings will be open to the Chief of Police, his designate, and the
Police Liaison.
a.

These officials may comment, but will have no direct vote in the
awards decision;
(1)

B.

The Merit Board will first review the summary report.
1.

C.

except in the special case of the Chief’s vote

If any member prior to the meeting requests that witnesses be called, the
secretary will make arrangements to have such voluntary witnesses present to
testify.

After review and discussion, the members of the Board will each vote as to the type of
award they feel should be issued.
1.

2.

If in the category of Valor or Service, the point system will be used.
a.

If five members are present, each will cast from one to five points for
the nomination, depending on how high a rating the member gives the
individual act, for a Valor Award.

b.

In the case of Service Awards, members will cast from one to three
Votes in favor of the nomination.

All five members votes will be added up, the a total will determine a degree of
award which will be recommended.
a.

If seven members are present, all seven will cast votes.

b.

In this case the single highest and single lowest vote total will be
eliminated and the other five totaled.

3.

After all tabulation is concluded, each member will have the opportunity to
comment, and before the final recommendation is made, may change their
vote.

4.

Based upon the number of points, a recommendation will be made as to the
award to be given, based on the rating sheet of awards.
a.

5.

If an even number are present, the Presiding Officer will cast a deciding
ballot, and may enter any discussion.

The recommendation will be forwarded to the Chief of Police by the Secretary,
for his approval.
10

ADMINISTRATION
AWARDS AND RECOGNITION PROGRAMS
VOL. I, CH. 12
6.
The Chief will review the recommendation.
a.

In the case of Valor Awards, he may at his discretion cast one extra
vote to the total number; thus it is possible for the Chief to elevate the
award, but only if the point total is within one, of a higher award.

D.

Achievement Awards will be decided by verification of achievement, by members of
the Board.

E.

At the end of each meeting, each member will be assigned several applications for
investigation. Discussion on each application will take place at the next meeting.

VI CONTESTED AWARDS:
A.

As soon as the Merit Board reaches a decision, it will notify the officer in private of
their recommendations.

B.

The officer may contest the recommendation within five days, by submitting his
intention and reasons in writing to the Merit Board Secretary.

C.

If the officer does contest the recommendation and submits his intention, the Secretary
will notify the Chief of Police.

D.

The Chief will then convene a meeting if the Board Presiding Officer and a
representation from the Board Grievance Committee (Chosen by Presiding Officer).
a.

They will review the Merit Boards decision, and makes its own
recommendation to the Chief of Police.

E.

The Chief will be the ultimate authority on the matter.

F.

The entire procedure will be completely documented by the Secretary of the Merit
Board.

VII

AWARDS CEREMONIES:
A.

Department Awards will be given at appropriate times, usually every three months.
a.

Under special circumstances, the award may be given at a special ceremony or
occasion.

B.

The decision on when the awards are to be given will be left up to the Board Presiding
Officer, the Chief of Police and the P.B.A. President.

C.

Posting of awards will be done as soon as the Chief of Police gives final approval.
a.

Posting will be the duty of the Secretary or the Presiding Officer.
11

ADMINISTRATION
AWARDS AND RECOGNITION PROGRAMS
VOL. I, CH. 12
VIII
A.

B.

CITATION BARS:
A Citation Bar may be worn on the Police Uniform to indicate that the wearer is a
recipient of an Award..
a.

A bronze oak leaf cluster will be affixed to the citation bar when three awards
of the same type have been received.

b.

When the fifth award of the same type is awarded, the bar will have a silver
oak leaf cluster attached.

Citation bar supply requested for inventory:
20

Meritorious Valor

20

Meritorious Service

5

Commendation for Valor

5

Commendation for Service

5

Medal of Honor

5

Distinguished service Medal for Valor

5

Distinguished Service Medal for Service

10

Educational Achievement

Associates Degree

10

Educational Achievement

Bachelors Degree

20

Honorable Service with 10 each of inserts for 5-10-15-20-25 & 5 for 30 years

5

Special Achievement

5

Wounded in Combat

10

Bronze Clusters

10

Silver Clusters

20

Unit Citation for Valor

20

Unit Citation for Service

20

Emergency Medical Technician

5

Korean War
12

ADMINISTRATION
AWARDS AND RECOGNITION PROGRAMS
VOL. I, CH. 12
5

Vietnam conflict

10

Expeditionary Service

Special Olympic is issued by the Special Olympics.

13

ORGANIZATION
CHIEF OF POLICE RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH. 2
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
05-08-2002

VOLUME TITLE: ORGANIZATION

# PAGES:
4

ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

REFERENCE:

REVISION
DATE:

PAGE #:

SECTION:

APPROVED

VOLUME
II
CHAPTER
2

SUBJECT: CHIEF OF POLICE
RESPONSIBILITIES

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

EVALUATION
DATE:

ALL

CHIEF THOMAS R. TESSARO
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

I.

CHIEF OF POLICE, AUTHORITY AND RESPONSIBILITY
The Chief of Police is the executive head of the police department responsible for the general
direction, control and administration of the police department, as authorized and provided for by
statute, ordinance and the department's Rules and Regulations. The Chief of Police, as head of
the department, shall be the final department authority in all matters of policy, procedure,
operations, discipline and shall:
A.

Be the chief executive officer of the police force.

B.

Administer and enforce Rules and Regulations for the control, disposition and discipline
of the department and of its officers and employees.

C.

Administer procedures consistent with state law, for the hearing and determination of
charges of violation of department Rules and Regulations by any member of the police
force.

D.

Have and exercise all of the functions, powers and duties delegated to him by the
governing body.

-1 -

ORGANIZATION
CHIEF OF POLICE RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH. 2
E.
Prescribe the internal organization of the department and the duties of his subordinates
and assistants.
F.

Administer the work of the department through the divisions established and such other
units of administration, as he may find necessary or desirable.

G.

Assign functions, responsibilities and duties to members and employees of the
department.

H.

Delegate responsibilities as he may deem necessary for the efficient administration of the
department to be exercised under his direction and supervision of division heads.
I.

II.

Report at least annually to the Mayor and Council, in such form as shall be
approved by the governing body, on the work of the department during the
preceding year.

PLANNING RESPONSIBILITY
A.

Long Range
1.

Capital Improvements
a. Communications
b. Headquarters
c. Equipment
d. Training
e. Personnel

2.

Methods of Operation
a. Special Events
b. New Growth
c. Special Units
d. Special Projects
e. Rules and regulations, Policies, Procedures, Department Memoranda, Special
Orders, operations orders and personnel orders.

-2 -

ORGANIZATION
CHIEF OF POLICE RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH. 2
B.
Short Range

III.

VI.

1.

Day to Day Operations

2.

Division Head Assignments and Responsibilities

3.

Staff Meetings

RESEARCH RESPONSIBILITIES
A.

Evaluate and update on a continuous basis ongoing operations and programs.

B.

Implement new methods for operations and new programs to meet the goals and
objectives of the department.

C.

Avail himself of information for all areas possible to provide the knowledge and facts to
prepare manuals and procedures for operations.

MANAGEMENT
A.

Found Property and Evidence
1.

VII.

Oversee the proper handling of all property coming into control of the Borough of
Fort Lee Police Department.

B.

Prepare and submit the overall police department budget to the Borough of Fort Lee
Mayor and Council at the proper designated time.

C.

Control and supervise expenditures in accordance with the Borough of Fort Lee budget
system.

D.

Coordinate annually, an independent audit with the Borough of Fort Lee auditor.

RESPONSIBILITY TO THE BOROUGH OF FORT LEE MAYOR AND COUNCIL
A.

Be responsible for the required department reports to be submitted to the Borough of Fort
Lee Mayor and Council at the proper designated time and dates.

B.

Be available to the Borough of Fort Lee Mayor and Council, conference and regular
meetings, to assist with any input deemed necessary by the Borough of Fort Lee Mayor
and Council. Assign personnel to assist when Chief of Police is not available.

VIII. EXTERNAL AFFAIRS
A.

Join and attend required meetings of the various Chiefs of Police Associations.

-3 -

ORGANIZATION
CHIEF OF POLICE RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH. 2
B.
Represent the police department in all required public functions and police related
functions on the federal, state and county level.
C.

IX.

X.

CLERICAL STAFF RESPONSIBILITIES
A.

Supervise and direct civilian secretaries and clerk-typists.

B.

Maintain proper schedules for work assignments.

PERSONNEL FILES AND RECORDS
A.

XI.

Maintain and update complete accurate records on all personnel relating to their
attendance, performance, status, etc.

RULES, REGULATIONS, POLICIES, PROCEDURES AND SPECIAL ORDERS
A.

XII.

Take an active part in organizations to assist in promoting good, professional law
enforcement and gaining knowledge and aid for the Borough of Fort Lee Police
Department.

The Chief of Police is responsible for development, reviewing, purging and updating the
rules, regulations, policies, procedures and special orders on a continuous basis.

EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT
A.

The Chief of Police will, as part of the duties of the Office of Chief of Police, assign
personnel to be liaison to the O.E.M. Coordinator for the Borough of Fort Lee.

B.

The O.E.M. Coordinator is responsible for the development and implementation of the
O.E.M. Plan.

C.

The Municipal Emergency Management Coordinator shall be responsible for the
planning, activating, coordinating and the conduct of Emergency Management
Operations within Borough of Fort Lee.

D.

The Municipal Emergency Management Coordinator shall be a member and serve as
Chairman of the local Emergency Management Council.

E.

The O.E.M. Coordinator shall appoint one, and may appoint more than one, Deputy
Municipal Emergency Management Coordinator(s) with the approval of the Mayor.
Wherever possible, such Deputy(s) shall be appointed from among the salaried officers or
employees of the municipality.

-4 -

ORGANIZATION
INVESTIGATIVE DIVISION
COMMANDER RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH. 3
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
10-29-2002

VOLUME TITLE: ORGANIZATION

# PAGES:
3

ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

REFERENCE:

REVISION
DATE:

PAGE #:

SECTION:

APPROVED

VOLUME
II
CHAPTER
3

V#C#

SUBJECT: DETECTIVE DIVISION
COMMANDER RESPONSIBILITIES

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

EVALUATION
DATE:

ALL

CHIEF THOMAS R. TESSARO
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

PURPOSE:
To outline the responsibilities of any administrative officer assigned to the Detective Division as
Commander of that division.
POLICY:
There shall be a branch of the police department known as the Detective Division. The Chief of Police
will designate a commander in charge of the Detective Division. The Detective Division Commander
shall be under the direct control of the Operations Commander.
PROCEDURE:
Detective Division Commander's Responsibilities.
I.

Subject to the direction of The Chief of Police, the Division Commander has direct control over
all members and employees within this command, and is to be held accountable for the
management and good order in all matters pertaining to daily operations of the Detective
Division, he/she shall:

-1 -

ORGANIZATION
INVESTIGATIVE DIVISION
COMMANDER RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH. 3
A.
Keep abreast of all operations of this division, and report to the Operations Commander
any information of urgency or matters of unusual occurrence.

II.

B.

Support and carry out the orders of the Operations Commander in all areas of
performance. If for any reason they are required to take action to the contrary, a written
explanation will be submitted immediately to the Operations Commander.

C.

Be responsible for the organization and assignment of duties within this division to assure
proper performance of department functions and those of this command.

D.

Coordinate manpower needs and, deploy personnel in the most effective interest of this
division, the department and the Borough of Fort Lee.

The Division Commander shall coordinate all major investigative functions with proper
agencies, (Bergen County Prosecutor's Office, Sheriff's Department, New Jersey State Police,
FBI, DEA, and other departments and out of state agencies etc.)
A.

III.

IV.

V.

Shall attempt to meet with the prosecutor and judges of the courts at least every six
months for coordination purposes.

The Division Commander shall maintain a complete and thorough knowledge of local
ordinances, state and federal law.
A.

Shall be charged with the proper and efficient enforcement of all laws and ordinances
within this area of responsibility and shall have direct managerial responsibility for the
personnel and equipment assigned to this division.

B.

Shall insure that all operations performed by members within this division have been
properly conducted with thorough and complete reports submitted for proper recording,
filing or further action.

The Division Commander will have a thorough and complete knowledge of the Department
Rules and Regulations. Policies and Procedures, Special Orders and other divisional information
from a higher authority.
A.

Shall insure that the personnel under this command adhere to department rules and
regulations, policies and procedures.

B.

In dealings with the public and members of the department, he/she shall set an
appropriate example and comply with all regulations in his/her daily performance.

The Division Commander shall communicate and coordinate all activities with other units of the
department as may be received from time to time, and insure the smooth and efficient operation
of the department. Shall also be responsible for the initiation of proper action in cases not
regularly assigned to this division when delay to inform the proper unit might result in the failure
to perform a records function.
-2 -

ORGANIZATION
INVESTIGATIVE DIVISION
COMMANDER RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH. 3

VI.

The Division Commander will have a thorough and complete knowledge of divisional equipment
and its operation, and shall also assure that the equipment, supplies and material assigned to this
division are correctly used and maintained.

VII.

The Division Commander shall monitor and review the attendance of all personnel under this
command, and shall report to the Operations Commander any abuse of sick time or any
occurrence of prolonged illness.

VIII. The Division Commander shall be responsible for proper adherence to department Policies and
Procedures for the appropriate handling of records and equipment.
IX.

The Division Commander will be responsible for overseeing the investigation of and that proper
written reports are prepared for all complaints against any member of the division when so
designated by the Operations Commander. All statements and written investigative information
sustaining facts pertaining to the complaint are to be compiled and forwarded to the Operations
Commander.

X.

The Division Commander shall be responsible for being available at all times to aid and assist
personnel under this command as may be required.
A.

Shall aid and assist Detective Division Supervisors in their supervisory responsibilities.

B.

Shall be responsible for the development and maintenance of esprit de corps and loyalty
to the department.

XI.

The Division Commander will provide guidance and coordinate bi-annual evaluations for
personnel in this division. Shall also evaluate the performance and effectiveness of the section
supervisors under his/her control.

XII.

The Division Commander shall be responsible for the preparation of required correspondence,
reports and maintenance of records related to the activities of this command.

XIII. The Division Commander shall be responsible to insure that information is communicated up and
down the chain of command as required.
XIV. The Division Commander shall be required to submit to the Operations Commander a yearly
budgetary request for the Detective Division.
XV.

The Division Commander shall be responsible for the coordination and approval of vacation
time, personal days and other leaves to insure that there is sufficient personnel to efficiently and
effectively perform the police functions that are his/her responsibility.

-3 -

ORGANIZATION
COMMUNICATIONS CENTER
VOL. II, CH. 11
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT
VOLUME TITLE: ORGANIZATION

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
04-28-2009
# PAGES:
21

REVISION
DATE:
05-18-2009

PAGE #:

SECTION:

APPROVED

18,
5

D,5
4,f

05-18-2009

VOLUME
II
CHAPTER
11

REFERENCE:
ACCREDITATION
V#C#
STANDARD(S):81.2.1-3.2
SUBJECT: COMMUNICATIONS CENTER

DISTRIBUTION
ALL
EVALUATION
DATE:

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

CHIEF THOMAS O. RIPOLI
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions
Replacement of old policy

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

PURPOSE:
The basic function of the communications system is to satisfy the immediate information
needs of the law enforcement agency in the course of its normal daily activities and
during emergencies. With the ever-increasing complexity of the communications
function, it has become necessary to establish specific guidelines and procedures to assist
desk personnel in the performance of their duties.
POLICY:
It is the policy of this Department that all members adhere to the following guidelines
and procedures.
I.

PROCEDURES
A.

ORGANIZATION
Departmental communications functions include radio, telephone, Teletype,
automated data communications, and alarm monitoring.

1

ORGANIZATION
COMMUNICATIONS CENTER
VOL. II, CH. 11
1.
Communications personnel, (9-1-1 Operators), fall under the command of
the Administrative Division Commanding Officer (CO).
2.

Communications personnel will receive specific and specialized training
prior to assignment to the communications function.
a. Any and all personnel being considered for the position of
Communications Operator must meet the following eligibility
requirements.
b. All training will be received after the Borough of Fort Lee Council has
duly appointed the individual. The individual will serve a period of
training as required by NJDOP and familiarization with a qualified and
established operator. Once the trainee has met the requirements, he /
she will be assigned a shift.
1)

All Communications Operators must be certified in the
following;
a)

Cardio Pulmonary Resuscitation

( CPR )

b)

Emergency Medical Dispatch ( EMD )

c)

APCO Basic Telecommunicator Class

2)

Have a good working knowledge of all the procedures,
rules and regulations and equipment pertaining to the
Communications Center Operations.

3)

All personnel will familiarize themselves with all agencies
served by, or connected with the Communications Center,
which will include, but not be limited to
a)

Fire, to include East Bergen Mutual Aid Fire
Departments

b)

Police

c)

Medical

d)

Hospitals

e)

Public Works

f)

Emergency Management

2

ORGANIZATION
COMMUNICATIONS CENTER
VOL. II, CH. 11
3.
Suggestions, procedural problems, policy failures, equipment breakdowns,
or any other related communications information shall be relayed to the
Communications Supervisor.
4.

B.

The Communications Supervisor is assigned responsibility for the
communications function and will, serve as the primary focal point for
matters associated with this function.

AUTHORITY AND RESPONSIBILITIES
1.

The term Telecommunicator will be the term used for a telecommunicator
(non-sworn) or Desk Officer (sworn) operating communications
equipment. The communications operator must know the capabilities and
limitations of the communications system that he/she is authorized to
operate. He/she must be familiar with the organization of the Department
so as to be able to route communication traffic properly, and be
knowledgeable of the equipment and resources available to this
Department. He/she must be familiar with the applicable rules and
regulations of the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) and is
required to conduct all operations in accordance with those requirements.
The communications operator has the authority to dispatch cars to calls
and control cars in and out of service. The shift supervisor will direct
certain police emergencies, which will be defined in this policy.

2.

It is the responsibility of the Municipal agency holding the radio license to
assure that the system is operated in accordance with FCC rules and
regulations. No operators’ license is required for most dispatching duties.

3.

An operator, whether licensed or not, has the right to protect themselves
concerning their communications activities. In so doing, he/she has the
duty to advise his/her supervisor of any message he/she has been
requested to dispatch or of any act he/she has been requested to perform,
which in his considered opinion, may reasonably cause a violation of the
rules and regulations of the FCC.
a.

C.

If, in such an instance as that noted above, the operator is again
requested to perform the reported act by his/her supervisor, then
the operator should immediately do so, and should enter his/her
pertinent and relative comment on a memorandum/e-mail,
to be forward through the chain of command.

OPERATIONS
1.

24-hour Emergency Access
Telephone access for emergency calls for service is provided for the Fort
Lee Police Department by the Communications Center, which is staffed

3

ORGANIZATION
COMMUNICATIONS CENTER
VOL. II, CH. 11
by dispatch personnel 24 hours daily. The Communications Center has the
Enhanced 9-1-1 System and the service is provided throughout the entire
county on a 24 hours basis. In addition to the Enhanced 9-1-1 system, the
Communications Center provides a number that is available for use on a
24-hour basis (201-592-3700).
Three TTD (Text Telephone Devices) instruments, for communication
with hearing impaired persons, are maintained in the Communications
Center. The telecommunicator, upon receiving a call, which sounds
as if it could be from another TTD, is to utilize this instrument. The TTD
is to be used for police related purposes only.
A Facsimile Terminal (FAX) machine is maintained at the Fort Lee Police
Department Communications Center (201-585-1036) and may be used to
electronically send and/or receive police documents to those criminal
justice agencies requiring or requesting such items. Additionally, the FAX
machine may be used for the purpose of electronically sending and/or
receiving documents, which assist in the conduct of department business.
The agency contracts with a language line vendor that has the ability to
provide immediate translator services if a caller does not speak the English
language. This ensures that the agency can provide emergency services to
a caller of any nationality.
Line load studies are to be conducted periodically to assess equipment
needs. The Administrative CO shall be responsible for these studies and
shall report to the Chief of Police.
2.

Emergency 9-1-1

The emergency number for Police, Fire, and EMS services for all of Fort
Lee is 9-1-1. This number is routed to a single location, the
Communications Center. This emergency number is published in
telephone books, on the side of police cruisers, and other conspicuous
places.
3.

24-hour Radio Communication
The radio system utilized by the Fort Lee Police Department is a 400 MHz
radio system. The Communications Center is staffed on a 24-hour basis
and maintains operation continuously with back-up equipment and
procedures available as described in this SOP. Telecommunicators while
on duty are to monitor all radio, telephone, and computer traffic
throughout their shift.
All sworn officers are equipped with a portable radio. Each radio is
programmed to a specific Identification Number identifying the officer
assigned to that radio.

4

ORGANIZATION
COMMUNICATIONS CENTER
VOL. II, CH. 11
All marked vehicles normally utilized for patrol operations are equipped
with a mobile radio and Laptop Computers. Each radio is programmed to
a specific Identification Number identifying the vehicle assigned to that
radio. All unmarked vehicles normally utilized by the Department are
equipped with a mobile radio. Each radio is programmed to a specific
Identification Number identifying the vehicle assigned to that radio
4.

Recording Information
The CAD system utilizes a specific format to be utilized by
communications personnel whenever a call is received via landline, letter,
in person, self-initiated by the officer, or reported to the officer in the
field. This format will consist of the following information:
a.

Event number (generated automatically by the CAD system);

b.

Date and time of request;

c.

Name and address of complainant and victim (if possible);

d.

Type of incident reported;

e.

Location of incident reported;

f.

Identity of primary and backup officers detailed/responding to call;

g.

Time of dispatch;

h.

Time of officer(s) arrival;

i.

Time of officer(s) return to service;

j.

Disposition or status of reported incident; and,

k.

Comments.

All calls for service are date and time stamped automatically by the CAD
system and cannot be altered.
5.

Radio Communications
a.

This section is to provide procedures for radio communications to
and from field officers/employees of the Fort Lee Police
Department. Radio identification systems in the Communications
Center system are based on unit numbers or officer identification

5

ORGANIZATION
COMMUNICATIONS CENTER
VOL. II, CH. 11
numbers. Operations are more efficient and officer safety is
enhanced when telecommunicators, supervisors, and officers know
the status of other officers, their locations, the nature of cases, and
the developments in their investigation.
Field officers and/or personnel will be responsible for maintaining
contact with the telecommunicator at all times while on duty,
keeping the telecommunicator informed of their status and
location, and are to carry their portable radio in an approved case
with them at all times when away from their assigned vehicle,
unless unusual circumstances exist.
Members of the Department are to use the radio system (mobile
radios, portable radios, and Laptops) only for the transmission of
police-related messages. All messages are to be transmitted in a
professional and concise manner. Members are to avoid showing
emotion (anger, frustration, etc.) over the air. Words or voice
inflection which reflect (or seem to reflect) laziness, irritation, lack
of concern, loss of temper, sarcasm, or can be construed as
editorializing or are derogatory in nature will not be tolerated and
will not be used. Officers shall also refrain from asking the
telecommunicator questions that have no bearing on the officer’s
ability to handle the call in a safe and effective manner. The onduty Tour Commander is responsible for resolving inappropriate
radio usage. Courtesy is more effectively reflected by tone of voice
and manner of presentation than by the content of the message.
When called by a telecommunicator or other unit, officers shall
promptly answer the radio. Officers will not acknowledge
messages as being received unless the message was completely
and clearly understood. If necessary, officers should ask that the
message or parts of the message be repeated or explained further.
Radio messages must be concise, and should be as brief as
possible. When it is necessary to transmit a lengthy message,
officers will "break" the message into smaller segments. This
procedure will allow the intended receiver time to complete any
necessary notes, and provide other officers and the
telecommunicator an opportunity to interject any emergency radio
traffic that may exist.
For purposes of clarity and brevity, a uniform set of radio signals
and the phonetic alphabet will be utilized. All officers shall
become familiar with the signals and alphabet used by the
Department, and will utilize them, when appropriate, while
transmitting radio messages.

6

ORGANIZATION
COMMUNICATIONS CENTER
VOL. II, CH. 11
When transmitting radio messages involving numbers or letters of
the alphabet, officers should repeat the numbers and letters twice.
The numbers should be broadcast two separate ways. For example,
numbers may be broadcast the first time individually as separate
integers, and then broadcast the second time either as a whole
number or broken into small sections. Letters should be broadcast
phonetically. When spelling names during a radio transmission the
phonetic alphabet should be utilized, unless the name is of a
common spelling.
If a telecommunicator transmits a message of a sensitive nature,
he/she will advise that all non-sworn personnel should be out of
hearing distance of the next transmission.
b.

The telecommunicator shall record all changes in the status of
officers/employees and their availability for dispatch. In addition,
the telecommunicator shall record pertinent information such as
the time of status change, the location of the officer, and the reason
for status change. Officers shall be responsible for keeping the
telecommunicator current and informed on their status changes.
The telecommunicator can then determine where and how long
each officer has been out on a call or unavailable for service.
All on-duty patrol officers shall notify the telecommunicator
whenever they leave their cruiser or will be out of service,
providing their location and the reason for doing so.
On-duty patrol officers shall notify dispatch whenever they leave
their assigned sector or are leaving the Borough. The
telecommunicator shall change the officer’s status in the CAD
computer to accurately reflect the officer’s location and
availability.

c.

Patrol officers, when on duty, shall identify themselves by their
shield or unit number. Officers should not normally refer to one
another on the radio system by name or by abbreviated unit
number. When calling the Communications Center, officers may
refer to the Communications Center as “com-cen”.
Calls should be dispatched by the appropriate sector assignment of
the officer being called, and waiting for the officer to respond with
his/her location. The exact location, nature of the call, and known
pertinent information should then be transmitted to the officer(s).
Officers must acknowledge receipt of a completed dispatch. In the

7

ORGANIZATION
COMMUNICATIONS OPERATOR RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH.11
event the dispatch is not understood, it is the officer's responsibility
to seek clarification.
Patrol officers, upon arrival at an incident or call for service, shall
advise the telecommunicator that they are on scene. In the event an
officer is done obtaining information and is able to clear the
location, he/she shall advise the telecommunicator of this fact.
Upon affecting a traffic stop, officers shall provide the
telecommunicator with:
1)

The location of the stop;

2)

The license number and state of the vehicle
being stopped;

3)

When appropriate, the reason for the stop.

4)

Vehicles displaying no visible registration shall be
described in detail.

When making contacts with suspicious persons, pedestrians, and
similar people, officers shall notify the telecommunicator of their
location, a brief description of the subject, and, when appropriate,
the reason for stopping the subject.
d.

Communications with interacting agencies will normally be
handled via telephone in the most efficient and mutually conducive
manner as possible. Any agency that interacts with this department
on the Fort Lee Police main channel will be subject to direction by
the Communications Center or Tour Commander. Normally, police
related interactions will not take place on the Fort Lee Police main
channel. Dispatch personnel will coordinate all interactions with
outside agencies when events or circumstances require police
actions with the outside agency in question.

e.

A single unit will generally be dispatched to handle routine calls
for service. However, the nature of some calls may require
additional units be dispatched for purposes of safety as well as
more effective handling of a situation. Any additional units
dispatched on a call are expected to clear the scene as soon as it
has been determined that their presence is no longer needed to deal
with the situation.
Two units will normally be dispatched on the following types of
calls: (NOTE: Additional units may be dispatched to a call when a

8

ORGANIZATION
COMMUNICATIONS OPERATOR RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH.11
supervisor, officer or telecommunicator has reason to believe they
may be needed to handle the situation.)
1)

Officers calling for help.

2)

Any crime in progress.

3)

Any crime having just occurred where there exists a need to
check the area for suspects. One unit should respond
directly to the scene while the other unit checks for
suspects.

4)

Calls involving weapons.

5)

Domestic Disputes.

6)

Neighbor Disputes with a known or suspected potential for
violence.

7)

Disturbances involving intoxicated or disorderly persons.

8)

Emotionally Disturbed Persons.

9)

Alarms.

10)

Open door and/or window calls.

11)

Upon request of the responding unit if, based upon his
judgment, the need exists for additional officers;

When any officer of this Department is involved in a pursuit,
emergency response, has activated his/her emergency button, or
indicated that he/she is in trouble or need of assistance, all other
officers shall clear the radio until the emergency situation has been
resolved, except for other emergency traffic or necessary radio
traffic pertaining to the emergency at hand.
The Communications Center is equipped with three distinct alert
tones that can be activated prior to any radio transmission. The
alert tones should be utilized in situations where the
telecommunicator needs immediate access to radio traffic or to
alert road officers to calls of a serious nature.
f.

Incidents of a serious nature often arise that require the presence of
a supervisor who possesses the authority necessary to deal with the

9

ORGANIZATION
COMMUNICATIONS OPERATOR RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH.11
problem. In order to assume command, a patrol supervisor will
respond to the scene of the following incidents, when possible:

g.

6.

1)

Homicide

2)

Suicide

3)

Natural disaster

4)

Rape

5)

Hostage or barricaded suspect

6)

Any crime in progress

7)

Any other incident as directed, dispatched, requested, or at
the discretion of the on-duty Tour Commander.

8)

Serious motor vehicle collisions

9)

Incidents resulting in arrests

In the event an officer requests emergency assistance the
Communications Center will immediately dispatch the supervisor
and backup officers to that location. A minimum of two additional
officers will be sent to the location. If an activated emergency
alarm is received by the Communications Center the
Telecommunicator/Desk Officer will attempt to raise the officer
via radio and determine the status of the officer. If the officer
cannot be located the supervisor will be notified and a search will
be undertaken to locate the officer. If the officer’s location is
known the same procedure will be followed as that of a request for
emergency assistance.

Department Access
Communications Center personnel have immediate access to at least the
following Police Department resources:
a.

Officer in charge (Communications Center personnel always have
immediate access to Tour Commander via radio, portable radio,
Laptop, cellular phone, and/or department telephone);

b.

Duty roster of all personnel (copies of the current department
schedule, personnel rosters, and the current shift assignment sheet

10

ORGANIZATION
COMMUNICATIONS OPERATOR RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH.11
are available in the desk area and the Communications Center for
use in the event there is a need to contact officers concerning court
appearances or other matters as authorized by the Chief of Police.
This information shall not be released to any outside agency or
person without prior approval of the individual employee or the
Chief of Police);
c.

Residential telephone number of every agency member (a
current department roster is available to Communications
personnel listing each officer’s address and home telephone
number, along with pagers if applicable);

d.

Visual maps detailing the agency's service area (the
Communications Center has maps of the Police Department’s
service area posted to assist the communications personnel in
dispatching police units. These maps are updated as necessary. In
addition, an updated street directory is also located in the
Communications Center.
The Fort Lee Communications Center utilizes a computer aided
dispatch system that integrates a complete geo-file system for
Fort Lee. The geo-file system is integrated with the enhanced 9-1-1
system to verify address validity and determination of the proper
police/fire/ems jurisdiction. Calls not received by the enhanced
9-1-1 system are verified through the geo-file’s integration with
the computer aided dispatch system);

e.

Officer status indicators (the Communications Center utilizes a
computer aided dispatch system that integrates an officer
assignment status monitor at each dispatch position. The
status monitor reflects officer status changes made by the
telecommunicator or made by the officer through Laptop status
update);

f.

Written procedures and telephone numbers for procuring
emergency and necessary external services to the agency
(emergency and necessary services external to the Fort Lee Police
Department may be required at certain times and circumstances.
The Communications Center has directories & listings for these
services readily available); and

g.

Tactical dispatching plans (the Communications Center will
maintain copies of The Telecommunicator’s Guide to
Medical Emergencies and Criteria Based Dispatch Guide-cards.
These guides outline various responsibilities and key priorities in
medical, disaster or serious emergency situations.

11

ORGANIZATION
COMMUNICATIONS OPERATOR RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH.11

In a Tactical Response situation, the Communications Center will
remain the communications coordination point. The on-scene
commander will coordinate with the commanding officer of the
Fort Lee ESU.
Standard radio procedures are to be utilized in emergency
situations, except that radio traffic on certain frequencies may be
restricted or moved to other frequencies as needed. The Tour
Commander may restrict the type of calls that will be responded to
by the Police Department in an emergency situation. An example
of this would be holding non-emergency calls for a period of time
while a tactical emergency or Town wide emergency (i.e.,
weather related) is handled. The Communications Center is
responsible to keep the Tour Commander aware of call load status.
The Tour Commander is responsible to decide when calls will be
held and when normal operations will resume.
The Chief of Police or in his absence a Division Commander may
initiate an emergency alert and recall of personnel. This would be
done to provide additional manpower resource for a major disaster,
civil disturbance or similar emergency situation. The Tour
Commander is responsible to inform the Communications Center
of the size and scope of the recall. When notified of a recall
situation, communications personnel will notify the
communications supervisor and recall additional communications
operators as appropriate).
7.

Calls for Information or Service
Communications personnel in responding to calls for information or
services will determine whether an emergency or non-emergency response
is required. Communications personnel will use information provided by
the caller and use the guidelines in this Policy and in Volume V, Chapter 4
Crime Alerts, to determine the response to be received by the caller. If the
communications personnel have any doubt about the seriousness of the
situation, information should be referred to the on-duty police supervisor
as soon as possible. Even in cases of "routine" or non-emergency calls,
information shall be forwarded to an on-duty police supervisor in an
expedient manner so the call is prioritized and is not left pending any
longer than necessary.
Communications personnel in responding to calls for information or
services will inform the caller of the agency's response, including direct
law enforcement service and/or referral to other agencies. The

12

ORGANIZATION
COMMUNICATIONS OPERATOR RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH.11
telecommunicators will advise the caller if an officer will be responding to
the call and if there will be a delay and will provide them with an
estimated time of arrival; however, the telecommunicator is not to commit
the officer to a specific arrival time. When a supervisor’s response is
required, the telecommunicator will advise the caller of any expected
delay. Referrals will normally be at the discretion and/or direction of an
officer, who should inform the caller of alternatives.
Communications personnel may utilize materials on hand to provide
immediate information concerning alternate sources of assistance.
8.

Playback Capabilities
The Fort Lee Police Department has the capability of immediate playback
of recorded telephone conversations while it maintains a continuous
recording of radio transmissions and emergency telephone conversations
within the Communications Center. The citizen requesting service or the
officer wanting assistance may not be able to repeat an emergency
conversation that was garbled or too quick for easy understanding.
Therefore, the Department has the capability to replay a conversation
while recording other calls and radio transmissions. These recordings are
an indispensable source for criminal investigations, internal investigations,
training, and audits of the agency's service delivery system.
a.

Retention
All radio and all published operational telephone lines into and out
of the Communications Center are recorded on a time-coded
Digital Recorder. The system is capable of replaying a
conversation maintaining continuous recordings of radio and
telephone communications within the Communications Center.
The system records approximately 30 days activity onto a digital
recorder, which is stored for 30 days before being reused, and uses
the FIFO (First in First Out Principle) for recording data onto the
Hard Drive. Communications Center personnel shall be familiar
with immediate playback procedures and may use them to clarify
information received during a radio or phone conversation.
Each Telecommunicator position is equipped with a digital
playback device for both radio and telephone conversations to
permit the telecommunicator to replay the last sixty (60) minutes
of conversations if necessary.

b.

Storage
The system records approximately 30 days activity onto a digital
recorder before being reused by the Communications Center.
These recordings can be accessed by the communications

13

ORGANIZATION
COMMUNICATIONS OPERATOR RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH.11
supervisor and administrative level officers for
investigative/informational purposes.
c.

9.

Review
Any police supervisor or officer acting in such capacity may
review the contents of an incident or request a copy if it is in
conjunction with the conduct of official business. Generally, such
requests are necessitated by citizen complaints, departmental
complaints, and as a result of a criminal investigation. Any other
Department personnel must receive approval of the Chief of Police
or a Division Commander to review a particular incident. Any
police supervisor or officer acting in such capacity may order an
incident to be copied to a CD and held for investigatory or
evidentiary purposes. In such cases the Communications Division
Commander is to be notified at the earliest opportunity.

NCIC/SCIC
The Fort Lee Police Department participates and has access to local,
county and state criminal justice information systems. The effectiveness of
investigative efforts depends heavily upon the quality of information
resources. The Fort Lee Police Department has the equipment to gain
access to information from nearby agencies, regional law enforcement
information networks, statewide information resources, and the National
Crime Information Center. The Department is equipped with an
NCIC/SCIC terminal and interface line giving the Department access to
SCIC/NCIC and criminal history files from the Bureau of Criminal
Identification. This terminal and interface will be utilized in accordance
provisions outlined in the NCIC manual. The Bureau of Criminal
Identification maintains centralized criminal history records. As these
records are created and substantiated by the submission of fingerprint
cards, this department will participate in the system. Officers are
encouraged to utilize the CCH when such use is appropriate for criminal
justice purposes. Such access will be in accordance with department
policy and procedures as well as operating procedures.

10.

Interjurisdictional Radio System
The purpose of SPEN (State Police Emergency Network) is to allow
communication with units of another jurisdiction when communication
with another agency is necessary. These systems are available throughout
the county and state, respectfully. The system within the Department is
designed allow station-to-station or station-to-car communication via
radio. Such communication is limited official police business.

14

ORGANIZATION
COMMUNICATIONS OPERATOR RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH.11
11.

Emergency Messages
Emergency notification, either from citizens or law enforcement agencies,
shall be handled as a call for service. Each call will be judged on its own
merit as to priority (response code). Death, illness and injury messages
will be handled as outlined in Volume IV, Chapter 14 Death Notification
Policy. Generally, non-emergency message delivery will not be made
unless other unusual circumstances exist. The telecommunicator receiving
such request, and not certain as to whether the request necessitates a
response, is to consult with the On-Duty Tour Commander. In the event of
a Death Notification, the Tour Commander may wish to personally deliver
such a message, or assign the call to an officer with instructions on the
delivery of the message. Such messages should be handled discreetly,
tactfully, bearing in mind the feelings of the person receiving the message.
A member of the clergy or a Victim-Witness Advocate may also be
utilized to respond to such calls if the situation warrants.

12.

Misdirected Emergency Calls
Routing of Misdirected Emergency Calls (non 9-1-1): Occasionally, the
Fort Lee Police Department receives non-emergency 9-1-1 phone calls
intended or under the jurisdiction of another law enforcement agency or
public service agency. In those cases of emergency assistance, the
communications operator will properly route the call. If unable to do so,
he/she will take all the information and will notify the agency via other
means (i.e.: landline, Radio, etc.). If the call is an emergency in nature the
caller should be kept on the while the employee immediately phones the
appropriate agency to provide the caller's name, address, call back number
and the specific nature and location of the call. The employee must make a
determination, based upon known facts, if keeping the caller on the line is
the most appropriate action.
Things to consider include:
Will this prevent or save the victim from harm, or aid in the capture of the
suspect (such as may be the case during a burglary progress); will the
employee be able to give instructions which may prevent or reduce further
injury, or aid in the capture of the suspect; the caller in a state of mind that
hanging up may cause the situation to further deteriorate; is the caller, by
staying on the phone, being prevented from administering first aid to the
victim or removing him from further danger. This list is not all-inclusive
and the employee, based upon the information at hand, must make the
determination whether to allow the caller to hang up or stay on the phone.
Nothing in this section shall preclude an employee from contacting the
appropriate agency when the employee believes this will be the most
efficient manner to handle the call.

15

ORGANIZATION
COMMUNICATIONS OPERATOR RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH.11
13.

Private Security Alarms
Homeowners installing private security alarms are required to register the
alarm and authorized key holders with the Borough. These alarms are kept
on file in the Fire Prevention/Bureau of Alarms office. Generally, calls
received from a private alarm monitoring company will be entered via
address into the CAD system and the necessary dispatch information will
automatically be entered onto the CAD dispatch screen. In the event that
the alarm is not registered or already in the database, the
telecommunicator should obtain all the necessary information from the
private security company operator. See Volume X, Chapter 7 Alarm
Response for specific procedures.

14.

Telephone/Mail Complaints
Unless unusual circumstances exist, all calls for service are to be handled
by the response of an officer to the scene, or the complainant coming to
the station. Under unusual circumstances, when a complainant, victim, etc.
cannot report an incident in person, the Tour Commander may grant
permission to take the complaint by phone and/or mail. All crimes and
criminal offenses must be handled in person by a sworn police officer. The
Tour Commander is to ensure that every effort has been made to have the
report made in person.
Complaints or information received by telephone should be relayed to an
officer. The officer may handle the complaint by telephone;
a.

When the caller is relaying information only;

b.

When the infraction is minor or civil on nature; and

c.

When the call should be directed to another city department or
government agency.

A sworn officer of the Department will answer all other calls in person.
Crime reports are not normally received by mail by the Department. If
they were to be, they would be assigned to an officer to personally make a
contact with the complainant.
The approval of the Tour Commander is necessary in order to delay a call,
assign to the next shift or assign to the next day.

16

ORGANIZATION
COMMUNICATIONS OPERATOR RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH.11
15.

Emergency Instructions via Telephone
All Communications Center personnel are Emergency Medical Dispatch EMD
certified in Emergency Medical Pre-Arrival first-aid instruction. Every
telecommunicator/call-taker is certified. In addition, each telecommunicator/calltaker receives CPR instruction from the Red Cross approved course of instruction
and is re-certified every two years. The Communications Center is equipped with
emergency medical dispatch guide cards for use in providing emergency first-aid
instruction over the radio or telephone. These guide cards must be used every time
Pre-Arrival instruction is given on a 9-1-1 call.

D.

FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT
1.

Security Measures:
a.

2.

Limiting Access:
1)

The communications center door will be closed at all times.

2)

Unauthorized police personnel shall not enter/be allowed
the communications center unless absolutely necessary
conduct Departmental business.

3)

Non-sworn personnel shall never be allowed in the
communications area unless:
a)

They are employed as communication operators;

b)

They are repair personnel;

c)

They are part of a guided tour;

d)

They are of a service nature.

into
to

Protecting Equipment: The following measures have been taken to protect all
communications equipment and the communications personnel:
a.

The communications center is equipped with bullet resistant glass to
protect the communications personnel from the public.

b.

In order to gain entry into the station beyond the lobby area, a Fob is
required to open the electronic security door, or the Tour Commander
may allow access via the release button located at the desk.

17

ORGANIZATION
COMMUNICATIONS OPERATOR RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH.11
3.

Back-up Resources
A back-up power source is automatically activated any time there is a power
failure to ensure continuous uninterrupted operation of the communications
equipment.

4.

5.

Security of Lines
a.

All transmission lines are located in a secure area of the Police
building and access is limited to authorized personnel.

b.

The antenna is located outside of the Police building.

c.

The main telephone trunk line room is located in the
communications center, which should be kept secured at all times. Access
into the phone system itself requires both an accepted password and ID
number.

Alternate Power Source
The Fort Lee Police Department maintains a back-up generator to assure electrical
power to the Police Building and for communications. This generator is tested on
a regular basis by the Department as recommended by the manufacturer. Weekly
tests will be conducted and a semiannual full load test will be conducted.

6.

Separation of Calls
The Communications Center provides all primary central dispatch services for the
Law Enforcement, Fire, and EMS agencies in Fort Lee via an Enhanced 9-1-1
System for emergency calls. The system is capable of handling a high volume of
calls and can be increased in number as the need dictates.
The Fort Lee Police Department maintains separate administrative and
informational telephone lines for calls to the Department that are administrative
and informational in nature.

E.

PERSONNEL ACTIONS
1.

Communications personnel shall not:
a.

Transmit any false or superfluous call;

b.

Interfere with any distress communication;

c.

Fail to respond to official communication from the FCC;

18

ORGANIZATION
COMMUNICATIONS OPERATOR RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH.11
d.

Fail to keep proper log/computer entries;

e.

Deny access to properly identified representatives of the FCC;

f.

Permit profane, indecent, biased or obscene language;

g.

Willfully permit damage to radio equipment;

h.

Allow the interception, use or publication of the content of a radio
message without permission of the proper authority.

2.

It is the responsibility of each operator reporting for duty to become
familiar with any activity called to his attention by the operator going off duty.

3.

It shall be the responsibility of each communications operator to maintain the
communication center in a clean manner. Any deficiencies shall be
reported via the chain of command.

4.

Communications operators are not permitted to leave the communications center
unless a relief operator/substitute call taker is available. Food and drink should
not be consumed while seated at the console.

5.

Procurement of necessary services external to the agency:
a.

Fire Equipment: Any request for the fire Department that comes into
the police communications center shall be entered into the CAD
(Computer Aided Dispatch) system for dispatch. The
communications operator shall then dispatch the Fire Department.
Simultaneously, a police unit will be dispatched.

b.

EMS: Any request for an ambulance shall be entered into the CAD
(Computer Aided Dispatch) system for dispatch. The
communications operator shall then dispatch the appropriate EMS unit
required. If needed, a police unit will be dispatched also.

c.

Paramedics: Any request for emergency medical services that
meet
the paramedic Dispatch Protocol shall necessitate the requesting of a
paramedic unit. The communications operator shall make such request by
notifying MICOM via landline. If there is some question as to the need
for such unit, the unit shall be dispatched.

d.

N.J. State Police: If the communications operator receives a request for
services on RT 95, the Telecommunicator shall immediately notify
the Newark Barracks of the N.J. State Police. However, if the request is
for emergency services (i.e., motor vehicle accident with injuries, etc.), a

19

ORGANIZATION
COMMUNICATIONS OPERATOR RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH.11
Fort Lee unit will also be dispatched pending the arrival of the State
Police.
e.

Wrecker Service: Wrecker services utilized by the Police Department
shall be dispatched in accordance with the "rotation wrecker on call sheet"
maintained at the communications center. The only exception to
utilizing the rotation wrecker who is on call is if the citizen requests a
specific wrecker and if the utilization of such a wrecker will not
adversely affect traffic flow or require unnecessary time of the officer. If
there is no response from the "on call" wrecker, the next wrecker on the
"on call sheet" will be contacted. Dispatch of heavy-duty wreckers shall be
done in the same manner as regular wreckers.

f.

Cab Service: The communications operator will dispatch (via landline)
the closest cab service when a citizen requests such service. If at all
possible, the decision as to which service to utilize will be left to the
citizen.

g.

Medi-vac Helicopter: (See sections E & F for specifics) If a
situation arises in which a person must be evacuated via helicopter to a
specialized medical facility, the communications operator shall contact the
N.J. State Police unit responsible for this service. The number can be
found in the information book at the communications center, or can be
obtained by calling any State Police barracks. Once the Medi-vac
Helicopter is put on stand-by, the Fire Department will be dispatched to
stand by at the Landing Zone.

h.

Environmental and Human Services: Any such services shall be
contacted via landline by the communications operator.

i.

Medical examiner: If an investigation results in a death, the Bergen
County Medical Examiners office shall be contacted (via Bergen County
Police Department) by the Tour Commander operator via landline. All
related information available shall be conveyed to the medical examiner or
the on-call investigator at that time.

j.

Emergency Management: Any request/need for the services of the
`Borough’s Office of Emergency Management shall be made through the
communications operator, who will contact the necessary personnel via
radio/landline/cellphone, depending on the time of day. Any further
emergency notification to any federal, state, county or municipal agency
shall be made by emergency management personnel who are equipped
with the mobile cellular telephone at the scene.

20

ORGANIZATION
COMMUNICATIONS OPERATOR RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH.11
k.

F.

State/County/ Municipal Road Departments: Any emergency road
condition shall be made to the proper maintenance agency via
landline. The only exception to utilization of the landline is that the
Borough’s Road Department may be contacted during normal
business hours via radio.

6.

Obtaining Additional Relevant Information: For each call for service, the
communications operator shall utilize the information provided by the CAD
system for guidance in obtaining the information needed for the call. This
becomes particularly important in certain categories of calls, such as crimes in
progress and emergency medical calls. The elicitation of such additional
information will enhance the safety of the officer(s) and assist in anticipating
conditions to be encountered at the scene.

7.

Stolen Vehicle Information: Police Officers completing stolen vehicle reports
during a specific tour of duty shall ensure that such information is forwarded to
the supervisor for attachment on the "hot sheet" clipboard for proper
dissemination at roll call to on-coming shifts. Communications operator shall
make the appropriate entries into the NCIC\SCIC systems and send a general
statewide information Teletype. Communications personnel who receive
information from other agencies (via landline, NCIC/SCIC hits, or Teletype)
regarding stolen vehicles that may be in the area shall notify the field units with
the pertinent information. Communications personnel shall also notify other
surrounding agencies of stolen vehicles that occur in Fort Lee (via landline,
Teletype and/or SPEN 1) if there is information as to the possible
destination/suspects involved.

RADIO FAILURE
1.

Repeater Down:
In the event that the main Repeater on Police 1 goes off, the tour commander
should have everyone switch to channel 2 until communications repair can
respond and remedy the problem.
a.

In the event of a radio console failure, in which no radio
communications are possible. All traffic will proceed thru the Laptop
system.

b.

If in the event that radio transmissions are not clear, or coverage is
becoming an issue, radio transmissions, will switch over to the
channel 2 on the console.

c.

Notify radio repair of the problem.

21

OPERATIONS
EQUIPMENT OFFICIAL CREDENTIALS
VOL. IV, CH. 16-1.1
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT
VOLUME TITLE: OPERATIONS
ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
12/29/99

REVISION
DATE:

PAGE #:

SECTION:

APPROVED

# PAGES:
3

VOLUME
IV
CHAPTER
16-1.1

REFERENCE:

V4C16-1.1

SUBJECT: EQUIPMENT: OFFICIAL
CREDENTIALS

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

EVALUATION
DATE:

ALL

CHIEF THOMAS R. TESSARO
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

PURPOSE:
To establish guidelines for the use and care of departmental issued identification.
POLICY:
The Fort Lee Police Department will:
1.

Issue a badge and hat badge to sworn officers identifying the bearer as a police officer;

2.

Issue identification cards (ID) to officers and civilian employees verifying the personal identity
of the bearers and their relationship to the Fort Lee Police Department;

3.

Badges and identification cards will be issued by the Administrative Division Commander, who
should maintain a record of assigned credentials, indicating date issued, person issued to, person
authorizing issue, and date replaced, if applicable. An inspection and inventory of the badges
and badges in inventory should be conducted by the Administrative Division Commander's
office, at least annually.

4.

Require employees, to whom such symbols of authority are issued, to make every reasonable
effort to ensure the security and safekeeping of badges and ID cards at all times; and

5.

Take disciplinary action against employees failing to safeguard their credentials.
1

OPERATIONS
EQUIPMENT OFFICIAL CREDENTIALS
VOL. IV, CH. 16-1.1
Police officers are to carry their badge and ID cards:
1.

At all times when in the state of New Jersey, except when it would jeopardize an operation and is
authorized by a supervisor.

2.

At all times when carrying a firearm, except when it would jeopardize an operation and is
authorized by a supervisor.

3.

At all times when out of state on an assigned detail including training.

Civilian employees are to carry their ID at all times.
Police officers may purchase duplicate badges as needed for additional uniforms and badge holders.
Employees are prohibited from photocopying department ID cards without written authorization from
the Chief of Police.
PROCEDURE
I

II

III

Officers
A.

Each officer that is issued a department badge and ID card should make every reasonable effort
at all times to prevent the theft or loss of such items.

B.

When acting in an official capacity, an officer should produce their badge and/or ID card for any
member of the public requesting to see the credentials as a means of identifying them as an
officer. Conforming to such a request is not required if the situation is such that conforming
would endanger the officer, another Fort Lee Police Department employee or the general public.

Civilian Employees
A.

Each civilian employee that is issued a department ID card should make every reasonable effort
at all times to prevent the theft or loss of such items.

B.

When acting in an official capacity, a civilian employee should produce their ID card for any
member of the public requesting to see the credentials as a means of identifying them as an
employee.

Identification cards
A.

Identification cards are to be issued to a police officer when:
1.

The officer is hired, promoted or retired.

2.

A new Chief of Police takes office.
2

OPERATIONS
EQUIPMENT OFFICIAL CREDENTIALS
VOL. IV, CH. 16-1.1
3.

IV

Anytime, as deemed necessary by the Chief of Police.

B.

Identification cards should contain enough personal information to ensure that the bearer is the
person to whom the ID card was issued.

C.

Identification cards shall bear of photograph of the employee.

D.

Expiration Dates
1.

Police ID cards should not have an expiration date.

2.

Full-time civilian employee ID cards should expire 5 years from the date of issue.

E.

Badges and ID cards that are issued to employees are property of the Police Department.

F.

Civilian employees will surrender their issued ID card to the police department upon terminating
their employment with the department.

Missing badge or ID card
A.

Immediately upon determining a badge or ID card is missing, the employee should report the
theft or loss to the immediate supervisor, if available, or to the Tour Commander if their
supervisor is not available.

B.

The employee should follow the verbal notification by completing a report detailing the
circumstances surrounding the missing items.

C.

The supervisor to whom the disappearance is reported should ensure the loss or theft is entered
immediately into NCIC if the badge / ID card have a unique identification characteristic
(engraved badge). The officer's badge number by itself is not unique.

D.

The commander of the unit to which the employee is assigned should take appropriate action to
verify the facts surrounding the loss and submit a written report through the chain of command,
to the Administrative Division Commander within five (5) working days from the date of
notification. The written report should include:

E.

1.

The supervisor's assessment of whether or not the loss was avoidable, and

2.

An assessment of the employee's negligence, if any.

The employee's Division Commander should determine whether or not the loss of the badge or
ID card was avoidable and will take appropriate disciplinary action if required. The employee
will receive notification of the finding and its factual justification.

3

COMMUNITY ASSISTANCE
CRISIS INTERVENTION TEAM
VOL. III, CH. 5
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
10-18-2002

VOLUME TITLE:
COMMUNITY ASSISTANCE

# PAGES:
8

ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

REFERENCE:

REVISION
DATE:
3/27/09

PAGE #:

SECTION:

APPROVED

4

IV, A, 8

05-12-2009

VOLUME
III
CHAPTER
5

V#C#

SUBJECT: CRISIS INTERVENTION TEAM D.V.

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

ALL
EVALUATION
DATE:

CHIEF THOMAS O. RIPOLI
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

I.

II.

Purpose
A.

The purpose of this policy is to provide the members of the Fort Lee Police Department and
members of the Southeast Regional Domestic Violence Crisis Response Team with guidelines
for determining when the assistance of the Southeast Regional Domestic Violence Crisis
Response Team will be utilized for responding to incidents of domestic violence.

B.

This policy is developed to conform with the Prevention of Domestic Violence Act, N.J.S.A.
2C:25-17 et seq.

Introduction
The Fort Lee Police Department acknowledges the significant impact which incidents of domestic
violence have on their victims. Domestic violence victims have special needs and issues, which cannot
be addressed simply through the enforcement of criminal statutes and the issuance of court imposed
restraining orders. Domestic violence victims experience personal tragedy, and as such, need access to
special treatment at the time of victimization.
By the establishment of a cooperative effort between the Cliffside Park, Edgewater, Fairview, Fort Lee
and Ridgefield Police Departments, Alternatives to Domestic Violence (ADV), Shelter Our Sisters
(SOS), the Bergen County Prosecutor’s Office and community volunteers, the Southeast Regional
-1-

COMMUNITY ASSISTANCE
CRISIS INTERVENTION TEAM
VOL. III, CH. 5
Domestic Violence Crisis Response Team has been developed. This team has been formed to provide
the domestic violence victim with the opportunity to be provided with information about services which
exist to help them through the experience of being a domestic violence victim.
Strict adherence to this policy will insure proper utilization of the Southeast Regional Domestic
Violence Crisis Response Team and the ultimate goal of providing quality services to the victims of
domestic violence.
III.

Definitions
A.

Southeast Regional Domestic Violence Crisis Response Team - Volunteer citizens who have
been accepted by the participating law enforcement agencies of the Southeast Regional Domestic
Violence Response Team Project and trained by the participating law enforcement agencies,
ADV and SOS, to respond to and provide immediate assistance to victims of domestic violence.

B.

Police Department CRT Project Coordinator- the sworn member of the Fort Lee Police
Department, who has been assigned by the Chief of Police, to coordinate all activities of the
Southeast Regional Domestic Violence Crisis Response Team. The duties of the Coordinator
will include, but will not be limited to: liaison between the Fort Lee Police Department, ADV
and SOS, oversee/assign all training provided to members of the Southeast Regional Domestic
Violence Crisis Response Team, oversee the schedule and maintenance of the on-call list of
volunteers to provide response services, maintain statistics on domestic violence incidents and
DVCRT activation, continuous evaluation of the program to identify areas of needed
improvement and areas which have proven to be beneficial to victims, and any other
responsibility which the Chief of Police, or designee, deems necessary for the proper and
efficient operation of the Southeast Regional Domestic Violence Crisis Response Team.

C.

Police Department Liaison - Each participating agency of the Southeast Regional Domestic
Violence Crisis Response Team shall appoint one sworn officer as a representative between the
participating law enforcement agency and the Southeast Regional Domestic Violence Crisis
Response Team. The duties of the Liaison will include, but will not be limited to: liaison
between their agency and the Police Department CRT Project Coordinator, SOS and ADV,
maintain statistics on domestic violence incidents and DVCRT activation, continuous evaluation
of the program to identify areas of needed improvement and areas which have proven to be
beneficial to victims, maintain the interview room and any supplies needed, and any other
responsibility which the Chief of Police, or designee, deems necessary for the proper and
efficient operation of the Southeast Regional Domestic Violence Crisis Response Team.

D.

Team Leader - Volunteer citizen member(s) of the Southeast Regional Domestic Violence
Crisis Response Team who are the liaisons between the team, the Police Department CRT
Project Coordinator, ADV and SOS, and who are responsible to maintain the on-call schedule,
hold monthly team meetings, and perform other duties as described in the team leader job
description.

-2-

COMMUNITY ASSISTANCE
CRISIS INTERVENTION TEAM
VOL. III, CH. 5
IV.

Procedures
A.

The standard operating procedure for patrol officers’ response to incidents of domestic violence
is enumerated in full detail by the Prevention of Domestic Violence Act of 1990, the Bergen
County Prosecutor’s Office policy and the Fort Lee Police Department’s policy. These
procedures, specifically those mandating instances when an arrest is required, shall be followed
in responding to all domestic violence incidents.
1.

The responding officer shall secure the scene to prevent further violence. The officer’s
first duty should be to stop the violence and provide for the safety of the victim.

2.

The responding officer shall determine whether an incident of domestic violence has
occurred.

3.

The responding officer shall take immediate steps to remove the alleged offender from
the scene and to assist the victim of domestic violence.

4.

Based upon a review of the facts involved in the incident, the responding officer will
notify a supervisor of the circumstances. According to the facts provided by the
investigating officer, a supervisor will determine if the Southeast Regional Domestic
Violence Crisis Response Team should be activated at this time.
a.

5.

If it is determined that the Team will be activated, a supervisor or designee shall
explain the function of the Southeast Regional Domestic Violence Crisis
Response Team and offer its services to the victim.

The following are the criteria that will be used to guide a supervisor in determining
whether or not to activate the team:
a.

The offender was arrested for committing one of the offenses delineated under
the Prevention of Domestic Violence Act of 1990; or

b.

The victim exhibits signs of injury which are attributed to an act of domestic
violence; or

c.

The victim requests to apply for a restraining order; or

d.

The alleged offender exhibits behavior that is believed would place the victim in
immediate fear for personal and/or family safety; or

e.

All incidents where shelter for the victim or shelter for the victim’s children is an
issue; or

f.

The domestic violence incident involves the welfare and care of minor children;
and/or
-3-

COMMUNITY ASSISTANCE
CRISIS INTERVENTION TEAM
VOL. III, CH. 5

6.

g.

The victim requests to speak with a member of the Southeast Regional Domestic
Violence Crisis Response Team; and

h.

The victim has agreed to go to police headquarters.

The Southeast Regional Domestic Violence Crisis Response Team will NOT be
activated in any of the following circumstances:
a.

Minor verbal disputes between parties where there is no threatening behavior, no
history or prior responses for domestic violence calls, and no criminal complaints
are issued; or

b.

Non-violent domestic disturbances resolved by individuals at the scene; or

c.

Neighborhood disputes that do not involve domestic violence, as defined in
N.J.S.A. 2C:25-19, et al.; or

d.

Child custody and/or visitation disputes; or

e.

When the victim has explicitly declined the offer to speak or meet with a member
of the Southeast Regional Domestic Violence Crisis Response Team; or

f.

When the victim is under the influence of intoxicating liquor or drugs.

7.

Fort Lee Police Department members will not utilize the members of the Southeast
Regional Domestic Violence Crisis Response Team for activities which are not directly
related to their duties.

8.

At the time when a supervisor makes the determination to notify the on-call member of
the Southeast Regional Domestic Violence Crisis Response Team, that supervisor will
inform the Fort Lee Police Department Tour Commander. The Tour Commander will
attempt to contact the on-call team member by dialing the primary call #
201-646-3532.
a.

In the event that the assigned on-call member does not return the page within ten
(10) minutes, the Tour Commander will utilize the pager again in an attempt to
contact the on-call member.

b.

In the event the assigned on-call member does not return the second page within
ten (10) minutes, the Tour Commander will attempt to contact any available
member by dialing the pager number and entering the department telephone
number followed by 911.

c.

The Tour Commander will follow the same procedure to contact a back-up
member as followed to contact the primary on-call member.
-4-

COMMUNITY ASSISTANCE
CRISIS INTERVENTION TEAM
VOL. III, CH. 5
d.

9.

In the event neither the primary nor the back-up on-call members return the pages
sent by the Tour Commander, the Tour Commander will then contact the Team
Leader of the Southeast Regional Domestic Violence Crisis Response Team and
request assistance in activating a team member.

Upon contact with the Southeast Regional Domestic Violence Crisis Response Team
member, the Tour Commander shall notify the member as to the need for their response,
and will advise the on-call team member of the names of the victim(s) and actor(s)
involved in the incident that prompted the activation of the team.
NOTE: In the event the team member and the victim know each other, the option to
request a different team member to respond to the call shall be available. An additional
team member may be requested at this time to help with any children if needed.

a.

The team member(s) will respond to the Fort Lee Police Department, and report to a
supervisor.

b.

Upon the team member’s arrival at the Police Department, the supervisor or the
investigating officer will confirm the team member’s identity by checking their issued
Southeast Regional Domestic Violence Crisis Response Team Identification cards.

c.

The team members will then be escorted to the designated CRT room where they will be
introduced to the domestic violence victim. The team member and the victim have been
provided with this secure and private environment to conduct their conversations.

10.

At the conclusion of the team member’s interaction with the victim, the team member will notify
the supervisor that they have concluded and return the victim to the police officer.

11.

It is deemed impermissible for Southeast Regional Domestic Violence Crisis Response Team
members to:
a.

Maintain detailed notes or reports of conversations with the victims except for statistical
reports which are required by the Fort Lee Police Department and/or ADV and SOS;
NOTE: Upon completion of the Domestic Violence Intervention Summary sheet and
Victim Confidentiality Statement, the team member shall fax both forms to SOS, or
ADV when appropriate, utilizing a separate cover sheet, and seal the two forms in an
envelope addressed to the Southeast Regional Domestic Violence Crisis Response Team
Leader and place it in the Team Leader’s mailbox.

b.

Disclose any information about the persons served through the Southeast Regional
DVCRT project and their families, including all communications with victims, to the
police, prosecutor or any unauthorized person, unless the victim consents to such
disclosure, or the team member is required by Southeast Regional DVCRT
confidentiality policy and procedure or by law to make such disclosure;
-5-

COMMUNITY ASSISTANCE
CRISIS INTERVENTION TEAM
VOL. III, CH. 5
c.

Meet with victims of domestic violence at any location other than the participating
Southeast Regional Police Departments;

d.

Divulge their home telephone number(s), Southeast Domestic Violence Crisis Response
Team Pager number(s) or home address to victims, develop a relationship with, or offer
themselves for additional assistance or services beyond the on-site duties of a Domestic
Violence Crisis Response Team volunteer, including, but not limited to, outings, visits,
correspondence, and telephone communications with clients and former clients;
NOTE: Members will utilize only their first name to victims and not disclose their last
name.

e.

12.

Promise a particular result to a victim such as: you will get a restraining order, you will
get welfare or we will stop the abuse.

Services to be provided by members of the Southeast Regional Domestic Violence Crisis
Response Team:
a.

Each team member will be prepared to provide the following services to each victim:
(1)

Advise the victim about available options.

(2)

Explain the applicable criminal justice and civil court procedures to the victim.

(3)

Explain to the victim the option of obtaining a restraining order and the remedies
available, when appropriate.

(4)

Arrange shelter for victim and minor children.

(5)

Provide referral to, or information about, the appropriate crisis services available
in Bergen County.

(6)

Arrange for language interpreter to assist the victim in communicating with the
police and/or the team member.
A team member shall immediately inform the Chief of Police or designee:

(7)

If contacted by an attorney or any individual who is not a member of the
Southeast Domestic Violence Crisis Response Team for information regarding
any case in which the member has responded.

(8)

If served with a subpoena to testify or produce documents in connection with any
case in which the team member has responded.

-6-

COMMUNITY ASSISTANCE
CRISIS INTERVENTION TEAM
VOL. III, CH. 5
(9)

13.

If the member is injured and/or there is any damage to Police Department
property while services are being performed for the Southeast Regional Domestic
Violence Crisis Response Team.

Confidentiality of Information
a.

It is the position of the Southeast Regional Domestic Violence Crisis Response Team, the
Fort Lee Police Department, The Bergen County Prosecutor’s Office, Alternatives to
Domestic Violence and Shelter Our Sisters, that the Victim Counselor Privilege found in
N.J.R.E. 517 applies to communications made by victims to the members of the
Southeast Regional Domestic Violence Crisis Response Team.

b.

It is the policy of the Southeast Regional Domestic Violence Crisis Response Team that
team members shall advise a victim of domestic violence that all statements made by the
victim to the team member will be treated as confidential by the team member and the
supervising social service agency (ADV), and that this information will not be disclosed
to the police or prosecutor or any other individual without the permission of the victim
except where there is an issue of child abuse or neglect.
The victim shall be given a confidentiality statement which details this policy and seeks a
waiver of that confidentiality in the following limited circumstances:
(1)

Where the victim communicates an intent to harm her/himself or others;

(2)

Where failure to disclose the information communicated presents a clear and
present danger to the health or safety of an individual.

C.

If the victim chooses to sign this form, she/he shall sign the form indicating that she/he
understands and accepts the policy. In addition, the team member will inform the victim
that unless one of the above exceptions applies, all communications will be held
confidential and, while it is the position of the Southeast DVCRT Project that the Victim
Counselor Privilege found in N.J.R.E 517 applies, the team member may be required to
disclose the content of those communications if ordered to do so by a court of law.

d.

If the victim chooses not to sign this form, the team member shall not proceed with an
intervention beyond the offering of resource materials. The team member should indicate
the refusal on the confidentiality form and in the intervention summary. At the
conclusion of the meeting, the officer in charge should be advised that further services
were not offered.

e.

A Southeast Regional Domestic Violence Crisis Response Team member who
improperly and without authority reveals any information received from a victim or
otherwise obtained in connection with the domestic violence call shall be dismissed from
the Southeast Regional Domestic Violence Crisis Response Team Program.
-7-

COMMUNITY ASSISTANCE
CRISIS INTERVENTION TEAM
VOL. III, CH. 5
14.

Dismissal of volunteers.
a.

Southeast Regional Domestic Violence Crisis Response Team members may be
dismissed from the Southeast Regional Domestic Violence Crisis Response Team by the
Police Department CRT Project Coordinator, the Director of ADV, the Executive
Director of SOS, the Bergen County Prosecutor, or his/her designee, for any reason,
including, but not limited to poor performance or attitude, lack of attendance at meetings,
or lack of commitment to the team.

-8-

INTERAGENCY PROCEDURES
CRITICAL INCIDENT STRESS MANAGEMENT
VOL, 5. CH,12.
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
11-1-2002

VOLUME TITLE: INTERAGENCY
PROCEDURES

# PAGES:
6

ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

REFERENCE:

REVISION
DATE:

9-10-08

PAGE #:

SECTION:

5

IV, A,1

APPROVED

VOLUME
V
CHAPTER
12

SUBJECT: CRITICAL INCIDENT STRESS
MANAGEMENT

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

EVALUATION
DATE:

ALL

CHIEF THOMAS R. TESSARO
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

PURPOSE:
To provide officers with procedures that should be followed, when an officer is involved in a critical
incident which could cause post-traumatic stress to the officer, or other emergency response personnel
involved.
DISCUSSION:
Responding to an accident or crime scene and finding dead, beaten, and dismembered bodies of what
once were walking talking people in perfectly good health is not a normal part of our growing up and
going to school before becoming a police officer. There are no courses to prepare an officer for that
except on-the-job exposure, and perhaps a trip or two to the morgue to witness autopsies. It becomes
more personal when you are actually on the scene trying to administer aid and comfort to those victims,
while you may show no signs of this bothering you, and you should not, these pent-up emotions
sometimes need to be released.
The best way to cope with these stressful situations is to remember that you are not superhuman and that
you have no control over the results of most of the things that you do. This also applies to those
tragedies you witness and later feel that there was something more that you could have done.

1

INTERAGENCY PROCEDURES
CRITICAL INCIDENT STRESS MANAGEMENT
VOL, 5. CH,12.
Officers who feel that they cannot cope with the stress of a recent situation, should seek to tell someone
about their feelings, a fellow officer, a supervisor, or a family member.
POLICY:
The procedure set forth in this policy should be followed by all officers and supervisors of this
department when there is a critical incident which has a high probability of causing post-traumatic
stress, or they recognize any symptoms, or are advised of any symptoms of an officer being effected by
post traumatic stress.
PROCEDURES:
I.

Identifying stress:
A.

Officers and supervisors should be aware of the signs of post-traumatic stress.
Some of the signs of stress include:
1.

Physical signs.
a.

Nausea.

b.

Upset stomach.

c.

Tremors (lips and hands).

d.

Feeling uncoordinated.

e.

Profuse sweating

f.

Chills.

g.

Diarrhea.

h.

Dizziness.

i.

Chest pain.

j.

Rapid heart beat.

k.

Rapid breathing.

l.

Increased blood pressure.

m.

Headaches.

n.

Muscle aches

2

INTERAGENCY PROCEDURES
CRITICAL INCIDENT STRESS MANAGEMENT
VOL, 5. CH,12.
o.
2.

3.

Sleep disturbance.

Cognitive signs.
a.

Slowed thinking.

b.

Difficulty making decisions.

c.

Difficulty in problem solving.

d.

Confusion.

e.

Disorientation.

f.

Difficulty calculating.

g.

Difficulty concentrating.

h.

Memory problems.

i.

Difficulty naming common objects.

j.

Seeing an event over and over.

k.

Distressing dreams.

l.

Poor attention span.

Emotional signs.
a.

Anxiety.

b.

Fear.

c.

Guilt.

d.

Grief.

e.

Depression.

f.

Sadness.

g.

Feeling lost.

h.

Feeling abandoned.

3

INTERAGENCY PROCEDURES
CRITICAL INCIDENT STRESS MANAGEMENT
VOL, 5. CH,12.

4.

B.

i.

Feeling isolated.

j.

Worry about others.

k.

Wanting to hide.

l.

Wanting to limit contact with others.

m.

Anger.

n.

Irritability.

o.

Feeling numb.

p.

Startled.

q.

Shocked.

Behavioral.
a.

Withdrawal from others.

b.

Erratic behavior.

c.

Acting out.

d.

Avoidance.

e.

Clinging behavior.

f.

Unusual behavior.

g.

Emotional outbursts.

h.

Pacing.

i.

Change in sexual function/desire.

j.

Any significant change in behavior.

When an officer notices some of the symptoms listed in section “A” above either in themselves,
a co-worker or other emergency response personnel, they should immediately notify that persons
supervisor of these conditions.

4

INTERAGENCY PROCEDURES
CRITICAL INCIDENT STRESS MANAGEMENT
VOL, 5. CH,12.
II.
Causes of traumatic stress:

IV.

A.

A police officer, firefighter, or EMS worker dies or is seriously injured in the line of duty; or

B.

A police officer is involved in any incident in which a fatality occurs either directly or indirectly
because of an officer's actions, including but not limited to a motor vehicle accident or officerinvolved shooting,

C.

A mass casualty incident;

D.

The sudden death of a child;

E.

Death of a victim after prolonged rescue efforts;

F.

Death of a victim resembling a loved one;

G.

An extreme high-risk event;

H.

A high visibility event which draws considerable media or public attention;

I.

Any other event occurs which produces significant and
unusual stressors.

Supervisors responsibilities:
A.

When officer(s) display symptoms of critical incident stress, either at the scene or later on, the
tour commander or other involved supervisor is to notify a CISD Team.
1.

The Tour Commander or other supervisor should call either CISM Team out of Valley
Hospital at 201-447-8502, MICOM at 1-973-595-7900, or the State of NJ Critical
Incident Stress Debriefing Team at 1800-581-7883 / pager
1800-800-9724.

B.

When an incident occurs which has a high probability of causing critical incident stress, the
supervisor should call a CISD team for a debriefing of all officers involved.

C.

When officers are involved in a shooting incident, whether they fired at someone or were fired
at, the supervisor should contact a CISD team for debriefing.

D.

The Chief may order all officers involved in a critical incident to attend a confidential CISD
session with a CISD team.

E.

If symptoms persist, the supervisor may want to recommend professional counseling. If such
counseling is deemed necessary, the supervisor should advise the administration of the
department through the chain of command.

5

INTERAGENCY PROCEDURES
CRITICAL INCIDENT STRESS MANAGEMENT
VOL, 5. CH,12.
F.
It is recommended in street survival training that there is a down time after an incident for a
period of 20 minutes.
1.

2.

G.
V.

All officers involved sit quietly in a room for 20 minutes.
a.

During this time they do nothing but sit quietly.

b.

After the 20 minutes, any officer that falls asleep should be allowed a power-nap
for 1 hour before being allowed to drive home.

Statistics have shown that if this procedure is followed after a long, drawn out incident, it
will help keep officers from being involved in collisions while driving home.

Document all actions and forward through the chain of command.

Administration responsibilities:
A.

When Critical Incidents occur, the administration of this department should assign a supervisor
to follow-up on the status of any officers that needed to be debriefed or counseled due to such an
incident.
1.

B.

Follow-up should include; post trauma counseling interview with the officer involved,
contact with a family member to check on any symptoms which may persist while the
officer is not at work, and follow-up with any professional counselor the officer was sent
to, just to verify that the officer has been attending sessions.

Review reports submitted by supervisor assigned to do the follow-up, and make any
recommendations deemed necessary for continued counseling.

6

AUTHORITY
DEATH NOTIFICATION
VOL. IV, CHAP. 14
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
5/2/2001

VOLUME TITLE: AUTHORITY

# PAGES:

REVISION
DATE:

PAGE #:

SECTION:

APPROVED

VOLUME
IV

CHAPTER
14

6
ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

REFERENCE:
V4C14x

SUBJECT: DEATH NOTIFICATION

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

ALL
EVALUATION
DATE:

CHIEF THOMAS R. TESSARO
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

PURPOSE:
To ensure that proper procedures are followed in the death notification to the next of kin.
POLICY:
One of the functions required of a police department is the handling of death notifications. This
responsibility is extremely sensitive and therefore, it is most important that the officer assigned to this
detail conduct himself in a compassionate, considerate and respectful manner. This policy will address
the three major areas of sudden death situations; notification of death, release of information and
property and the rendering of other assistance.
PROCEDURE:
I.

Notification of Death
A.

Whenever a decedent's next of kin lives in this municipality,.a member of the department
shall personally respond to the residence to make the notification of death.
1.

This notification could be for a death that occurred in another jurisdiction and a
request has been made for this department to notify a resident within our
jurisdiction.
-1 -

AUTHORITY
DEATH NOTIFICATION
VOL. IV, CHAP. 14
B.

Before an officer responds to make a death notification, arrangements should be made for
the uniform officer to be accompanied by a plain cloths detective, if a detective is on
duty.
1.

In all instances, an attempt should be made to contact a member of the clergy,
preferably one who is of the same denomination as the family, if clergyman can
not be contacted, attempts should be made to have a friend , relative or neighbor
present during or after the notification.

D.

If this department has information that the individual or individuals being notified may
need medical attention, the Communications Center should notify the Ambulance corps
of the notification so that they may stand-by at their headquarters.

E.

Information that shall be provided to the next of kin as follows:
1.

Place of Death.

2.

Circumstances of death.

3.

Who, in the department, they should contact for further information.
a.

4.

The exact location of the hospital where the decedent is located.
a.

5.

F.

Write the officer's name and department's phone number on a piece of
paper, or leave a business card.

Provide all the directions and street address in writing.

If the death occurred in another jurisdiction, the officer will also provide the
following information:
a.

Investigating department.

b.

Name of Investigating Officer.

c.

Directions to investigating department's headquarters.

It is important that an officer attempt to have someone present at the residence before he
leaves. Officers should avoid leaving the decedent's relatives alone.
1.

Attempt to have a relative, friend or neighbor respond to the location.

G.

At no time is a death notification to be made over the phone.

H.

Before a notification is made, proper identification should be made.

-2 -

AUTHORITY
DEATH NOTIFICATION
VOL. IV, CHAP. 14
1.
Example: If there was a death in a motor vehicle accident, when the officer speaks
to the decedent's relatives, he should advise them that a person who fits the
description of your son/daughter/husband, etc. may have suddenly died in a motor
vehicle accident. We would like you to make an identification.
I.

General Death Notification Guidelines
1.

Notifications of death should be made in person by a law enforcement officer
conducting the investigation.

2.

Where staffing levels permit, two officers should effectuate the notification, one
of whom should be in uniform.

3.

Notification should occur as soon as the deceased's identity has been established
and the next of kin located.

4.

An attempt should be made to ascertain pertinent medical information about the
surviving family members prior to their being notified, so that the officers will be
better able to react to potential medical emergencies.

5.

Upon arriving at the survivor's residence, the officers should introduce
themselves, present their credentials and request admission.

6.

If a child answers the door, the officers should request to speak to the child's
parents and ensure that notification is being made to the appropriate individual.
a.

If the next of kin is not at home, a neighbor can be notified that the Police
have important information for their neighbor, and they should leave
contact information with the neighbor to call the Police Department when
their neighbor arrives at home. They should not give the neighbor the
information about the deceased.

b.

If possible, information on where the next of kin might be should be
obtained, if practical (someone else’s home, workplace) officers should
respond to that location.

c.

Should the next of kin be at work, the officers should respond to that
location and ask to speak to a supervisor of the next of kin and explain that
they would like to speak to that person in private, and that they have
important information for them. The supervisor should not be given
information about the deceased.

7.

Survivors should be informed of the death, simply and directly.

8.

Upon the request of the survivors, the officer should provide as much information
as possible regarding the circumstances of the death, without jeopardizing a
criminal investigation.
-3 -

AUTHORITY
DEATH NOTIFICATION
VOL. IV, CHAP. 14
9.
The officers should ask the survivors if there is anyone they would like to have
called to provide assistance or comfort. The officers should not leave a survivor
who resides alone until someone designated by him arrives.

II.

10.

The survivors should be informed that it may be necessary for them to identify the
deceased. If identification is necessary, the officers should transport or arrange for
transportation of the survivors to and from the hospital or morgue.

11.

Survivors should be informed that state law may require an autopsy to establish
the exact cause of death.

12.

Survivors should be informed that other law enforcement officers may need to
question them at a future time. If it is imperative that the survivors be questioned
immediately after notification, questioning should be conducted compassionately.

13.

Prior to departing the residence, the officers should provide the survivors with
their names and telephone numbers.

14.

If surviving family members reside outside of the jurisdiction of the law
enforcement agency responsible for investigating the death, the investigating
officer should contact the appropriate law enforcement agency in the other
jurisdiction. That agency should be requested to make the "in person" notification
as described herein.

15.

If a victim is brought to a hospital, care should be taken to preserve and label the
package containing the victims clothing and personal effects.

16.

Where it is hospital policy to prepare the body for identification, investigating law
enforcement personnel should allow hospital staff adequate time for preparation.

17.

When possible, hospital staff should permit survivors sufficient time with the
deceased or an explanation.

Release of Information and Property
A.

The officer in charge of records, the Chief of Police or his designee shall be the only
members of the department authorized to release reports to anyone.

B.

Upon request, all information pertaining to a suicide or accidental death should be made
available to the victim's next of kin.
1.

C.

Authorization must be granted by the officer in charge of records and the Chief of
Police.

Information pertaining to homicide, including death by auto, and suspicious deaths
should be made available by the County Prosecutor's Office.

-4 -

AUTHORITY
DEATH NOTIFICATION
VOL. IV, CHAP. 14
D.
Autopsy information can be requested in writing through the County Medical Examiner's
Office.
E.

F.

News releases shall be authorized through the Supervisor(s) in charge of news releases.
1.

The name of the victim should only be released after the next of kin have been
notified and positive identification has been made.

2.

The circumstances of the case can be given.

3.

No opinion shall be released to the media.

Property that has been seized in connection with a criminal investigation shall not be
released to the next of kin until two (2) months after the disposition of the case.
1.

2.
G.

a.

Homicide

b.

Death by Auto

c.

Sexual Assault

d.

Robbery

e

Burglary

f.

Arson

g.

Aggravated Assault

Authorization by the Chief of Police must be granted.

Property that has been seized as a result of an accidental death shall be released when the
investigation has concluded.
1.

H.

Authorization must be obtained through the County Prosecutor's Office when the
investigation is:

Authorization by the Chief of Police must be granted.

General Guidelines
1.

Every law enforcement agency should designate an appropriate staff to coordinate
the dissemination of information pertaining to all sudden and unexpected deaths.

2.

All information pertaining to a death which has been determined to be a suicide or
otherwise accidental, should be made available to the victim’s next of kin upon
their request. Discretion should be exercised so that the survivors are not provided
details which might produce additional trauma.
-5 -

AUTHORITY
DEATH NOTIFICATION
VOL. IV, CHAP. 14

I.

3.

In homicides, including death by auto, and cases involving suspicious death,
information which will not jeopardize a criminal investigation should be provided
by the County Prosecutor’s Office to the survivors upon their request. Discretion
should be utilized when providing details regarding the circumstances of the death
which might further traumatize the survivors.

4.

The State or County Medical Examiner shall provide a copy of the autopsy
report upon written request of the next of kin except in homicides, death by auto
or suspicious deaths, whereupon the medical examiner should consult with the
County Prosecutor prior to its release.

5.

The “Statement of Principles and Guidelines for the Reporting of Criminal
Procedures” shall govern the release of information to the media. Information
should be provided to survivors prior to its being released to the media.
Information concerning details of the death should be scrutinized to insure that its
release will not intensify the grief of the survivors.

6.

Hospital staff and funeral service personnel should release only that information
which is related to their specific area of responsibility. All other requests for
information should be referred to the appropriate law enforcement agency.

7.

In those cases involving accidental death, the victim’s personal effects should be
promptly returned. In homicides, including death by auto and suspicious deaths,
property not deemed pertinent to a criminal investigation should be released
promptly. Property which is determined to be essential to a criminal investigation
and is normally retained should be photographed and returned upon the approval
of the County Prosecutor. If it is determined that the property cannot be promptly
released, a designated law enforcement officer should explain the reason for
withholding property and ensure that it is returned when possible.

Assistance to Survivors
1.

Law enforcement, funeral service and hospital personnel should attempt to meet
the needs of survivors of sudden and unexpected death.

2.

Where financial assistance is required, survivors should be referred to the
appropriate agency.

3.

Survivors of homicide, which includes manslaughter and death by auto, should be
notified by the investigative division of the status and outcome of the criminal
case.

4.

Survivors should be informed of their right to effectuate victim impact statements
which will be considered by the court prior to sentencing; and the parole boards
prior to granting parole.

-6 -

INVESTIGATION
DECISION NOT TO ARREST
VOL. VIII, CH. 8
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT

EFFECTIVE
DATE:

VOLUME TITLE: INVESTIGATION

# PAGES:
2

ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

REFERENCE:

REVISION
DATE:

PAGE #:

SECTION:

APPROVED

VOLUME
VIII
CHAPTER
8

V#C#

SUBJECT: DECISION NOT TO ARREST

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

ALL
EVALUATION
DATE:

CHIEF THOMAS R. TESSARO
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

PURPOSE:
To provide a guide for officers to refer to in making decisions on whether to arrest or not to arrest an
offender.
POLICY:
There are circumstances where although there are grounds for a lawful arrest, better police practice
dictates that the offender not be arrested. However, in most cases, it is not the role of a police officer to
decide whether an offense should be prosecuted, that is the responsibility of the court prosecutor. So
any decision not to arrest must be reached only after the officer has carefully weighed the following
guidelines.
PROCEDURE:
I.

When the arrest would cause a greater risk of harm to the general public than the offense that had
been committed, the officer should refrain from effectuating an arrest. Example: In crowd
situation, a police officer's decision to arrest may aggravate tension and lead to a riot or other
serious disorder.
A.

An officer would be justified to back away and wait for additional units.

INVESTIGATION
DECISION NOT TO ARREST
VOL. VIII, CH. 8
B.
An organized directed plan would be the first step, not arrest.
II.

There are situations where police resources are stretched to their limit, e.g., on a particularly
busy night, arrests for minor offenses would take up officer's time to the point that they could not
respond to really serious crimes.
A.

B.

III.

IV.

Remember that even though there is no arrest at the time the offense is committed, at a
later date, the officer may sign a complaint against the offender.
1.

The offender in such cases should be properly identified for later arrest or
issuance of summonses.

2.

Should the offender(s) identity be known to the officer, and he has been arrested
before, then his information can be obtained in the in-house computer system.

The issuance of traffic summonses, criminal complaints and disorderly complaints have
workable time frames for charging individuals.

A decision not to arrest is when the arrest would cause harm or embarrassment to an offender
who poses no threat of danger to the public. The following are examples of this kind of
situation:
A.

The intoxicated person ( unless they are driving a vehicle ) who is harmless and at most,
needs a little assistance home. See ATRA Policy and Procedure.

B.

The juvenile offender whose wrong doing would best be handled through informal
warnings, advice, etc., (for a very minor offense) and a talk with the parents. In this way,
getting a record of any kind can be avoided.

C.

As mentioned above, a decision not to arrest when there are grounds for arrest is
considered good police practice only in the special circumstances given. Consequently,
if there is doubt that those circumstances exist and if a supervisory officer is not readily
available, ARREST.

Drug Investigations, Confidential Investigations
A.

When the arrest would jeopardize an ongoing drug investigation, the officer should
refrain from arresting and individual.
1.

B.

This should be under the direction of a Division Commander.

During a vice investigation or organized crime investigation, it may be necessary to
forego an arrest in order to develop adequate intelligence information that would result in
major charges issued to multiple defendants at a later time.
1.

This should also be under the direction of a Division Commander.

ORGANIZATION
DETECTIVE BUREAU CALL OUT
VOL. II, CH. 17
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
05-18-02

VOLUME TITLE: ORGANIZATION

# PAGES:
3

ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

REFERENCE:

REVISION
DATE:

PAGE #:

SECTION:

APPROVED

VOLUME
II
CHAPTER
17

SUBJECT: DETECTIVE CALL-IN PROCEDURES

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

ALL
EVALUATION
DATE:

CHIEF THOMAS R. TESSARO
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

SOP 95-9
PURPOSE
To ensure the proper and effective response of detective personnel to investigate serious criminal acts.
POLICY
The Police Department will have a set procedure for the call-in of Detectives as needed. Circumstances
require that Detectives should be available on a 24 hour a day, seven days a week basis. To accomplish
this goal this department should adhere to the following procedure. Compliance with this procedure
should eliminate unnecessary call-ins while maintaining investigative coverage at times when
efficiency demands the Detective Division go unmanned.
PROCEDURE
I.

HOURS OF RESPONSIBILITY
A.

General Investigation
1.

Detectives assigned to the 1600 - 2400 Hr. tour are subject to recall up to 0400
hours.

2.

Detectives assigned to the 0900-1700 Hr tour are subject to recall from 0400 to
0900 hours.
1

ORGANIZATION
DETECTIVE BUREAU CALL OUT
VOL. II, CH. 17
B.

C.

II.

Narcotics Bureau
1.

When a Narcotics Detective or additional Detectives are needed during non
scheduled hours, the Narcotic Bureau Supervisor should be notified and they
will make the determination based upon the circumstances, as to which
Detective(s) will be called in.

2.

If the Narcotic Bureau Supervisor is unavailable, the Detective Division
Commander should be notified. He will then make the decision in the absence of
the Division Supervisor.

Juvenile Bureau
1.

Detective(s) assigned to the 1600-2400 hours tour will be subject to recall up to
0400 hours.

2.

Detectives assigned to the 0900-1700 Hr. tour are on call from 0400 to 0900
hours.

D.

If a Detective is needed and has not worked the previous shift or is not scheduled to
work the next shift, then the on-duty Detective Bureau Supervisor or Detective Bureau
Commander should be notified. They will make the determination based upon the
circumstances, as to which Detective(s) will be called in.

E.

The call being placed to the Detective Division Commander, Narcotic Bureau
Supervisor or on-call Detectives will be made with the approval of the on-duty
Supervisor of the Patrol Division.

AREAS OF RESPONSIBILITY
A.

The following guidelines will be utilized in calling in off-duty detective bureau
personnel:
1.

General Investigation Detectives should be recalled to investigate any 1st or 2nd
degree crimes (i.e. Homicides, Sexual Assaults, Arsons, Robberies, Kidnapping
etc.) or in any crime in which a victim suffers apparent serious injury.

2.

The Narcotic Bureau supervisor should be notified of any second degree
narcotics arrest or any currency seizure in excess of $10,000. The Narcotic
Bureau supervisor will then ensure that the necessary detective personnel
respond to investigate.

2.

Juvenile Detectives should be recalled to investigate any 1st or 2nd degree crimes
(i.e. Homicides, Sexual Assaults, Arsons, Robberies, Kidnapping etc.), burglary or
other serious incidents where a juvenile is a suspect. A detective from another
2

ORGANIZATION
DETECTIVE BUREAU CALL OUT
VOL. II, CH. 17
bureau may also be recalled to handle the crime scene and / or victim / witness
statements.
3.

In other situations, off-duty detectives should not routinely be recalled unless there
is a pressing need for their assistance in an investigation, which cannot wait until
their scheduled working hours. The Tour Commander or Shift Supervisor should
notify a Detective Supervisor. They will make the determination based upon the
circumstances, as to which Detective(s) will be called out.

4.

The responding detective may request that additional detectives be recalled through
the highest-ranking on-duty supervisor.

3

ORGANIZATION
DETECTIVE RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH. 16
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
1-25-06

VOLUME TITLE: ORGANIZATION

# PAGES:
9

ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

REFERENCE:

REVISION
DATE:

PAGE #:

SECTION:

APPROVED

VOLUME
II
CHAPTER
16

SUBJECT: DETECTIVE RESPONSIBILITIES

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

ALL
EVALUATION
DATE:

CHIEF THOMAS RIPOLI
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

PURPOSE:
This policy was formulated so that each officer holding a position within the Detective Division would
have basic procedures to follow in the performance of their investigative and supervisory duties.
POLICY:
There shall be a branch of the police department known as the Detective Division. The Chief of Police
will designate a commander in charge of the Detective Division. The Detective Division Commander
shall be under the direct control of the Operations Commander.
PROCEDURE:

I.

GENERAL INVESTIGATION DIVISION SUPERVISOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
Under the direct supervision of the Detective Division Commander, a general investigation supervisor
has charge of all subordinates assigned to his/her particular section. Whenever necessary, he/she is also
in direct supervision of the fraud squad detectives, the warrant squad detectives and the property and
evidence unit detectives. When the Narcotics Bureau and Juvenile Bureau supervisor is not available,
the general investigation supervisor will also oversee operations of these bureaus.

1

ORGANIZATION
DETECTIVE RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH. 16
A.
The General Investigations supervisor performs his/her duties within the confines of
departmental rules and regulations, policies and procedures and state and federal statues.

B.

1.

When necessary, apprehends, warns or takes into custody violators of the law.

2.

Monitors and insures compliance with department rules and regulations, and investigation
procedures. Makes any corrections and conducts training where needed.

3.

Keep detectives informed of new rules, regulations, procedures and legal changes.

The general investigation supervisor assigns cases to detectives, considering nature of case and
special abilities and/or areas of expertise of individual detectives. Assigns personnel as teams or
stake out units to work on more serious cases as workloads require
1.

Will screen incidents occurring during the workday for cases needing investigation; such
cases to be followed up until all investigative means have been exhausted in attempting to
recover stolen property or identification and apprehension of a suspect.

2.

Will review reports of the previous shift for cases needing follow-up, but not yet
assigned.

3.

Will monitor case loads of detectives, including review of cases in progress and
supervising reports, statement preparation and the interrogation of suspects.

4.

Will review cases submitted for closeout for thoroughness and valid reasons for
suspending investigation. Cases arising that come under the jurisdiction of other law
enforcement agencies (i.e., FBI, Secret Service, CIA, Immigration, ATF or National
Security Agency, INS etc) will be investigated until they properly and clearly come under
another jurisdiction and with the approval of the County Prosecutor.
a.

Decisions about extent of follow up will be made from detectives input, degree of
seriousness and workloads.

5.

Will keep abreast of investigations and of detectives on opposite work schedules.

6.

Will assign to detectives all incidents requiring crime scene search and all incidents
resulting in serious bodily injury or mass property destruction, destruction of all
municipal, county, state or federal property.

7.

Will assign for investigation all incidents that occur in dwellings that have multiple
separate families or living units, causing dislodging, injury or destruction in order to
determine if a criminal act or public housing violation occurred, thereby fixing liability.

8.

Will assign all incidents in which a suspect has been identified but fled the scene. Cases
in which suspects are not identified shall also be assigned for apprehension.

2

ORGANIZATION
DETECTIVE RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH. 16
9.
Will assign cases on the need for urgency, prevention of escape of a suspect, the need for
urgency in possible recovery of property or the prevention of further injury to victim.

C.

10.

Cases of a non-violent or non-serious nature will be assigned for further investigation
when a suspect has been identified or likelihood of apprehension is great.

11.

All cases assigned will first be screened by the detective supervisor to ensure it falls into
the above categories to prevent loss of manpower on frivolous cases or cases that fall
under another jurisdiction.

12.

The screening of cases for assignment, will be conducted on a daily basis and monitored
during a supervisor's tour of duty by listening to dispatched patrols (if possible) or
telephone request.

13.

All detectives’ reports and completed case jackets must be checked by the supervisor in
charge prior to being sent for processing.

The general investigation supervisor will assist detectives when needed concerning investigative
methods, applicable charges, etc.
1.

Will respond to serious incidents when needed, and take charge of crime scenes.

2.

Will take part in investigative training when appropriate.

3.

Will supervise the daily activities of detectives, and assist with any cases or questions
they might have, job related or not.

D.

Will authorize and approve all overtime requests and forward to the detective division
commander.

E.

The general investigation supervisor will assist in and help to coordinate large-scale
investigations and activities, including supervision of search warrants, liaison with the court
system, etc.

F.

1.

Will maintain "Police Intelligence" exchanges with area departments to aid in
investigations and keep abreast of criminal activity, crime trends and helpful
investigation techniques and imparts such information to detectives.

2.

Will maintain open lines of communication with Bergen County Prosecutor's Office,
Bergen County Sheriff's Department, New Jersey State Police, Federal Bureau of
Investigations, etc., in areas of mutual benefit and need.

The general investigation supervisor will monitor care of equipment and vehicles, and proper use
of supplies.
1.

Will supervise the operation and maintenance of all electronic equipment in the general
investigative division.
3

ORGANIZATION
DETECTIVE RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH. 16
2.

Will train all detectives in various areas of electronic equipment, identification work, and
other surveillance equipment.

3.

Will review daily activity of detectives. A report will be forwarded to the Detective
Bureau Commander upon his/her request.

4.

Will prepare performance evaluation reports for detectives and submit them to the
Detective Bureau Commander upon request.

5.

Assumes duties of Detective Bureau Commander in his/her absence when needed.

G.

Assigns a detective to attend all patrol briefings, ensuring an exchange of information and ideas
between patrol and the plainclothes division.

H.

Upon responding for his/her tour of duty, Will inform the communications center of vehicle
assignments as soon as possible.

I.

The general investigation supervisor will conduct monthly physical inspections of the various
functions of the unit as assigned by the Detective Division Commander.

GENERAL INVESTIGATION DETECTIVE
I.

Investigates assigned cases where the suspect has escaped apprehension.
A.

Interviews victims and witnesses of crimes.
1.

Seeks out witnesses who may or may not know a crime was committed.

2.

Takes statements from victims and witnesses in instances where formal
statements are needed.

3.

Attempts to have composites prepared of suspects, and sees that same are
distributed to other agencies and departments.

4.

Prepares and conducts photographic line-ups for viewing by witnesses and
victims, in an attempt to identify suspects.

5.

Seeks information needed during investigations by using all available sources
such as; informants, street contacts, NCIC , motor vehicle records, business
owners, and other Federal, State, County and local law enforcement agencies.

6.

Maintains contact with victims and witnesses of assigned cases and advises them
of new developments and pending prosecutions when necessary.

7.

Assists the court in notifying and/or issuing subpoenas to witnesses and victims of
crimes before scheduled court hearings to insure their availability to testify.
4

ORGANIZATION
DETECTIVE RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH. 16
B.

Assists with crime scenes when called to investigate, and preserves evidence that needs to
be processed.
1.

Records crime scenes in notes.

2.

Photographs crime scenes and evidence when necessary.
a. When photographs are not taken, or where physical evidence is not recovered
from the scene of a serious crime against person or property, the Detective
assigned will prepare a written report giving the reasons why. This report will
be forwarded to the Detective Division Commander.
b. When BCI has responded, he/she will assist and document actions taken,
evidence seized, BCI case number, investigators etc.

3.

Diagrams serious crime scenes.

4.

Detectives who have been sufficiently trained, collect physical evidence and
marks, labels, tags and packages as needed.
a.

Logs evidence on departmental forms. Prepares lab requests and evidence
for examination by proper laboratories.

b.

Forwards evidence to Identification Bureau.

c.

Always protects the chain of evidence.

d.

Transports evidence to the proper laboratory if needed.

e.

Returns evidence to owners when no longer needed and upon the consent
of the Bergen County Prosecutors Office.

5.

Requests the Bergen County Prosecutors Office and/or the Bergen County
Sheriffs Department Bureau of Criminal Identification to respond when the
preservation or collection of evidence cannot properly be accomplished by our
own personnel, or where special equipment is needed.

6.

During and after investigations are completed, prepares NLETS and/or NJLETS
messages for the Communications Center to advise other departments of our
crimes, stolen property, and wanted persons, and to seek their aid.

C.

Prepares search warrant applications if needed.

D.

Reviews and updates active case files regularly, and closes out cases when appropriate.

5

ORGANIZATION
DETECTIVE RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH. 16
II.
Investigates non-assigned cases that may have leads available, or where likelihood of solving
cases is seen; or those that may need follow-up for various other reasons.

III.

A.

Cultivates street contacts and informants to aid in the investigation of known crimes, and
the investigation of crimes not yet committed or being planned.

B.

Maintains " Police Intelligence " exchanges with area departments to aid in investigations
and keep abreast of criminal activity, crime trends, and helpful investigative techniques.

Treats suspects properly.
A.

B.

C.

D.

Apprehends and subdues suspects and reads them their Constitutional Rights according to
Miranda.
1.

Searches the body and clothing of suspects for possible weapons and contraband,
in accordance with the New Jersey Attorney General's guidelines, using physical
and visual means in order to insure the safety of the officer and others.

2.

Transports arrested persons to Headquarters, or detention facilities, using
handcuffs and other security measures necessary in order to process them
according to proper procedures.

Interrogates suspects properly.
1.

Completes reports necessary to substantiate an arrest, on appropriate forms in
order to document and arrest.

2.

Fingerprints and/or photographs violators, or suspects, using equipment in the
booking room, in order to process a standard arrest.

Takes formal statements of suspect, if possible, when necessary.
1.

Reads Constitutional Rights to suspect and obtains signature from suspect on the
written statement of the rights, in order to take a lawful statement.

2.

In coordination with the Tour Commander ensures that the appropriate Municipal
Court Judge is contacted by telephone to facilitate arraignment hearings in order
to determine the amount of bail or bond required to release the accused.

3.

Transports arrested persons, when necessary, to appropriate detention facility (ie,
Bergen County Jail or Bergen County Juvenile Detention Center).

Guards prisoners and arrested persons by appropriately positioning self in relation to
prisoners, and by using handcuffs when necessary in order to prevent escape and to
protect the prisoners from harm.

6

ORGANIZATION
DETECTIVE RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH. 16
E.
Refers juvenile cases to the Juvenile Bureau Detective by submitting known details in
order to have the case handled by appropriately trained personnel.

IV.

V.

VI.

F.

Prepares to testify in court by collecting documents, reports and other evidence related to
the case, reading all reports and notes, and talking with other officers, supervisors,
solicitors, and witnesses, in order to insure the accuracy and effectiveness of testimony.

G.

Testifies in court by presenting facts and /or evidence related to the case and by
answering attorney and magistrate's questions in order to help insure the proper
disposition of the case.
1.

Transports prisoners to and from jail and court and remains with prisoners during
court, when necessary. Returns prisoner to jail if serving time or held on detainer,
when necessary.

2.

Picks up prisoners arrested in other jurisdictions on our warrants, when needed,
and processes as in other arrests.

Assists other Detectives where aid is needed.
A.

Knows what cases other Detectives are involved in.

B.

Calls on other Detectives and/or police personnel when needed to accomplish the police
objective. Employs the proper chain of command when needed to secure the aid of such
other personnel.

Assists the other divisions in the department where aid is needed.
A.

Augments the Patrol Division when called on for crowd control, disaster control, serious
incidents or the need for additional manpower.

B.

Liaison with Patrol Division, exchanges information between the General Investigation
Division and the Patrol Division, with special emphasis on wanted persons, suspects
active in our area, crime trends. Reports to Supervisor and other Detectives on any
information that is of an important nature.

C.

Assists the Patrol Division in making arrests, typing complaints and securing arrest
warrants and search warrants, gathering evidence, determining proper charges, proper
procedure and paperwork on arrests and for processing prisoners, interrogations,
interviews, unknown persons, answering questions on criminal law and procedures, and
photographing fatal/serious motor accident scenes.

D.

Assisting other supervisors when needed.

Assists other agencies.
A.

When mutual aid is requested and approved through supervisory personnel.
7

ORGANIZATION
DETECTIVE RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH. 16

VII.

VII.

1.

Directs requests for service to proper agencies when outside our jurisdiction.

2.

Alerts appropriate agencies to violations outside our scope or jurisdiction.

3.

Investigates information on suspected criminal activity that comes to our attention
from citizens, known sources or anonymously.

4.

Reviews reports and teletypes daily to keep abreast of activities and crime in our
town, and in others, to search for information pertinent to investigations.

B.

Provides information on suspects known to us or residing in our town.

C.

Helps when making arrests in our town or conducting investigations in our town.

D.

Assists when executing search warrants in our town.

Properly care for and operate all equipment, vehicles and supplies, and advise supervisors when
supplies are low or maintenance is required. Have vehicles washed, checked and add gas when
needed.
A.

Maintain proficiency in operating vehicles.

B.

Upkeep and use of duty weapons.

C.

Maintain care in the use of other equipment assigned, such as bulletproof vests, radio,
pagers etc.

Check any suspicious activity noted while out of the confines of the General Investigation
Division office.
A.

Take necessary actions when encountering emergency situations or crimes while out of
the confines of the office. Notify Headquarters if needed.

B.

Notify Headquarters of miscellaneous conditions of a non-emergency nature that warrant
Patrol Division or other Borough department attention.

IX.

Maintain radio contact with Headquarters and/or General Investigation Division, or advise
supervisor of his/her whereabouts and how to be contacted if needed.

X.

Advise supervisor when leaving the building.
A.

Whenever leaving the building, the Detective will notify his/her immediate supervisor
that he/she is leaving and what vehicle he/she will be in. Will also sign out on the in/out
board located in the G.I. office When leaving the vehicle, he/she will call in his/her
location or give some other form of communication that he/she may be contacted if
8

ORGANIZATION
DETECTIVE RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH. 16
needed. When returning to his/her vehicle, he/she will advise that Communications
Center that he/she is back in service.
XI.

Conducts background investigations on police applicants.

XII.

Prepares daily entries into investigative management documenting the work performed each day.

XIII. Maintains the uniform of the day and class “A” uniform and has them readily accessible.

9

ADMINISTRATION
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY PLAN
VOL. I, CH. 10
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT
VOLUME TITLE:
ADMINISTRATION
ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
12-31-2002

REVISION
DATE:

PAGE #:

SECTION:

# PAGES:
3

APPROVED

VOLUME
I
CHAPTER
10

REFERENCE:

V#C#

SUBJECT: EQUAL OPPORTUNITY PLAN

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

ALL
EVALUATION
DATE:

CHIEF THOMAS R. TESSARO
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

POLICY:
It is the policy of the Borough of Fort Lee Police Department to promote the realization of equal
employment opportunity through a positive continuing program of specific practices designed to recruit,
hire, train and promote persons in all job classifications without regard of race, color, religion, sex or
national origin.
Base decisions on employment so as to further the principle of equal employment opportunity. Ensure
the promotion decisions are in accord with principles of equal employment opportunity by imposing
only valid requirements for promotional opportunities.
Ensure that all personnel actions, including but not limited to compensation, benefits, transfers, layoffs,
return from layoffs, company sponsored training, education, tuition assistance, social and recreational
program will be administered without regard to race, color, religion, sex or national origin.
Equal Employment Opportunity is not only the law, but it is a principle of the Borough of Fort Lee
Police Department's operation. Each employee is expected to cooperate to achieve this goal.

-1 -

ADMINISTRATION
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY PLAN
VOL. I, CH. 10

BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT
Borough of Fort Lee, New Jersey

EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY PLAN
STATEMENT OF MANAGEMENT COMMITMENT
(AFFIRMATIVE ACTION STATEMENT)

POLICY STATEMENT
It is the policy of the Borough of Fort Lee Police Department to promote the realization of equal employment
opportunity through a positive continuing program of specific practices designed to ensure without regard to
race, color, religion, sex or national origin.
To implement these policies, the Borough of Fort Lee Police Department will continue to:
A.

Recruit, hire, train and promote persons in all job classifications without regard to race, color,
religion, sex or national origin.

B.

Base decisions on employment so as to further the principle of equal employment opportunity,
following valid Civil Service requirements.

C.

Ensure that promotion decisions are in accord with principles of equal employment opportunity
by imposing only valid Civil Service requirements for promotional opportunities.

D.

Ensure that all personnel actions, including but not limited to compensation, benefits, transfers,
layoffs, return from layoffs, Department sponsored training, education will be administered
without regard to race, color, religion, sex or national origin.

Equal Employment Opportunity is not only the law, but it is a principle of the Borough of Fort Lee Police
Department's operation. It is expected that each employee will cooperate in achieving this goal.

-2 -

ADMINISTRATION
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY PLAN
VOL. I, CH. 10

NARRATIVE OF AGENCY AND MISSION
New Jersey Statute 40A:14-118 states, "The governing body of any municipality, by ordinance, may create and
establish a police department and force and provide for the maintenance, regulation and control thereof, and
except as otherwise provided by law, appoint such members, officers and personnel as shall be deemed
necessary, determine their terms of office, fix their compensation and promulgate rules and regulations for the
government of the department and force and for the discipline of its members."
The Police Department is established by authority of the Borough of Fort Lee ordinance entitled, (Article 1-90)
Police Department, of the Code of Borough of Fort Lee, in the County of Bergen, State of New Jersey, to
establish, maintain, regulate and control a police department in and for Borough of Fort Lee in the County of
Bergen.

RECRUITMENT
A recruitment program shall be designed to effectuate the Plan. The recruitment procedures shall include, but
not be limited, to the following:
A.

Recruitment process will comply with Civil Service standards.

HIRING OF APPLICANTS
Hiring of applicants will follow background investigations and approval of the Chief of Police and the Mayor
and Council, applicants will be taken from the New Jersey Department of Personnel Civil Service list.

STATUTORY REFERENCES
A.

The Civil Rights Act of 1964

B.

The Equal Employment Opportunity Act of 1972

C.

The New Jersey Law Against Discrimination (N.J.S.A. 10:5-1 et seq.)

D.

Age Discrimination Employment Act of 1967

E.

The Rehabilitation Act of 1973

F.

Proposed Affirmative Action Regulation, promulgated by the New Jersey Department of the
Treasury, pursuant to P.L. 1975, c 127
-3 -

OPERATIONS
EQUIPMENT PORTABLE RADIOS
VOL. 4, CH. 16-1.2
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT
VOLUME TITLE: OPERATIONS

EFFECTIVE
DATE:

REVISION
DATE:

PAGE #:

SECTION:

VOLUME
IV

01-15-2003
# PAGES:

CHAPTER
16-1.2

3
ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

APPROVED

REFERENCE:

V4C16-1.2

SUBJECT: EQUIPMENT: PORTABLE RADIOS

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

EVALUATION
DATE:

ALL

CHIEF THOMAS R. TESSARO
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE: SOP 95-1 (rev.)

PURPOSE
To outline the procedures for providing officers with effective communications through the issuance of
portable radio.
POLICY
The Fort Lee Police Department shall issue a portable radio to all sworn officers as supplies warrant.
PROCEDURE
I.

Upon issue, every officer will:
A.

Acknowledge on the Issued Equipment Sign Off sheet that the issued radio and equipment was
received.

B.

Ensure that the issued radio is always available whenever the officer is on duty, properly
charged, and in working condition.

C.

The officer will list their radio number on the car sheet on a daily basis.

D.

The Tour Commander will enter each working officer's radio number in the blotter on every tour.
1

OPERATIONS
EQUIPMENT PORTABLE RADIOS
VOL. 4, CH. 16-1.2
II.

Replacement Radios
A.

B.

C.

III.

Spare radios will be deployed, in compliance with sections B & C below, if an assigned portable
radio is:
1.

In communications for repairs,

2.

Reported lost or stolen, or

3.

An officer reports for duty without their portable. In such cases the officer's immediate
supervisor should take the appropriate steps to ensure that the officer does not repeatedly
report for work unprepared. If the problem persists, then the officer should receive
discipline for failing to comply with this policy.

Upon notification, the Tour Commander will allow an officer to utilize one of the spare radios.
This radio must be bar-coded to the officer.
1.

The supervisor issuing the spare radio will ensure that the proper bar-coding procedures
are completed.

2.

The officer receiving the spare radio will be held strictly accountable for it until such
time that it is bar-coded back into HQ (office) by the supervisor receiving it at the end of
the tour.

3.

Spare portables may only be used for the duration of the officer's daily tour and must be
returned at the completion of said tour.

If an officer who has not been issued a portable radio should need one in the performance of his
duties:
1.

The officer must notify the Tour Commander.

2.

The Tour Commander will issue the portable and make proper entry in the barcode
system.

3.

The officer to whom the radio was issued must return the radio at the completion of the
tour, whereupon the receiving supervisor will barcode it back in and place it in the
charger.

Battery Exchanges
A.

In the event that an officer's assigned radio battery should run down during the course of a tour,
or during a double shift, that officer may request the Tour Commander to exchange their radio
battery with the battery of a spare radio behind the police desk.

2

OPERATIONS
EQUIPMENT PORTABLE RADIOS
VOL. 4, CH. 16-1.2

IV.

B.

Spare portable radio batteries will be issued by the Tour Commander on an exchange basis only;
the officer requesting a battery must turn in their battery upon receiving the fresh battery.

C.

A SPARE RADIO WILL NEVER BE LEFT BEHIND THE DESK WITHOUT A BATTERY.

D.

The Tour Commander will mount the exchanged battery on the spare portable and place it in the
charger behind the desk.

Radio Malfunctions and Repairs
A.

If an assigned portable radio is in need of repair, or fails to function properly, the assigned
officer is to:
1.

Send an E-mail (copy interoffice) to Communications Repair, the immediate supervisor
and the Administrative Division Commander, detailing the radio's malfunction as
specifically as possible.

2.

Transport the faulty radio to the Communications Repair and turn it over for repair. If
Communications Repair is closed, the officer may leave the radio in the Communications
Center for the Communications Center Supervisor. If this is done the Communications
Center Supervisor should be included in the E-mail.

3.

It shall be the assigned officer's responsibility to inquire as to the radio's status and to
pick it up when the repair is completed.

4.

If a spare radio is malfunctioning, the Tour Commander will have it delivered to Radio
Repair using the above procedure, make an entry in the barcode system as to the radio's
status, and place a 3x5 card indicating the radio's status in its respective charger slot
behind the desk.
a.

V.

When the radio returns to service, the entry in the barcode system will be
completed by the receiving officer, and the radio will be returned to the charger or
the officer it was issued to.

Lost or Stolen Radios
A.

If an assigned portable radio is either lost or stolen:
1.

An investigation report must be completed by the officer utilizing the radio.

2.

A detailed narrative report on the circumstances surrounding the loss of the radio will be
prepared.

3.

The make, model and serial number must be entered into N.C.I.C.

4.

Copies of the above reports must be forwarded up the chain of command to the Chief.
3

OPERATIONS
EQUIPMENT: ISSUED / REQUIRED, USE, ASSIGNMENT AND MAINTENANCE
VOL. IV, CH. 16-1

DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT
VOLUME TITLE: OPERATIONS
ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
12-31-2002
# PAGES:
5

REVISION
DATE:

1/16/03

PAGE #:

SECTION:

3&4

II. B, 2

APPROVED

VOLUME
IV
CHAPTER
16-1

REFERENCE:

V4C16-1

SUBJECT: ISSUED / REQUIRED EQUIPMENT
USE, ASSIGNMENT AND MAINTENANCE

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

EVALUATION
DATE:

CHIEF THOMAS R. TESSARO
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

ALL

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

PURPOSE:
To establish guidelines for the issuance, use and care of departmental equipment to individual officers
during their term of employment and or assignment.
POLICY:
The Administrative Division Commander is responsible for purchasing, supplying, repairing and
maintaining equipment and supplies of the department. This includes vehicles, firearms, specialized
equipment, and various other supplies.
The Administrative Division Commander is responsible for issuing supplies and equipment and for
formulating maintenance and operating instructions for such equipment, if required.
Individual officers are responsible and accountable for proper care and maintenance of all equipment
that is issued or otherwise assigned to them.
Individual employees are responsible and accountable for proper care and maintenance of all equipment
that is issued or otherwise assigned to them.
1

OPERATIONS
EQUIPMENT: ISSUED / REQUIRED, USE, ASSIGNMENT AND MAINTENANCE
VOL. IV, CH. 16-1

Malfunctions discovered during the use of any equipment should be promptly reported and the use of the
equipment should cease immediately when there is any reasonable cause to believe that further use may
damage the equipment itself; result in accidental damage or injury; and/or tend to produce evidence
which would be detrimental to any criminal or civil defendant.
I.

II.

RULE:
A.

The altering, exchange, removal or remodeling of any issued equipment or parts thereof
(except that which occurs through normal use) from the way it was issued is prohibited,
unless approved and ordered by the Administrative Division Commander.

B.

Employees shall not use department-owned equipment or supplies for their personal use.

C.

Department-owned equipment or supplies must be available for inspection by a
supervisor at all reasonable times.

D.

All employees shall be held responsible for all department-owned equipment or property
issued to them or placed in their care. Any such equipment or property lost, stolen,
damaged or destroyed through negligence or by intention may have to be replaced by
employees at their own expense.

PROCEDURE
A.

The following procedures should be observed pertaining to issued equipment.
1.

The Administrative Division Commander (or designee) should issue department
equipment to officers in accordance with their assignment as designated below.
a.

An Issued Equipment Signoff Sheet should be completed by the person
issuing the equipment, with the officer signing their name in the
appropriate space.

2.

The Administrative Division Commander should maintain a record of all
equipment issued to a member of the department.

3.

The individual officer should

4.

a.

Maintain the equipment in a safe condition.

b.

Routinely checked for proper operation.

All Supervisors are responsible for inspection of department equipment available
to officers and insure the proper maintenance and use.

2

OPERATIONS
EQUIPMENT: ISSUED / REQUIRED, USE, ASSIGNMENT AND MAINTENANCE
VOL. IV, CH. 16-1

5.

6.

B.

All personnel are required to submit a written report in reference to the following:
a.

Lost/missing issued equipment

b.

Damaged issued equipment

c.

Defective issued equipment

d.

Outdated issued equipment

e.

Unsafe issued equipment

The report should be forwarded to the Administrative Division Commander for
appropriate action.

Issued Equipment
1.

2.

Probationary members of the department should be issued the following
equipment in preparation for attending a Police Training Commission certified
Police Academy.
a.

Uniform & Hat badges as per the Credential Policy (v4-c16-1.1)

b.

Department Firearm, Holster and Magazine Holder

c.

Gun Trigger Safety Lock

d.

Law Enforcement Handbook I & II

e.

NJ 2C / Title 39 book

Members of the department should be issued the following equipment to assist
them in the proper performance of their duties after meeting the Police Training
Commission's requirements (Police Academy Training).
a.

Portable Police Radio as per the Radio Policy (v4-c16-1.2)

b.

Ballistic Vest

c.

Traffic Safety Vest as per the Traffic Safety Vest Policy (v4-c16-1.4)

d.

Bloodborne Pathogen Kit as per the Communicable Disease Policy
(v6-c3)
3

OPERATIONS
EQUIPMENT: ISSUED / REQUIRED, USE, ASSIGNMENT AND MAINTENANCE
VOL. IV, CH. 16-1

B.

e.

PR-24 and Holder, when qualified

f.

Tactical Patrol Helmet with Face Shield

g.

Automobile Lock Out Tool

h.

Borough of Fort Lee Map

i.

White dress cloth gloves

j.

Black leather gloves

k.

Pocket MV Law Book

l.

S&W 911 Knife

m.

Traffic Gloves

Required Equipment
1.

2.

Probationary Officers will purchase equipment as mandated by the Police
Academy that they will be attending for the first day of school. The equipment
may include:
a.

Athletic gear (shorts, sweatsuits, sneakers, watch cap, gear bag)

b.

Academy Uniforms (dress uniform, BDU uniform, jacket)

Members of the department should purchase the following equipment to assist
them in the proper performance of their duties after meeting the Police Training
Commission's requirements (Police Academy Training).
a.

A complete department uniform as required in the Uniform Policy
(v1c17).

b.

Leather Duty belt

c.

Leather Garrison Belt

d.

Off duty badge and holders.

e.

Minimum of 2 pairs of handcuffs w/ key, off-duty pair optional.

f.

Whistle and chain

4

OPERATIONS
EQUIPMENT: ISSUED / REQUIRED, USE, ASSIGNMENT AND MAINTENANCE
VOL. IV, CH. 16-1

C.

g.

Police Flashlights: large (i.e. Streamlight SL-20) and belt size
(i.e. Streamlight Stinger)

h.

Black shoes

Optional Equipment
1.

Members of the department may purchase the following equipment to assist them
in the proper performance of their duties:
a.

A watch w/ night sight

b.

A multi purpose knife tool

c.

A handcuff key keeper

d.

A set of work keys

e.

A set of compact binoculars

f.

Pens

g.

A police note pad

h.

A clip board

i.

A summons clip board

j.

Black boots

k.

Black winter boots

l.

Thermal pants & shirts

m.

Pocket Size Drug ID Book

n.

Chalk / Carpenter Marking Crayon

o.

Antibacterial hand cleanser

p.

Small tape measure (12 / 25 ft)

5

Fort Lee Police Department
Courtesy – Professionalism – Respect

Field Training Guide
Standardized Evaluation Guidelines
Thomas O. Ripoli
Chief of Police

FORT LEE POLICE DEPARTMENT
FTO WEEKLY
EVALUATION REPORT
PROBATIONARY OFFICERS
FIELD TRAINING GUIDE

FORT LEE POLICE DEPARTMENT
FTO WEEKLY
EVALUATION REPORT
PROBATIONARY OFFICERS
FIELD TRAINING GUIDE

STANDARDIZED EVALUATION GUIDELINES

Attitude/Relations/Appearance
Attitude Toward Police Work – Do the trainee’s comments and behavior demonstrate a
positive attitude toward police work? How does the trainee view their career in terms of personal
motivation, goals, and acceptance of the responsibilities of the job?
Below Average – Trainee considers police work only as a job, making no attempt to improve
skills or knowledge; resists training; uses position to boost self-esteem; uses authority for
personal gain or abuses authority; demonstrates little dedication to the principles of law
enforcement.
Average– Trainee expresses an active interest in law enforcement; uses down-time during the
tour to improve skills, knowledge and abilities; projects a positive professional image to the
public through good behavior.
Above Average– Trainee utilizes off duty time to further professional knowledge through study;
maintains high ideals toward professional responsibilities, remembering that the enforcement of
the law should be fair and equitable; works to improve the professional image of the department.

Acceptance of Feedback – Are feedback and correction accepted in a positive manner? Is there
resentment as a result of feedback? Does the trainee’s performance improve following the
feedback?
Below Average – Trainee rationalizes mistakes; denies that errors were made; becomes
argumentative; fails to make corrections; considers feedback as negative or as a personal attack.
Average – Trainee accepts feedback in a positive manner. Performance improves following
suggestions from FTOs and Supervisors.
Above Average– Trainee actively seeks feedback in order to improve performance and
knowledge; demonstrates consistent improvement in performance following feedback from
FTOs; does not blame others for mistakes.

Relationship with Public/ Ethnic Groups/Department Members - Is the trainee able to relate
to citizens in a positive manner? Does the trainee have difficulty interacting with anyone of an

2

FORT LEE POLICE DEPARTMENT
FTO WEEKLY
EVALUATION REPORT
PROBATIONARY OFFICERS
FIELD TRAINING GUIDE

ethnic or racial group different than their own? Are the trainee’s relationships with other
departmental members courteous, professional and productive?
Below Average – Trainee exhibits inappropriate behavior; is abrupt, belligerent, overbearing,
arrogant, uncommunicative, or insensitive; avoids service aspect of the profession; body
language communicates uncaring, uninterested officer. Trainee evidences hostility, prejudice,
bias, or subjectivity towards members of groups other than their own; treats members in these
groups different than they treat members’ of their own ethnic or racial background. Trainee fails
to follow instruction from supervisors or FTOs; rationalizes mistakes; resists training; is
argumentative; patronizes other members; is sarcastic, impatient, or selfish; fails to compromise
or cooperate; considers themselves Above Average to other departmental members; fails to
consider others’ needs; is not a team player.
Average – Trainee is courteous, friendly, and empathetic; communicates in a professional and
unbiased manner; is service- oriented; non-verbal skills indicate a caring, interested officer.
Trainee is not biased, hostile, prejudice or subjective; has confidence when dealing with people
who are not in their own ethnic or racial group; treats everyone equally. Trainee maintains a
good working relationship with other departmental members; works as a team member; accepts
others’ point of view; adheres to the chain of command and accepts role in organization;
considerate and helpful to others.
Above Average – Trainee quickly establishes a good rapport with citizens; is objective and
empathetic; appears to be at ease in any person-to-person situation; citizens appear comfortable
and compliment their performance; excellent non-verbal skills. The trainee understands and
accepts cultural, lifestyle and/or value differences; respects points of view different from their
own; decisions are objective and not based upon differences; communicates in a manner that
fosters mutual understanding. Trainee has excellent rapport with all departmental members;
makes a sincere effort to fully understand others’ point of view; compromises to achieve a
common goal; is a peer group leader.
General Appearance – Does the trainee’s physical appearance, dress, and demeanor, uphold the
image of constructive presence and professionalism?
Below Average – Trainee has dirty shoes and/or wrinkled uniform; uniform fits poorly or is
improperly worn; hair is not groomed and/or in violation of departmental guidelines; dirty
weapon or equipment; equipment missing or inoperative; offensive body odor or breath.
Average – The trainee is fit, shoes are shined, and uniform is neat and clean. Uniform fits and is
worn properly. Weapon and equipment are clean, operative and in order. Appearance is within
departmental guidelines. Trainee is attentive to personal hygiene.
Above Average – Uniform is neat, clean and tailored. Shoes are highly shined. Trainee takes
pride in their appearance and hygiene. Trainee displays command bearing.

3

FORT LEE POLICE DEPARTMENT
FTO WEEKLY
EVALUATION REPORT
PROBATIONARY OFFICERS
FIELD TRAINING GUIDE

Verbal skills– Is the trainee able to gain and maintain control of situations by utilizing proper
verbal skills including voice commands and instructions
Below Average – The trainee speaks too softly or timidly; does not use proper words or tone of
voice; confuses or angers listeners by what is said and/or how it is said; escalates the
confrontation or needlessly intimidates people.
Average – Trainee speaks with authority using the proper words and tone of voice; does not
confuse or anger listeners; knows the proper word selection to use so they do not escalate the
situation.
Above Average – Trainee consistently is able to control selection of words and voice tone, word
selection, and voice inflection; has the proper bearing that accompanies what is said; displays
confidence without being perceived as overbearing or intimidating.
Physical Skill – In conflict situations, does the trainee use the appropriate defensive actions,
restraining holds, or issued equipment to physically control individuals?
Below Average – Trainee uses too little or too much force for the situation; is unable to maintain
control over violent/resisting persons; fails to use proper restraints/equipment or uses
restraints/equipment improperly.
Average – Trainee obtains and maintains physical control through the use of proper restraining
holds, defensive actions, or issued equipment; uses no more force than needed to affect an arrest.
Above Average – Trainee is proficient in the use of restraining holds, defensive actions, and
issued equipment; selects the correct amount of force for the given situation; prevents the
situation from deteriorating by properly restraining/controlling individuals; is able to control
violent individuals with little assistance from fellow officers.

Report writing:
Organization/Details – How acceptable is the trainee’s ability to organize the events of an
investigation for the report? Can they include details in the report required for a complete follow
up investigation?
Below Average – The trainee is unable to organize information and events in a chronological
order; leaves out pertinent details in the report; report is inaccurate, and does not provide enough
information for a follow up investigation.
Average – Trainee completes reports in an organized and logical manner; reports contain the
proper information needed for further investigation.

4

FORT LEE POLICE DEPARTMENT
FTO WEEKLY
EVALUATION REPORT
PROBATIONARY OFFICERS
FIELD TRAINING GUIDE

Above Average – Reports are prepared giving a complete and detailed accounting of the incident
and investigation as it occurred; information flows in a logical sequence so that the reader
understands what occurred; the report is written and organized so that all details are included for
a complete follow up investigation.
Level of Grammar Usage – Is the trainee able to prepare a written report which is neat, free of
spelling errors and grammatically correct in usage and mechanics?
Below Average – Reports are illegible, containing misspelled words, poor syntax and incomplete
sentence structure; the report confuses any reader and must be read several times to understand
it’s meaning due to grammar/spelling/neatness errors.
Average – Level of usage of grammar, spelling and neatness are satisfactory; errors in this area
are rare and do not impair understanding.
Above Average – Reports and forms are very neat and legible, containing no spelling or
grammatical errors; message is communicated clearly and concisely to any reader.
Proper Spelling - Is the trainee able to prepare a written report free of spelling errors?
Below Average – Reports are illegible, containing misspelled words, the report confuses any
reader and must be read several times to understand it’s meaning due to spelling errors. The
trainee fails to use Spell Check or a dictionary.
Average – Level of spelling accuracy is satisfactory; errors in this area are rare and do not impair
understanding. The trainee routinely uses Spell Check; the trainee uses a dictionary to make
corrections when needed.
Above Average – Reports and forms are completed containing no spelling errors. The trainee
routinely uses Spell Check; the trainee rarely needs to use a dictionary to make corrections, but
does so when needed.
Content/Accuracy/Completeness/Neatness/Time Used – Is the trainee capable of selecting the
proper forms for the investigations? Are the contents of these forms complete, accurate, and
properly used? Are these forms completed in a neat manner? Does the trainee use the appropriate
amount of time to complete the report?
Below Average – Trainee is unaware that a form must be completed; does not select the proper
form to complete the incident when needed; form is incomplete and/or inaccurate. The forms are
not neat and disrupt the reader’s ability to read the form. The trainee requires an excessive
amount of time to complete a report; they take three or more times the amount of times a veteran
officer would take to complete the same report.

5

FORT LEE POLICE DEPARTMENT
FTO WEEKLY
EVALUATION REPORT
PROBATIONARY OFFICERS
FIELD TRAINING GUIDE

Average – The trainee chooses the proper form to be used to complete the investigation; the form
is complete and accurate. The forms are neat and do not disrupt the reader’s ability to read the
form. The trainee completes reports within a reasonable amount of time.
Above Average – Trainee consistently makes accurate form selection; rapidly and accurately
completes detailed forms without assistance. The forms are very neat and do not disrupt the
reader’s ability to read the form. The trainee completes reports as quickly as or better than a
skilled veteran officer.

Field performance:
Stressful Conditions – Is the trainee able to function under the daily stressful conditions
experienced by a patrol officer?
Below Average – Performance deteriorates in stressful situations; becomes emotional, gets panic
stricken, loses temper, can not function; does not control voice tone or word selection, allowing
situation to deteriorate; displays cowardice or overreacts; makes improper decisions; requires
assistance from others; cannot do multiple functions at the same time.
Average – Exhibits calm and controlled attitude in most stressful situations; is aware of
surrounding activity; does not allow the situation to further deteriorate; is able to develop and
implement a reasonable solution to the problem; can do multiple functions at the same time.
Above Average – The trainee remains calm and exercises self control, even in the most extreme
situations; quickly restores order and takes control; is able to determine the best course of action
and implement it to resolve the situation; is capable of doing multiple functions at the same time.
NOTE: FTOs should be alert to a trainee’s behavior following a stressful event. FTOs should
be aware that stress could manifest itself in a variety of ways. Stressful encounters should be
discussed in detail with the trainee.
Non-Stressful Conditions – Is the trainee able to perform routine, non-stress police activities?
Below Average - Seemingly confused and disoriented as to what action should be taken when
confronted with routine investigations; avoids taking action; selects the wrong course of action;
provides improper advice to citizens; relies upon others for continual assistance in resolving
routine investigations; cannot do multiple tasks when required to do so.
Average – Properly assesses routine situations and determines the correct course of action to be
taken; provides the proper advice to citizens; does not require assistance with routine
investigations; can do multiple tasks at one time.
Above Average – Properly assesses routine, complex and unusual situations and applies prior
knowledge and experiences to resolve the situation; does not require assistance from FTO; is an
independent thinker; directs the actions of assisting officers; can perform multiple tasks well.

6

FORT LEE POLICE DEPARTMENT
FTO WEEKLY
EVALUATION REPORT
PROBATIONARY OFFICERS
FIELD TRAINING GUIDE

Problem Solving– Is the trainee able to use knowledge acquired through training and decision
making skills to solve problems or resolve problems encountered in field situations? Can the
trainee develop, implement or recommend a reasonable course of action that will resolve the
situation?
Below Average – Trainee is indecisive; is unable to reason through a problem and develop,
implement or recommend a reasonable course of action; cannot recall previous solutions and
apply them in like situations.
Average - The trainee is able to analyze routine situations in a reasonable amount of time and
develop, implement or recommend a reasonable course of action; is able to use past training and
experiences to reason through similar situations.
Above Average – Trainee has excellent perception in foreseeing problems and developing,
implementing or recommending a reasonable course of action even in the most complex
situations; anticipates problems and develops solutions in advance of the problem; uses past
training and experiences to reason through and develop responses to unique and/or complex field
investigations.
Decision Making – Is the trainee able to use knowledge acquired through training to reason
through field situations? Can the trainee analyze a field situation, form valid conclusions and
develop a reasonable course of action that will resolve the situation?
Below Average – Trainee acts without thought or good reason; is indecisive; is unable to reason
through a problem and come to a conclusion; cannot recall previous solutions and apply them in
like situations.
Average - The trainee is able to analyze routine situations in a reasonable amount of time and
arrive at an acceptable solution; is able to use past training and experiences to reason through
similar situations.
Above Average – Trainee has excellent perception in foreseeing problems and arriving at
advanced solutions even in the most complex situations; anticipates problems and develops
solutions in advance of the problem; uses past training and experiences to reason through and
develop responses to unique and/or complex field investigations.
Investigative skills – Is the trainee capable of applying their knowledge of investigative skills to
situations occurring in the field? Does the trainee have the ability to use proper questioning
techniques and to vary those techniques to fit the person being interviewed or interrogated?
Below Average – The trainee is unable to investigate common or complex crimes or offenses;
disrupts evidence or does not guard evidence; fails to protect the crime scene; does not interview
witnesses and suspects when appropriate. Trainee fails to use proper questioning techniques;

7

FORT LEE POLICE DEPARTMENT
FTO WEEKLY
EVALUATION REPORT
PROBATIONARY OFFICERS
FIELD TRAINING GUIDE

does not elicit information from individuals; does not establish appropriate rapport with actors
and/or does not control interview/interrogation of actors.
Average – The trainee is able to investigate common or complex crimes or offenses; guards
evidence properly; knows how to protect a crime scene; interviewing of witnesses and suspects is
done in accordance with SOPs. Trainee generally uses proper questioning techniques; elicits
information from individuals when necessary; is able to establish a rapport with actors and is
able to control an interview/interrogation.
Above Average – The trainee can investigate common and complex crimes and offenses; can
recognize evidence that is not readily apparent; protects a crime scene; follows proper
investigation procedure. Trainee always uses proper questioning techniques; is able to establish a
rapport with all victims and witnesses; controls the interview/interrogation, even in the most
difficult situations.
Accident investigation skills skills – Is the trainee capable of applying their knowledge of
accident investigative skills to situations occurring in the field? Does the trainee have the ability
to use proper questioning techniques and to vary those techniques to obtain the required
information and facts of a collision to properly complete the state’s Crash Report? Does the
trainee know the criteria and recognize crash scenes where the department’s Accident
Investigation Unit or county’s Fatal Accident Investigation Unit must be notified?
Below Average – The trainee is unable to investigate common collision scenes; disrupts
evidence or does not guard evidence; fails to protect the collision scene; does not interview
witnesses and drivers when appropriate. Trainee fails to use proper questioning techniques; does
not elicit required information from witnesses and drivers; fails to notify a supervisor of a serious
collision. The trainee fails to follow proper Accident Investigation SOPs
Average – The trainee is able to investigate common collision scenes; preserves and guards
evidence; protects the collision scene; interviews witnesses and drivers appropriately. Trainee
uses proper questioning techniques; elicits required information from witnesses and drivers;
notifies a supervisor of a serious collision. The trainee follows proper Accident Investigation
SOPs
Above Average – The trainee is able to investigate common collision scenes; preserves and
guards evidence not readily apparent; protects the collision scene; interviews witnesses and
drivers appropriately. Trainee uses proper questioning techniques; elicits required information
from witnesses and drivers; notifies a supervisor of a serious collision. The trainee follows
proper Accident Investigation SOPs, even in the most difficult situations.

Patrol operation skills:
Orientation Skill/ Street Recognition – Is the trainee aware of their present location while on
patrol? Can the officer find locations in their sector? Can they arrive at a destination within an
acceptable period of time?

8

FORT LEE POLICE DEPARTMENT
FTO WEEKLY
EVALUATION REPORT
PROBATIONARY OFFICERS
FIELD TRAINING GUIDE

Below Average – Trainee is unaware of location while on patrol; is unable to use the street
guide/map; is unable to relate location to destination; is unfamiliar with sector and borough
boundary lines; becomes lost; expends too much time getting to destination; becomes disoriented
when responding to emergency assignments.
Average – Trainee is aware of location while on patrol; properly uses and understands the street
map; can relate location to destination; knows their sector and borough boundary lines;
demonstrates a good sense of direction; arrives within a reasonable amount of time; does not
become disoriented when responding to emergency assignments.
Above Average – Trainee remembers location from prior assignments; does not need to refer to
street map; is aware of shortcuts and utilizes them to save time; arrives at destination in shortest
time possible.
Driving Skill: Normal Condition – Does the trainee operate the police vehicle in a safe and
lawful manner during normal driving conditions?
Below Average – Trainee does not drive defensively; violates traffic laws, such as red lights,
stop signs, signaling lane changes, etc., not setting the example for the motoring public; involved
in preventable accidents; lacks dexterity and coordination during vehicle operation; cannot
operate vehicle and police radio at the same time.
Average – Trainee drives defensively, maintaining control of the vehicle at all times; not
involved in preventable accidents; shows coordination and dexterity while operating the police
vehicle; can operate the vehicle and police radio at the same time.
Above Average – Trainee sets a good example for the motoring public; displays a high level of
dexterity and coordination when operating the police vehicle; is capable of operating the police
vehicle while recording information; observing surrounding activity and driving defensively
without sacrificing the safety of themselves or others.
Driving Skill: Stressful Conditions – Is the trainee able to operate the police vehicle during
stressful and/or emergency conditions in a safe and legal manner?
Below Average – Trainee misuses lights and sirens; drives too fast or too slow for the situation;
fails to approach intersections or heavily populated areas with caution; loses control of the police
vehicle; is involved in preventable accidents; does not operate vehicle according to law and
policies & procedures.
Average – Trainee does not misuse lights and sirens; maintains control of the vehicle and is not
involved in preventable accidents; adjusts driving style for the situation; approaches intersections
and heavily populated areas with caution; operates the vehicle according to policies &
procedures.

9

FORT LEE POLICE DEPARTMENT
FTO WEEKLY
EVALUATION REPORT
PROBATIONARY OFFICERS
FIELD TRAINING GUIDE

Above Average – Uses lights and sirens in accordance with departmental policy; drives
defensively; has a high degree of reflex ability and competence in driving skills; anticipates other
driver’s actions and acts accordingly; is not involved in preventable accidents.
Productivity – Without direct instruction from the FTO, does the trainee initiate activity and/or
follow up on reported incidents?
Below Average – Trainee does not observe suspicious activity or follow up on reported incidents
or leads; rationalizes suspicious activity or circumstances; acts only when the FTO initiates the
activity; cannot conduct a field interview; lacks standard of proof for conducting field interviews
(reasonable suspicion-probable cause); lacks tact during street encounters.
Average – Trainee recognizes and investigates suspicious activity and law violations; displays
inquisitiveness; follows up and investigates reported criminal incidents; conducts field interviews
with tact and the appropriate standard of proof.
Above Average– Trainee seldom misses observable criminal activity; makes quality arrests from
observed activity or reported incidents; catalogs, maintains and uses information given at roll call
and/or briefings for reasonable suspicion in furthering investigations.
Officer Safety: General – Does the trainee practice basic officer safety concepts while
performing routine daily activities?
Below Average – Trainee is paranoid, lacks confidence or is overconfident; lacks awareness of
surrounding activity; fails to exercise basic officer safety procedures; for example:
Fails to keep gun hand free during potentially dangerous situations;
Fails to use illumination properly or when necessary;
Fails to advise Com-Cen when leaving patrol vehicle;
Does not anticipate potentially dangerous situations;
Is careless or unsafe with handgun or other weapons;
Is unaware if their sidearm faces a suspect during an encounter;
Is unaware of their surroundings during certain incidents (examples include being in a kitchen
during a domestic dispute, etc);
Stands too close to vehicular traffic;
Stands directly in front of violator’s/suspect’s car door;
Stands in front of door when knocking;
Fails to have weapon ready when appropriate;
Fails to protect fellow officers;
Fails to search police vehicle prior to duty or after transporting persons;
Fails to check equipment before beginning duty;
Fails to control a scene;
Fails to request back up units when appropriate;
Fails to take cover when necessary.

10

FORT LEE POLICE DEPARTMENT
FTO WEEKLY
EVALUATION REPORT
PROBATIONARY OFFICERS
FIELD TRAINING GUIDE

Average – Trainee understands the basic principles of officer safety and applies these accepted
principles only.
Above Average – Realistically practices basic and advanced tactics in officer safety; never
becomes overconfident with personal abilities; does not place himself/herself or fellow officers
in poor officer safety positions; foresees dangerous situations and prepares for them; protects
fellow officers.
Officer Safety: Suspects/Prisoners – Does the trainee use officer safety skills when confronting
suspicious persons, suspects and dealing with prisoners?
Below Average – Trainee fails to maintain a tactical advantage when confronting potentially
dangerous individuals; for example:
Fails to perform a protective frisk when appropriate;
Confronts suspicious persons/suspects while seated in police vehicle;
Fails to handcuff arrested persons or searches before handcuffing;
Fails to thoroughly search prisoners or their vehicles;
Fails to maintain position of advantage to prevent attack or escape;
Exposes weapon(s) to suspects/prisoners (O.C. spray, PR-24, flashlight, handgun);
Fails to control suspect’s/violator’s movements during investigation;
Fails to keep suspect/violator in sight during investigation;
Fails to maintain a tactical advantage when confronting multiple suspects;
Selects improper defensive weapon to defend self or fellow officers.
Average – Trainee practices basic officer safety concepts outlined above when dealing with
potentially dangerous persons; maintains a position of advantage.
Above Average – Trainee foresees a potential danger and takes steps to eliminate or control it
before a dangerous situation arises; constantly maintains a position of advantage; realistically
practices basic and advanced tactics involving suspect confrontation.
Radio Procedures/Comprehension/ Articulation: – How well does the trainee know and use
the radio correctly? Is the trainee able to listen to radio transmissions and comprehend their
content? Are trainee’s radio transmissions clear and understandable with only the necessary
information broadcast?
Below Average – The Trainee does not understand or use proper codes/languages; fails to follow
departmental radio procedure; does not understand the operation of the police radio. Trainee
repeatedly misses their own calls; is not aware of radio traffic for other zones; requires
dispatcher to frequently repeat radio transmissions by not accurately comprehending messages,
or writing them down; is easily distracted. Trainee does not pre-plan transmission; transmissions
are unclear or confusing; improper voice tone (too soft/too loud); cuts messages off through
improper use of the radio; becomes excited when transmitting information or is unable to
transmit information because of radio fright.

11

FORT LEE POLICE DEPARTMENT
FTO WEEKLY
EVALUATION REPORT
PROBATIONARY OFFICERS
FIELD TRAINING GUIDE

Average – The trainee follows departmental procedure regarding accepted radio usage in normal
daily activities; has good working knowledge of the most often used codes/language. Trainee
copies radio transmissions directed to them and is aware of major incidents occurring throughout
the township; comprehends radio transmissions directed to them; rarely requires that information
be repeated; writes the information down as needed. Transmissions are usually short, concise,
clear and understandable to all officers.
Above Average – The Trainee follows proper radio procedure regardless of the field situation;
has Above Average knowledge of all codes/language and applies knowledge when using the
police radio. Trainee comprehends all radio transmissions; makes a written record when
appropriate; Is aware of incidents occurring in adjoining zones; recalls with detail previously
broadcast information; uses previously transmitted information to advantage; does not require
that transmissions be repeated. Transmissions are well planned and understandable in all
situations; only required information is broadcast; voice is consistently clear and calm.

Knowledge:
Policies & Procedures: Knowledge & Application – Does the trainee demonstrate an
acceptable level of knowledge of Policies & Procedures?
Below Average – Trainee fails to display knowledge of policies and procedures when questioned
by the FTO; cannot outline the appropriate policies and procedures to follow in routine
investigations. The trainee does not follow proper policies and procedures in field situations;
provides improper advice to citizens regarding policies and procedures; in routine field
investigations repeatedly seeks advice from FTOs regarding correct policies and procedures to
follow after being provided with initial and comprehensive explanation of the same policy or
procedure.
Average– Trainee is familiar with most commonly applied Policies & Procedures; can outline
the proper Policies & Procedures to follow in routine investigations and incidents. Trainee
follows policies and procedures in routine situations; provides correct advice to citizens
regarding policies and procedures.
Above Average– Trainee is familiar with commonly applied Policies & Procedures as well as
those applicable to complex/unusual situations; can outline the proper Policies & Procedures to
follow in routine, complex and unique field investigations without the FTOs’ assistance. Trainee
is able to follow correct policies and procedures in all routine and complex field investigations.
The trainee has an excellent knowledge of the policies and procedures.
State Statutes/ Borough Ordinances – Does the trainee have an acceptable level of knowledge
regarding the New Jersey Criminal Code and Fort Lee Borough Ordinances, specifically those
statutes encountered on a regular basis, and current criminal procedure? Those statutes
encountered on a regular basis include, but are not limited to, Simple Assault, Aggravated
Assault, Burglary, Criminal Mischief, Harassment, Theft (all types especially Shoplifting), and
Domestic Violence. Those ordinances encountered on a regular basis include, but are not limited

12

FORT LEE POLICE DEPARTMENT
FTO WEEKLY
EVALUATION REPORT
PROBATIONARY OFFICERS
FIELD TRAINING GUIDE

to Excessive Noise, Public Vendors, Park Restrictions, Commercial Vehicle Restrictions, and
Parking Enforcement.
Below Average – Trainee does not know the elements of crimes or offenses; cannot recognize
crimes or offenses when encountered or makes mistakes relative to whether or not crimes or
offenses have been committed; does not understand the basic laws governing criminal procedure.
Trainee does not recognize crimes or offenses in the field or incorrectly identifies lawful activity
as being criminal; follows improper criminal procedure, such as lacking probable cause to make
an arrest, search persons and/or vehicles; unable to differentiate common crimes and offenses.
Average – Trainee understands the basic elements of crimes or offenses; can recognize crimes or
offenses when encountered; has an understanding of basic laws governing criminal procedure.
Trainee recognizes commonly encountered crimes and offenses in the field; does not violate
criminal procedure; understands the difference between criminal and non-criminal activity.
Above Average - Trainee has excellent knowledge of criminal statutes and can discuss in detail
criminal procedure without using reference material. Trainee has an outstanding knowledge of
the criminal statutes and applies that knowledge to criminal and non-criminal activity.
Motor Vehicle Code (NJSA Title 39) - Does the trainee have an acceptable level of knowledge
of the New Jersey Motor Vehicle Code-NJSA-39, et. seq.?
Below Average – The trainee is unable to identify possible Title 39 violations when questioned
by the FTOs; they are unable to use reference material properly to obtain the correct answer. The
trainee is unable to recognize Title 39 violations.
Average – When questioned by an FTO, the trainee can identify Title 39 violations using
reference material properly. The trainee is able to identify commonly used Title 39 violations
and enforce them properly.
Above Average – The trainee can identify Title 39 violations when questioned by an FTO
without using reference material. The trainee can identify common and uncommon title 39
violations and enforce them without using reference material.
Search and Seizure– Does the trainee have an acceptable level of knowledge regarding the New
Jersey Court decisions regarding arrest, search and seizure, specifically relating to persons,
property and vehicles.
Below Average – Trainee does not know the levels of proofs required to stop, detain, frisk,
search or arrest a person, vehicle or property; does not understand the basic laws governing
criminal procedure, such as arrest, search and seizure, stop and frisk and suspect identification.
Trainee does not recognize crimes or offenses in the field or incorrectly identifies lawful activity
as being criminal; follows improper criminal procedure, such as lacking probable cause to make
an arrest, search persons and/or vehicles; unable to differentiate common crimes and offenses.

13

FORT LEE POLICE DEPARTMENT
FTO WEEKLY
EVALUATION REPORT
PROBATIONARY OFFICERS
FIELD TRAINING GUIDE

Average – Trainee understands the levels of proofs required to stop, detain, frisk, search or arrest
a person, vehicle or property; understands the basic laws governing criminal procedure, such as
arrest, search and seizure, stop and frisk and suspect identification. Trainee recognizes and
correctly identifies unlawful activity as being criminal; follows proper criminal procedure, such
as establishing probable cause/ reasonable articulable suspicion to make an arrest, search persons
and/or vehicles.
Above Average - Trainee has excellent knowledge of criminal procedure and can discuss in
detail criminal procedure without using reference material. Trainee has an outstanding
knowledge of the criminal procedures and applies that knowledge to criminal and non-criminal
activity.
Comments
The FTO or trainee should explain the trainee’s performance in the space provided.

14

OPERATIONS
FIELD TRAINING
VOL, VI. CH, 7.
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
02-25-2004

REVISION
DATE:
1/22/09
5/15/09

PAGE #:

SECTION:

4
7
X
2
3
4
6

C4
E (1)
X
IV
B1d
C4a-h
C7-8
IIIA2a-b
C1a
3c
IV B

7
9

VOLUME TITLE: OPERATIONS

# PAGES:
11

1/4/11

6

APPROVED

6a

REFERENCE:
ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):
V6C7
33.4.3
SUBJECT: FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM

CHAPTER
7

DISTRIBUTION
ALL
EVALUATION
DATE:

ISSUING AUTHORITY:
________________________________
CHIEF THOMAS O. RIPOLI
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

VOLUME
VI

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

POLICY
The Fort Lee Police Department has a Field Training Program which provides new police officers with
practical field training while working with a variety of experienced officers.
PURPOSE
The ultimate goal of all training is to produce a change in desired behavior. The primary goal of the Field
Training Program, is to specifically prepare a Probationary Officer to perform the duties and responsibilities
of a uniformed patrol officer with confidence and ability.
DEFINITIONS
I.

Field Training Program (FTP) - A structured and closely-supervised program provided to recruit
officers to facilitate the application of skills and knowledge obtained in the academy/classroom to
actual performance in on-the-job situations.

II.

Field Training Coordinator (FTC) - Supervisor in charge of Training Division.

OPERATIONS
FIELD TRAINING
VOL. VI, CH. 7
III.
Field Training Officer (FTO) - A specially selected and trained officer who provides field training to
recruit officers, and participates in the evaluation of the recruit officer.
IV.

Probationary Officer (Trainee) – A newly hired officer who has not completed the Field Training
Program, pre-academy, during academy, or post academy graduation.

PROCEDURE
I.

II.

The Borough of Fort Lee Police Department's Field Training Program is an objective evaluation to
insure that the standards of a competent law enforcement officer are met. The goal of the Field
Training Program is to improve the overall effectiveness and efficiency of law enforcement service
delivery by:
A.

Improving the overall applicant screening process: The Field Training Program is one phase
of the department's overall applicant screening process designed to facilitate on-the-job
observations and performance assessment.

B.

Establishing a probationary police officer appraisal system: The program is designed to
provide a valid, job related, post-Basic Training Academy evaluation of probationary law
enforcement officer performance. The process utilizes a standardized and systematic
approach to documenting a probationary law enforcement officer's performance.

C.

Establishing a program review procedure: The program provides an appraisal system to
measure the effectiveness of the department's selection and training processes by allowing
feedback to the appropriate departments/ sections regarding probationary law enforcement
officer strengths and weaknesses.

D.

Improving the probationary law enforcement officer training process: The program provides
post-Basic Academy training and on-the-job training to probationary law enforcement
officers. Field Training Officers serve as role models for Probationary Officers in the
development of the knowledge/skills/abilities that are needed to perform patrol duties and
practical application of police academy materials.

E.

Establishing career opportunities within the department: The Field Training Program is
another career path within the police department. It provides incentive for the demonstration
of proficiency in the knowledge/skills/abilities needed to perform patrol functions. While
performing the duties of the Field Training Officer (FTO), the officer gains experience and
knowledge that increases leadership, training/evaluation skills and may enhance career
opportunities.

ORGANIZATION
A.

Administrative Division Commander
1.

The Administrative Division Commander shall be the highest ranking officer in
2

OPERATIONS
FIELD TRAINING
VOL. VI, CH. 7
charge of the Administrative Division as designated by the Chief of Police.
B.

Field Training Coordinator
1.

The Field Training Coordinator shall be the Training Division Supervisor, his
responsibilities include the general administration and evaluation of the Field
Training Program and the monitoring of all probationary officers for the duration of
their probationary period.
a.

The Coordinator shall monitor and evaluate the overall development of
Probationary Officers during the probationary period for purposes of
ascertaining any deficiencies and resolving them through training and
retraining.

b.

The Coordinator shall, be responsible for planning, directing and evaluating
field training assignments and any changes in such assignments or variations
in the length of the assignments.

c.

The Coordinator shall work closely with the probationary officer’s immediate
squad supervisors during and after the completion of field training, make
assignments to determine and correct any training deficiencies, and may
recommend a recycling of a probationary officer for retraining.

d.

FTOs are under the supervision of the Field Training Program Coordinator
regarding their FTO function. The FTO and trainee are under the daily
supervision of the Patrol Supervisors. Supervisors of all ranks shall closely
supervise the entire field training process as the initial experience of trainees
often shapes their future careers.

e.

The Coordinator shall conduct a comprehensive evaluation of each
Probationary Officer during the last month of the field training period, and
prepare a statement of the probationary officer's development and submit it to
the Operations Officer, with a recommendation to retain, recycle (extend
training) or dismiss the officer. All other department supervisors and field
training personnel will be offered the opportunity to provide input to assist in
this final field training period evaluation.

f.

The Coordinator shall keep the other shift supervisors/command personnel
informed of the progress of Probationary Officers assigned to the shift. All
patrol supervisors shall receive training in the supervision of the Field
Training Process.

g.

The Coordinator must insure that the training and evaluation process is
properly administered. Various sources of information should be utilized to
achieve these goals, including (but not limited to) weekly observation reports,
3

OPERATIONS
FIELD TRAINING
VOL. VI, CH. 7
oral communications with the Field Training Officers, and personal
observations of Probationary Officer performance to assist in the summary of
weekly progress.
h.

C.

The Coordinator shall meet periodically with the FTO’s and probationary
officers, he may also meet periodically with patrol supervisors. These
meeting will be for the review of progress in the training of the probationary
officers.

Field Training Officer
1.

The Field Training Officer is the essential means by which the goal of the program is
achieved, specifically, the development of a Probationary Police Officer ability to
work a solo assignment in a safe, skillful, productive and professional manner.

2.

All Field Training Officers shall receive formal FTO training consistent with this
program, either in-house or externally, depending upon the directions of the Chief of
Police.

3.

The Field Training Officer shall be responsible for the training and evaluation of the
probationary officers when assigned to them, as directed by the Field Training Unit
command staff.

4.

The Field Training Officer Selection & Training:
a)

The Chief of Police ultimately selects FTOs with input from the supervisors.
FTOs must demonstrate traits that include, but are not limited to:
i.

A commitment to organizational goals and objectives as evidenced by
their attitude and overall performance;

ii.

Interpersonal communications skills;

iii.

Technical proficiency to include a good working knowledge of Title
2C, Title 39, Attorney General Guidelines, and Criminal Procedure.

iv.

A willingness to instruct others;

v.

A willingness to make critical observations;

vi.

A willingness to recommend and implement improvement plans;

vii.

A superior record of attendance.

viii.

A willingness to undergo training as an FTO
4

OPERATIONS
FIELD TRAINING
VOL. VI, CH. 7
b)

Although not mandatory requirements, FTOs should:
i.

Have a minimum of 2 years of service;

ii.

Be certified in the operation of radar;

iii.

Be certified in Methods of Instruction;

c)

Any patrol officer wishing to be considered as FTOs must submit a written
request to their immediate supervisor. The immediate supervisor is to review
the request, interview the candidate and recommend approval or denial based
upon the above listed required traits. The immediate supervisor is to forward
the request via their chain of command up to the patrol Captain for review
and recommendation. The Training Bureau Supervisor should be consulted
before the request is forwarded to the Chief of Police.

d)

A patrol officer may be selected as an FTO by the department based on the
above requirements, with the approval of the Chief of Police.

e)

Field Training Officers shall undergo a basic training program to
i.

Familiarize them to the skills and subjects that had been taught in the
police academy to the trainees;

ii.

Familiarize them with their duties and responsibilities as set forth in
this directive;

iii.

Familiarize them with the evaluation criteria established in Field
Training Guide.

iv.

Familiarize themselves with the various forms and documentation
criteria used in the program

v.

Enhance their critical evaluation skills

f)

FTOs are required to undergo refresher training in the above FTO Program
protocols, prior to being utilized in a FTO training cycle. More frequent
refresher training may be indicated if there are any substantial modifications
to the program.

g)

An officer

h)

An officers status as an FTO should be considered and given the appropriate
priority when reviewing In-Service Training Requests/
5

OPERATIONS
FIELD TRAINING
VOL. VI, CH. 7
5.

The Probationary Officer has two primary roles to fulfill: that of police officer with
full patrol responsibility and that of a trainer and evaluator of Probationary Officers.

6.

The Probationary Officer may be released from field training duties as follows:
a.

III.

upon completion of the FTP as scheduled by the Field Training Coordinator,
(a minimum of 4 weeks, maximum of Probationary Period), with approval of
the Chief of Police.

7.

The FTO is responsible for the weekly progress meeting with their immediate
supervisor.

8.

Reports written by the Probationary Officer also serve to identify deficiencies,
especially ones of spelling, grammar, neatness, attention to detail and the general
organization of thought. The FTO is responsible for the review of Report Forms
along with the Recruit.

ASSIGNMENT OF PROBATIONARY OFFICERS
A.

Assignments will be decided by the Operations Commander.
1.

Probationary Officers shall be assigned to the Field Training Unit and scheduled with
the Patrol Division unless otherwise ordered by the Chief of Police.

2.

Chain of Command for Probationary Officers & FTO(s). Each Probationary
Officer who is assigned to the Patrol Division shall be placed in a field training
assignment under the supervision of a Field Training Coordinator and Field Training
Officer as defined in this policy.
a.

Probationary officers will be assigned to the 8x4, 4x12, or traffic bureau,
unless directed by the Chief of Police.
(1).

Probationary officers will be rotated from their assignments every 30
days, unless directed by the Chief of Police.

b.

The Operations Commander may continue the field training assignment of a
Probationary Officer beyond the predetermined time should the need for
further training and evaluation is apparent with the approval of the Chief of
Police.

b.

Prior to successful completion of the field training assignment, a
Probationary Officer shall not be assigned to solo patrol responsibilities
without the approval of the Chief of Police.
6

OPERATIONS
FIELD TRAINING
VOL. VI, CH. 7
c.

C.

Field Training Officers and their recruits shall be deemed a single officer
unit for purposes of calls for service. They still count as regular
numbers for minimum manpower.

The Field Training Program shall consist of:
1.

Orientation PTC Objectives
a.

The in-house PTC Objectives orientation should be conducted the four (4)
business days for prior to the start of the academy and again prior to
graduation, which will included an introduction to the Field Training
Program and demonstrated proficiency of critical department policy.

b.

The Probationary Officer shall be issued the Probationary Officer Field
Training Manual and complete a receipt of issuance.

c.

The Field Training Coordinator or their designee shall review with the
Probationary Officer, the goals of the program, the department's expectations
and the responsibilities of the Probationary Officer.

d.

Critical Department Policy Review.
(1) Fresh Pursuit
(2) Use of Force
(3) Domestic Violence
(4) Arrest, Search and Seizure
(5) Motor Vehicle Inventory
(6) Evidence
(7) Missing Persons
(8) Juvenile Procedures
(9) Cell Block Mgmt/Suicide Awareness
(10) Bloodborne/Airborne Pathogens
(11) Sick Policy
7

OPERATIONS
FIELD TRAINING
VOL. VI, CH. 7
2.

Field Training
a.

Working days.
(1)

A working day shall be defined as: All training/ evaluation days
during which the Probationary Officer is assigned to a Field Training
Officer.

b.

Training and Evaluation period.

c.

On each working day, the Field Training Officer shall be responsible for the
completion of the following:

d.

e.

(1)

Training and observation of all areas covered on the weekly
evaluation report.

(2)

Ensure that the trainee follows all department Rules and
Regulations and Standard Operating Procedures in the
performance of his duties.

On each working day, the Probationary Officer shall be responsible for the
completion of the following:
(1)

Accident Reports, Investigation Reports and Motor Vehicle
Summonses

(2)

MV Inspection sheet

(1)

Vacant House Checks

The Field Training Officer shall be responsible to complete all daily forms
and submit same to his/her Supervisor, who will forward to applicable
Patrol Captain, who will forward to Training. Training will then submit a
report to the Operations Officer on a regular basis.
(1)

Weekly Evaluation Report, according to the Field Training Guide.

(2)

Reports by Probationary Officer

(3)

Field Interview cards from Probationary Officer

(4)

Motor Vehicle Violations.
8

OPERATIONS
FIELD TRAINING
VOL. VI, CH. 7

3.

f.

The Probationary Officer biweekly, shall complete a Probationary Officer
Self-Evaluation Report.

g.

Patrol Squad Supervisors are required to complete a monthly evaluation
report for probationary officers until their probationary status has ended.

Solo Field Patrol Assignment:
a.

Probationary Officer remains on Probationary status.
(1)

b.

During the balance of the Probationary Patrol Period, the Probationary
Officer may be periodically assigned to a Field Training Officer for the
purpose of performance reviews.

c.

End of the Field Training. Narrative Reports will be completed by Field
Training Coordinator, FTO, and Squad Supervisor.
(1)

Employment Status Report.
( )
( )
( )

IV.

Patrol Squad Supervisors complete the Monthly Evaluation
Report. The monthly evaluation report is submitted it to
the Training Division, Captains, Operations Commander
and Chief of Police.

Recommend end of Field Training Period
Recommend extension Field Training Period
Recommend Termination of Employee

EXTENSION OF TRAINING - RECYCLE
A.

Recycle period may be recommended at the end of the training period if performance falls
below minimum established performance guidelines.

B.

The Probationary Officer's Field Training Period may be extended (recycled) upon the
recommendation of the Field Training Coordinator, FTO or Squad Supervisor with the
recommendation of the Operations Commander and the approval of the Chief of Police.

C.

Each recycle period may last up to (20) working days

D.

The Probationary Officer shall be issued a Performance Improvement Plan that identifies
performance deficiencies and outlines training methods to be utilized by the Field Training
Officer..

9

OPERATIONS
FIELD TRAINING
VOL. VI, CH. 7
E.
The recycle period shall consist of training by the Field Training Officer, demonstration of
competency by Probationary Officer and supplemental end of training report.
F.

V.

Failure of the Probationary Officer to demonstrate improvement will result in an employment
status hearing & possible termination.

EVALUATION PROCESS
A.

C.

Weekly Evaluation Report.
1.

Completed by the designated Field Training Officer for each week of training and
evaluation period. APPENDIX “A”

2.

The above evaluation report will be completed monthly by each squad supervisor
during and after the field training period, until the officers probationary period has
ended.

Probationary Officer Self Evaluation.
1.

VI.

Completed by the Probationary Officer at the completion of each 2 week training
period. APPENDIX “B”

EMPLOYMENT STATUS PROCESS
A.

At any time during the probationary period, if a Probationary Officer is not performing at a
satisfactory level, a recommendation for termination may be initiated by the FTO, or squad
supervisors.

B.

Memorandums and recommendations for termination are to be forwarded to the Patrol
Captains, Operations Officer, Immediate Supervisor of the FTO and the Training Division..

C.

1.

The Training Division shall gather all paperwork of and by the recruit officer and
his/her FTO, and ensure that all supporting data is attached.

2.

The Training Division will prepare a detailed report and forward it to the Operations
Officer and Chief of Police with recommendations.

The Chief of Police will affect the administrative decision reference the requested dismissal.
1.

If the Chief of Police concurs with the recommendation, the Probationary Officer
shall be administratively relieved of duty by the Chief of Police (or designee) and
scheduled for an Employment Status Hearing within 72-hours of such notification.

10

OPERATIONS
FIELD TRAINING
VOL. VI, CH. 7
2.

D.

The Chief of Police shall make the final decision reference dismissal within forty-eight (48)
hours of the Employment Status hearing.
1.

VII.

The Chief of Police shall preside over the Employment Status hearing at which time
the Borough Administrator will be present and the Operations Officer, Training
Division Supervisor and a Patrol Captain shall present the reasons for the termination
recommendation. The Probationary Officer shall be afforded an opportunity to
respond to the Field Training Unit's Report of Recommendation.

The recommendation will be forwarded to the Borough of Fort Lee Mayor & Council
for final approval.

DISPOSITION OF FIELD TRAINING EVALUATIONS
A.

Upon completion of the Probationary Officer's Field Training Program, reports will be filed
as follows:
1.

Department personnel file.

a.

Field Training Program files are confidential and shall be reviewed only by
persons in the Field Training Unit, Administrative Officers and IAD, upon
approval of the Chief of Police.

11

GENERAL
INTERNET ACCESS AND USE
VOL, 6, CH. 9
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
09-20-2003

VOLUME TITLE: GENERAL

# PAGES:
3

ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

REFERENCE:

REVISION
DATE:

PAGE #:

SECTION:

APPROVED

VOLUME
VI
CHAPTER
9

SUBJECT: INTERNET ACCESS AND USE

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

ALL
EVALUATION
DATE:

CHIEF THOMAS R. TESSARO
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

PURPOSE:
To establish guidelines for accessing the Internet so that this potentially valuable source of information
can be utilized by officers in the performance of their duties, i.e., Training Division, Detective Division,
Administrative Division and any other officers that have been approved to do so by the Chief of Police.
POLICY:
Although the Internet represents a potentially valuable resource, it also exposes the Fort Lee Police
Department and it’s personnel in an unprecedented and highly visible fashion. The Internet is a public
forum, as opposed to a private or secure network. The Fort Lee Police Department may be held
accountable for abusive, inappropriate, or unethical behavior of Police Department Personnel accessing
the network from Department facilities. Therefore, all aspects of the Fort Lee Police Department’s
Internet presence must be carefully managed to ensure that the department’s image is properly protected,
its liability is limited, and that access and use of the Internet by this department is suitable.
PROCEDURES:
I.

Internet Privilege
A.

Internet services are provided to support open communications and exchange of
information, and the opportunity for collaborative department related work. Although
access to information and information technology is essential to the mission of our
agency, use of Internet services is a revocable privilege.
1

GENERAL
INTERNET ACCESS AND USE
VOL, 6, CH. 9
II.

Compliance
A.

III.

Police Department Personnel will make a reasonable effort to inform themselves of this
procedure, and acceptable and unacceptable uses of the Internet in general. The burden of
responsibility is on the user to inquire as to acceptable and unacceptable uses prior to use.

Ethical Behavior
A.

Users should remember that existing rules, regulations, and guidelines on ethical
behavior of department personnel and appropriate use of department resources apply to
the use of electronic communications systems.

B.

Specific acceptable uses include, but are not limited to:

C.

1.

Communication and information exchange directly related to the mission, charter,
or work tasks of the Fort Lee Police Department.

2.

Communication and exchange for professional development, to maintain currency
of training or education, or to discuss issues related to the user’s Police
Department activities.

3.

Use in applying for or administering grants, or contracts for research or programs.

4.

Uses for advice, standards, research, analysis and professional society activities
related to the users work tasks and duties.

5.

Announcement of new laws, procedures, policies, rules, services, programs,
information, or activities.

6.

Any other governmental administrative communications not requiring a high level
of security.

Specifically unacceptable uses, include but are not limited to:
1.

Use of the Internet for any purposes, which violate federal or state law.

2.

Use for any profit activities unless specific to the charter, mission, or duties of the
Fort Lee Police Department.

3.

Use for private businesses, including commercial advertising.

4.

Use for access and distribution of indecent or obscene material.

5.

Use of Internet services so as to interfere with or disrupt network users, services,
or equipment.

2

GENERAL
INTERNET ACCESS AND USE
VOL, 6, CH. 9
6.
Use to seek out information, distribute information, obtain copies of, or modify
files and other data, which are private, confidential, or not open to public
inspection or release.

D.

IV.

V.

7.

Users misrepresenting themselves as other persons on the Internet without express
consent of the Chief of Police. Users will not circumvent established policies
defining eligibility for access to information or systems.

8.

Intentionally developing programs designed to harass other users, or infiltrate
computer system, and/or damage or alter software components of same.

9.

Use for fund raising or public relations activities not related to Police Department
activities.

Investigations on the Internet:
1.

Any investigations using the Internet (posing as another person etc.) must be
approved by the Chief of Police.

2.

Such investigations should be conducted on a stand-alone computer system, not
one that is connected to the network of the Fort Lee Police Department.

3.

No officers should use their own personal computer system or Internet service
provider for such investigations.

Additional Guidelines
A.

Any software files downloaded should be virus checked prior to use.

B.

When setting up an account on a different information system that will be accessed using
the Internet, use passwords not related to ones used on the Fort Lee Police Department
computer system.

C.

Always make reasonable attempts to complete the log-off or other termination procedures
when finished using a remote, Internet accessed system or resource. This will prevent
potential breaches of security.

D.

Electronic mail sent or received on the Internet cannot be expected to be secure.

Non-Compliance
A.

The Chief of Police is responsible for his personnel’s compliance with the provisions of
this policy and for the investigating of non-compliance, in accordance with the
department’s rules and regulations.

3

AUTHORITY
OFFICIAL COMMUNICATIONS
VOL, VII. CH, 23
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT
VOLUME TITLE: AUTHORITY
ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
08-11-2004

REVISION
DATE:

PAGE #:

SECTION:

# PAGES:
2

APPROVED

VOLUME
VII
CHAPTER
23

REFERENCE:

SUBJECT: OFFICIAL COMMUNICATION
SUBPOENA’S / DISCOVERY REQUESTS

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

EVALUATION
DATE:

ALL

CHIEF THOMAS RIPOLI
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:
96-1

PURPOSE:
To provide a positive and uniform method of notifying department personnel of various essential
requirements, appearances, and responsibilities.
SCOPE:
This procedure shall be applicable to all employees of the Fort Lee Police Department as necessary.
DEFINITION:
"Official Notification" shall be defined as the serving of any documentation to an individual employee
of this department, or a group of individual employees of this department that pertains to an essential
responsibility or an assignment of an individual or individuals. This documentation shall include, but not
be limited to such items as:
Court subpoenas, civil and criminal; Writs of Discovery for any reports, complaints or MV summonses,
and other essential documents/notifications directed at an individual employee.
This policy specifically excludes the service of department wide official communications normally
reviewed at briefings and directed to all personnel in the department, in a division, or in a squad.
See Written Directive Policy Vol, I. Ch, 2.

1

AUTHORITY
OFFICIAL COMMUNICATIONS
VOL, VII. CH, 23
I.
PROCEDURE:
A.

The officer responsible for serving the document shall, prior to serving same, make a photocopy
of the document and place the following format on the copy in any space available:
1.

Served To:
Served by:
Date Served:
Time Served:

B.

2.

The format may be handwritten, typed, or rubber stamped as necessary.

3.

The copy and the original will then be attached together until time of service.

The officer will then serve the document directly to the employee if practical, and complete the
format as outlined above.
1.

If the subject officer is not on duty or is unavailable at the time, the serving officer will
forward the document to that officer's supervisor or commanding officer for service at the
earliest possible time.
a.

If the subject employee is a member of the Patrol Division, the serving officer
shall place the document in the officer's tour 12x8, 8x4, or 4x12 mail slot at the
Tour Commander's desk.

b.

As part of the Tour Commander's daily routine, the mail slot for his respective
tour will be checked for documents to be served, and any officers who are on duty
at that time will be served by the Tour Commander or Road Supervisor.

2.

If an officer who is the subject of a subpoena or other document is on duty, the supervisor
will serve the document and ensure that the above listed format is completed.

3.

The copy of the document with the completed confirmation of service will then be placed
in the record room box.

4.

The Record Room Supervisor will then direct that any served and confirmed documents
be filed in their proper place or forwarded to the appropriate division or authority.

C.

In cases where the officer is unable to be served due to vacation, illness, retirement etc, it should
be noted on the document and forwarded back to the issuing authority or individual.

D.

Officers that receive a subpoena via mail from any jurisdiction, will date and initial the
subpoena and forward a copy to the records bureau for the court officers records.

2

ORGANIZATION
OPERATIONS DIVISION RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH. 4
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
02-11-2005

VOLUME TITLE: ORGANIZATION
ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

REVISION
DATE:

PAGE #:

SECTION:

# PAGES:
4

APPROVED

VOLUME
II
CHAPTER
4

REFERENCE:

SUBJECT: OPERATION COMMANDER

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

ALL
EVALUATION
DATE:

CHIEF THOMAS RIPOLI
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

PURPOSE:
To ensure that Administrative personnel have procedures to follow for their various responsibilities in
the Police Department.
POLICY:
There shall be a branch of the police department known as the Operations Division. The Operations
Division shall be under the direct control of the Chief of Police. The Chief of Police will designate a
Commander-in-Charge of the Operations Division.

I.

OPERATIONS COMMANDER RESPONSIBILITIES
A.

B.

The Operations Division Commander will be held responsible for the management and
good order of all the delegated areas of responsibility under his/her command, the areas
of command are the Patrol Division and the Detective Division.
1.

Patrol Division includes the Traffic Bureau and Community Policing.

2.

Detective Division includes Narcotics Bureau, Juvenile Bureau and ID/Evidence.

The Operations Division Commander shall perform any other duties as required by the
Chief of Police.
-1 -

ORGANIZATION
OPERATIONS DIVISION RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH. 4
II.
PATROL AND INVESTIGATIVE DIVISION

III.

A.

The Division Commander is held accountable for the administration and management of
daily patrol operations.

B.

The Division Commander shall review monthly services performed by the patrol and
report results to the Chief of Police.

C.

The Division Commander shall monitor and review the attendance of all personnel
assigned to his command.
1.

He will prepare the bi-annual patrol work schedule.

2.

The Commander shall monitor the entire patrol work schedule, assignment of
personnel to special details and ensure adequate manpower coverage.

3.

The Commander will coordinate scheduling of patrol personnel temporarily
assigned to another division.

4.

Temporary assignments will be initiated when new criminal patterns and trends
emerge.

D.

The Division Commander shall be charged with the proper and efficient enforcement of
all laws and ordinances within his area of responsibility; and he shall have direct
managerial responsibility for the personnel and equipment assigned to his command. He
shall ensure that all investigations performed by members within his command have been
properly conducted with thorough and complete reports submitted to Records for proper
recording, filing and further action.

E.

The Division Commander shall make himself available to subordinates when they require
guidance and technical assistance.

F.

The Division Commander must ensure that subordinates within his command adhere to
the department Rules and Regulations.

G.

The Division Commander shall communicate and coordinate all activities with the
Investigative Division Commander as may be received from time to time and ensure the
smooth and efficient operation of the department.

H.

The Commander shall schedule and supervise staff meetings.

CRIME ANALYSIS
A.

Submit reports that depict the total number of incidents investigated by the police
department to the Chief of Police.

B.

Prepare data, as follows:
-2 -

ORGANIZATION
OPERATIONS DIVISION RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH. 4

V.

1.

Total arrests by type.

2.

Total juvenile arrests by type.

3.

Total adult arrests by type.

4.

Percentage comparison reports of the current year
with previous years.

ANNUAL REPORTING
A.

The Division Commander is responsible for developing, preparing and submitting annual
reports, as specified.

B.

A two-year crime comparison shall be prepared yearly.

C.

D.

E.

1.

The report should reflect percent increases or decreases, for U.C.R. Offenses.

2.

The report should reflect a service call comparison, all other crime comparisons.

3.

A clearance rate comparison.

4.

An arrest comparison (Juvenile and Adult).

5.

Identification of high frequency crime locations.

Patrol
1.

Yearly performance comparison.

2.

Yearly arrest comparison.

Goals and Objectives
1.

This section shall include all planned goals and objectives for the following year.

2.

He shall also evaluate the progress that was made for the attainment of the prior
year's goals and objectives.

Budgeting
-3 -

ORGANIZATION
OPERATIONS DIVISION RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH. 4
1.
The Division Commander shall be responsible for:
a.

Preparing and submitting budget requests for personnel and operating
expenses effecting his division.

b.

Continuous monitoring of expenses pertaining to personnel and items in
his division.

c.

Providing requests for capital expenditures for the Operations Division.

-4 -

FORT LEE POLICE DEPARTMENT
FTO WEEKLY
EVALUATION REPORT
PROBATIONARY OFFICERS
Date:
Subject officer:
Evaluating Officer:
Below Average

Average

Attitude/relations/appearance
Attitude towards police work

( )

( )

( )

Acceptance of feedback

( )

( )

( )

Relationship with public

( )

( )

( )

General appearance

( )

( )

( )

Verbal skills

( )

(( ))

( )

Physical skills

( )

( )

( )

Report writing :
Detail

( )

( )

( )

Grammar

( )

( )

( )

Spelling

( )

( )

( )

Content

( )

( )

( )

Field performance:
Stressful conditions

( )

( )

( )

Non-stressful

( )

( )

( )

Problem solving

( )

( )

( )

Decision making

( )

( )

( )

Investigative skills

( )

( )

( )

Accident investigation skills

( )

( )

( )

Patrol operation skills

( )

( )

( )

Radio procedures

( )

( )

( )

Knowledge:
Policies and procedures

( )

( )

( )

State statutes

( )

( )

( )

MV law

( )

( )

( )

Search and seizure

( )

( )

( )

Comments:

Above Average

GENERAL
PUBLIC/PRIVATE FORUM APPEARANCES
VOL, VI, CH 6-1
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
02-04-05

VOLUME TITLE: GENERAL

# PAGES:
2

ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

REFERENCE:

REVISION
DATE:

PAGE #:

SECTION:

APPROVED

VOLUME
VI
CHAPTER
6-1

V#C#

SUBJECT: PUBLIC/PRIVATE
FORUM APPEARANCES

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

EVALUATION
DATE:

ALL

CHIEF THOMAS RIPOLI
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

PURPOSE: To establish guidelines for officers to follow when they are asked to appear at a public or private
forum to represent the Fort Lee Police Department for any of the following reasons.
Press interview
Civic organization meeting
Presentations
Award ceremonies
Grand openings
Public meetings
Federal, State or Local Government meeting
School functions

1

GENERAL
PUBLIC/PRIVATE FORUM APPEARANCES
VOL, VI, CH 6-1
POLICY:

Officers of the Fort Lee Police Department will follow the procedures set-forth below whenever
they are asked to appear at a public or private forum to represent the Fort Lee Police Department.
An officers appearance in any of these forums reflects back on the department, they will conduct
themselves in a Courteous, Professional and Respectful manner at all times.

PROCEDURES:
A.

Notification of Command
1.

Whenever an officer is asked to make an appearance in a public or private forum
to represent the Fort Lee Police Department the Chief of Police or Deputy Chief
of Police are to be notified.
a.

B.

If the Chief and Deputy Chief are not available, the duty Captain is to be
notified.

2.

The officer is to provide the time and date of the appearance, the location and the
purpose.

3.

The Chief, Deputy Chief or Captain will then decide whether it is appropriate for
that officer to make the appearance.
a.

If the determination is made for the officer to make the appearance,
he/she will then be instructed to wear either a class “A” uniform, the
uniform of the day, or a business suit.

b.

Uniform policy guidelines will be followed regarding uniform and
grooming. Volume I, Chapter 17 of the department SOP’s.

4.

On the officers next tour they will forward documentation of the outcome of the
event to the Chief of Police, Deputy Chief of Police and Captains.

5.

Should the decision be made not to have the officer appear, the officer will advise
the individual(s) that made the request that they will not be permitted to do so.

P.B.A. Matters
1.

When an officer is appearing at a P.B.A. forum, and wishes to wear the
department uniform, they are representing the department and will follow the
above procedures.

2

GENERAL
PROFILING AND DISCRIMINATORY PRACTICES
VOL, VI. CH, 10

DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
02-05-2004

VOLUME TITLE: GENERAL

# PAGES:
4

ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S): 1.2.9

REFERENCE:

REVISION
DATE:
2/27/08
11/11/08

PAGE #:
3
3

SECTION:
V,B,2, C-D
IX and X
VIII

APPROVED
12-02-2008

VOLUME
VI
CHAPTER
10

SUBJECT: PROFILING AND DISCRIMINATORY
PRACTICES

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

EVALUATION
DATE:

ALL

CHIEF THOMAS O. RIPOLI
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:
2C:30-5, 2C:30-6, 2C:30-7

I.

PURPOSE
The purpose of this policy is to ensure that the race, ethnicity, age, gender or sexual orientation of an
individual shall not be the basis for a detention, interdiction, or other disparate treatment of an individual
by any member of the Fort Lee Police Department.

II

DISCUSSION
As of March 14, 2003 the State of New Jersey made Racial Profiling a crime, which is covered
under 2C:30-5, 2C:30-6 and 2C:30-7.
A fundamental right guaranteed by the constitution of the United States is equal protection under the
law. Along with the right to equal protection is the right to be free from unreasonable searches and
seizures by government agents. Citizens are free to walk and drive our streets, highways and other
public places without police interference so long as they obey the law. They are also entitled to be free
from crime, and from the depredations of criminals, and to drive and walk our public ways safe from
actions of reckless and careless drivers.
Because of the nature of their business, law enforcement officers are required to be observant, to identify
unusual occurrences and law violations, and to act upon them. Law enforcement officers must also
routinely engage in consensual contacts with citizens and are encouraged to do so. It is these proactive
actions that keep our citizens free from crime, our streets and highways safe to drive upon, and that
detects and apprehends criminals.
1

GENERAL
PROFILING AND DISCRIMINATORY PRACTICES
VOL, VI. CH, 10

In accomplishing their mission however, law enforcement officers must utilize sound police practices
and not take any actions based solely on an individuals race, ethnicity, gender or sexual orientation.
III.

POLICY
It shall be the policy of the Fort Lee Police Department to prevent and prohibit the practice of
discriminatory profiling or any other discriminatory practice by members of the department.

IV.

V.

DEFINITIONS
A.

Discriminatory profiling – the detention, interdiction, or other disparate treatment of an
individual on the basis of their race, ethnicity, age, gender, or sexual orientation.

B.

Stop – the restraining of an individuals liberty by physical force or a show of authority.

C.

Detention – the act of stopping or detaining an individual’s freedom to walk away, approaching
and questioning an individual outside the realm of the consensual encounter, or stopping an
individual suspected of being personally involved in criminal activity.

D.

Citizen Contact – A consensual encounter between a police officer and a citizen, initiated by
either party, wherein the citizen is free to terminate the encounter at any time.

E.

Search – looking for or seeking out that which is otherwise concealed from view.

PROCEDURE
A.

B.

The Discriminatory Profiling of individuals by members of this department is strictly prohibited.
1.

Absent reasonable suspicion based upon articulable and specific facts, the race, ethnicity,
age, gender or sexual orientation of an individual will not be a factor in determining the
existence of probable cause to interdict, place in detention, custody or arrest an
individual, or in constituting a reasonable and articulable suspicion that an offense has
been or is being committed so as to justify the detention of an individual or the
investigatory stop of a motor vehicle or person.

2.

In response to a specific report of criminal activity, race, ethnicity, age, gender, or sexual
orientation will not be the sole factor in determining the existence of probable cause to
place in custody or arrest an individual.

Stops or detentions based solely on race, ethnicity, age, gender, or sexual orientation or any other
prejudicial basis by any member of this department is prohibited.
1.

The detention of any individual or vehicle that is not based on factors related to the
violation of, or the investigation of a violation of Federal Law, the New Jersey Criminal
or Motor Vehicle Statutes, the Borough Ordinances of the Borough of Fort Lee, or any

2

GENERAL
PROFILING AND DISCRIMINATORY PRACTICES
VOL, VI. CH, 10

combination thereof, or that is not conducted utilizing lawful and acceptable police
practices is prohibited.
2.

C.

Following the stop of an individual that is not in a vehicle (suspicious person, mental subject
etc), officers will fill out a field contact report.

D.

Following motor vehicle stops, officers will go to the Log screen in Enforsys and click on their
stop, they will then click the Edit GC tab and open the COMSTAT tab, they will then enter
information from the stop in the racial profiling information section, information must be filled
out in all 4 tabs and changes must be saved. This procedure should only add about 20 seconds to
their stop.
1.

VI.

VII.

No officer shall stop, detain, search any person or vehicle, or seize any property for
forfeiture, when such action is motivated by race, ethnicity, age, gender, or sexual
orientation as listed in
N.J.S.A. 10:5-1 Protected class.

Officers who do not have a laptop in their vehicles will make note of the race, gender and
ethnic origin of the persons stopped and they will enter the information in Enforsys when
they return to headquarters.

AUTHORITY AND RESPONSIBILITY
A.

It is the responsibility of all supervisors to provide proper supervision and monitor the officers
under their command to ensure compliance with this policy. Supervisors will seek out conduct
among their subordinates, which is contrary to this policy and will take corrective action.

B.

It is the responsibility of any employee witnessing behavior contrary to this policy to take
immediate action to end such behavior.

C.

It is the responsibility of any employee who believes there is, or is made aware of a violation of
this policy to immediately report it in writing to their supervisor.

COMMUNITY OUTREACH
A.

The Chief of Police will be the department’s community liaison for discriminatory profiling
issues.

VIII. TRAINING
A.

All police department personnel will receive periodic training every 3 years about the legal
aspects and harms of discriminatory profiling practices as well as in sound police practice,
including the review of this policy. This training will be intended to supplement the initial
cultural diversity and awareness training officers receive in the basic recruit training academy.

3

GENERAL
PROFILING AND DISCRIMINATORY PRACTICES
VOL, VI. CH, 10

IX.

X.

DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES
A.

Appropriate discipline shall be implemented for non-compliance of this policy, up to and
including dismissal.

B.

Failure to report any observed or known violations of this SOP by any member of the
Department shall result in disciplinary action.

ANNUAL REVIEW
An annual administrative review of agency practices including whether policy, training, equipment , or
disciplinary issues should be addressed and citizen concerns. This will be undertaken by the Internal
Affairs Unit and a report will be submitted to the Chief of Police upon completion of the review.

4

ORGANIZATION
RECEPTIONIST TO THE CHIEF OF POLICE RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH. 8
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT
VOLUME TITLE: ORGANIZATION
ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
05-08-2002

REVISION
DATE:

PAGE #:

SECTION:

APPROVED

# PAGES:
4

VOLUME
II
CHAPTER
8

REFERENCE:

V2C8

SUBJECT: CHIEF'S RECEPTIONIST'S
RESPONSIBILITIES

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

EVALUATION
DATE:

ALL

CHIEF THOMAS R. TESSARO
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

PURPOSE:
To establish a clear guide for civilian employee acting in the position as the Chief's Receptionist.
POLICY:
All persons acting in the capacity of the Chief's Receptionist shall have the following responsibilities as
listed in this policy.
PROCEDURE:
I.

RECEPTIONIST TO THE CHIEF OF POLICE RESPONSIBILITIES:
A.

The duties of the receptionist to the Chief of Police of the Borough of Fort Lee Police
Department are various. The receptionist's main function is to be available for any and
all work assignments requested by the Chief of Police. The Chief of Police will direct the
receptionist as to what he wants done (i.e., dictation, special projects, etc.). All tasks
should be completed as soon as possible. The distribution of correspondence,
memoranda, Policies and Procedures, etc. as directed by the Chief. All telephone calls to
the Chief of Police will go through the receptionist's office. If the Chief is not available,
the receptionist will take all messages.

B.

Administrative Tasks
1

ORGANIZATION
RECEPTIONIST TO THE CHIEF OF POLICE RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH. 8

C.

1.

The receptionist may, from time to time, be requested by Administrative
Commanders to type letters, reports or memos as needed. At that time, the
Commander should direct the receptionist as to what he wants done and it will be
the receptionist's responsibility to complete the task, as directed.

2.

If, for some reason, the receptionist is unable to assist the supervisor or officer,
she will direct the officer to one of the clerks in the office that has the time to do
the reports, letter, etc.

General Responsibilities
1.

It will be the responsibility of the receptionist to distribute all incoming mail.

2.

Any mail that has to go to Borough of Fort Lee Hall is to be placed in an InterOffice envelope and kept in the receptionist's office until such time as General
Services can deliver it.

3.

It will be the responsibility of the receptionist to the Chief of Police to collate the
monthly reports. Said reports are placed in the monthly book that is kept in the
Police Chief's office.
The reports will be received from the Division
Commanders, Investigative, Operations and Support Services.

4.

It will be the responsibility of the receptionist to the Chief of Police to collate the
yearly report. The Chief of Police will direct the receptionist as to what reports he
wants included in his annual report.

5.

It will be the responsibility of the receptionist to have knowledge of the operation
and use of office equipment, i.e. Computer, typewriters, Dictaphone machine,
photocopier, etc.

6.

The receptionist to the Chief of Police shall have the ability to work with high
level officials, department heads, employees and to deal with the public by being
courteous and tactful at all times.

7.

It will be the responsibility of the Chief's receptionist to keep all personnel
listings, personnel jackets etc. up to date and to notify Borough of Fort Lee Hall
of any changes in addresses, telephone numbers, etc.

8.

It will be the responsibility of the Chief's receptionist to keep the general file up to
date by adding new folders and removing older material for storage.

9.

The receptionist will be responsible for the Temporary Handicapped Placards.

10.

Special Orders/ Memorandums may be typed by the receptionist for the Chief of
Police. All Special Orders and Department Memorandums will be put in the
appropriate file and forwarded to the Computer Division and placed on the
computer network.
2

ORGANIZATION
RECEPTIONIST TO THE CHIEF OF POLICE RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH. 8
11.

When the Administrative Division Commander submits Traffic Surveys and they
are approved by the Chief of Police, it will then be the responsibility of the
receptionist to forward it to the department requesting the survey.

12.

The receptionist to the Chief of Police is responsible for filing correspondence,
memos, etc. in the full-time and part-time dispatchers personnel jackets/files and
police matrons files and the administrative assistant's file.

13.

The receptionist to the Chief of Police should have a working knowledge of the
responsibilities of the other department clerks and receptionists.

14.

Make appointments for the Chief. Keeping his calendar schedule

15.

Answering phones for the Chief, Administration and other offices when vacant.

16.

Phone messages for the Chief, Administration and other offices when vacant.

17.

Contact Com-Cen and Tour Commander for personnel to report to the Chief's
Office.

18.

Distribute Memos & Correspondence to all personnel for further information.

19.

Reception- Assisting people when they come in and direct to proper person or
Bureau.

20.

Assist with paperwork and typing during police applicant interviews.

21.

Record keeping of time, date, daily sign-in sheets showing time earned, taken,
VAC, of white-collar workers including part-time.

22.

Responsible to make service call appointments and repair orders for copy
machines, fax machines and typewriters.

23.

Typewriters & copy machine supplies.

24.

The Chief's Receptionist may be requested to type confidential memos, letters and
reports. It is of the utmost importance that the nature of these assignments not be
discussed.

25.

Handicap Parking Permits, maintain a record book of all Handicap Parking
Permits issued at police headquarters.

26.

Special Orders
a.

A Special Order Number can be obtained from the Chief 's Receptionist.

b.

Prepare as requested by Administrative Division Commander.
3

ORGANIZATION
RECEPTIONIST TO THE CHIEF OF POLICE RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH. 8
27.

28.

Department Personnel Orders
a.

A Department Personnel Orders Number can be obtained from the Chief’s
receptionist.

b.

Prepare orders as requested by Administrative Division Commander.

News Articles
a.

29.

Collect and maintain notebook for the current year.

Telephone Calls
a.

Forward calls for the Division Commanders to their respective office or
take a message.

b.

Forward calls for respective units to their office.

4

ORGANIZATION
RECORDS CLERK'S RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH. 18
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT
VOLUME TITLE: ORGANIZATION
ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
03-07-2005

REVISION
DATE:

PAGE #:

SECTION:

# PAGES:
7

APPROVED

VOLUME
II
CHAPTER
18

REFERENCE:

V2C18

SUBJECT: RECORDS CLERK & STAFF
RESPONSIBILITIES

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

EVALUATION
DATE:

ALL

CHIEF THOMAS RIPOLI
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

PURPOSE:
To establish areas of responsibilities for the Records Bureau Staff thereby reducing confusion and
duplication of services.
POLICY:
The following Record Bureau Staff will be responsible to perform the tasks assigned to their unit as
specified in the policy.
SPECIAL NOTE: The term "Record Clerk" as used in this policy is to denote all civilian clerical/data
entry personnel regardless of actual Department of Personnel job title.
PROCEDURE:

I.

RECORDS BUREAU SUPERVISOR
A.

The Records Bureau Supervisor shall have the responsibility to supervise the
maintenance of the department's records keeping system.

1

ORGANIZATION
RECORDS CLERK'S RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH. 18
B.
The Records Bureau Supervisor shall have the responsibility for all equipment assigned
and received by the Record Bureau.
C.

II.

The Records Bureau Supervisor should handle the following tasks:
1.

Records checks

2.

Reports for the Prosecutor's Office as requested.

3.

Writs of Discovery

4.

Send Accident Reports and finger print cards to state and county agencies.

5.

Sort Record's Bureau mailbox.

6.

Sort motor vehicle summonses

7.

Firearms Permits and Firearms as per the Firearms Application Policy
(Vol. 8 Ch. 12).

Records Clerk and Staff
A.

The Records Bureau Clerks will be assigned as part of the Records Bureau staff within
the Administration Division. The clerk will be responsible to complete all assignments in
a timely fashion that meets the approval of the Administration Division Commander. In
addition to the duties and responsibilities outlined within this Job Description, the records
clerk must also possess the skills and knowledge to perform the duties and
responsibilities of the Administration Division clerk.

B.

The clerk must demonstrate excellent typing skills, written and oral communications
skills and have a basic knowledge of word processing and computer operation skills.

C.

Because of the sensitive and complex nature of this position, the clerk must maintain
complete confidentiality for all matters involving active investigations, adult and juvenile
arrests.

D.

The clerk is to maintain the department's records filing system, as outlined in the New
Jersey Department of State Local Records Manual, which should include the following
reports,
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Criminal Case Jackets
Investigation Reports
Property Reports
Arrest Reports
Juvenile Arrest Reports
2

ORGANIZATION
RECORDS CLERK'S RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH. 18
6.
Borough of Fort Lee Ordinance Incident Reports
7.
New Jersey State Deer Permit Forms
8.
Other non-computerized reports generated by the department.
E.

The Records Room must maintain all arrest files, investigation files, property files and
the department's master name index.

F.

It will be the responsibility of the records clerk to respond to any requests for police
reports from insurance companies, lawyers, prosecutor's office, attorney general's office
or other local, county, state or federal agencies. Any questions should be brought to the
Records Bureau Supervisor's attention.

I.

It will be the responsibility of the clerk to process the following forms when required and
forward the forms to the appropriate agency:
1
2
3
4.
5.

Domestic Violence Offense Report
State Arson Reports
Bias Investigation Reports
Supplementary Homicide Report, 1a Murder
Supplementary Homicide Report, 1b Manslaughter

J.

It will be the responsibility of the clerk to prepare and distribute monthly activity reports
as requested by the Chief or a Division Commander.

K.

The clerk should provide assistance to any officer when information is needed in
preparing any type of activity, arrest or analysis report.

K.

The clerk may, from time to time, be requested by the Chief or a Division Commander to
prepare reports and memos. At that time, the commander may ask the clerk to perform
the task and it will be the clerk's responsibility to complete the assignment as directed. If,
for some reason, the clerk is unable to assist the commander, they will advise the Records
Bureau Supervisor.

L.

It will be the responsibility of the clerk to have knowledge of the operations and use of
office equipment, i.e. computer terminal, typewriters, Dictaphone machine, photocopier,
etc.

M.

The records clerk should prepare all fingerprint cards and forward the fingerprint cards to
the appropriate agency and upon return to the police department, appropriately file the
fingerprint cards with the respective cases.
1.

Routing of fingerprint cards.

2.

F.B.I.
3

ORGANIZATION
RECORDS CLERK'S RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH. 18
3.

N.

New Jersey State Police

4.
Bergen County Sheriff's Office
Parking Permits, Maintain a Record Book of all Parking Permits issued at police
headquarters.

O.

Provide all information needed by the Borough of Fort Lee Auditor at the end of
each year.

P.

Money received will be secured by the clerk in the Records Bureau cash register.

Q.

The clerk should have a working knowledge of the responsibilities of the Chief's
Receptionist. When the receptionist is absent or on vacation, the clerk may
assume her responsibilities. See the Chief's Receptionist Policy (Vol. 2 Ch. 8).

R.

It will be the responsibility of the clerk to have a knowledge of the operation and
use of office equipment, i.e. Computer, typewriters, photocopier, adding machine
and any other equipment necessary to accomplish needed tasks.

S.

The secretary shall have the ability to work with high level officials, department
heads, employees and to deal with the public by being courteous and tactful at all
times.

T.

Maintain a ledger keeping the clothing allowance records of all sworn personnel.

U.

Payroll

V.

1.

Completion of the payroll sheets for each pay period.

2.

Submit hours worked for overtime, school crossing guards, special police,
part-time clerical to Borough of Fort Lee Hall twice a month.

3.

Record the above hours in the Payroll Records files.

Money Received
1.

Receive, receipt and record money received at police headquarters for the
following:
a.

Copies of motor vehicle accident reports, incident reports and
arrest records.

b.

Alarm Permit Fees.

c.

Firearms Applications.
4

ORGANIZATION
RECORDS CLERK'S RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH. 18
d.
Bicycle Licenses.

W.

Taxi licenses

f.

Solicitors permits

Motor Vehicle Summonses
1.

X.

e.

All summonses issued for 39:4-50 charges or 39:3-40 charges, requests
are forwarded to Trenton for:
a.

Abstract of Driver History Record

b.

Certificate of Suspension

c.

Insurance Surcharge Bill

Motor Vehicle Accident Reports
1.

Maintain file of reportable and non-reportable accident reports.

2.

Reportable motor vehicle accidents are forwarded to Trenton, two (2)
copies are sent.

3.

Request for copies of motor vehicle accidents.
a.

Prepare copies upon request for accident reports for:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)

b.
Y.

Insurance Companies
Involved parties
Borough of Fort Lee Prosecutor
Lawyers

Collect required fees.

Telephone Calls
1.

The clerk should provide assistance to people calling the Records Bureau.

2.

If they are unable to assist the person or if there is a problem the caller
should be forwarded to the Record Bureau Supervisor.

3.

All calls regarding requests for copies of reports (Accident, Arrest, Crime,
etc.) are to be given to the Records Bureau.

5

ORGANIZATION
RECORDS CLERK'S RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH. 18
III.
Maintenance of forms and records

III.

A.

Maintain and update all forms utilized by the department.

B.

Prepare purchase requisitions and maintain a supply of department usable office
supplies.

C.

Maintain a supply of finger print cards.

D.

Review all criminal case jackets, make up label and file holder then place in the
file system.

E.

Maintain miscellaneous files (i.e. absentia, closed, Section 36, DOA, Fatal
Accident).

COURT LIAISON
A.

Forward subpoenas to supervisor to serve upon officers under their command.

B.

Enter court case dispositions.

C.

Process expungement orders.

D.

Prepare all court cases for court.

E.

Disposition of court cases, Following court, if case is decided, file in closed file.

F.

Closed Motor Vehicle Summonses, remove when "closed out" and file.

G.

It will be the responsibility of the records clerk to prepare for court all cases that are on
the agenda for a particular court, municipal, county or state. The management and
tracking of all police reports released to anyone will be monitored by the records clerk.

H.

It will be the responsibility of the records clerk to record the disposition of all criminal
cases and/or Borough of Fort Lee Ordinance cases after the case has been finalized by the
court.

I.

Assist the Records Bureau Supervisor as needed.

J.

Perform the following functions as the Court Liaison:
1.

Receive the court session calendar from the court.

2.

Prepare the Court Calendar for the Administrative Division Commander's
signature.

6

ORGANIZATION
RECORDS CLERK'S RESPONSIBILITIES
VOL. II, CH. 18
3.
Once approved by the Administrative Division Commander, post the calendar for
officer's initials.
4.

Attend the court session and have the scheduled off-duty officers complete the
Court Log Book and any required paperwork.

5.

Develop a system which tracks the status of each Fort Lee case so that officers are
available to appear in the Court Room as needed and may be released at the
conclusion of their case.

7

DEPARTMENT REPORTING AND RECORDS SYSTEM
REPORTING GUIDE
VOL. IV, CH. 7
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT
VOLUME TITLE: OPERATIONS
ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
11-25-05

REVISION
DATE:

PAGE #:

SECTION:

# PAGES:
5

APPROVED

VOLUME
IV
CHAPTER
7

REFERENCE:

V4C7

SUBJECT: REPORTING GUIDE

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

ALL
EVALUATION
DATE:

CHIEF THOMAS RIPOLI
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE: A-25
REFERENCE:

PURPOSE:
This guide is designed to provide members of the department with a concise set of instructions
concerning the proper report forms to be used under a given set of circumstances as well as instructions
as to the execution of each report form. The forms themselves and other material included herein
including the descriptions of persons and property will serve as interviewing aids in many instances.
POLICY:
Officers of this department will be responsible for completing proper reports for incidents they are
assigned to. Reports will be reviewed and approved by Supervisors before they are submitted.
PROCEDURE:
I.

PURPOSE OF THE REPORTS
A.

It is important that completed assignment involving crimes, damage to property, injury,
disputes, collisions, lost or found property, or any other incident in which a supervisor
believes it is necessary, be documented or recorded in a formal report. This protects the
department and the officer handling the investigation from unwarranted accusations that
improper police action was taken or that nothing was done at all.

1

DEPARTMENT REPORTING AND RECORDS SYSTEM
REPORTING GUIDE
VOL. IV, CH. 7
B.
Reports are necessary to serve as the official record of the department, but beyond this
they serve to insure that the report of an investigation is available for other members of
the department or other agencies who may be called upon to investigate the matter
further.

II.

C.

Even more important, supervisors must give supervision and guidance to their
subordinates in individual investigations. To accomplish this the action taken is recorded
and approved by the supervisor on a report, which is reviewed. In addition to reviewing
the propriety of actions taken in individual cases, supervisory personnel should use
reports to evaluate the work performance of members under their command.

D.

Data compiled from individual reports provides a basis for analyzing crime, determining
manpower needs and assignment and aids in budget preparations.

THE COMMUNICATIONS CENTER
A.

Information concerning all matters brought to the department's attention for police action
is dispatched through the Communications Center. Each incident will be assigned a
separate incident number also known as a case number. The purpose of this procedure is
to insure that a record is made of every complaint and that necessary police action is
taken in each case.

B.

If applicable due to the nature of the assignment from the Communications Center, the
assigned officer(s) should not be considered available for calls until they have properly
documented their actions either by a notation made in CAD if appropriate, or in a written
report.
1.

III.

Officers should complete the required reports in the field where possible.

REPORT FORMS
A.

For a better understanding of the reporting system, it may be observed that incidents
brought to the attention of the department for investigation are ordinarily first answered
by a uniformed patrol officer. It is the uniformed officer who conducts the preliminary
investigation of the matter. This involves an interview with the complainant to obtain the
full details as to what happened. The patrol officer then prepares the first report on the
matter, if it is appropriate to do so.

B.

Many incidents, particularly those involving crimes, require subsequent investigation.
For the most part, the investigating detective will perform this follow-up investigation.

C.

An officer responding to a complaint will use one or more of the following forms to make
a record of the matter:
1.

Computer Aided Dispatch: Call Field Notes

2.

Investigation Report
2

DEPARTMENT REPORTING AND RECORDS SYSTEM
REPORTING GUIDE
VOL. IV, CH. 7

D.

IV.

V.

3.

Property Report

4.

Vehicle Involvement Report

5.

Arrest Report

6.

Supplemental Investigation Report

7.

Motor Vehicle Accident Report

8.

Juvenile Arrest / Contact Report

9.

Other Special Reports or Forms as Required by Department Policy.

Some offenses and incidents are directly observed by an officer or reported directly to
them by a citizen. Under such circumstances, Com-Cen should be immediately notified
of the action being taken. The officer is to then obtain a case number and complete the
appropriate report.

REPORTING AN OFFENSE/ARREST
A.

In many instances, combinations of offenses will be present in the same incident. When
this occurs, the offense considered the most serious takes precedence. Only one
Investigation Report should be completed in a multiple crime case as long as the incident
occurred at one location, with one victim and at the same time. If there is more than one
victim, location or time of occurrence then multiple reports are appropriate.

B.

One Arrest Report must be completed for each person arrested in an incident.

C.

At accident scenes where 2 vehicles are towed (and the owner is not aware of the location
the vehicle is being towed to), two tow reports should be made out with the same case
number.

D.

Tow reports should always be prepared for a police impound, if 2 vehicles are being
impounded from the same incident, then the same case number can be used.

FIELD PROCESSING OF REPORTS
A.

The uniformed officer should complete the report in the field via the computer system
where appropriate. The officer should do this as a part of their assignment. Thus, the
report writing becomes a part of the elapsed time factor for the incident. In major
incidents, the officer may go to headquarters to complete the report. This would happen
in urgent matters where the report is needed at once. The officer then reports "back in
service". There may be reasons why the officer should proceed on some other assignment
before they complete the report. The report should be sent to Headquarters from the
Laptop so that it can be reviewed by the Tour Commander.
3

DEPARTMENT REPORTING AND RECORDS SYSTEM
REPORTING GUIDE
VOL. IV, CH. 7

IV.

B.

The Tour Commander should review the reports of the officers on duty. The supervisor must
know a bad report from a good report. The supervisor must know how to classify crimes. If a
report lacks needed information, the supervisor shall advise the writer to correct it.

C.

All information on reports should be filled out if possible, victims should not be compelled to
give information such as Social Security numbers if they are not comfortable doing so.

COMPLETED REPORTS
A.

The investigation report filled out by the investigating officer and approved by the Tour
Commander will be placed in the appropriate report box. Copies will be made and
disseminated to the proper detective division involved (General Investigation, Narcotics
or Juvenile), as well as copies for administration (reports that require investigation only)
and the clipboards at the desk.

B.

This report, once it is submitted and approved will then become a permanent record of
the police department.

C.

Under no circumstances will an officer keep an original report in his personal locker or in
his briefcase.

D.

Under no circumstances will any information regarding a juvenile be given to anyone
unless specified by statue. Questions concerning appropriateness of release of juvenile
information will be directed to the Juvenile Bureau. If unavailable then a supervisor
assigned the Detective Bureau.

E.

VII.

1.

Juvenile arrest reports will be filed separately and not with adult arrest reports.

2.

Juvenile information should not be put in a report involving an adult, initials only
can be used and the report may refer to the Juvenile contact form.

Only the reporting officer shall modify or amend their report. Another officer may
prepare a supplemental report as needed. The original officer should be advised that a
supplemental report has be prepared and the reason it was filed.

FIELD NOTE TAKING AND REPORTS
A.

When on regular patrol, each officer will carry with him copies of the Investigation
Report, Vehicle Involvement Report, Property Report, Supplemental Investigation
Report, Continuation Page and Motor Vehicle Accident Reports. When given an
assignment requiring an Investigation Report or an accident report, the officer assigned
will complete the report at the scene via lap-top if available, if not the report should be
done on report copy and completed in the computer system at Headquarters.

B.

In order to get an accurate recording of the total time spent on an assignment, the time
the call was received through to the time the report was completed must be included. To
4

DEPARTMENT REPORTING AND RECORDS SYSTEM
REPORTING GUIDE
VOL. IV, CH. 7
accomplish this, the majority of reports will be written in the field. When the report has
been completed, the dispatcher will be so advised that the officer is then clear on that call.
C.

When there are extenuating circumstances such as the need to receive information from
witnesses and arrests wherein the arrested person is transported to headquarters; or where
there is an overabundance of report information, the officer will immediately return to
headquarters to complete the reports. Approval should be first obtained from Tour
Commander. Only the officer on assignment is to return to headquarters to complete
reports. When completing the report necessitates coming to headquarters, the incident
will not be closed until you have completed the report pertaining to that particular
assignment.

D.

In the event more than one officer is required to return to headquarters for reasons such as
an arrest, the officers assisting the arresting officers will return to regular patrol as soon
as proper security has been made pertaining to the arrested individual or individuals.

E.

Approximately an hour before the end of each shift, the Tour Commander should check
with the officers under their direct supervision to verify that all reports have been
complete.

F.

Any report that can not be completed should have a statement in the narrative, that the
report is “incomplete” and should be placed in the incomplete report slot at the desk. Any
collision report that is incomplete should be printed out in duplicate, marked incomplete
and one copy should be placed in the records box, and one in the incomplete report slot.

5

OPERATIONS
SCHEDULING
VOL. IV, CH. 9
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT
VOLUME TITLE: OPERATIONS
ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
03-27-2004

REVISION
DATE:
12-02-2009

PAGE #:
1

SECTION:
Issuing
Authority

# PAGES:
3

APPROVED
12-02-2009

VOLUME
#IV
CHAPTER
9

REFERENCE:

SUBJECT: SCHEDULING

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

ALL
EVALUATION
DATE:

CHIEF THOMAS O. RIPOLI
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

PURPOSE:
To establish guidelines for assignment of personnel to various shifts, as needed to accomplish the goals
of the Police Department.
POLICY:
To facilitate the assigning of personnel within the Borough of Fort Lee Police Department, the following
procedure will be adhered to by all personnel wherever or whenever the procedure affects their area of
assignment.
I.

DIVISION COMMANDERS
A.

II.

Will work a schedule prepared by the Chief of Police.
l.

A master schedule will be established within the personnel computer reporting
system.

2.

In addition to the fixed schedule, each division commander will be available for
his division responsibilities in case of emergency.

PATROL PERSONNEL
A.

Will work a schedule prepared by the Chief of Police

1

OPERATIONS
SCHEDULING
VOL. IV, CH. 9
l.

B.

C.

Vacations should be approved and assigned by the Shift Captains.
l.

All personnel should submit their choice of summer vacation days off prior to
May 15th of each year. Approval will be based on seniority and manpower.

2.

After May 15th, any scheduling of vacation days within 30 days of the requested
day will be at the approval of the Shift Captain, based on seniority and manpower.
All other days may be approved on a first come first serve bases.

3.

All vacation time off will be submitted on the same request form unless, the
requested days are not consecutive days, Example: July 1, 2004 and July 6, 2004
should be on a separate sheet. A Holiday will not be charged if taken as part of a
three or more day vacation request.

All Holiday time off will be approved by the Shift Captain.
l.

D.

A master schedule will be established within the personnel computer reporting
system.

Holiday time off will only be granted on a seniority bases if submitted 21 days
before each holiday, providing that manpower can be obtained to replace
minimum number of officers or supervisors needed. Requests submitted within 21
days may be approved on a first come first served bases. Any exception must be
approved by the Chief.

All time due days off will be approved by the Shift Captain.
l.

Time due days off will only be granted after the time has been earned.

E.

Sick time off will be reported 3 hours prior to a scheduled shift, to a supervisor.

F.

A personal day off will be approved by the Shift Captain. Generally they should be
granted unless there are extenuating circumstances (Holiday, ongoing emergency
situation etc.).

G.

Funeral time off will be approved by the Shift Captain. In cases of emergency, the
supervisor at the desk may approve them and make out a time off sheet to be forwarded
to the Shift Captain.

H.

Time due and overtime worked will be submitted on the overtime sheet, the overtime
sheet must be signed by an authorizing supervisor.
1.

Officers may not accumulate more than 480 hours time due.

NOTE: All requests for time off should be submitted 5 days prior to the requested day.
III.

DETECTIVE DIVISION
A.

Will work a schedule prepared by the Chief of Police
2

OPERATIONS
SCHEDULING
VOL. IV, CH. 9

IV.

2.

In addition to the fixed schedule, each investigator may be subject to call as
assigned by the Chief or Investigative Division Commander.

Will be required to adhere to Section I Division Commanders

CIVILIAN PERSONNEL
A.

VI

A master schedule will be established within the personnel computer reporting
system.

ADMINISTRATION - SWORN OFFICERS
A.

V.

l.

Will be required to adhere to section I, Division Commanders.

SHIFT BIDS
A.

All Patrol Division shift changes will commence on or about the first day of April and
October, unless otherwise directed by the Chief of Police.

B.

Generally in February and August of each year an operations order will be put out
advising officers that shift bid requests should be submitted by a certain date.

C.

Each officer will request bids for three different shifts, in the order that they would prefer
to work them.

D.

While seniority will be considered in the shift bid process, the Chief of Police reserves
the authority to assign all officers and supervisors to various shifts and assignments
according to the departments staffing requirements and general welfare. The Chief of
Police will continue to exercise his power of assignment and managerial prerogative
when assigning all officers and supervisors to various shifts and assignments.

E.

Any officer currently training in their respective positions will not be included in the bid
process.

F.

Officer and supervisors who fail to submit a shift bid by the required date will be
assigned various shifts as required.

G.

Assigned shifts will be for a six-month period, unless the Chief of Police has determined
that an officer’s shift should be changed.

H.

Officers may submit a mutual change/change of tour request for a certain day or time
period, this request will then be reviewed and approved by each shift supervisor and be
forwarded to a Shift Captain for approval. Officers will not assume that their request has
been approved, they will have to check with their Shift Captain for approval, prior to the
dates submitted.

SPECIAL NOTE: IF ANY OF THE ABOVE PROVISIONS CONFLICT WITH A COLLECTIVE
BARGAINING AGREEMENT, THE COLLECTIVE BARGAINING AGREEMENT PREVAILS.
3

Fort Lee Police Department
Field Training and Evaluation Program
Probationary Officer Self Evaluation Form
APPENDIX “B”
INSTRUCTIONS: You are to complete this self-evaluation at the direction of your Field Training Officer
Biweekly. Consider your progress to date and respond to the areas noted below.
My significant strengths are:

My performance areas most in need of improvement are:

I believe I am: (check one)

Satisfactorily progressing through the Field Training and Evaluation Program.

Experiencing difficulty meeting the responsibilities of the Filed Training and Evaluation Program.

Probationary Officer:

Date:

TRAFFIC
SPECIAL POLICE OFFICER
VOL, IX. CH, 2
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
10-10-05

VOLUME TITLE: TRAFFIC

# PAGES:
8

ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

REFERENCE:

REVISION
DATE:

PAGE #:

SECTION:

APPROVED

VOLUME
IX
CHAPTER
2

V9C2

SUBJECT: SPECIAL LAW ENFORCEMENT
OFFICERS

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

EVALUATION
DATE:

ALL

CHIEF THOMAS O. RIPOLI
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

PURPOSE:
To provide procedures to follow regarding the utilization of Special Police Officers, to outline the
responsibilities of the Special Law Enforcement Officers and integrate them into the policies and procedures of
the police department in regard to traffic/pedestrian control, crowd control and the enforcement of parking and
motor vehicle violations. As part of the Borough’s reorganization of the Emergency Services the Class One
Part-time Special Law Enforcement Officers will assist with traffic control and crowd control as required. In
addition they will be available to assist the Police Department during scheduled special events or emergencies.
POLICY:
The Fort Lee Special Law Enforcement Officer Program was established by the mayor and council of the
borough of Fort Lee through the enactment of Borough Ordinance 2004-13. The Chief of the Fort Lee Police
Department is the officer in charge of this unit and may issue such rules, regulations, orders and policies and
procedures as necessary to maintain good order and discipline in the unit.
All Fort Lee Special Law Enforcement Officers will be trained and Police Training Commission certified as
Class I Special Law Enforcement Officers in accordance with the provisions of N.J.S.A 40A:14-156.8 et seq. ,
and will be deployed in such a manner that complies with the provisions of those statutes.
Hereafter, all Fort Lee Special Law Enforcement Officer Unit members shall be referred to as “Fort Lee Special
Law Enforcement Officers (SLEO)”.
1

TRAFFIC
SPECIAL POLICE OFFICER
VOL, IX. CH, 2

Special Law Enforcement Officers will follow the Fort Lee Special Law Enforcement Officer’s rules and
regulations pertaining to their assignment, uniform, appearance and equipment, as well as all of the rules,
regulations, policies and procedures of the regular police department that may pertain to them.
Fort Lee Police Officers and Supervisors will follow the procedures set-forth in this policy, for the utilization of
Fort Lee Special Law Enforcement Officers (SLEO). Special Law Enforcement Officers will follow the
procedures in this policy in the performance of their duties.
Special Law Enforcement Officers will not be authorized to carry or use a firearm in the performance of their
duty.
DEFINITIONS
TRAFFIC CONTROL:
The physical, mechanical or electronic control of vehicles operating on the roadways in the Borough of Fort
Lee.
Physical- by use of hand signals within the intersection, crosswalk, or roadway.
Mechanical- by use of barricades/barriers, or traffic cones.
Electronic- by use of the traffic control box/control at intersections.
PEDESTRIAN CONTROL:
Where pedestrians are present, physical control of their actions by hand signals and verbal advisement are
always to be used.
CROWD CONTROL:
Manning fixed or barricaded posts at special events to ensure the safety of individuals present and to supply
information needed by those present.
I.

SPECIAL LAW ENFORCEMENT OFFICER (SLEO) UNIT OFFICER-IN-CHARGE /
LIAISON
A.

The SLEO Unit will be coordinated by a Fort Lee Police “Liaison Officer”. The Liaison Officer
will be the first step in the chain of command for all Special Law Enforcement Officers. The
Liaison Officer then reports to the Traffic Bureau Supervisor, who reports to the Operations
Officer and then to the Chief of Police.

B.

The Traffic Bureau Supervisor shall be the designated Officer-In-Charge for the SLEO Unit and
is responsible for the supervision and command of the unit. The Traffic Bureau Supervisor may
designate a member of the Traffic Bureau to handle the day-to-day tasks as the “Liaison
Officer”.
2

TRAFFIC
SPECIAL POLICE OFFICER
VOL, IX. CH, 2

II.

III.

C.

The Traffic Bureau Supervisor shall serve as the Officer-in-Charge of the SLEO Unit. He, or his
designee, shall conduct periodic meetings if required, to disseminate information. He shall
prepare or assign someone to prepare work schedules to be posted no less than three days before
it’s starting date.

D.

The Traffic Bureau Supervisor or Shift Supervisor may authorize SLEO to be recalled for
emergency situations.

E.

He shall maintain all necessary records and conduct all necessary correspondence, or shall
delegate such tasks to a competent individual. The Liaison Officer however, remains
accountable for all such tasks delegated.

UTILIZATION OF SPECIAL LAW ENFORCEMENT OFFICERS
A.

Special Law Enforcement Officers (SLEO) will be utilized on traffic/pedestrian control posts, for
crowd control at special events. At the discretion of the Chief of Police, SLEO’s may be
authorizedevents and to enforce local parking ordinances and motor vehicle laws they may
encounter during their tour of duty whenever possible.

B.

Regular police officers are not to be utilized for posts or details that can be covered by a SLEO
when a SLEO is available.

C.

The Shift Supervisor, Tour Commander, and Road Supervisor shall be responsible for the proper
deployment and supervision of SLEO’s at times and in situations where the Liaison Officer or
other Traffic Supervisor is not working.

D.

SLEO post / detail assignments may be changed by the Liaison Officer or the Traffic Supervisor.
If the Traffic Bureau Supervisor is off then the Patrol supervisors may change the SLEO’s
assignment during an emergency situation. Traffic should be advised via email of the assignment
change.

SPECIAL LAW ENFORCEMENT OFFICER RESPONSIBILITIES
A.

Special Law Enforcement Officers (SLEO) will be assigned posts for traffic and pedestrian
control throughout the Borough of Fort Lee as deemed necessary by the Chief of Police or the
Chief’s designee.
1.

While assigned to these posts, the SLEO will be in proper uniform and will have all
required department issued equipment with them.
a.

This equipment includes a reflective traffic vest and reflective gloves, which must
be worn at all times while on these assignments.

b.

Reflective rain gear is also provided for inclement weather.

3

TRAFFIC
SPECIAL POLICE OFFICER
VOL, IX. CH, 2
c.

B.

If authorized by the Chief of Police, the issued summons books are required to be
carried. See MV summons control policy Vol. IX, Ch, 8. See also Ordinance
violations Vol, IX, Ch, 3.

Part of the SLEO responsibilities, if authorized, will be to enforce borough ordinances and motor
vehicle laws, as required to properly control traffic at their assigned posts.
1.
Should a SLEO see a violation of a borough parking ordinance, or motor vehicle parking
statute, they may issue a summons for the violation.
2.

Motor vehicle moving violations are enforceable by a SLEO, however, they must
inform a supervisor of the violation and have a marked unit respond to the scene to
assist. They are not to attempt to stop a moving vehicle while operating a
department vehicle.

3.

When conducting a motor vehicle stop, SLEO will introduce themselves to the
violator, stating that they are a Fort Lee Special Law Enforcement Officer, give
their name and ID number. Ask for the drivers license, registration and insurance
card and advise the driver of the violation committed. If the driver has an
explanation for his actions, the officer will listen to the explanation prior to taking
any action.

4.

Notice to Appear (Summons) The issuance of a traffic summons (CPO 171C) is
applicable in the majority of cases for those violators residing within the boundaries of
the jurisdiction in which the case will be adjudicated. The traffic summons should be
issued to all violators who jeopardize the safe and efficient flow of vehicular and
pedestrian traffic, including hazardous moving violations, parking violations, and
operating unsafe and/or improperly equipped vehicles.

5.

Summons books will be available to a SLEO from the Court Administrator’s Office.

6.

When a new supply is needed by any SLEO, they will be assigned a summons book’(s)
by the Court Administrator’s Office. The book number sequence, date, the officer’s name
shall be recorded on the summons sign-out sheet maintained by the Court Administrator’s
Office.

7.

Voided Summons
a.

The SLEO must submit a request in writing (Appendix A v09c03a) describing the
error made on the complaint. This form is not to be utilized if the information is
correct and the complaint has been signed. Once the summons has been properly
completed it must be issued and adjudicated by the court.

b.

Submit the request and all four copies of the summons to the Tour Commander
for review. The officer may retain a copy.

c.

The Tour Commander will forward the request to the Records Bureau.
4

TRAFFIC
SPECIAL POLICE OFFICER
VOL, IX. CH, 2
d.
8.

The Records Bureau will forward the request to Municipal Judge.

The SLEO will:
a.

Turn in the white and blue copies of the summonses to the Tour Commander, who
should also review all summonses for accuracy and completeness, prior to the
completion of his/her tour of duty.

b.

Retain the yellow copy for their records.

c.

Serve the hard copy to the defendant:
(1)

A summons will normally be issued to a violator at the time of the
motor vehicle stop.

(2)

A summons must be issued within the statute of limitations as specified in
39:5-3.
(a) If a summons is to be mailed, the officer will complete the summons,
address an unsealed envelope to the defendant and submit both items
to the Tour Commander, who will forward the items to the Record
Bureau to be sent as Certified Mail / Return Receipt.

9.

Verbal Warnings
1.

A verbal warning is appropriate when the violator commits an act, which may be
due to ignorance of a local ordinance, which may be unique, or a violation of
which the driver may not be aware. Examples of violations which warrant verbal
warnings are a right turn on a red light, after a complete stop, when such
movement is made with reasonable safety, and it is determined the driver is
accustomed to driving in those jurisdictions where a right turn on red is
permissible. Similarly, a verbal warning is appropriate for equipment failure
(license plates not illuminated) of which the driver was unaware. Discretion may
be used on other violations that are not of a serious nature.
a.

C.

Information on verbal warning will be entered in the Computer Aided
Dispatch (CAD) System.

Special Law Enforcement Officers will be utilized during special events for crowd control, or
other emergency situations.
1.

Responsibilities will be for the safe movement of individuals to certain areas during these
special events.

2.

If a SLEO encounters any disorderly individual(s) during these events, they are report it
to communications, so that a police officer can respond to handle the problem.
5

TRAFFIC
SPECIAL POLICE OFFICER
VOL, IX. CH, 2

D.

Special Law Enforcement Officers will follow the Fort Lee Special Law Enforcement Officers
rules and regulations pertaining to their assignment, uniform, appearance and equipment, as well
as all of the rules, regulations, policies and procedures of the regular police department that may
pertain to them.
1.

E.

Included in these rules and regulation is a list of special equipment such as a ballistic
vests, baton, OC spray, handcuffs and a flashlight.
a.

A SLEO must be trained and certified before they may carry a baton or OC Spray.

b.

Comply with rectification requirements for the baton and OC spray.

c.

Review and sign off on department use of force policy and procedures
Vol, IV. Ch, 1.

d.

Only department issued body armor may be worn by a SLEO.

Any police activity within the bounds of the Class I Special Officer’s Authority when directed by
a supervisor or regular Police Officer of the Fort Lee Police Department in an emergency
situation.

V. CHAIN OF COMMAND
Proper chain of command will be followed by a SLEO for communication and documentation of
incidents to the Chief of Police.
1.

During certain tours the SLEO unit liaison officer may not be working, this is when the
SLEO would follow the department chain of command starting with either the road
supervisor or tour commander.
a.

IV.

Permission must be granted at that level to communicate with the next
higher-ranking officer in the chain of command. This procedure is followed
through the rank structure of the police department.

REPORTING FOR DUTY
A.

Schedule
1.

The Liaison Officer shall develop a SLEO Schedule on a weekly (Sunday – Saturday)
basis for the Traffic Bureau Supervisor to approve.

2.

The SLEO Schedule will also serve as the Attendance Form, as there will be room next to
the hours for the Tour Commander to write in actual times and hours the SLEO worked
on a specific day.
NOTE: A SLEO can work a maximum of 19½ hours per week.
6

TRAFFIC
SPECIAL POLICE OFFICER
VOL, IX. CH, 2

B.

3.

The SLEO Schedule will be placed in the SLEO Binder behind the Tour Commander’s
Desk along with the Posts / Details/ Assignments printout by the Liaison Officer.

4.

Each SLEO will promptly report for duty as scheduled by the Liaison Officer under the
authority of the Officer-In-Charge.

5.

When a SLEO reports to the Tour Commander’s Desk, the Tour Commander will note
the time on the Schedule Form. Likewise when the SLEO completes their shift they will
check out with the Tour Commander.

6.

The SLEO will be entered into the blotter for the shift they are working, in the same
manner as officers and civilians are entered.

7.

Sick Calls
a.

SLEO officers that are unable to report as scheduled due to an illness or injury are
to call the Tour Commander before their scheduled shift.

b.

The Tour Commander will enter a Sick Call in the same manner as a civilian (no
sick number). The sick call will be noted on the SLEO Schedule.

c.

If working Liaison Officer or Traffic Supervisor will be notified.

8.

The SLEO may utilize the Classroom to form up as a group so that they may be driven to
their assignments in the SLEO vehicle.

9.

The SLEO will request any needed equipment from the Tour Commander and it will be
scanned out as required by the Daily Issued Equipment SOP Vol. 4 Chapter 19.

10.

Court Appearance
a.

SLEO officer are to follow the applicable sections Court Appearance SOP Vol. 7
Chapter 3.

b.

The Court Liaison should notify the Liaison Officer or the Traffic Supervisor if
and when a SLEO is scheduled to appear in Court.

c.

The Liaison Officer will notify the SLEO of the required Court appearance.

Posts / Details / Assignments
1.

The Liaison Officer or Traffic Bureau Supervisor will prepare a “Post / Detail /
Assignment” list on a regular basis. This list will be available to the Desk Supervisors
and in the SLEO Binder.

7

TRAFFIC
SPECIAL POLICE OFFICER
VOL, IX. CH, 2

C.

D.

V.

2.

The SLEO will complete their assigned post / detail as scheduled unless directly ordered
by a member of their Chain of Command, or a Supervisor in the absence of a Traffic
Supervisor.

3.

If a SLEO has conflicting orders they are to advise the present supervisor of the previous
order and the conflict. The SLEO will then take action as directed by the present
supervisor. The SLEO will NOT disregard, question or debate a supervisor’s order.

Vehicles
1.

Specific vehicles have been designated for the Special Law Enforcement Officer Unit.

2.

The keys will be available on the keyboard behind the Tour Commander’s Desk. A spare
key will be maintained in the Traffic Bureau.

Headquarters Access
1.

SLEOs will have general access to HQ and they may enter the desk with permission of
the Tour Commander.

2.

SLEOs are not authorized to enter any restricted area, the locker rooms or the second
floor of HQ without permission.

3.

SLEOs are not to remain in HQ unless directed by the Liaison Officer or a supervisor.

EMERGENCY RECALL PROCEDURE
A.

SLEOs may be recalled with the authorization of the Traffic Bureau Supervisor, or if off-duty
and not available, then by a Shift Supervisor.

B.

The Tour Commander may then contact any available SLEO to call them in for an emergency
post (collision scene road closure, weather related road closure etc.) as needed. They may be
utilized but they may not exceed the 19½-hour limit. The Liaison Officer or the Traffic
Supervisor may adjust the SLEO schedule due to emergency recall after advising the SLEO.

8

OPERATIONS
SIDE HANDLE BATON
VOL. IV, CH. 4
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
02-12-2007

VOLUME TITLE: OPERATIONS

# PAGES:
2

ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

REFERENCE:

REVISION
DATE:
5/1/09
01-19-11

PAGE #:
2

SECTION:
I,C,1,a & 4

1
2

IA 1-4
C3

APPROVED

VOLUME
IV

05-17-2009
01-19-11

CHAPTER
4

V#C#

SUBJECT:
STRAIGHT/ASP AND SIDE HANDLE BATON

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

EVALUATION
DATE:

ALL

CHIEF THOMAS O. RIPOLI
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

POLICY:
The authorization to carry and use a Straight/ASP and Side Handle Baton requires an officer to be aware
of the limitations and responsibilities that go along with that authorization. All personnel must be
thoroughly qualified and certified through Straight and Side Handle Baton training prior to being
authorized to carry or use them.
The below procedures will be followed by all officers of the Fort Lee Police Department.
PROCEDURE:
I.

STRAIGHT AND SIDE HANDLE BATON
A.

The following batons authorized for the Borough of Fort Lee Police Department will be
the only batons to be used; it may be either the expandable or the non-expandable type:
1. PR-24 Side Handle
2. PR-24S
3. PR-24 STS
4. Retractable Baton
1

OPERATIONS
SIDE HANDLE BATON
VOL. IV, CH. 4
B.

C.

Carrying of Baton
l.

The baton will be carried on the certified uniformed officer’s belt in a baton
holder.

2.

The baton may be carried by certified plain-clothes officers in either a belt holder
or a shoulder holster.

3.

The baton will be carried when a certified uniformed officer is on duty.

4.

The baton may be carried by a certified officer off duty at the officer’s discretion.

Training
l.

All training must be provided by a certified Straight and Side Handle Baton
instructor.
a.

D.

Instructors will inspect batons prior to training and deployment, improper
or defective batons will be replaced.

2.

The course of initial instruction will include a review of the department SOPs on
Use of Force

3.

Once an officer is trained, he/she will thereafter complete biennial training for reauthorization.

4.

Remedial training will be conducted for any officer failing to qualify with their
baton until they complete the qualification.

USE OF STRAIGHT AND SIDE HANDLE BATON
l.

All personnel utilizing a Straight and Side Handle Baton must follow all areas
outlined in the Borough of Fort Lee Police Department Use of Force Policy, Vol.
III, Chap.1.

2.

The baton will be used only as instructed and all personnel will adhere to those
standards and techniques covered during the officers participation in the Straight
and Side Handle Baton Course.

3.

Any usage that would be contrary to proper instruction and technique will be a
violation of this policy.

4.

Whenever an officer uses his Straight and Side Handle Baton, he will complete all
reports as specified in the Use of Force Policy, Vol. IV Chap. 1.

2

DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
EFFECTIVE
DATE:
01-24-2003

BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT

REVISION
DATE

2-9-03
4-12-07
12-4-08

PAGE #:

SECTION:

13

IX
IV-9. f
IV-D
II,B,6,e
II,A,6,i
IV,D,8
III, H
IV,C,2
II,A,2,
B,2
IV,D,
1a
III
III-IV
III,IV,
V

8
5
5
7,11
8
4, 6,
10

12/16/09
09-15-10
01-10-11

VOLUME TITLE:
ADMINISTRATION

# PAGES:
17

ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

REFERENCE:

7
7-8
7-812

APPROVED

VOLUME
I

12-04-2008

02-10-2009

12-17-2009
01-15-2011

CHAPTER
17

SUBJECT: UNIFORM AND DRESS
REGULATIONS

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

EVALUATION
DATE:

ALL

CHIEF THOMAS O. RIPOLI
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

POLICY:
In order to promote an atmosphere of professionalism, it is important for police officers, not only to be
highly trained and proficient, but also to present a neat, well-groomed and uniform appearance. The
purpose of this policy and procedure is to outline the uniform requirements for all uniformed personnel
on the Borough of Fort Lee Police Department.
I.

CLASS "A" UNIFORMS
(Parades, ceremonies, funerals, federal court appearances and special occasions)
A.

Supervisors
l.

Navy Blue Pershing Trooper Style Hat with:
a.

Black Crossover Strap (Gold buckle)

b.

Gold Nylon Braid Band on front

c.

Appropriate Hat Badge
1

d.
2.

3.

Gold gilt spray design on visor (Chief, Deputy Chief & Inspector)

Navy Blue Departmental Blouse Coat, with:
a.

Departmental patch on left sleeve

b.
c.

American Flag patch on right sleeve (Blue field to the rear)
Proper rank insignias on both epaulets for Lieutenants and above.
(Gold brushed finish)

d.

Red piping on cuffs of both sleeves for military veterans (Optional)

e.

Gold-Buttons.

f.

Equipment worn on the outside of the Blouse Coat:
(l)

Black Basket Weave Crossover Breakaway Strap

(2)

Black Basket Weave 3 l/2" Sam Brown Belt with Holster, Cuff
Case, Double Magazine Holder and Gold Buckle

(3)

Uniform Badge above left pocket

(4)

Name tag on black leather citation holder below badge. (Gold with
black capital letters of last name only.)

(5)

Departmental issued and other authorized ribbons and citations
will be worn above the badge.

(6)

Departmental service weapon

Navy blue trousers with black stripe.
(1 1/2" stripe for Chief, Deputy Chief & Inspector)
(1" stripe for Captains and Lieutenants)
(1/2" stripe for Sergeants)

4.

1 1/2" Black Basket Weave garrison belt with gold buckle for trousers.

5.

Black high gloss laced shoes (i.e. "Bates" type) and black socks.

6.

Long sleeve white shirt with sewn in creases and gold buttons on pockets and
epaulets for Lieutenants and above.

7.

Long sleeve navy blue shirt with sewn in creases and gold buttons on pockets and
epaulets for Sergeants.

8.

Rank designation will be worn on collar of shirt. (Gold brushed finish)
2

ADMINISTRATION
UNIFORMS AND DRESS REGULATIONS
VOL. I CH. 17
9.
Black tie, for Lieutenants and above, with gold tie clip. (PBA / Police insignia
only) French Blue tie for Sergeants.
10.
B.

White cotton gloves

Police Officers and Detectives
l.

2.

Navy Blue Pershing Trooper Style Hat, with:
a.

Black Crossover Strap (Silver buckle)

b.

Silver Nylon Braid Band on front

c.

Appropriate Hat Badge (Detectives will wear Silver)

Navy Blue Departmental Blouse Coat, with:
a.

Departmental patch on left sleeve

b.

American Flag patch on right sleeve. (Blue field to rear)

c.

Red piping on cuffs of both sleeves for military veterans. (Optional)

d.

Silver Buttons

e.

Equipment worn on the outside of the Blouse Coat:
(1)

Black Basket Weave Crossover Breakaway Strap

(2)

Black Basket Weave 3 l/2" Sam Brown belt with holster, cuff case,
double magazine holder and silver buckle

(3)

Uniform Badge above left pocket

(4)

Name tag on black leather citation holder below badge.
(PO’s/Silver & Detectives/Gold with black capital letters of last
name only.)

(5)

Departmental issued and other authorized ribbons and citations
will be worn above the badge.

(6)

Departmental service weapon

3.

Navy blue trousers with French blue 1 1/2" stripe.

4.

1 1/2" Black Basket Weave garrison belt with silver buckle for trousers.

5.

Black high gloss laced shoes (i.e. "Bates" type) and black socks.
3

ADMINISTRATION
UNIFORMS AND DRESS REGULATIONS
VOL. I CH. 17
6.
Long sleeve navy blue shirt with sewn in creases and silver buttons on pockets
and epaulets.

II.

7.

Silver "FL" insignia worn on each side of collar of shirt.

8.

French blue tie with silver tie clip. (PBA / Police insignia only)

9.

White cotton gloves

CLASS "B" UNIFORM (Duty Uniform)
A.

Supervisors
l.

Navy Blue Pershing Trooper Style Hat, with:
a.

Black crossover strap

b.

Gold Nylon Braid Band on front

c.

Appropriate hat badge

d.

Gold gilt spray design on visor (Chief, Deputy Chief & Inspector)

2.

Black Leather and Fur pile cap with Uniform Badge or approved (Class “C”)Knit
pullover hat. ( December 15 – March 31)

3.

Black Leather Two Pocket 28" Zippered Jacket (Winter only), with:

4.

a.

Departmental patch on left sleeve

b.

American Flag patch (Blue field to rear) or special unit patch on right
sleeve.

c.

Proper rank insignia on both epaulets. (Gold brushed finish)

d.

Red piping on cuffs of both sleeves for military veterans. (Optional)

e.

Uniform badge and black leather citation holder with authorized citations
and gold nameplate above left pocket.

For officers that are equipped with the class “A” uniform Navy Blue Nylon
Bomber type all weather jacket.
a.

Departmental patch on left sleeve.

b.

American Flag patch ( Blue field to rear) or special unit patch on right
sleeve.

c.

Proper rank insignia on both epaulets.
4

ADMINISTRATION
UNIFORMS AND DRESS REGULATIONS
VOL. I CH. 17
5..

6.

7.

Black V-Neck Wool Blend Sweater. (i.e. "Military" type) (Winter only) with:
a.

Departmental patch on left sleeve.

b.

American Flag patch (Blue field to rear) or special unit patch on right
sleeve.

c.

Proper rank insignia on both epaulets. (Gold with black background)

Uniform shirt
a.

Long sleeve white shirt with sewn in creases and gold buttons (pockets
and epaulets) for Lieutenants and above. (Winter only)

b.

Short sleeve white shirt with sewn in creases and gold buttons for
Lieutenants and above. (Summer only)

c.

Long sleeve navy blue shirt with sewn in creases and gold buttons
(pockets and epaulets) for Sergeants. (Winter only)

d.

Short sleeve navy blue shirt with sewn in creases and gold buttons for
Sergeants. (Summer only)

e.

Departmental patch on left sleeve

f.

American Flag patch (Blue field to rear) or special unit patch on right
sleeve.

g.

Appropriate rank insignia for Lieutenants and above to be worn on shirt
collars. (Gold brush finish) Sergeant chevrons are to be worn on both
sleeves. (Gold)

h.

Black tie with gold tie clip for Lieutenants and above (PBA/Police) (long
sleeve only), French blue tie for Sergeants.

i.

Uniform badge and black leather citation holder with authorized citations
and gold nameplate above left pocket.

j.

Name tag as outlined in Class “A” directive.

Navy blue trousers with black stripe.
(1 1/2" stripe for Chief, Deputy Chief & Inspector)
(1" stripe for Captains and Lieutenants)
(1/2" stripe for Sergeants)
5

ADMINISTRATION
UNIFORMS AND DRESS REGULATIONS
VOL. I CH. 17
8.
1 1/2" Black Leather Basket Weave garrison belt with gold buckle for trousers.

B.

9.

3½" Black Leather Basket Weave gun belt, departmental holster, cuff case,
double magazine holder, radio holder, and baton holder. (Sergeants and
Lieutenants)

10.

Black leather laced shoes or laced boots that will maintain a shine.

11.

Black socks

12.

Plain white crewneck T-shirt.

13.

Authorized departmental service weapon.

14.

Black leather gloves. (Departmental issued only)

Police Officers and Detectives
l.

Navy Blue Pershing Trooper Style Hat, with:
a.

Black Crossover Strap

b.

Silver Nylon Braid Band on front

c.

Appropriate hat badge (Detectives will wear Silver)

2.

Black Leather and Fur pile cap with Uniform Badge or approved (Class “C”) knit
pullover hat. (December 15-March 31)

3.

Black Leather Two Pocket 28" Zippered Jacket (Winter only), with:

4.

a.

Departmental patch on left sleeve

b.

American flag patch (Blue field to rear) or special unit patch on right
sleeve.

d.

Red piping on cuffs of both sleeves for military veterans. (Optional)

For Officers that are equipped with the class “B” uniform Navy Blue Nylon
Bomber type all weather jacket.
a. Departmental patch on left sleeve.
b. American Flag patch ( Blue field to rear) or special unit patch on right sleeve.

5.

Black V-Neck Wool Blend Sweater (i.e. "Military" type) (Winter only) with:
a.

Departmental patch on left sleeve
6

ADMINISTRATION
UNIFORMS AND DRESS REGULATIONS
VOL. I CH. 17
b.
American Flag Patch (Blue field to rear) or special unit patch on right
sleeve.
6.

III.

Uniform shirt
a.

Long sleeve navy blue shirt with sewn in creases and silver buttons
(pockets and epaulets only) (Winter only)

b.

Short sleeve navy blue shirt with sewn in creases and silver buttons.
(Summer only)

c.

Silver "FL" insignia worn on each side of collar of shirt.

d.

French blue tie with silver colored tie clip (PBA/ Police) (long sleeve
only)

f.

Uniform badge, black leather citation holder with authorized citations and
silver nameplate above left pocket.

K.

Name tag as outline in Class “A” directive.

7.

Navy blue trousers with French blue 1 1/2" stripe.

8.

1 1/2" Black Basket Weave garrison belt with silver buckle for trousers.

9.

3 1/2" Black Leather Basket Weave gun belt, departmental holster, cuff case,
double magazine holder, radio holder, and baton holder.

10.

Black leather laced shoes or laced boots that will maintain a shine.

11.

Black socks

12.

Authorized departmental service weapon.

13.

Black leather gloves. (Departmental issued)

CLASS "C" UNIFORM
This uniform may be worn by all officers on duty, it may also be worn for municipal court
appearances only. All other court appearances out of town, including Grand Jury and any
public appearances or presentations will be in either class “B” uniform or a suit and tie.
The below style number are from 511 and will be the only ones authorized for the Class “C”.
A.

Men’s L/S B Class Twill Shirt Midnight Blue Style #73245 (S/S Style #71775).

B.

Men’s B Class Twill Cargo Pants Midnight Blue Style #74326.
1.

Twill Cargo Pants may be bloused.
7

ADMINISTRATION
UNIFORMS AND DRESS REGULATIONS
VOL. I CH. 17
C.

Women’s L/S B Class Twill Shirt Midnight Blue Style #62065 (S/S Style #61159).

D.

Women’s B Class Twill Cargo Pants Midnight Blue Style #64306.

E.

Embroidered badge with Individual shield number, last name under badge and FL on
collar tips. The embroidery will be in silver for Patrolmen and Detectives and gold for
Supervisors.

F.

Department patch on the left and right of the shoulder. Specialty patch allowed on the
right arm. US flag on right side of chest. Veteran stripes on left sleeve with gold
trimming for Supervisors and silver for Patrol Officers/Detectives.

G.

Black baseball caps with shield number embroidered on back silver for Patrol
Officers/Detectives and gold for Supervisors. A Black knit watch cap with silver
embroidered patch and shield number on the back is an alternate head gear during
seasonal winter uniform change for Patrol Officers / Detectives. Supervisors will
maintain the current version of the knit watch cap in gold.

H.

5.11 Duty Tactical Signature Duty Jacket Black Style #48103 with embroidered badge
and individual shield number with last name under badge. Patrol Officers and Detectives
will have silver embroidery and silver trimmed patches on both arms. Supervisors will
have gold embroidery and gold trimmed patches on both arms. Specialty patches are
authorized on the right arm. Supervisors will have gold embroidered rank on epaulets.
The back ID pull out panel inscribed "FORT LEE POLICE" in reflective gold for
Supervisors and silver for Patrol Officers and Detectives.

I.

The authorized optional 5.11 Tactical Winter Mock black style #4001215 (Polyester 88%
/ Spandex12%) may be used in lieu of the Winter Turtleneck during the winter seasonal
uniform change. Patrol Officers/Detectives will have in silver "F.L.P.D." (Half inch fonts
with periods) on the left side of the mock. Supervisors will have in gold "F.L.P.D." on
the left side of mock. All mocks purchased from an outside vendor must be submitted to
the Fort Lee Police Department Uniform Committee for approval by the Chief of Police
to ensure compliance of specifications of this Departments SOP.
1.

IV.

Officers have the option in the winter months (at the direction of the Chief of
Police) of wearing the approved Turtle Neck, Mock Turtleneck or Black T-shirt
under their Class “C” shirts.

J.

The only authorized optional abrasive-resistant toe boots are the Following: The 5.11
HRT Urban Model #11001 and the 5.11 XPRT Tactical Boot Model #12201. These
boots must be maintained and cleaned.

K.

The Leather Jacket and Military Wool V-neck Sweater will have patches on both sleeves.
Patrol Officers and Detectives will have the grey patches and the Supervisors will have
gold patched. Standard metal badge on the front left side of jacket and sweater.

L.

Basket weave duty gear with all department required equipment.

SPECIAL DESIGNATED UNIFORMS
A.

Motorcycle Officers
8

ADMINISTRATION
UNIFORMS AND DRESS REGULATIONS
VOL. I CH. 17
The motorcycle uniform may only be worn when an officer is assigned to a motorcycle. At all
other times officers shall wear the Class "A" , “B” or Class "C” uniform, whichever is applicable
to their assignment.
(Motorcycle officers will also maintain a proper Class "A" uniform)
1.

Navy Blue Pershing Trooper Style Hat with:
a.

2.

Same as Class "A" and Class "B”, whichever is applicable to rank.

DOT or ANSI approved half (1/2) white helmet, with:
a.

Black outer band

b.

Detachable black visor with "Winged Wheel" insignia on front

c.

Silver adornments / Braid Band for Police Officers / Gold for Supervisors

d.

Badge number on rear. (White for Police Officers / Gold for Supervisors)

3.

Navy blue or black cloth scarf or face protector. (Winter only)

4.

Glasses or goggles approved by the Chief of Police or his designee /.Unit Supervisor.

5.

Navy Blue Departmental Blouse Coat, with:

6.

a.

Similar to Class "A" (A.2 or B.2)
a. Except unit patch may be worn on right sleeve
b. Winged Wheel on left cuff
c. Has lower front pockets

b.

Equipment worn on the outside of the Blouse Coat:
(1) Same as Class "A" (A.2f or B.2e) whichever is applicable to rank.
(2) Plain Black Leather duty gear

Double Breasted Leather Motorcycle jacket (3/4 length only)
a.

a.Except unit patch may be worn on right sleeve
b.Winged Wheel on left cuff

b.

Equipment worn on the outside of the Blouse Coat:
(1) Same as Class "A" (A.2f or B.2e) whichever is applicable to rank.
(2) Plain Black Leather duty gear

7.

Navy blue britches with stripe according to rank. (Class "A" (A.3 or B.3))

8.

1 1/2" Black Plain Leather garrison belt with finished buckle according to rank.

9.

Black leather over-the-calf motorcycle boots with:
9

ADMINISTRATION
UNIFORMS AND DRESS REGULATIONS
VOL. I CH. 17

10.

B.

a.

Short set of laces on front

b.

Short set of laces / buckle on top outside

c.

Zipper on inseam (Optional)

d.

Approved over the ankle boots may be worn with Class “C’ Uniform

e.

Sneakers or shoes are not be worn while operating a motorcycle on patrol

Long or short sleeve navy blue shirt for all ranks, with sewn in creases and with:
a.

Buttons the same as Class "B", whichever is applicable to rank.

b.

"FL" insignia worn on left collar (Gold for Supervisor/Silver for P.O.)

c.

"Winged Wheel" insignia worn on right collar (Gold for Supervisor/Silver for
Police Officer/Detective)

d.

Rank insignia on sleeves for Sergeants (Gold stripes)

e.

Brushed Gold bars for lieutenant and above.

f.

On certain occasions Lieutenants and above will wear white shirts, when
designated by the Chief of Police or his designee.

11.

French blue tie with tie clip, black for Lieutenants and above (Silver or gold according to
rank) (PBA/Police only).

12.

Plain white crew neck T-shirt.

13.

Authorized departmental service weapon.

13.

Black or Tan leather gloves

Bicycle Patrol Officers
The bicycle patrol uniform may only be worn when the officer is operating a bicycle. At all other
times the officer shall wear a Class "A" , “B” or Class “C” Uniform, whichever is applicable to
their assignment.
1.

ANSI or SNELL approved black bicycle helmet with:
a.

"POLICE" in white letters diplayed on both sides.

2.

Black baseball cap (Class”C”) with departmental patch.

3.

Yellow short sleeve polo shirt (Summer only) with:
10

ADMINISTRATION
UNIFORMS AND DRESS REGULATIONS
VOL. I CH. 17

C.

a.

Departmental patch on left sleeve

b.

American Flag patch on right sleeve (Blue field to rear)

c.

"POLICE" in black letters on the back.

d.

Sewn embroidered police badge on front over the left breast.

e.

Velcro attached nametag on right breast.

4.

Navy blue and yellow windproof and waterproof bicycle jacket (Winter only),
with:

a.

"FORT LEE POLICE " in black letters on the back.

b.

"POLICE" in black letters on right side on front of jacket.

c.

Name tag worn above the word "POLICE"

d.

Departmental patch on left sleeve.

e.

American Flag patch on right sleeve (Blue field to rear)

f.

Sewn embroidered police badge on front over the left breast.

g.

Balaclavas (black in color) may be worn to keep the face and neck warm.

5.

Navy blue bicycle shorts (Summer only)

6.

Navy blue waterproof bicycle pants. (Winter only)

7.

Black leather bicycle gloves.

8.

Ankle length white socks

9.

Eye protection approved by Chief of Police.

10.

Black nylon duty gear to be worn instead of leather which will include all department
required equipment.

11.

Black sneakers or bicycle shoes.

Off-Duty Side Job Uniform
The Class "C" Uniform is to be worn with the option of wearing:
1.

Black baseball cap with departmental patch
11

ADMINISTRATION
UNIFORMS AND DRESS REGULATIONS
VOL. I CH. 17
2.
Lieutenants and above may wear a navy blue long or short sleeve departmental shirt.
D.

Traffic Job Uniform
1.

Black baseball cap with departmental patch.
a.

2.

3.

Black leather fur pile hat with hat badge or approved (Class “C”) knit pullover hat
(December 15-March 31).

Yellow short/long sleeve polo shirt with:
a.

Departmental patch on left sleeve

b.

American Flag patch on right sleeve (Blue field to rear)

c.

"POLICE" in black letters on the back.

d.

Sewn embroidered police badge on front over the left breast.

e.

Sewn embroidered last Name of Officer over right breast.

Dark Navy blue 6 pocket trousers.
a.

The trousers will be bloused near the top of the boots.

4.

Black nylon or leather duty gear which will include at a minimum; Departmental issued
handgun and extra magazines, police radio and 1 set of handcuffs.

5.

Black leather laced boots ¾ lengths or higher that will maintain a shine

6.

Traffic job uniform will not be worn for any court appearances.

7.

This is the only Uniform to be worn on traffic jobs.

NOTE: Special assignment/overtime details are not considered to be traffic jobs and uniform of
the day will be worn.
V.

DESIGNATED TIMES OF WEAR
A.

Certain uniform parts will be of a seasonal nature and subject to change due to prevailing
weather conditions, by approval of the Chief of Police. For example: when a Class B or C
uniform is specified, the order must state winter or summer and delineate the proper uniform to
be worn.

B.

Inclement weather gear, certain uniform accessories may be worn in times of inclement weather.
l.

Black Raincoat / Orange (Lieutenant and below)

2.

Navy Blue Raincoat (Captain and above)
12

ADMINISTRATION
UNIFORMS AND DRESS REGULATIONS
VOL. I CH. 17
3.

Yellow/Green ANSI Approved Blauer style jacket (Class “B” or Class “C”)

4.

Black Rain Cap (Covering Trooper Hat)

5.

Black Rubber Boots / Black Combat

6.

Black Gloves

B.

Special traffic vests / reversible jacket and gloves may be worn when an officer feels it is
appropriate due to poor visibility at night, or weather conditions, or when directed by a
supervisor.

C.

When a specified uniform is to be worn for the day, all officers must comply, unless specifically
designated otherwise by the Chief of Police. The tour commander shall inspect all patrol officers
at briefing and ensure they wear the same type uniform and equipment.

D.

Class "A" and Class "B" uniforms are required departmental uniforms and must be maintained in
acceptable condition at all times. When the uniform is worn it must be clean, neat, complete and
fit properly.

F.

Class "A" uniforms will be worn for the following occasions:

G.

H.

l.

Funerals (not routine escorts)

2.

Parades

3.

Promotional ceremonies

4.

Federal Court Appearances

5.

Special events designated by the Chief of Police

Class "B" or Class “C”” uniforms will be worn for the following occasions:
l.

Regular daily operations and assignments

2.

Municipal and County Court appearances

3.

Special Details, i.e.: working on Crime Prevention, Training, Records Room, Computer
Division, etc.

Wearing of Blouse Coat
l.

When the blouse coat is worn, it is to be buttoned
13

ADMINISTRATION
UNIFORMS AND DRESS REGULATIONS
VOL. I CH. 17
2.
The only coat that may be worn over the blouse is the raincoat.

I.

J.

3.

The only visible item of clothing to be worn under the blouse coat is the uniform shirt. A
sweater shall not be worn under the blouse coat.

4.

Traffic vests may be worn over the blouse coat by members of the Motorcycle Unit only.

Wearing of 28" Two Pocket Black Leather Zippered Jacket
1.

The uniform sweater may be worn under the leather jacket.

2.

The only coat that may be worn over the leather jacket is the raincoat.

3.

Traffic vests may be worn over the leather jacket when applicable. The traffic vest
may also be worn over the long or short sleeve shirt when applicable.

Rank Insignia and Description
The below ranks will wear the following insignias on the collars of their uniform shirts and on
the epaulets of their uniform blouse and leather jacket.
l.

Chief will wear two (2) gold-brushed metal stars.

2.

Deputy Chief will wear one (1) gold-brushed metal star.

3.

Inspector will wear one (1) gold-brushed metal eagle.

4.

Captain will wear two (2) gold-brushed metal bars.

5.

Lieutenant will wear one (1) gold brushed metal bar.

6.

Sergeant will wear three gold metal chevrons. (Cloth chevrons with black background
will be worn on the sleeves of the Class"B" uniform shirt)
Note- Rank insignias worn on the uniform sweater will be worn on the epaulets. They
will be of the same design as above except they will be gold cloth with a black
background.

VI.

REPLACEMENT OF UNIFORMS and UNIFORM EQUIPMENT
A.

All officers are required to maintain all uniforms and uniform equipment in satisfactory
condition. If any part of the uniform or uniform equipment is unacceptable, it will be the
responsibility of the officer to purchase a new replacement article with the exception being a
duty weapon and holster.

B.

All uniforms that are damaged during an officer's course of duty will be repaired or replaced by
14

ADMINISTRATION
UNIFORMS AND DRESS REGULATIONS
VOL. I CH. 17
the department. Any cost incurred will be paid by the town.
C.

VII.

All replacement requests must be accompanied by a report explaining the circumstances that
caused the damage and the request must be approved by the Chief of Police.

BODY ARMOR
A.

All officers assigned to uniform patrol duty will wear body armor.

B.

Any other requests regarding the wearing of body armor must be directed to the Chief of Police.

VIII. IN-SERVICE TRAINING
A.

Dress Code
l.

B.

All personnel will report to scheduled class for in-service and specialized training in
regular uniform, or slacks, jacket, dress shirt and tie. The only exception to this dress
code would be through written authorization from the Chief's office.

Rules and Procedures
l.

All personnel attending in-service or specialized training will follow the Rules and
Procedures set down by the Training Instructor and will participate in the program and
testing process.

IX. WEARING OF JEWELRY AND OTHER ADORNMENTS WHILE IN UNIFORM
Members on duty shall not wear jewelry which may be grasped during a struggle, catch on machinery,
or cut another person, or which can inflict injury or retard the mobility of the Officer. This provision
shall not prohibit non-uniformed Officers on duty from wearing jewelry appropriate for the conditions of
their current assignment in accordance with Department Policy. The wearing of ear, eye, nose, lip or
other body jewelry or adornment, on duty, is prohibited.
A.

The wearing of ornamental facial jewelry, such as earrings, studs, nose jewelry, etc.
is prohibited.

B.

Jewelry which detracts from the professional appearance of sworn personnel or which constitutes
a safety hazard is prohibited.

C.

No other jewelry besides a watch of conservative design may be worn on the wrist.

D.

Eyeglasses or sunglasses (prescription and non-prescription) must be conservative in design and
not detract from the professional appearance of the officer.

E.

No more than two (2) rings shall be worn on each hand.

F.

The only authorized pins that may be worn other than authorized commendations, are American
Flag pins at the top of the badge holder.
15

ADMINISTRATION
UNIFORMS AND DRESS REGULATIONS
VOL. I CH. 17
X.

PERSONAL GROOMING
A.

B.

When reporting for duty, or in uniform for any other purpose, male officers will follow the list
below for grooming:
1.

Shall be neat and clean.

2.

Male officers shall have their hair maintained in such a manner that is contoured to the
shape of the head and not cover the ear, or collar of the uniformed shirt.

3.

Facial hair will only be permitted in the form of a mustache, it may not extend to the
sides beyond ½” or below either corner of the mouth and shall be neatly trimmed.

4.

Side burns shall not be longer than the opening of the ear and shall not extend out past the
width of the main portion.

5.

Other areas of the face shall be clean shaven.

6.

Any other body hair shall not protrude from the uniformed shirt collar.

7.

Hair color other than the officer’s natural shade, is subject to approval of the officer’s
division commander.

8.

Wigs and hair pieces are authorized, provided they meet other requirements for hair.

9.

Fingernails will be neatly trimmed as not to interfere with the performance of duty. Any
officer wearing nail polish will maintain a neutral color that does not distract from the
uniform or skin tone of the wearer. No decals, ornamentation, or designs shall be applied
to the fingernails.

When reporting for duty, or in uniform for any other purpose, female officers will follow the list
below for grooming:
1.

Shall be neat and clean.

2.

On duty female officers shall have their hair arranged so that it does not extend below the
bottom edge of the collar, nor interfere with the proper wearing of the uniform hat. The
hair, when arranged, shall not interfere with the field of vision and shall not have a loose
fall. Barrettes shall be dark in color, or the color of the wearer’s hair.

3.

Hair color other than the officer’s natural shade, is subject to approval of the officer’s
division commander.

4.

Fingernails will be neatly trimmed as not to interfere with the performance of duty. Any
officer wearing nail polish will maintain a neutral color that does not distract from the
uniform or skin tone of the wearer. No decals, ornamentation, or designs shall be applied
to the fingernails.
16

ADMINISTRATION
UNIFORMS AND DRESS REGULATIONS
VOL. I CH. 17
5.
Wigs and hair pieces are authorized, provided they meet other requirements for hair.
The Chief of Police may grant deviation from the above policy. Deviations may be granted,
when medical or operational requirements dictate. Non-Uniformed personnel will wear the
attire dictated by their division commander.

17

INVESTIGATION
ALCOHOLISM TREATMENT AND
REHABILITATION ACT (ATRA)
VOL. VII, CH. 6
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
01-23-2002

VOLUME TITLE: INVESTIGATION

# PAGES:
11

ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

REFERENCE:

REVISION
DATE:

PAGE #:

SECTION:

APPROVED

VOLUME
VII
CHAPTER
6

SUBJECT: ALCOHOLISM TREATMENT AND
REHABILITATION ACT ( A.T.R.A.)

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

EVALUATION
DATE:

ALL

CHIEF THOMAS R. TESSARO
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

POLICY:
Alcoholism and intoxicated persons may no longer be criminally prosecuted solely because of their
abuse of alcoholic beverages. In other words, public drunkenness is no longer a crime. Instead,
alcoholism is recognized to be a disease, characterized by loss of control over the use of alcoholic
beverages, or such use of alcoholic beverages which substantially injures a person's health, or which is
to afford intoxicated persons and alcoholics the opportunity to receive treatment rather than punishment
when no crime has been committed, or treatment in lieu of prosecution if they have committed a minor
offense.
PROCEDURE:
The following procedures will be followed by the Borough of Fort Lee Police Department pertaining to
intoxicated individuals.

1

INVESTIGATION
ALCOHOLISM TREATMENT AND
REHABILITATION ACT (ATRA)
VOL. VII, CH. 6
ALTERNATIVES AVAILABLE
As of May 9, 1977, a police officer no longer has the option to arrest a person for being drunk in a
public place. N.J.S.A. 26:2B-26 and 26:2B-29 repeal all laws and ordinances creating an offense of
public intoxication or any equivalent offense. These provisions do not affect any laws or ordinances
against driving under the influence (DWI) or other similar offenses that involve the operation of motor
vehicles, machinery or other hazardous equipment.
Instead of arresting a person for public drunkenness, police officers and other authorized persons will
have the following choices for managing intoxicated or incapacitated persons:
I.

A person who appears intoxicated but not incapacitated in a public place, and to be in need
of help....
A.

B.

With the person's consent may be transported or sent:
1.

Home;

2.

To a licensed intoxication treatment facility designated in the annual list of the
Division of Alcoholism;

3.

To a medical facility.

Without the intoxicated person's consent, no action should be taken unless it appears the
person is incapacitated by alcohol.

II.

A person who is so intoxicated that he appears to be incapacitated by alcohol and obviously
cannot consent or decide for himself if he needs treatment should be taken into protective
custody and transported to a designated intoxication treatment center or emergency
medical facility, depending upon the circumstances. It should be stressed that any person
who is unconscious or injured should be taken directly and immediately to an emergency
medical facility.

III.

An intoxicated person arrested for a violation of a municipal ordinance or disorderly
persons offense and is not also arrested for any crime of the 1st, 2nd, 3rd or 4th degree may be
taken directly to an intoxication treatment center or other appropriate facility to be treated
for up to 48 hours before processing on the criminal offense.

IV.

If a person who has been drinking is neither intoxicated nor incapacitated, such person
should be left alone unless criminal activity is observed or suspected.

2

INVESTIGATION
ALCOHOLISM TREATMENT AND
REHABILITATION ACT (ATRA)
VOL. VII, CH. 6
A.

Alcoholic Treatment and Rehabilitation Act:
1.

The Act expresses a clear preference for voluntary over involuntary treatment.
Voluntary treatment is more desirable from both a medical and legal point of
view. Experience has shown that the vast majority of alcoholics are quite willing
to accept adequate and appropriate treatment. Again, ATRA makes clear that
involuntary treatment is permitted only in exceptional and very clearly prescribed
circumstances. Nevertheless, if a person has repeatedly come to the attention of
the police for intoxication incidents and related illegal behavior, and has been
advised of treatment opportunities but has instead chosen to be taken home, then
the police officer should exert more pressure on the individual to seek treatment.
For example, after repeated incidents the police officer might tell the person that
he has the choice of entering a program or being charged with an appropriate
offense if there has been related criminal behavior such as disorderly conduct. If
the intoxicated person refuses treatment at that point and is charged with an
offense, the court still has the discretion of ordering treatment in a diversionary
program or as part of probation. An arrest in the circumstances described clearly
should not be made for punitive or vindictive purposes. Rather, it should be
viewed as a means, after all other suggestions and advice of the police have had
no impact, of forcing an alcoholic to recognize his need for treatment in order to
help preserve his life and health and to save him from more trouble in the future.

V.

ASSESSMENT OF THE PERSON'S CONDITION
A.

When a police officer encounters a person who appears to be under the influence of
alcohol in a public place, he must make an assessment of that person's condition. One of
the biggest obstacles in handling a case of drunkenness is that it is often difficult to
distinguish between effects produced by alcohol or drugs and those produced by injury or
illness. For instance, a person may smell of alcohol, and he may stagger and seem drunk,
or lie unconscious in an apparent drunken stupor. Yet he may have had only a drink, or
two, or none at all, and blood or chemical tests would show that he is sober. For this
reason it is important for a police officer to know something of other conditions which
may produce symptoms mimicking alcohol intoxication. The most common of these are:
1.

Diabetes - A person who is staggering and apparently drunk could be a diabetic
suffering from low blood sugar - a condition that occurs in diabetics who have
taken too much insulin or failed to eat enough to keep their blood sugar level up.
Alternatively, the apparently unconscious "drunk" could be a diabetic in coma as
a result of not having enough insulin. He may have alcohol on his breath, but
there may also be present a peculiar sweetish odor - due to a substance called
acetone, which has accumulated in his blood.

2.

Epilepsy - Epileptics may sometimes wander about for hours in a confused state;
some may even become violent for brief periods.
3

INVESTIGATION
ALCOHOLISM TREATMENT AND
REHABILITATION ACT (ATRA)
VOL. VII, CH. 6

B.

3.

Head Injury - A serious possibility is the case of an apparently uninjured,
apparently alcohol-influenced, accident victim. Some slight bleeding under the
covering of the brain may at first produce confused symptoms similar to
intoxication, or unconsciousness. If bleeding continues, a clot forms, which may
press on the brain. Without immediate treatment the victim will die.

4.

High Blood Pressure - The victim of this disease in an acute state may become
temporarily irrational.

5.

Mental Conditions, Brain Tumors, Brain Abscesses, Brain Infections - These
may give rise to unpredictable behavior and peculiar spells.

6.

Stroke or Apoplexy - Both conditions are due to disturbances of blood
circulation in the brain, and either can cause dizziness, confusion, vomiting or
unconsciousness.

7.

Degenerative Diseases - Various degenerative diseases of the brain and nervous
system may cause a person to stagger, act silly, be forgetful, or wander aimlessly.

8.

Uremia - A form of kidney failure which can cause vomiting, convulsions and
coma.

9.

Wernicke's Syndrome - A complication which may occur in alcoholism in
which the victim -- even when not drinking -- is confused, has faulty muscular
coordination, or may have paralysis of eye muscles.

10.

Carbon Monoxide Poisoning - This can cause dizziness, nausea, weakness,
inability to walk, unconsciousness and, eventually, death. After the symptoms are
well developed, the victim is usually colored a peculiar cherry-red.

11.

Narcotic Intoxication - Heroin users may appear drunken, drowsy or even in
deep sleep but, unless in actual coma from overdosage, are readily aroused to
alertness by gentle prodding.

All of these are conditions that must be considered when a person is seen behaving oddly
or lying unconscious in the street. Instead of thinking, "there goes another drunken soand-so," the police officer should think: "there is a sick man in an emergency state and I'll
have to do something about it." This is the safest course to take.

4

INVESTIGATION
ALCOHOLISM TREATMENT AND
REHABILITATION ACT (ATRA)
VOL. VII, CH. 6
C.

VI.

If the person is believed to be under the influence of alcohol, the police officer must
make a decision as to whether the individual is
1.

Intoxicated or

2.

Incapacitated, as these terms are defined in ATRA.

DEFINITIONS
A.

The law defines an "intoxicated person" as one whose mental or physical functioning is
substantially impaired as a result of the use of alcoholic beverages. "Incapacitated"
means the condition of a person who is:
1.

As a result of the use of alcohol, unconscious or has his judgment so impaired that
he is incapable of realizing and making a rational decision with respect to his
need for treatment,

2.

In need of substantial medical attention, or

3.

Likely to suffer substantial physical harm.

B.

The difference between an intoxicated person and an incapacitated person is a matter of
degree. "Intoxication" means that a person's use of alcohol has resulted in a large degree
of impairment of his mental or physical functions such as reasoning, making decisions,
speaking, walking, seeing and hearing. "Incapacitation" occurs in a small percentage of
cases (10-15%). It is characterized by such a high degree of inebriation that the person is
unconscious, incoherent, or has extreme difficulty reasoning, making decisions, speaking,
etc.

C.

In order to determine whether a person is intoxicated or incapacitated, the police officer
may lawfully request that the person submit to any reasonable test, including but not
limited to, tests of his coordination, balance, coherency of speech and breath. The
person, however, may lawfully refuse to comply with the officer's request.

D.

There is no single criterion for applying the statutory definitions of intoxication and
incapacitation. Officers are, therefore, encouraged to refer to the exact wording of the
definitions in the statute reproduced above and to use their best judgment in each
situation.

E.

Psychophysical Tests
Psychophysical tests, such as those which assess general appearance, coordination,
balance, judgment, mental awareness and concentration of a person who appears to be
intoxicated, are an excellent method for determining the person's condition. It should be
5

INVESTIGATION
ALCOHOLISM TREATMENT AND
REHABILITATION ACT (ATRA)
VOL. VII, CH. 6
noted, however, that a seasoned drinker may have learned to compensate for physical
actions and may pass these tests extremely well even when intoxicated.
F.

Breath Tests
If a breath test is given, it should be administered in the same manner as prescribed for a
drunk driving investigation, as governed by department regulations and methods
approved by the Attorney General pursuant to N.J.S.A. 39:4-50.3.

G.

How Drunk is Intoxicated or Incapacitated?
Experiments have shown that the occasional drinker with little drinking experience
becomes very drunk at a blood-alcohol concentration (BAC) reading of .10. The
seasoned drinker at the same level exhibits very few outward signs of intoxication. In a
California study (1966) it was found that the moderate drinker (one or two cocktails
before dinner) showed obvious manifestations of intoxication at a reading of .08. To
reach this level the average person of average weight requires six to eight ounces of 86
proof liquor. On the other hand, an habitual drinker showed outward signs of obvious
intoxication at BAC readings of .18 to .24, which usually require, in an average person of
average weight, 16 to 24 ounces of 86 proof alcohol. The condition and degree of
intoxication thus depends on a person's weight and his experience with drinking, both of
which affect his tolerance.

VII.

HANDLING THE INTOXICATED PERSON
Should the police decide that the person is intoxicated, the officer then may offer to take the
person home or to a designated treatment facility. The Division of Alcoholism will publish and
distribute an annual list of all services available for the detoxification and treatment of
intoxicated and alcoholic persons, and the capacity of such centers and facilities. Should the
person refuse the offer of help, the officer does not have the right to force this help upon the
intoxicated person. It is recommended that if an intoxicated person is transported to his home,
the officer should inform his immediate family that there is a "drinking problem," supply
information and literature about the problem and specify the location and time when programs
which assist in coping with the problem are available in the community
To ignore a drinking problem merely enables the person to continue his destructive course to the
detriment of himself, his family and the community.

VIII. HANDLING THE INCAPACITATED PERSON
If the police officer has reason to believe that the person is incapacitated as defined in ATRA,
then the officer must take the person into "protective custody" and arrange for his transportation
to an intoxication treatment center or other facility capable of providing emergency medical
services for incapacitated persons. When an intoxicated individual has threatened, attempted or
inflicted, or is likely to inflict physical harm on himself or another unless restrained, then the
6

INVESTIGATION
ALCOHOLISM TREATMENT AND
REHABILITATION ACT (ATRA)
VOL. VII, CH. 6
officer is justified in taking the person into protective custody.
Recognizing the Danger Signs of Intoxication
In handling the "drunk" or alcoholic the police officer will encounter many different problems.
Knowing how to handle these could, in many cases, mean the difference between life and death.
It is very important for the police officer to recognize some of the common danger signs and
complications of severe intoxication.
A.

Coma - Initially the victim is drowsy, very sad, and sick. He may be aggressive when
disturbed. Later he may develop some definite physical signs, such as skin pallor.
Looking at him, you will see his eyes crossed or pointing out. He may complain of
ringing in his ears, numbness "all over," and seeing double. His pulse becomes rapid, the
eye pupils -- tiny in the first stage -- now become very large. Later he goes into
increasing stupor from which it is difficult to arouse him.

B.

Shock - signs are paleness, sweating, clammy skin, fainting and weak pulse;

C.

Total anesthesia of the brain - this could happen within two or three hours of first
seeing a drunken person.

D.

Convulsions - These are a possibly frightening, possibly dangerous, development of the
hangover stage. The immediate dangers are that the victim may fall and hurt himself or
that his airway may become blocked, so-called swallowing of the tongue. The general
danger is that the convulsion may indicate a very serious medical condition. The best
treatment is to lay the convulsive patient on his back, if possible, loosen any tight
clothing and put something soft, such as a rolled-up shirt tail, in the corner of his mouth.
This will prevent him from biting his tongue and will give him an airway. After
administering first aid, transportation should be made to the closest medical facility.

E.

Alcoholic Hallucinosis - This lasts from minutes to days. The victim sees and hears
things that are not really there. He is convinced that they are there, and they may be
vivid, frightening and terrifying.. Sometimes he may have delusions (feeling perhaps that
someone is after his life). Apart from these abnormalities, however, he is rational, can
talk, knows who you are and what time of day it is. He doesn't usually have a fast pulse,
fever, or tremor and is not sweating, pale or flushed. In fact, he looks all right, but "sees
things."

F.

Delirium Tremens - This is a serious possible complication of the hangover stage. The
person suffering from delirium tremens is out of contact with his surroundings and does
not know what is going on though there may be clear periods. You may wear a uniform,
but he will not necessarily recognize this or realize what it means. He may not know
where he is, what time of day or what month it is, or even what nationality he is. He
doesn't "know" anything! He often has some fever, is flushed, has a rapid pulse, and
7

INVESTIGATION
ALCOHOLISM TREATMENT AND
REHABILITATION ACT (ATRA)
VOL. VII, CH. 6
intense tremor. In addition, he has the typical disturbing hallucinations, and suffers from
insomnia and great exhaustion. Usually the condition lasts from two to seven days.
Fortunately it is rare, but it is very serious and requires urgent medical attention.
In any of the above circumstances after administering first aid, if indicated, the
person should be taken to the nearest medical facility.
IX.

X.

TRANSPORTATION
A.

As discussed, the police and other authorized persons are authorized by ATRA to
transport intoxicated and incapacitated persons.

B.

Professional judgment should be used in transporting persons to detoxification treatment
centers and other medical facilities in accordance with the law. The following are some
examples:
1.

A person who is unconscious, bleeding or otherwise injured should be taken
directly to the emergency room of a general hospital.

2.

If the officer must utilize force and handcuffs to subdue a belligerent person who
appears to be intoxicated, the person should be considered under arrest and
discretion should be exercised in determining whether to take the person to an
intoxication facility or to detain him until calm.

3.

It may be more appropriate for the police to contact the person's immediate
family, or to have the person transported home in a taxi instead of a police car.

PROTECTIVE CUSTODY-NOT ARREST
An intoxicated or incapacitated person who is simply assisted by an officer to an intoxication
treatment facility must not be considered to have been arrested for a criminal offense, and no
entry or other record is permitted to be made to indicate that the person has been arrested.
Instead, it is suggested that a field contact card system be utilized for retention by the
department, and that any additional record made be limited to the case number and the Daily
Police Report (Investigation Report) to account for any activity. The name of the individual or
any other information about him must not be made public.

XI.

COMMUNICATION WITH PERSON'S FAMILY
A.

ATRA directs treatment facilities to notify the person's family. However, federal
regulations promulgated by the Department of Health, Education and Welfare pursuant to
federal statutes govern the confidentiality of records relating to both drug and alcohol
abusers and restrict the dissemination of information concerning a person's entry into an
intoxication treatment program.
8

INVESTIGATION
ALCOHOLISM TREATMENT AND
REHABILITATION ACT (ATRA)
VOL. VII, CH. 6
B.

Virtually every organization offering any kind of service to the alcoholic is bound by
these regulations. Because the regulations are complex, it is recommended that one
person in each organization assume responsibility for the storage of records and for the
dissemination of information in order to assure that the requirements of the law are met.

C.

In general, information concerning an alcohol abuser can be released only with that
person's written consent. Information can be released without consent if:,
1. There is a medical emergency;
2. For research, audit and evaluation; or
3. By Court order.
The scope of the information to be released is limited by the purpose or need for the
disclosure and the regulations do not consider as valid a general consent form of
unlimited duration.

D.

XII.

The police should ordinarily refrain from communicating with the person's family unless
requested to do so by the person. If the family should contact the police concerning the
whereabouts of the person, it is recommended that the police contact the treatment
facility where they have taken the person and have the treatment agency handle the
request. However, if the person was taken to a general hospital, the police can disclose
the name of the hospital, but any mention of the person's intoxicated condition must be
avoided. If a person is arrested and in a county or municipal jail, people who call
looking for someone can be informed of his whereabouts but not informed of any
alcoholic problem.

SECURITY - STOP AND FRISK AND SEARCH AND SEIZURE
If the police officer reasonably believes that his/her safety or the safety of other persons present
so requires, he/she is authorized by ATRA to conduct a protective search of an intoxicated or
incapacitated person and his/her immediate surroundings, but only to the extent necessary to
discover and seize any dangerous weapon, which may on that occasion be used against the
officer or other person present.
The repeal of the crime of public intoxication does not affect the officer's authority to stop and
"frisk" a person whom he/she suspects is engaging in criminal activities and whom he/she
believes is armed and dangerous.
With respect to the law of search and seizure, the officer has no authority to generally search an
incapacitated person he/she has taken into protective custody under the provisions of this statute
unless a lawful basis for the search exists. It must be stressed that protective custody of an
incapacitated person, by itself, does not justify a complete search.
9

INVESTIGATION
ALCOHOLISM TREATMENT AND
REHABILITATION ACT (ATRA)
VOL. VII, CH. 6
XII.

USE OF FORCE
According to ATRA, when a police officer encounters an intoxicated person who has not
committed a crime, he/she may use such force, other than that which is likely to inflict physical
injury, as is reasonably necessary to carry out his/her authorized responsibilities and to protect
himself. This may be interpreted as authorizing the use of temporary restraints (handcuffs) if
they are deemed necessary. If the intoxicated person, however, begins to put up such a struggle
that he/she is likely to injure the officer, the person is committing an assault that justifies the
officer in using such reasonably necessary force to subdue and secure the individual.
If such force is exercised, the person should be considered under arrest for an appropriate offense
or in protective custody.

XIV. LIABILITY OF THE POLICE OFFICER
According to ATRA, all persons including police officers and other authorized persons acting
under the provisions of the law shall be considered as acting in the conduct of their official duties
and shall not be held criminally or civilly liable for such acts. Thus, as long as the officer can
show that he/she acted reasonably in the performance of his/her authority as provided by the law,
he/she has no cause to fear civil or criminal liability. For example, he/she must not use excessive
force beyond that necessary to accomplish the purpose of assisting the intoxicated person to a
facility.
XV.

PERSONS ARRESTED FOR DISORDERLY AND MUNICIPAL OFFENSES
Effective May 9, 1976, ATRA provides that any person who is arrested for a violation of a
municipal ordinance, or for a disorderly persons offense and who is not also arrested for a crime
of the 1st, 2nd, 3rd or 4th degree and who the arresting officer has reasonable cause to believe is
intoxicated, may be taken by the officer directly to a detoxification treatment center or other
appropriate facility. In other words, such a person may be taken directly to a treatment facility, or
he/she may alternatively be first processed on the criminal charge and then taken to a facility.
Again, to determine whether or not such person is intoxicated, the police officer may request the
person to submit to any reasonable test, including, but not limited to, tests of his/her
coordination, coherency of speech and breath.
The intoxication treatment facility is authorized to detain the arrested person until no longer
intoxicated, but not for a period exceeding 48 hours. During this period the law requires the
police to maintain such security conditions as may be necessary for the well-being of all
involved. Such function should be assumed by the officer transporting the arrested person to the
facility, but presence of the officer at the facility ordinarily should be of short duration. If it is
determined by the facility administrator and the officer that the person's conduct will disrupt the
facility unreasonably, the officer should reassume custody and transport the arrested person to
the police station for proceedings in the case. If the officer is assaulted during the transportation
or at the facility and he is outside his/her jurisdiction, he should be considered as acting in the
10

INVESTIGATION
ALCOHOLISM TREATMENT AND
REHABILITATION ACT (ATRA)
VOL. VII, CH. 6
conduct of his/her official duties and the statute should be interpreted as extending his/her
jurisdiction for a limited purpose. In other words, even though he is outside his/her jurisdiction
he should be able to bring a complaint in his/her official capacity and not just as a civilian. Nonindictable complaints, however, should be brought in the jurisdiction where the assault occurs.
At the conclusion of detoxification and examination and prior to releasing the arrested person
from the center, the administrator is required to notify the police to reassume custody and
transport the arrested person for proceedings in the case.
Following court proceedings, if the arrested person is committed for treatment in lieu of
prosecution, the law directs the police to cooperate with the Department of Health in providing
temporary security if necessary at facilities to which the person is taken. Again, the presence of
the officer at the facility should be of short duration until it is determined by the facility
administrator that the defendant is not unreasonably disruptive.
XVI. PERSONS ARRESTED FOR A CRIME OF THE 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th OR DRIVING OFFENSE
When a crime of the 1st, 2nd, 3rd or 4th degree is committed by an intoxicated or incapacitated
person, public drunkenness is not an issue, and regular police procedures for apprehending felons
would apply. This also applies to motor vehicle offenses such as Driving Under the Influence.
(D.W.I.) See also Vol 9, Ch 5.

11

SERVICE
ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGE CONTROL INSPECTION & ENFORCEMENT
VOL. X, CH. 15
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT
VOLUME TITLE: SERVICE
ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

EFFECTIVE
DATE:

REVISION
DATE:

PAGE #:

SECTION:

APPROVED

VOLUME
X

04-08-2002
# PAGES:
4

CHAPTER
15

REFERENCE:

V10C15

SUBJECT: ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGE CONTROL
INSPECTION & ENFORCEMENT

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

EVALUATION
DATE:

ALL

CHIEF THOMAS R. TESSARO
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE: A - 32
REFERENCE: NJAC Title 13, NJSA Title 33, Borough
Ordinance Chapter 130

PURPOSE:
The purpose of this policy is to set forth guidelines for officers who are conducting inspections or
investigations and who are enforcing Administrative Code Title 13, and Borough Ordinance Chapter 130 at
liquor licensed premises. This policy will establish uniform guidelines for the inspection and enforcement at
the liquor licensed premises.
POLICY:
Officers are obligated to the enforcement of all laws, including the Administrative Code (Title 13) and
Borough Ordinance (Chapter 130), as they relate to liquor licenses that are issued within Fort Lee
boundaries.
Officers should follow the procedures set forth in this policy.
HANDBOOK resource information to assist the Fort Lee Police Department in ABC matters
I.

INVESTIGATIONS AND INSPECTIONS
A.

The Fort Lee Police Department is primarily responsible for enforcement of laws, the
1

SERVICE
ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGE CONTROL INSPECTION & ENFORCEMENT
VOL. X, CH. 15
administration of the Administrative Code (Title 13) and Borough Ordinance (Chapter 130),
as the code relates to licenses that are issued within Fort Lee boundaries.
B.

Investigations for new licenses or license transfers shall be conducted to ensure the applicant
is qualified to be licensed, in accordance with the standards established by Title 33 (NJSA
33-1 et seq.).
1.

The Liquor License Background Applications shall be completed for all background
checks.
(a)

(b)

C.

Background Applications are available through the Detective Bureau and
should include:
(1)

Liquor License Application Procedure Outline

(2)

Release of Information Form

(3)

Affidavit of Qualification

(4)

Application Background Investigation Form

The background application is in addition to the ABC Application Packet that
is required and available through the Borough Clerk's office.

2.

The applicant is to be fingerprinted as part of a check for past criminal history.

3.

The background check shall include a review of the applicant's financial history.

4.

The background check shall be forwarded to the Chief of Police for review and
approval.

5.

A recommendation in writing by the Chief of Police shall be submitted to Mayor and
Council as to the applicant's eligibility for a new liquor license or a transfer of a
liquor license. The recommendation shall include all background check information.

Investigations shall be conducted by officers of the Fort Lee Police Department of liquor
licensed premises in order to maintain compliance with all Rules and Regulations of
Administrative Code Title 13.
1.

The investigating officer or assigned Detective should check for compliance with
Title 13. The following inspections may be conducted:
a.

E-141-A Form. List of employees 13:2-23.13(a) (3)

b.

Copy of license application log 13:2-23(a) (2)
2

SERVICE
ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGE CONTROL INSPECTION & ENFORCEMENT
VOL. X, CH. 15

II.

c.

License certificate conspicuously posted 13:2-23(a) (1)

d.

Special tax stamp or indication of payment 13:2-23.23(a) (3)

e.

Prohibitive promotions 13:2-23.16

f.

Employment of a minor 13:2-24.3

g.

Alcoholic beverage stored on license premise 13:2-23.21

h.

Beer tap markings visible 13:2-23.22(a)

i.

Possession of open container prohibited on plenary retail establishment 13:223.11

j.

Prohibition of indecent matter 13:2-23.14

k.

Criminally disqualified persons from employment 13:2-14.1

ADMINISTRATIVE CODE VIOLATIONS
A.

If an Administrative Code Violation is discovered, the on-scene officer will confiscate the
liquor license and employee list, which will be photocopied and returned to the licensed
premises. An incident report shall be completed and forwarded to the Detective Bureau along
with the photocopies of the license and employee list for investigation.

B.

The investigating Detective will prepare an Investigation Report which shall contain the
alleged violation(s). The report shall be forwarded to the Chief of Police for review.

C.

The Chief of Police will review the report and forward the report to the Mayor and Council
for their review and / or possible action.

D.

The investigating Detective will forward the Investigation Report and comments to the Fort
Lee Borough Clerk no later than two (2) weeks after the incident.

E.

The investigating Detective will also place copies of the entire investigation into the
respective liquor license files located in the Detective Bureau

F.

If a criminal offense relating to an ABC violation occurs, or may have occurred in a location
licensed by the ABC (even though the suspects were not apprehended at such location); or if
the individual charged with the ABC related offense is the holder of a license issued by the
ABC, the investigating officer or assigned Detective should immediately file a report with his
supervisor. The report shall include a minimum of a one paragraph description that includes
the date of arrest, name of the individual, the nexus to the ABC laws (e.g. information that
the individual holds a license from the ABC), location of the licensed premises (if
applicable) and a copy of the police report.
3

SERVICE
ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGE CONTROL INSPECTION & ENFORCEMENT
VOL. X, CH. 15

III.

G.

The investigating Detective in charge will review the report and forward the report to the
Chief of Police.

H.

The Chief of Police shall review the report and forward the report with his comments to the
designated Assistant Prosecutor in the Bergen County Prosecutor's Office.

I.

The Bergen County detective and ABC liaison shall review the report and attachments and, if
satisfied that the nexus with ABC law exists, shall forward such report to the designated
representative at the Division of ABC.

SEARCH OF LICENSED PREMISES
A.

Officers have the full authority to inspect and investigate licensees and the conduct of
activities under the license and on the licensed premises.

B.

After receiving approval from a supervisor, officers may search without a search warrant
the licensed premises.
1.

An area of a structure that is not licensed to serve or possess alcohol may not be
searched without a warrant.

2.

Officers, before initiating a search, shall review the Liquor License Application
before initiating a warrantless search to confirm the area of a structure that is
licensed.

C.

A licensee who refuses to cooperate with a liquor license inspection, search or hinders an
investigation in any way, may be charged under Administrative Code 13 with Hindering an
Investigation 13:2-23.30.

D.

As per the Reporting Policy (Vol. 4 Ch. 7), the assigned officer will prepare a report for the
following:
1. Any call inside licensed premises involving an ABC violation or criminal
activity.
2. Any call on the licensed property or adjacent area, and the officer believes the
offender, or victim, had recently been inside the licensed premise.

4

AUTHORITY
ALTERNATE CARE FOR ARRESTEE’S DEPENDENTS
VOL. VII, CH. 16
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
5/1/2001

VOLUME TITLE: AUTHORITY

# PAGES:
3

ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

REFERENCE:

REVISION
DATE:

PAGE #:

SECTION:

APPROVED

VOLUME
VII

CHAPTER
16

V7C16

SUBJECT: ALTERNATE CARE FOR
ARRESTEE’S DEPENDENTS

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

EVALUATION
DATE:

ALL

CHIEF THOMAS R. TESSARO
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

POLICY
The purpose of this policy is to reasonably insure that children or other persons dependent upon an
arrestee for their care, sustenance or supervision are provided with alternate care, sustenance or
supervision as arranged for by the arrestee or an appropriate agency.
The Borough of Fort Lee Police Department will provide persons taken into custody by this department,
a reasonable opportunity to arrange for the care of children or persons dependent upon the arrestee for
their care, sustenance and supervision. When the arrestee is unable to arrange for the care of dependent
persons, this department will notify the appropriate municipal, county and state agencies of the need for
alternate care for the arrestee's dependents. This department will not take direct responsibility for
providing alternate care for arrestee's dependents.
While the need for alternate care for an arrestee's dependents is to be determined, the existence of
arrestee dependents should not be the determining factor as to whether the arrestee is held in custody or
released. Where a summons in lieu of arrest is inappropriate or the taking into custody is required by
law, public safety or safety of the arrestee, the individual should be held until released in accordance
with law.

1

AUTHORITY
ALTERNATE CARE FOR ARRESTEE’S DEPENDENTS
VOL. VII, CH. 16
PROCEDURE
I.

CUSTODIAL ARRESTS
A.

B.

Whenever an arrestee is taken into custody, and is accompanied by a child or
other person dependent upon the arrestee for care, sustenance or supervision, the
following procedures are to be followed:
1.

If another appropriate adult is present with the arrestee, the arrestee will be
permitted to place the dependent child or dependent person in the care of that
adult.

2

If another appropriate adult is not present or refuses custody of the dependent
person, the dependent person will be transported to police headquarters. The
dependent person may be transported with the arrestee or in a separate vehicle as
required by the circumstances. Transportation of the dependent person will be
conducted in accordance with department policy concerning the transportation of
non-police personnel in department vehicles.

3.

The arrestee shall be permitted a reasonable opportunity to make arrangements by
telephone for alternate care for the dependent. When contact cannot be made by
telephone, an officer from this or the appropriate police department shall be
assigned to make the necessary notifications.

4.

If the arrestee is unable to arrange for the alternate care for the dependents, the
shift supervisor or arresting officer shall notify the appropriate municipal, county
or state agency of the arrest and need for alternate care. The arrestee is to be
informed as to the agency taking charge of his or her dependents.

5.

When the arrestee has dependents requiring their care, a record is to be made
indicating the arrangements made for the care of those dependents. The record
shall contain, at a minimum, the person or agency taking charge of the dependent,
the name of the agency's representative and a phone number, and information as
to how the arrestee can regain custody of the dependent child or person when
released from custody.

6.

The shift supervisor or arresting officer shall contact the appropriate judge as soon
as possible for the setting of bail. If the arrestee has dependents requiring the
arrestee's care, the judge is to be informed of this and of the arrangements made
for the temporary care of those dependents.

Whenever a person is arrested or taken into custody and is likely to be detained more than
two hours, that person shall be questioned as to whether or not any child or other person
is dependent solely upon the arrestee for care, sustenance or supervision.
1.

When it is determined that the arrestee is the sole provider of care, sustenance or
supervision for a child or other dependent person, the arrestee shall be permitted a
2

AUTHORITY
ALTERNATE CARE FOR ARRESTEE’S DEPENDENTS
VOL. VII, CH. 16
reasonable opportunity to make arrangements by telephone for alternate care for
those dependents. When contact cannot be made by telephone, an officer from
this or the appropriate police department shall be assigned to make the necessary
notifications.

II.

2.

If the arrestee is unable to arrange for the alternate care for the dependents, the
shift supervisor or arresting officer shall notify the appropriate municipal, county
or state agency of the arrest and need for alternate care. The arrestee is to be
informed as to the agency taking charge of his or her dependents.

3.

When the arrestee has dependents requiring their care, a record is to be made
indicating the arrangements made for the care of those dependents. The record
shall contain, at a minimum, the person or agency taking charge of the dependent,
the name of the agency's representative and a telephone number, and information
as to how the arrestee can regain custody of the dependent child or person when
released from custody.

4.

The shift supervisor or arresting officer shall contact the appropriate judge as soon
as possible for the setting of bail. If the arrestee has dependents requiring the
arrestee's care, the judge is to be informed of this and of the arrangements made
for the temporary care of those dependents.

REPORTING
A.

B.

The Alternate Care Form shall be completed in the following situations.
(See Appendix #1 Alternate Care Form)
1.

Detainment of arrestee for more than two hours.

2.

Confinement to a County Jail.

3.

This form is not to be completed if the arrestee makes custody care arrangements
with a third party.

A copy of the form shall be provided to the arrestee upon completion of post-arrest
procedures.
1.

The officer providing the arrestee with a copy of their form shall sign and date the
form.

2.

The arrestee shall be asked to sign and date the form. If they refuse it shall be note
in the space provided.

3

SERVICE
ANIMAL CALLS AND SERVICES
VOL X CH 1
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
01-23-2002

VOLUME TITLE: SERVICE

# PAGES:
4

ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

REFERENCE:

REVISION
DATE:

PAGE #:

SECTION:

APPROVED

VOLUME
X

CHAPTER
1

SUBJECT: ANIMAL CALLS AND SERVICE

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

ALL
EVALUATION
DATE:

CHIEF THOMAS R. TESSARO
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

POLICY:
There are many situations when the police department must respond to wildlife complaints. Complaints
of this nature are of a wide variety. It is important that the officer responding have a thorough
understanding of the department’s responsibility and what alternatives are available to resolve the
situation at hand. Officer safety and the safety of the public are paramount. All complaints must be
handled cautiously and expeditiously. This policy doesn't encompass dog control or dog calls. Refer to
the dog control policy, Vol. X, Ch. #2.
PROCEDURE:
I.

ANIMAL AND WILDLIFE CALLS
A.

Any requests for assistance shall be recorded on an investigation Report.

B.

When a call is received about an animal complaint the patrol officer will respond and
render the necessary service.
l.

If it is necessary to destroy a wild animal, the patrol may do so, provided that it is
accomplished in a safe manner.

2.

No domesticated animal shall be destroyed by the patrol officer, Unless the
animal is seriously injured and needs to be put out of its misery.
1

SERVICE
ANIMAL CALLS AND SERVICES
VOL X CH 1
a.
Owner is responsible for injured animals, officers responding should:

C.

D.

(1).

Attempt to contact the owner of the animal.

(2).

If owner is contacted the animal may be destroyed by the officer if
deemed necessary by the owner and the officer.

(3)

Such destruction will be undertaken as efficiently and humanely as
possible.

(4)

Under no circumstances will the reckless or negligent police action
in the destruction of the animal be tolerated.

(5)

All actions taken will be documented.

(6)

If owner cannot be contacted and it is necessary to destroy the
animal, all proper documentation should be completed.

Animal control will be responsible to pick up all dead dogs, cats and wildlife.
l..

If an animal is on the roadway, the officer should, if possible, move it to the side
of the roadway.

2.

Communications will notify the Animal control every morning of any animals to
be picked up.

All personnel should adhere to the procedures outlined in Title 23: Fish Game and
Wildlife Laws of New Jersey and Title 4:22 SPCA regulations (Copy of title 23 and Title
4:22 are located at the Police Desk), where violations may exist.
If there are any questions as to jurisdiction on dead animals, or violations of Titles 23 and
4:22, one of the agencies listed below may be contacted.
l.

On State Highways, State Department of Transportation will pick up all animals
except deer.
a.

2.

Bergen County D.O.T. will not pick up any dead animals.

Department of Environmental Protection Agency
a.

Wildlife Management Area (working hours)
l-908-735-8793 - Dead deer pickup.

b.

D.E.P. ACTION LINE (evening hours - weekends and holidays)
l-609-292-9400. If there is a problem with an endangered species or a
problem with any wild animal, then this agency may be called upon for
assistance.

2

SERVICE
ANIMAL CALLS AND SERVICES
VOL X CH 1
3.

4.

5.

Animal control
a.

This agency should be notified of all cases of animal cruelty, injured
animals, stray animals and dead animals. All laws governing cruelty can
be found under N.J.S.A. Title 4, Section 22.

b.

Will not pick up animals unless tied or under lock.
(1)
If there is a bite involved they will assist in capturing the animal.

NEW JERSEY FISH AND GAME – 908-735-8793
a.

This agency may be notified for all hunting law violations and any injured
wild animal complaints.

b.

Any nuisance complaints may be directed to them.

HUNTING LAWS
a.

II.

All hunting laws can be found under N.J.S.A.
Title 23.

ROAD KILLED DEER AND ENFORCEMENT OF N.J. HUNTING LAWS
A.

Effective immediately, all personnel will adhere to the procedures that are outlined.
l.

The Police Department is authorized by State Statute to grant removal of road
killed deer to any person or agency that wishes to take possession of road killed
deer provided:
a.

The permit to possess accidentally killed deer is prepared by the
investigating officer ( Permit books are available at the Police Desk).

b.

The permit must be signed by the person receiving the deer.

c.

The permit is to be issued as follows:
(l)

White copy: Must be issued to the person who has signed the
permittee section of the permit.

(2)

Yellow copy: Is to be forwarded to records and processed by the
records clerk and sent to the New Jersey Department of Fish and
Game every quarter.

(3)

Pink copy: Is to be retained by the police department and filed in
the Road Killed Deer Permit File. This file shall contain the
following information:
3

SERVICE
ANIMAL CALLS AND SERVICES
VOL X CH 1

2.

B.

Copy of the Investigation Report Form.

(b.

Pink copy of permit.

(c.

Copy of all prepared reports, i.e. accident report,
investigation report, etc.

If for some reason the person who has hit the deer doesn't wish to take possession,
the deer may be released to a fire company, first aid squad, or to anyone who
wishes to take possession, but the permit must be filed out at all times.

NEW JERSEY HUNTING LAWS
l.

III.

(a.

All officers should be aware that they have the power to enforce all Fish and
Game Laws. If any violation is brought to their attention and a complaint is going
to be assigned, they can either sign the complaint or contact the Game Warden
and he will sign the complaint.

LEG HOLD TRAPS
A.

Effective October 27, l985, leg hold traps are outlawed in New Jersey.

B.

No person shall:

C.

l.

Manufacture steel jaw leg hold traps.

2.

Sell steel jaw leg hold traps.

3.

Offer for sale steel jaw leg hold traps.

4.

Possess steel jaw leg hold traps.

5.

Import or transport an animal trap of the steel jaw leg hold.

Any person may avoid prosecution by surrendering steel hold traps to:
l.

Law enforcement officer.

2.

If a trap is surrendered, a property report is to be completed and a notation made
in the narrative portion that states the person has voluntarily surrendered the trap
to the police department for disposal.

4

AUTHORITY
SEARCH & SEIZURE ARREST PROCEDURE
VOL. VII, CH. 1
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
04-08-2002

VOLUME TITLE: AUTHORITY

# PAGES:
3

ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

REFERENCE:

REVISION
DATE:

PAGE #:

SECTION:

APPROVED

VOLUME
#VII
CHAPTER
1-4

V#C#

SUBJECT: ARREST OF FOREIGN NATIONALS

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

ALL
EVALUATION
DATE:

CHIEF THOMAS R. TESSARO
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

PURPOSE:
To provide a guideline for officers who may, in the performance of their official functions, have contact
with a foreign national in a situation triggering a requirement to notify the foreign national's consular
officials.

POLICY:
Officers of this department should follow the below set of procedures when dealing with foreign
nationals.
This policy will include:
•

Summary of Requirements Pertaining to Foreign Nationals

•

Steps To Follow When a Foreign National Is Arrested or Detained

•

Mandatory Notification Countries and Jurisdictions

-1 -

AUTHORITY
SEARCH & SEIZURE ARREST PROCEDURE
VOL. VII, CH. 1
I.
Summary of Requirements Pertaining to Foreign Nationals
A.

When foreign nationals are arrested or detained, they must be advised of the right to have their
consular officials notified.
1.

In some cases, the nearest consular officials must be notified of the arrest or detention of
a foreign national, regardless of the national's wishes.

2.

Consular officials are entitled to access to their nationals in detention, and are entitled to
provide consular assistance.

B.

When a government official becomes aware of the death of a foreign national, consular officials
must be notified.

C.

When a guardianship or trusteeship is being considered with respect to a foreign national who is
a minor or incompetent, consular officials must be notified.

D.

When a foreign ship or aircraft wrecks or crashes, consular officials must be notified.

These are mutual obligations that also pertain to American citizens abroad. In general, you should treat a
foreign national as you would want an American citizen to be treated in a similar situation in a foreign
country. This means prompt, courteous notification to the foreign national of the possibility of consular
assistance, and prompt, courteous notification to the foreign national's nearest consular officials so that
they can provide whatever consular services they deem appropriate.

II.

Steps to Follow When a Foreign National is Arrested or Detained
A.

Determine the foreign national's country. In the absence of other information, assume this is the
country on whose passport or other travel document the foreign national travels.

B.

If the foreign national's country is not on the mandatory notification list:

1.

Offer, without delay, to notify the foreign national's consular officials of the
arrest/detention.

C.

If the foreign national asks that consular notification be given, notify the nearest consular
officials of the foreign national's country without delay.

D.

If the foreign national's country is on the list of mandatory notification countries:

-2 -

AUTHORITY
SEARCH & SEIZURE ARREST PROCEDURE
VOL. VII, CH. 1
1.
Notify that country's nearest consular officials, without delay, of the arrest/detention. Tell
the foreign national that you are making this notification.

2.

Keep a written record of the provision of notification and actions taken.
Mandatory Notification Countries and Jurisdictions
Antigua and Barbuda Malta
Armenia
Mauritius
Azerbaijan
Moldova
Bahamas, The
Mongolia
Barbados
Nigeria
Belarus
Philippines
Belize
Poland (non-permanent
residents only)
Brunei
Romania
Bulgaria
Russia
1
China
Saint Kitts and Nevis
Costa Rica
Saint Lucia
Cyprus
Saint Vincent and the
Grenadines
Czech Republic
Seychelles
Dominica
Sierra Leone
Fiji
Singapore
Gambia, The
Slovakia
Georgia
Tajikistan
Ghana
Tanzania
Grenada
Tonga
Guyana
Trinidad and Tobago
2
Hong Kong
Turkmenistan
Hungary
Tuvalu
Jamaica
Ukraine
Kazakhstan
United Kingdom3
Kiribati
U.S.S.R.4
Kuwait
Uzbekistan
Kyrgyzstan
Zambia
Malaysia
Zimbabwe
3.

Notification is not mandatory in the case of persons who carry "Republic of
China" passports issued by Taiwan.
a. Such persons should be informed without delay that the nearest office of the
Taipei Economic and Cultural Representative Office ("TECRO"), the
unofficial entity representing Taiwan's interests in the United States, can be
notified at their request.
-3 -

AUTHORITY
SEARCH & SEIZURE ARREST PROCEDURE
VOL. VII, CH. 1
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
04-08-2002

VOLUME TITLE: AUTHORITY

# PAGES:
23

ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):1.2.4,
1.2.5

REFERENCE:

REVISION
DATE:

PAGE #:
5
12
20-21

10-08-08
2,3, 4,5,6,
9, 14,15

SECTION:
I, I, 4
III, H, 11
VIII, A and
B
I,A,,16,II,,D1,2,E,
2,G,3-4,I,4
III,V,D,3,F,
2 a,3
VI, A,3,e,C

APPROVED
01-14-2004

VOLUME
VII

01-07-2009

CHAPTER
1

SUBJECT: ARREST, SEARCH AND SEIZURE

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

ALL
EVALUATION
DATE:

CHIEF THOMAS O. RIPOLI
ATTORNEY GENERAL:
AG 16-1
PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:

Special Instructions

S1 V-7 C-1

REFERENCE:

PURPOSE:
To ensure that constitutional requirements are adhered to when arrests are made, warrants are applied for
and searches are conducted. To assist police officers in effectively carrying out their duties in a manner
consistent with the Constitution.
DISCUSSION:
The Constitution of the United States is of special importance to police officers because it directly
regulates the performance of their duties. This is particularly true in the area of arrest, search and
seizure. Careful study of the rules and procedures established as a result of court interpretation of the
constitutional requirements will help ensure protection of individual rights and, at the same time, assure
that criminals may be apprehended and necessary evidence obtained in a manner that will be upheld in a
court of law.
The Constitution, together with its amendments, is designed to strike a balance between the need to
provide for effective government and the need to preserve individual liberties. Nowhere is this balance
more critical than in the enforcement of the criminal laws. It is imperative that the government be able
to seek evidence of crime in order to identify and convict offenders, but it is equally imperative that an
individual citizen be permitted to maintain the privacy of his person and property unless the government
is able to show good reason for interfering with that privacy. Accordingly, the Fourth Amendment to
the Constitution, which is applicable to the states by virtue of the Fourteenth Amendment, provides:
-1 -

AUTHORITY
SEARCH & SEIZURE ARREST PROCEDURE
VOL. VII, CH. 1
The right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers and effects, against unreasonable
searches and seizures, shall not be violated, and no warrants shall issue, but upon probable cause,
support by Oath or affirmation, and particularly describing the place to be searched, and the persons or
things to be seized.
When an arrest or search is conducted in violation of the above constitutional requirements, the courts,
by utilizing the "exclusionary rule", will not permit the evidence so found to be used at trial against the
person whose privacy was violated. The purpose of the exclusionary rule is to deter future unlawful
searches. Thus, a defendant may be immune from conviction by reason of an officer's failure to adhere
to constitutional rights.
POLICY:
It shall be this department’s policy that arrests, searches and seizures conducted by officers adhere to
constitutional requirements. Officers of this department should adhere to the procedures set forth in this
policy when they are involved in arrests, searches and seizures.
PROCEDURE:
I.

GENERAL
A.

Arrests
1.

An arrest may be defined as a substantial physical interference with the liberty of a
person, resulting in apprehension and custodial detention. It is generally used for the
purpose of preventing a person from committing a criminal offense, or calling upon a
person to answer or account for an alleged completed crime or offense.

2.

An actual arrest occurs when a law enforcement officer intentionally employs physical
touching of a person and delivers a formal communication of a present intention to arrest.

3.

A constructive arrest occurs without an intentional use of physical contact and without a
formal statement indicating an intention to take a person into custody. The courts
generally consider whether there has been a submission to the assertion of authority.

4.

When an individual has been arrested they will be processed for that arrest and the
appropriate documentation presented to the court without unnecessary delay. When
appropriate, bail will be set and the individual provided a reasonable opportunity to
arrange for the posting of bail.
Diplomatic and consular immunity from arrest is discussed in Volume XI, Chapter 9 and
9A.

5.

Processing individuals under arrest will include fingerprinting and photographing, which
are covered in Volume VII, Chapter 12 and Appendix A.
-2 -

AUTHORITY
SEARCH & SEIZURE ARREST PROCEDURE
VOL. VII, CH. 1
6.
Prisoner transportation procedures used will follow SOP: Volume VII, Chapter 9.

II.

PROBABLE CAUSE TO ARREST
A.

In the State of New Jersey, a police officer ordinarily may only arrest an individual
within the geographical unit in which he is an officer. However, the officer may arrest a
person anywhere in the state, if:
1.

The officer reasonably believes that person has committed a crime.

2.

The person committed, or attempted to commit any disorderly or petty disorderly
offense in the officer's presence.

3.

The officer has a warrant for the person's arrest.

B.

A lawful arrest may be made with or without a warrant based on probable cause.

C.

A police officer may arrest without a warrant when he has "probable cause" to believe
that the arrested person has committed a crime.

D.

A police officer may also arrest a person without a warrant when a disorderly persons
offense or petty disorderly is committed in the officer's presence.
1.

"Presence" is a concept that is easily understandable, and for the purpose of the
New Jersey law of arrest, it includes situations where the officer sees, hears or
smells the offense being committed. Presence can also be defined when a person
admits to committing the offense to the officer.

2.

Legislative exceptions to the “in-presence” requirement:
a.
b.
c.
d.

E.

Drunk Driving, N.J.S. 39:5-25
Shoplifting, N.J.S. 2C:20-11e
Theft of Library Materials, N.J.S. 2C:20-14b
Domestic Violence, N.J.S. 2C:25-21

Probable cause is not a complex legal formula understandable only by those trained in the
law. It is arrived at by collecting facts of such quality that logic and common sense point
with reasonable certainty in the direction of guilt.
1.

Vague "hunches" or suspicions are not enough.

2.

The belief must be supported by the facts that can be articulated in the officer’s
report and/or testimony.

3.

One's experience as a police officer is a fact, which can be relied upon to support
probable cause, provided it can be documented.
-3 -

AUTHORITY
SEARCH & SEIZURE ARREST PROCEDURE
VOL. VII, CH. 1
4.

The facts upon which the belief of guilt is based must have been known at the
time of arrest.

5.

Post-arrest actions by the accused are irrelevant to the lawfulness of the initial
arrest.

6.

It is not necessary to believe beyond a reasonable doubt that a person committed
an offense in order to arrest.

F.

An officer should arrest only when reasonably sure that at the moment of arrest the
officer could point to a sufficient number of hard facts to convince a neutral and detached
judge that it was reasonable to believe a crime was committed or was being committed by
the person to be arrested.

G.

There is no limit to the types of information that can be used to support probable cause,
provided such information is not vague and can be documented. Among the types of
information the officer can rely upon:

H.

1.

Observed facts surrounding the incident (behavior, appearance and location of
suspect; suspect's height and weight).

2.

Familiarity with the suspect (suspect's prior record, prior observation of suspect
and earlier contacts with suspect).

3.

Reports from others (accounts given by victims or witnesses; reliable informants
or citizen informants). Reports from citizen informants are differentiated from
anonymous informants in that the citizen reports the information face to face with
the officer. The citizen may be known to the police, but merely not identified.
Citizen informants are considered more reliable than an anonymous informant
(such as an untraceable telephone call.)

4.

Information received from anonymous sources is generally not sufficient cause to
restrict a person’s liberty without some corroboration of illegal activity. One
exception is DWI where the Courts have ruled that a 9-1-1 call reporting an
ongoing DWI vehicle can be treated in the same manner as the citizen informant.

5.

Each of these sources of information can lead to a determination of probable
cause, but some require corroboration by other facts if they are to be given
weight.

As a general constitutional principle, a police officer must possess an arrest warrant if he
is to make a legal arrest.
1.

A warrant is based upon an affidavit or evidence presented stating sufficient facts
to convince an impartial magistrate that "probable cause" exists.
-4 -

AUTHORITY
SEARCH & SEIZURE ARREST PROCEDURE
VOL. VII, CH. 1

I.

2.

For the warrant to be valid, there must be a showing of "probable cause" that a
specific person committed a particular crime.

3.

The suspect must be identified by name, or if the suspect's name is unknown, by a
description which identifies him with reasonable certainty.

4.

The exception of warrantless arrests is justified by the presence of exigent
circumstances such as possible harm to others, or flight of the suspect.

A police officer making an arrest should identify himself/herself to the person being
arrested.
1.

The officer should also indicate the crime for which the suspect is being arrested.

2.

If the arresting officer has a warrant, then it should be exhibited. If the warrant is
not in the arresting officer's possession at the time of the arrest, the person
arrested should be informed of the offenses charged and the fact that a warrant
has been issued.

If an officer has an arrest warrant for an indictable offense and has probable cause to
believe that the subject of the warrant is inside a house, building or apartment, the officer
may, under appropriate circumstances (see below), enter the house, building or apartment
to make the arrest. The officer should use sound judgment in determining whether to
enter the building or wait to make the arrest outside. If the officer decides to enter, he/she
should announce his/her identity and demand that the person inside open the door.
An arrest warrant permits entry into a residence to make an arrest only if the premises is
the primary residence of the person to be arrested. If the premises is not the primary
residence of the person to be arrested, an entry cannot be made without a search warrant
or consent.
Only in rare circumstances involving extremely serious offenses and exigent
circumstances can an officer enter a residence to make a warrantless arrest, without
knocking and announcing their presence.
1.

The knock and announcement would cause danger to the officer.

2.

The suspect would attempt to escape.

3.

The suspect would try to destroy evidence.

4.

If it is necessary to prevent commission of a crime. A forcible entry or subterfuge
may be used to gain entry where it is refused.
A police officer while in "hot pursuit" of a person suspected of minor motor
vehicle infractions or a disorderly persons or petty disorderly persons offense
-5 -

AUTHORITY
SEARCH & SEIZURE ARREST PROCEDURE
VOL. VII, CH. 1
may not make a warrantless entry into the suspect's home to effect an arrest. If
an officer is in “hot pursuit” of a suspect who has a warrant issued for their arrest,
but does not know the nature of the underlying charge may make the warrantless
entry into the suspect’s home.
"Hot Pursuit" alone is an insufficient justification for a warrantless entry into a
person's home to effect an arrest absent exigent circumstances.
An officer may not make a custodial arrest for a routine Title 39 violation. Only a
serious Title 39 violation, such as drunken driving or leaving the scene of an
accident with serious injuries.
J.

Handcuffing a suspect during an investigative detention is acceptable in a limited
number of cases.
1.

Where the suspect is uncooperative or takes action at the scene that raises
a reasonable probability of danger or flight.

2.

Where the police have information that, the suspect is currently armed.

3.

Where the stop closely follows a violent crime.

4.

Where the police have information that, a crime that may involve violence
is about to occur.

In the absence of a continuing threat to officer or citizen safety, the handcuffs
should be removed if the protective frisk uncovers no weapons.
Any incident where a suspect is handcuffed during an investigative detention
should be documented.
III.

REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
A.

All arrest incidents shall minimally require the following documentation:
1.

Incident/investigation report (if required)

2.

Arrest Report

3.

Prisoner Property Report (if required)

4.

Strip Search Report (when performed)

5.

Evidence Report (if required)

6.

Any other documentation as listed on the required case jacket control sheet, which
pertain to the arrest.
-6 -

AUTHORITY
SEARCH & SEIZURE ARREST PROCEDURE
VOL. VII, CH. 1
IV.

SEARCHES WITH A WARRANT
A.

The term "search" as applied here refers to an examination of an individual's house,
building, premises or the person, with a view to the discovery of contraband or illicit,
stolen property or some evidence of guilt to be used in a future prosecution.

B.

A "seizure" occurs when a police officer confiscates an individual's person, property or
other things in which he/she has a privacy interest.

C.

Probable cause must be demonstrated.

D.

An affidavit must be presented to the judge. The affidavit in support of the warrant must
demonstrate that there is a reasonable basis to believe that a crime has been or is being
committed and that a search would disclose the fruits of a crime or other seizable items.
(See Appendix 2).

E.

A search should be conducted pursuant to a search warrant absent extraordinary
circumstances.

F.

As a rule, an officer should include as many facts as possible in the affidavit supporting
his belief as to the existence of probable cause.

G.

1.

The police officer must supply enough information in the affidavit to convince a
prudent judge that a search will yield evidence.

2.

An affidavit will be sufficient if the officer demonstrates personal knowledge to
support a finding of probable cause. If the officer has insufficient personal
knowledge respecting the issue of probable cause, the officer may use hearsay
(information taken from other sources) if the officer establishes both the
reliability of the source and the reliability of the source's information.

The officer must describe in the affidavit and warrant with particularity the place to be
searched, the property to be seized, the individual or entity possessing the property and
the underlying crime.
1.

The description should not be general in nature.

2.

It is insufficient if the place or person to be searched is specifically designated by
the street address or the name of the person and/or the name of the occupants.
More descriptive information is required.

3.

The requirement that the evidence to be seized be designated renders general
searches impossible and prevents the seizure of one item under a warrant
describing another.

-7 -

AUTHORITY
SEARCH & SEIZURE ARREST PROCEDURE
VOL. VII, CH. 1
4.
The general rule is that an affidavit or warrant is sufficiently descriptive if it
enables an officer who is completely unfamiliar with the case to execute the
warrant. Of course, this is merely an illustration and the affiant should always
execute the warrant.
H.

Only certain items are subject to seizure. Fruits of a crime (for example, stolen property),
instrumentalities of a crime (for example, weapons, masks, tapes, etc.), and contraband
(anything prohibited by law to be possessed) may be seized. Evidence directly related to
criminal conduct or which is probative of such conduct may also be seized.

I.

If during the course of a valid search, the officer inadvertently discovers evidence of
criminal conduct not specified in the warrant, such evidence may be validly seized.
Moreover, it is accepted police procedure to inspect the premises for the presence of
anyone who may pose a danger both to the officers or to the integrity of the evidence to
be seized.

J.

A search conducted with a warrant is presumed to be valid and the burden of showing its
invalidity is upon the defendant. The warrant, however, must be executed and returned to
the court within ten (10) days after it is issued or it will no longer be valid. The warrant
may be executed only once and the officer cannot remain on the premises longer than is
reasonably necessary to conduct the search.
1.

The police shall knock and announce their presence before entering a dwelling to
execute a search warrant.

2.

If, at the time the police apply for a search warrant, they have information to
suggest that their safety will be endangered or evidence will be destroyed if they
knock and announce, they shall seek judicial permission to make an unannounced
entry to execute the search warrant.
a.

The information upon which this request is based shall be set forth in the
affidavit submitted in support of the search warrant.

b.

The police shall ask the issuing judge to indicate on the search warrant
itself or on an attached addendum that he/she is permitting the police to
make an unannounced entry.

c.

If, after the police obtain the search warrant, they receive information that
an announced entry will jeopardize their safety or lead to the destruction
of evidence, they shall do one of the following:
(1)

If time permits, the police shall obtain judicial authorization for an
unannounced entry:; or

(2)

If time does not permit to obtain judicial authorization, the ranking
officer present shall make the decision and document the basis for
-8 -

AUTHORITY
SEARCH & SEIZURE ARREST PROCEDURE
VOL. VII, CH. 1
any unannounced entry in his/her police report which shall be
made part of the case file.
3.

V.

The officer preparing the search warrant affidavit must submit his/her affidavit,
including the basis for the unannounced entry to one of the designated Assistant
Prosecutors for review before it is presented to the judge.

SEARCHES WITHOUT A WARRANT
A.

As a matter of constitutional law, searches without warrants are considered exceptions to
the warrant requirement. Courts tend to be reluctant in sanctioning warrantless searches.
Therefore, it is imperative that a police officer obtain a search warrant unless he is certain
that one of the following exceptions exist.

B.

A search incident to an arrest immediately conducted after a valid arrest requires no
additional justification. (For Search of Person, See Vol. VII, Ch. 9).
1.

Before placing an arrestee in the cell, he shall be searched.
a.

Surgical gloves are to be worn as outlined in Volume VII, Chapter 9.

b.

The cell should be checked for any contraband before placing the arrestee
in the cell.

Note: This does not mean Strip Search, see Volume VII, Chapter 21.
C.

The purpose of a search incident to an arrest is to protect the arresting officer, to deprive
the prisoner of a potential means of escape and to avoid destruction of evidence by the
arrested person.

D.

Nevertheless, while a search is lawful as an incident to a valid arrest, the scope of such a
search is limited to the area in the immediate control of the arrestee.
1.

When arresting a suspect in a dwelling or apartment and no search warrant has
been obtained, the search may only extend to the person and items in his
possession and the area into which the arrestee might reach in order to obtain a
weapon or other evidence.

2.

A warrantless search of a suspect's house is not justified by the arrest of the
defendant outside the house. This rule, however, has not been held applicable to
situations where the suspect is arrested for a custodial offense in an automobile.
(In this circumstance a search of the automobile is permitted)

3.

Once a suspect has been placed in custody and no longer has access to the motor
vehicle, a search of that motor vehicle incident to arrest may not be conducted.
This should not be misconstrued to mean that no search of the vehicle may be
conducted. If the officer’s on scene have developed probable cause to believe
-9 -

AUTHORITY
SEARCH & SEIZURE ARREST PROCEDURE
VOL. VII, CH. 1
there is evidence or contraband in the vehicle and there are exigent circumstances
present, then the vehicle may be searched under that or another exception to the
warrant requirement.
E.

A search incidental to an arrest is not reasonable unless it is made contemporaneously
with the arrest. To be contemporaneous, a search must be conducted as soon as practical
after the actual arrest.

F.

Searches Based on Exigent Circumstances
1.

A warrantless search will withstand judicial scrutiny if probable cause for the
search exists and there is insufficient time to procure a warrant. This exception
denominated as "exigent circumstances" is present only when the evidence is in
imminent danger of destruction, or if the evidence will be removed from the
jurisdiction prior to judicial authorization.

2.

Entries which do not contemplate searching have been deemed proper where the
police must make intrusions in order to render aid to the sick or injured. Thus,
police may enter dwellings or vehicles when they have cause to believe that an
injured or sick individual may need emergency assistance. If in the process of
attempting to render such aid, an officer inadvertently discovers incriminating
evidence, in all likelihood it will be admitted at a subsequent trial.
a.

3.

G.

This includes entering crime scenes to render aid to injured victims.

Additionally, if an officer is in hot pursuit of a fleeing felon, the officer may enter
a premises without a warrant. Upon entering a dwelling in fresh pursuit of an
individual, a police officer has the right, for public and his/her own safety, to
inspect the area to determine the presence of anyone who may pose a threat to the
public, or his/her safety.

Searches Based Upon Consent
1.

An officer may never make an arbitrary request of a person’s consent to search.
a.

2.

Any request made of a citizen by an officer to search them or there
premises must be based upon “reasonable suspicion” standards, in the
same way that a “Terry” stop and frisk requires specific and articulable
facts concerning the presence of possible criminal activity.

Before a Consent Search is conducted, a supervisor must be called to the scene
and the department's Consent Search Form should be completed and signed by the
person authorized to give consent (See Appendix 1). An officer may also
document the consent on the MVR system provided that there is clear audio and
video to demonstrate that the consent procedure is legal and valid.

- 10 -

AUTHORITY
SEARCH & SEIZURE ARREST PROCEDURE
VOL. VII, CH. 1
3.
A person who consents to a search by a police officer waives the right to be free
from a search without a warrant. However, unless the officer informs the suspect
that there is a right to refuse to accede to such a request, his assent to the search is
not meaningful.
4.

Defendant's consent must be clear, unequivocal, intelligent and voluntarily given.
A written waiver is the preferred method of obtaining consent to search. The
officer, though acting in good faith, must be careful to avoid not only the use but
also the appearance of coercion.

5.

When requesting consent to search, there are certain basic precautionary measures
which should be followed. The size of the group requesting consent should be the
minimum consistent with the safety of the officers. Nevertheless, for purposes of
a later challenge to the fact of consent, it is preferable to have at least one (1)
other police officer witness the waiver.

6.

Officers seeking permission to search should avoid unnecessary display of
weapons and should make their requests clearly independent of the power and
authority represented by the badge and uniform. Moreover, permission to enter is
not permission to search, whether obtained at the door prior to entry or obtained
during entry.

7.

In An interview following entry, consent to search must be independently
requested and specifically given. The exact words chosen by the officer and their
expression are important in obtaining truly voluntary consent. The language must
convey a request, not a command. Additionally, where the person giving consent
is in custody, the burden of proving voluntariness becomes more formidable but
not impossible. As noted, it is imperative that such an individual be specifically
informed of his right to refuse consent. A valid consent cannot be obtained by
advising falsely that search warrant is available "anyway", by implying that a
threat of arrest will be lifted as soon as consent is given, or by declaring that the
purpose of entry is to interview the suspect when the actual purpose is to search.
The person should be informed that a consent to search may be revoked at any
time prior to completion of the search.

8.

If the suspect is incompetent at the time he consents, then the search is invalid
even if the officer had a good faith belief that the individual was competent. A
valid consent to search may be given only by the person with the primary right to
the occupation of the premises.
If the premises are jointly occupied by the suspect and another, the latter may
ordinarily be entitled to consent to entry on that portion of the premises jointly
occupied and to seize property therefrom. Likewise, a spouse may authorize a
search of those premises jointly occupied.

- 11 -

AUTHORITY
SEARCH & SEIZURE ARREST PROCEDURE
VOL. VII, CH. 1
9.
A parent may ordinarily consent to a search of premises occupied by a dependent
child. A landlord cannot consent to a search of a tenant's premises unless the
tenant has abandoned the premises or has been evicted.

H.

10.

An employer cannot consent to the search of premises used by an employee in his
work.

11.

An individual with custody of personal property belonging to another may not
consent to its search unless he has been given full control over the property.
Thus, consent by a person having only limited custody, such as for storage or
shipment, is not valid.

12.

Before any consent search is conducted, a supervisor will be contacted and will
respond to the scene, after the supervisor reviews the reason for the consent
request, the process may continue with the supervisor’s permission.

13.

Following any consent search, an investigation report will be completed and
attached to the consent form, both will be forwarded to the tour commander for
review.

Stop and Frisk
1.

A "stop" occurs whenever a police officer utilizes his/her authority to detain an
individual in a given place.

2.

An individual may be stopped if there is "reason to suspect" the person of
unlawful activity, i.e., that the suspect has committed, is committing, or is about
to commit a crime. "Reasonable suspicion" is clearly more than a hunch or
unfounded suspicion and is less than probable cause to arrest.

3.

As in the case of probable cause, there is no precise definition of the standard.
Various factors which have been construed as giving rise to "reasonable
suspicion" include the subject's appearance, actions, proximity to the scene of a
crime, the time and place observed, and the prior record or reputation of the
subject.

4.

When it is determined that a stop is appropriate, the police officer should identify
himself/herself as such, and request the person to remain stationary. The officer
should inform the suspect that it is not an arrest and that it is likely the person will
go free once he/she has answered relevant questions. Reasonable force may be
used to effectuate the stop.

5.

When a detained suspect is questioned, the inquiry should be limited to
ascertaining his/her name, address and an explanation of his/her actions.
Identification papers may be requested for inspection. Should the answers to
these questions prove unsatisfactory, false, contradictory or incredible, then
probable cause to arrest may result.
- 12 -

AUTHORITY
SEARCH & SEIZURE ARREST PROCEDURE
VOL. VII, CH. 1
6.

Should a suspect refuse to cooperate, he/she may not be compelled to answer and
his/her silence may not be used to build a case for arrest. Moreover, since the
purpose of the stop is to establish the suspect's identity and to explain his/her
actions, the inquiry should generally not last more than several minutes. It should
be emphasized that there is a very narrow line between a legitimate stop and an
unlawful detention.

7.

An individual temporarily detained may not be transported from the place of the
stop. However, the suspect may be moved a short distance from the point of the
stop if it is necessary to verify his/her answers to the officer's preliminary
questions by use of a police radio or walkie-talkie.

8.

In the course of detaining an individual, a frisk of that person may be appropriate.
It is a carefully limited protective search. It is not based on probable cause, and is
solely for the protection of the officer. A frisk includes a pat-down of outer
clothing and a limited search of the immediate vicinity where weapons might be
concealed.

9.

A lawful stop does not automatically give rise to a legal frisk. The frisk should
only occur if nothing in the initial stages of the encounter dispels the officer's
reasonable fear for his own or other's safety. Of course, the officer need not be
absolutely certain that the individual is armed. The standard is whether an
individual of reasonable caution in the circumstances would be warranted in the
belief that the officer's safety or that of another was in danger. Thus, the purpose
of a limited search after an investigatory stop is not to discover evidence of a
crime, but to allow the officer to pursue the investigation without fear for his
physical safety.

10.

When it is determined that there is cause for a protective frisk, the officer should
proceed as follows: carefully pat-down the suspect's clothing. If no objects are
discovered which might be weapons, then the frisk should not proceed further.
Nevertheless, it may be reasonable also to search a handbag, suitcase or sack. If,
however, during the frisk, the officer feels something which might be a weapon,
then the officer may reach into that portion of the suspect's clothing. If an
unlawful weapon is found, a search incident to an arrest for possession of the
weapon may follow.

11.

a.

Refer to Prisoner Transportation Policy regarding females. Volume VII,
Chapter 9.

b.

A metal detector may also be used for such a frisk.

Handcuffing a suspect during an investigative detention is acceptable in a limited
number of cases.

- 13 -

AUTHORITY
SEARCH & SEIZURE ARREST PROCEDURE
VOL. VII, CH. 1
a. Where the suspect is uncooperative or takes action at the scene that raises a
reasonable probability of danger or flight.
b. Where the police have information that, the suspect is currently armed.
c. Where the stop closely follows a violent crime.
d. Where the police have information that, a crime that may involve violence is
about to occur.
In the absence of a continuing threat to officer or citizen safety, the handcuffs
should be removed if the protective frisk uncovers no weapons.
Any incident where a suspect is handcuffed during an investigative detention
should be documented.
I.

VI.

There are to be no further seizures of garbage as an investigative tool without the prior
authorization of the Bergen County Prosecutor's Office. This authorization will be
handled by the same assistant prosecutors who are assigned to review search warrants.

VEHICLE SEARCHES
There are five (5) instances in which a warrantless search of a vehicle will be permitted:
A.

Following a Stop for a Motor Vehicle Violation
1.

An officer may stop a car for a suspected motor vehicle violation.

2.

The driver may be asked to exit in every instance for officer's protection.
Passengers may be asked to exit only where the officer can point to specific and
articulable facts that would warrant heightened caution.

3.

A limited search of persons and vehicle may be performed when:
a.

Appearance or conduct of passengers suggests a weapon is present.
Officer may perform a pat-down of occupants and/or a limited search of
the area in which officer observed attempts to hide something where the
officer has subjective fear for safety which is objectively reasonable.

b.

No registration is produced and ownership in doubt after N.C.I.C. check.
(1)

Search limited to area where registration might normally be kept glove compartment, console, over sun visor, under floor mats.

(2)

NO search of trunk permitted.

- 14 -

AUTHORITY
SEARCH & SEIZURE ARREST PROCEDURE
VOL. VII, CH. 1
c.
Plain view/plain smell observation reveals presence of suspected illegal
articles.

B.

(1)

Contraband visible from outside vehicle may be seized.

(2)

Trunk may be searched when evidence of CDS in trunk is present.

(3)

The odor of marijuana alone, either raw, unburned or burned, does
constitutes probable cause to search.

d.

There is a suspected violation of N.J.S. 39:4-50
Influence of Alcohol or Drugs).

(Driving under the

e.

Plain view in open fields, which are not within the curtilage of the
dwelling/vehicle.

Where probable cause exists to believe auto contains contraband or evidence of a crime.
1.

Probable cause may be supplied by an informant's tip.

2.

Vehicle must be mobile. Justification for search is the danger of removal of
evidence if car is not immediately searched.

3.

Entire vehicle may be searched where probable cause to do so exists.

4.

Search warrant should be obtained for luggage or closed containers found in car
where no exigent circumstances exist.

5.

Passengers may only be searched incident to arrest, although protective frisk may
be made if appropriate under circumstances.
Regardless of whether a custodial arrest is made, the police may search the
passenger compartment of a car when they have a reasonable basis to believe that
the driver or other occupant is armed and dangerous.

C.

Incident to arrest of driver or other occupant for valid custodial offense.
1.

Police may conduct a search of person arrested.

2.

Search of passenger compartment provided:
a.

Search is directed toward discovery of evidence related to crime which is
basis for arrest.

b.

Search is close in time to arrest.
- 15 -

AUTHORITY
SEARCH & SEIZURE ARREST PROCEDURE
VOL. VII, CH. 1
c.
Search for weapons is limited only to the area within reach of arrestee.
Once the arrestee has been handcuffed and is securely in police custody no
search incident to arrest may be conducted.
D.

E.

Pursuant to valid consent by owner or vehicle operator where there is reasonable and
articulable suspicion that a search would reveal evidence of criminal wrongdoing and
where:
1.

Person has been advised that he/she has the right to refuse consent and knowingly
waives his/her right to require that a search warrant be obtained.

2.

Consent is product of party's free will.

3.

Consent is clear and explicit.

4.

Consenting party has authority to do so, based upon equal right to ownership or
use of vehicle or thing searched.

5.

When a consent search is requested by the officer, a supervisor is to be contacted
and asked to respond to the scene, the officer will then explain the reason for the
request to the supervisor, the process will then continue with the supervisors
permission.

6.

Search limited to area for which consent is given.

7.

On completion of the stop, the officer will complete an investigation report and
attach the consent form to it. Both will then be turned in to the tour commander
for review.

Inventory of Motor Vehicle
1.

In order to perform an inventory, the vehicle must first be subject to lawful
impoundment.
a.

Vehicle is unregistered.

b.

Vehicle is uninsured.

c.

Vehicle is being operated in an unsafe condition.

d.

Vehicle is disabled and blocking roadway.

e.

Probable cause exists to believe vehicle is stolen.

f.

Vehicle is subject to forfeiture as conveyance used to transport CDS in
large quantities.
- 16 -

AUTHORITY
SEARCH & SEIZURE ARREST PROCEDURE
VOL. VII, CH. 1
2.

Owner or operator must be given the opportunity to provide for removal of the
vehicle prior to impoundment.

3.

Owner or operator must be given the opportunity to remove contents of vehicle
where there is no evidence of unlawful activity.

4.

An inventory may be performed only to accomplish the following three (3) caretaking functions:

5.

VII.

a.

Protection of owner's property.

b.

Protection of the police from claims of stolen property.

c.

Protection of the police from dangerous instrumentalities in the vehicle
(See Vol. VII, Ch. 10, Property Inventory).

If there is any reasonable basis to conclude that the vehicle may contain stolen
property, narcotics or other contraband, a search warrant must be procured.

PROCEDURE TO BE FOLLOWED WHEN APPLYING FOR A SEARCH WARRANT
A.

Include ALL information you have at your disposal in the affidavit. The prosecutor
CANNOT use information you may have in your files or reports at a Motion to Suppress
UNLESS you put it into the affidavit.

B.

Include only current information in the affidavit. If the information is too old, the court
will hold that it is stale and the warrant may fail.

C.

If you use information provided by a CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT include ALL
information concerning the informant's credibility or reliability. DO NOT, HOWEVER,
REVEAL THE INFORMANT'S IDENTITY.

D.

Include ALL the facts which indicate how the informant obtained the information.

E.

Include information which links the person you wish to search to the criminal activity.

F.

Include information which links the place to be searched to the criminal activity.

G.

Include information which links the person to be searched with the place to be searched.

H.

If you intend to search a home, describe the home as completely as possible. Include:
1.

Complete street address

2.

Physical description, i.e. one-family or two-family, one-story, two-story style of
home
- 17 -

AUTHORITY
SEARCH & SEIZURE ARREST PROCEDURE
VOL. VII, CH. 1
3.

Color of house

4.

Legal description from the deed, if you have it

5.

Provide a snap shot, if possible

I.

If you intend to search the home where a young person resides with his or her parents, be
sure and show a CONNECTION between the HOME and the PERSON to be searched.
Do not just characterize the residence as the parents' home.

J.

If you want to search an automobile, include a complete description including make,
model, license number and color.

K.

FINALLY, BEFORE TAKING ANY WARRANT APPLICATION TO A JUDGE, THE
PERSONS PREPARING THE APPLICATION MUST CONTACT THE ASSISTANT
PROSECUTOR ENUMERATED IN THE DIRECTIVE PERTAINING TO SEARCH
WARRANTS TO RECEIVE APPROVAL BEFORE APPLYING FOR A WARRANT.
The officer must note in his or her file the assistant prosecutor who reviewed the
affidavit.
During the day, they can be reached at (see Vol. 7 Tab 3) and in the evening through the
Bergen County Police Communications Center, (see Vol. 7 Tab 3)

VIII. DRUG SNIFFING DOGS IN PUBLIC SCHOOLS (See Vol. V Chapter 9)
A.

1

The use of trained drug-sniffing dogs to patrol school hallways for the purpose of
detecting CDS inside student lockers does not constitute a search;

2

The dog's actions in alerting the dog's handler to the presence of CDS in a specific
locker may constitute probable cause to believe the locker contains CDS; and

3

Once probable cause is established, a search warrant may be obtained or, if
sufficient exigent circumstances are present, a warrantless search of that locker
may be conducted.

B.

School officials should adopt a policy authorizing random patrolling of dogs in school
halls. This policy should be made known to the student body orally and in writing. This
may eliminate any possible claim of a reasonable expectation of privacy in odors
emanating from a locker that is detectable only to the highly developed sense of smell of
a dog. This has the possible side benefit of discouraging students from bringing drugs to
school in the first place.

C.

The dogs used should have sufficient training and the handlers should have sufficient
expertise to qualify as experts under Wanczyk, supra;

- 18 -

AUTHORITY
SEARCH & SEIZURE ARREST PROCEDURE
VOL. VII, CH. 1
1.
Whenever possible Fort Lee Police K-9 officers will be called when a dog is
needed.

IX.

D.

Once a dog indicates CDS is present in a specific locker, a search warrant should be
obtained.

E.

Records should be kept of each time the dog indicates CDS is present and the result of
the subsequent search.

F.

Teachers who search lockers even without police intervention, may run the risk of
exposing themselves to civil actions: invasion of privacy or deprivation of civil rights
under U.S.C.A. Title 42, Section 1983; and, therefore, this action should be discouraged.

G.

School officials who search lockers after a drug-sniffing dog indicates CDS is present,
without a search warrant, may run the risk of civil liability for illegal search. For this
reason, this is also unacceptable.

H.

All CDS confiscated by school officials, even when acting independently without any
police supervision, should be immediately turned over to police authorities with some
report as to how it was seized. This will avoid the possibility of a teacher being charged
with possession of CDS.

I.

In short, the courts have indicated that a school locker is subject to considerations of
privacy." Therefore, the better practice is to obtain a search warrant prior to going into a
student's locker.

ARRESTS BY A MUNICIPAL POLICE OFFICER OUTSIDE HIS OR HER
MUNICIPALITY
A.

The authority of a police officer to make an arrest without a warrant is set forth by
N.J.S. 40A:14-152 as follows:
1.

"The members and officers of a police department and force, within the territorial
limits of the municipality, shall have all the powers of peace officers and upon
view may apprehend and arrest any disorderly person or any person committing a
breach of the peace. Said members and officers shall have the power to serve and
execute process issuing out of the courts having local criminal jurisdiction in the
municipality and shall have the powers of a constable in all matters other than in
civil causes arising in such courts."
Basically, this statute authorizes a municipal police officer to arrest only within
the confines of the municipality in which he is an officer. There are, however,
statutory and case law exceptions to this general rule.
a.

The most important statutory exception is outlined in N.J.S. 2A:156-1, et
seq., "Intrastate Fresh Pursuit Act." Under this statute, a police officer
who is in "fresh pursuit" of a person who is reasonably believed by him to
- 19 -

AUTHORITY
SEARCH & SEIZURE ARREST PROCEDURE
VOL. VII, CH. 1
have committed a high misdemeanor (1st, 2nd or 3rd degree crime) or has
committed, or attempted to commit, any criminal offense in the presence
of such officer, or for whom such officer holds a warrant of arrest may
arrest and hold that person anywhere in the State. "Fresh pursuit" is
defined by N.J.S. 2A:156-2 as not necessarily implying immediate or
instant pursuit but "pursuit without unreasonable delay."
The statute includes pursuit of a person reasonably suspected of having
committed a high misdemeanor (1st, 2nd or 3rd degree crime).
However, if the offense is less than a high misdemeanor (1st, 2nd or 3rd
degree crime), the authority to pursue under this Act only extends to
offenses committed in the officer's presence or ones that he holds a
warrant for the arrest of the person. In State v. McCarthy, 123 N.J. Super.
513 (Cty. Ct. 1973), the phrase "any criminal offense" was held to include
drunken driving.
b.

New Jersey also has a statute validating arrests made interstate N.J.S.
2A:155-1 et seq. This statute permits a law enforcement officer from one
state who is in "fresh pursuit" to enter another state to effect an arrest for a
felony (N.J. statute includes "high misdemeanors") if both states have
enacted the Uniform Fresh Pursuit Law. States bordering New Jersey
have enacted such a statute. Pa. Stat. Anno., Title 19, Sec. 11; Del. Code
Ann., Title 11, Sec. 1935; N.Y. Crim. Pro. Law, Sec. 140.55.
The authority of a police officer to arrest for disorderly and motor vehicle
offenses outside of the boundaries of the municipality has also been
upheld under N.J.S. 2A:169-3 and N.J.S. 39:5-25. The Court stated that
under N.J.S. 39:5-25 a police officer is empowered to arrest without a
warrant anyone who violates in his presence certain motor vehicle
provision within Title 39, Chapters 3 and 4, (DWI, Suspended driver,
Unlicensed driver, Uninsured, Reckless driving, Leaving the scene of an
accident and willful abandonment of motor vehicle on roadway.)The
authority to apprehend under this statute is not specifically limited to the
municipality or county where the offense occurred. The statute only
requires that the arrested person be brought before any magistrate of the
county where the offense occurred.

c.

The Court also cited N.J.S. 2A:169-3, which states that a private citizen
may:
"Whenever an offense is committed in his presence, any constable or
police officer shall, and any other person may, apprehend without warrant
or process any disorderly person, and take him before any magistrate of
the county where apprehended." (Emphasis added).

- 20 -

AUTHORITY
SEARCH & SEIZURE ARREST PROCEDURE
VOL. VII, CH. 1
Under this statute, a private citizen's power to apprehend a disorderly
person is not geographically limited to the municipality or county where
the offense occurred.
The Court in State vs. McCarthy felt that a police officer's powers to arrest
are co-extensive with a private citizen and therefore, a police officer has
the authority to arrest as a private citizen outside of the borders of his
town. The Court considered drunken driving offenses as disorderlies for
purposes of intra-state pursuit so arrests for disorderly persons offenses
and drunken driving offenses can be made by a police officer outside of
his municipality under N.J.S. 2A:169-3.
B.

In accordance with the above case law and statutes, police officers may arrest outside
their municipality without a warrant in the following situations:
1.

Indictable Offenses
a.

2.

Disorderly Person Offenses
a.

3.

When in fresh pursuit, a police officer may arrest, anywhere in this State,
anyone whom he reasonably believes committed a high misdemeanor. A
misdemeanor (crime) must be committed in his presence. N.J.S. 2A:156-1.
The arrested person should then be taken, without unnecessary delay,
before the nearest available committing judge. R. 3:4-1.

A police officer may arrest a person who commits a disorderly persons
offense in his jurisdiction and in his presence and then, with the officer in
fresh pursuit, flees to another municipality. N.J.S. 2A:156-1. In other
than fresh pursuit situations, an officer may, under certain circumstances,
arrest as a private citizen for offenses which occur in his presence. N.J.S.
2A:169- 3; State v. McCarthy. Although N.J.S. 2A:169-3 provides that a
person arrested by a police officer without a warrant shall be taken to any
magistrate of the county wherein the offense is committed, the jurisdiction
of a municipal court to hear offenses involving the "disorderly persons
law" is limited to offenses occurring within the territorial jurisdiction of
the court. It would seem, therefore, that if the offense occurs in the
municipality and the arrest effected outside of it, the matter would have to
be heard in the municipality where the offense occurred.

Motor Vehicle Offenses
a.

A police officer may arrest (see b below) or issue a summons to any
person who commits a motor vehicle violation in his presence and then
flees with the officer in fresh pursuit to another municipality. N.J.S.
2A:156-1. In other than a fresh pursuit situation, an officer may arrest
anywhere on roads forming the border of his municipality. State v.
Williams. One may also effectuate an arrest for offenses committed in his
- 21 -

AUTHORITY
SEARCH & SEIZURE ARREST PROCEDURE
VOL. VII, CH. 1
presence, N.J.S. 2A:169-3 and N.J.S. 39:5-25; State v. McCarthy. As with
disorderly offenses, the matter should then be heard in the municipal court
where the offenses occurred.
b.
C.

X.

Arrests can be made only for bailable motor vehicle offenses.

N.J.S.A. 40A:14-152.1, effective March 2, 1978, provides that:
1.

Notwithstanding the provisions of N.J.S.A. 40A:14-152 or any other law to the
contrary, any full-time, permanently appointed municipal police officer shall have
full power of arrest for any crime committed in said officer's presence and
committed anywhere within the territorial limits of the State of New Jersey.

2.

Finally, it should be noted that so long as the police officer reasonably believes
that the offense committed in his presence constitutes a "crime" the arrest would
clearly have met the requirements of N.J.S.A. 40A:14-151.1 for a lawful extraterritorial arrest, regardless of whether the person is eventually charged with only
having committed a petty offense.

3.

In summary, N.J.S.A. 40A:14-152.1 empowers municipal police officers to
execute arrests beyond the limits of their employing jurisdiction where there is
probable cause to believe that a crime (indictable) has been committed in his
presence anywhere within the territorial limits of the State of New Jersey. This
power, however, does not extend to disorderly persons offenses or traffic
infractions.

ARRESTS FOR OUTSTANDING WARRANTS:
A.

When the tour commander receives a call from another department advising that they
have a person detained on one of our warrants, an ATS/ACS check will be made by
com-cen, for the warrant. If the warrant is valid and for more than 100 dollars, the tour
commander will notify the jurisdiction (in New Jersey Only, otherwise extradition is
required) of such, and we will pick up the individual as soon as possible.
1.

The jurisdiction making the arrest on the warrant is responsible for executing the
warrant in the ATS/ACS system.

2.

When our officers take custody of the subject of the warrant, they will check with
com-cen to make sure the warrant has been executed.

3.

If the warrant was not executed by the arresting jurisdiction, com-cen can execute
the warrant in the ATS/ACS system.

4.

If the warrant is for 100 dollars or less, the tour commander should consider the
distance of the jurisdiction detaining the party and the manpower available to
make a determination as to whether the party should be picked up on the warrant,
or the party should be released and advised to contact our municipal court.
- 22 -

AUTHORITY
SEARCH & SEIZURE ARREST PROCEDURE
VOL. VII, CH. 1
B.

When an officer from this department detains a party on a warrant from another
jurisdiction, the tour commander will notify the jurisdiction involved and verify that they
will pick up the party the warrant is for.
1.

The officer will place the individual under arrest for the warrant after being
advised to do so by the tour commander.

2.

Upon arrival at headquarters, the officer will secure the individual in the
processing room cell following all procedures set-forth in the holding facility
policy Vol, VII Ch 8.

3.

The arresting officer will then respond to com-cen and advise the dispatcher to
execute the warrant, and retrieve copies of the warrant and executed warrant to
attach to his report.

4.

Arrest report will then be completed, on release of the individual to the
jurisdiction that issued the warrant, the TOT book at the desk will be filled out
and the report will be updated.

- 23 -

INVESTIGATION
ARSON INVESTIGATION
VOL. VIII, CH. 3
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
01/01/2002

VOLUME TITLE: INVESTIGATION

# PAGES:
4

ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

REFERENCE:

REVISION
DATE:

PAGE #:

SECTION:

APPROVED

VOLUME
VII
CHAPTER
3

SUBJECT: ARSON INVESTIGATION

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

ALL
EVALUATION
DATE:

CHIEF THOMAS R. TESSARO
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

POLICY:
There are circumstances when an officer is required to investigate a fire. This policy is designed to
provide investigative guidelines for officers when a fire must be investigated, and not just reported.
PROCEDURE:
I.

INVESTIGATION
A.

A thorough investigation will be conducted by the department for the following types of
fires:
1.

All fires, of a suspicious nature, involving a fatality or suspected fatality.

2.

All fires, of a suspicious nature, involving a serious injury to a civilian, firefighter
or other official.

3.

All explosions of a suspicious nature.

4.

All major working fires, of a suspicious nature, involving a nursing home, church,
school, office or apartment tower/complex, shopping mall, government building,
1

INVESTIGATION
ARSON INVESTIGATION
VOL. VIII, CH. 3
or fires involving multiple structures, or commercial structures during the hours
the store is closed.

II.

III.

5.

All suspicious fires for which a police officer, firefighter or other public official is
suspect.

6.

All structure/vehicle fires of suspicious origin.

OFFICER RESPONSIBILITY
A.

Secure the scene, keeping all unauthorized people away from the fire apparatus and
scene, establish fire lines and an on-scene log.

B.

Traffic control.

C.

Insure that the fire scene is not destroyed for follow-up investigation.

D.

Maintain security of the scene even after the fire is out.

E.

Notify the appropriate authorities.

F.

Prepare a detailed report.

NOTIFICATION OF DETECTIVE DIVISION
A.

The Detective Division will be notified for any part of Section I, 1-6, final determination
as to whether a fire is suspicious in origin will be made by the Fire Chief or Senior Fire
Official on the scene.
l.

Detective Division/ Division Commander will be notified.

2.

Detective Division Commander will decide the appropriate response, he shall
assign a detective to:
a.

Respond to the scene as quickly as possible.

b.

The detective will have the Detective Division Commander and Chief of
Police notified for all fires outlined in Section I 1.,2,3,4, and 5.

c.

The detective will have the Bergen County Prosecutor's Office notified for
all fires outlined in Section I. 1-6, and he will work with the Prosecutor's
Detective in conducting an investigation.
Note: The Arson Squad does not respond to all suspicious vehicle fires,
see below.

2

INVESTIGATION
ARSON INVESTIGATION
VOL. VIII, CH. 3
IV.

THE BERGEN COUNTY ARSON UNIT WILL BE NOTIFIED IMMEDIATELY AS SET
FORTH:
A.

All fires, regardless of cause, involving a fatality, suspected fatality or serious injury to a
civilian, fire fighter, police officer or other public safety official being admitted to a
hospital.

B.

Fires involving commercial and mercantile buildings, occurring when buildings or
establishments are closed.

C.

Vacant building fires, i.e. stores, houses etc.

D.

Fires in buildings scheduled to be demolished or sold.

E.

Fires with clearly suspicious surround circumstances such as non-operating sprinkler
system, signs of forced entry on windows and door locks, or open etc.

F.

Repeated fires at the same location or a series of fires which indicate a pattern of arson
activity.

G.

Rapidly spreading fires.

H.

The arson squad will not respond to certain car fires:

I.

1.

Criminal mischief fires

2.

Garage fires or other fires of a minor nature.

The arson squad will respond to vehicle and garage fires that meet the following criteria:
1.

Motor vehicles that are three years old or newer, and/or involving a head value,
i.e. tractor (cab), mobile homes, heavy construction equipment, etc. This shall
include leased vehicles.

2.

Garage fires in attached or detached garages that are substantially damaged by
fire.

J.

All suspicious fires, regardless of occupancy, for which a fire fighter, police officer or
other public official is a suspect.

K.

All discoveries or recoveries of explosive, destructive or incendiary devices. It should be
noted that members of this unit are trained in explosion investigation, not bomb detection
or disposal. This type of investigation will be coordinated with the Bergen County Police
Bomb Unit or other Bomb Unit as appropriate.

L.

In addition, the following agencies will be notified:
3

INVESTIGATION
ARSON INVESTIGATION
VOL. VIII, CH. 3
1.
Bergen County Fire Marshall - (see Vol. 7 Tab 3)
2.

Borough of Fort Lee Fire Officials

3.

The Bergen County Environmental Crimes Unit shall require immediate
notification for any fire that involves the following: (Also See V5C10)
a.

The release/discharge or abandonment/dumping of a suspected hazardous
or toxic material.

b.

Any hazardous/toxic material incident resulting in death or serious bodily
injury or in the damage to a substantial quantity of property.

c.

Any violations of the Environmental Statutes to include, but not limited to:

d.

(1)

Solid Waste Management Act N.J.S.A. 13:1E-1 et seq.

(2)

Water Pollution Control Act N.J.S.A. 58:10A-1 et seq.

(3)

Freshwater Wetlands Protection Act N.J.S.A. 13:9B-1 et seq.

(4)

Watercraft Sewage Disposal Act N.J.S.A. 58:10A-56 et seq.

(5)

Spill Compensation and Control Act N.J.S.A. 58:10-21.11 et seq.

(6)

Solid Waste Utility Control Act N.J.S.A. 48:13A-1 et seq.

(7)

Air Pollution Control Act N.J.S.A. 26:2C-1 et seq.

(8)

Comprehensive Regulated Medical Waste Management Act
N.J.S.A. 13:1E-48.1 et seq.

Any other suspected violation which may constitute an environmental
hazard.
(1)

The actual containment of the hazardous/toxic material shall be
handled by state, county or local HAZ-MAT Units, local health
officers, municipal fire departments or any other agencies having
authorization to handle such emergencies.

(2)

The agency in closest proximity to the site should be contacted
immediately to assure that the situation is dealt with promptly and
properly.

4

INVESTIGATION
ASSAULT FIREARMS
VOL. VIII, CH. 17X
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
04-08-2002

VOLUME TITLE: INVESTIGATION

# PAGES:
5

ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

REFERENCE:

REVISION
DATE:

PAGE #:

SECTION:

APPROVED

VOLUME
VIII
CHAPTER
17

SUBJECT: ASSAULT FIREARMS

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

ALL
EVALUATION
DATE:

CHIEF THOMAS R. TESSARO
ATTORNEY GENERAL:
N.J.S.A. 52:18B-98
PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:

Special Instructions

REFERENCE:

PURPOSE:
To provide procedures that can be followed when officers come into contact with persons in possesion
of firearms.
POLICY:
The New Jersey Legislature addressed the question about the meaning of the term “substantially
identical” in New Jersey’s assault firearms law. The Legislature addressed this question in the
provisions of the Code of Criminal Justice, and despite the clarity of the law, it is appropriate for the
Attorney General to provide guidance to the prosecutors in order to ensure that the law is administered
uniformly and effectively throughout the State. N.J.S.A. 52:17B-98. The Attorney General is directing
the prosecutors, as chief law enforcement officer in their respective counties, to share this guidance with
local police departments, who in turn should provide copies of this memorandum to any member of the
public who requests information on assault firearms.
The following guidelines will be followed by Fort Lee Police Officers when coming in contact with
persons in possession of firearms.
I.

ASSAULT FIREARMS
A.

It is unlawful for private citizens to possess an assault firearm as defined at
N.J.S. 2C:39-1w, unless that firearm is:
1

INVESTIGATION
ASSAULT FIREARMS
VOL. VIII, CH. 17X
1.

B.

2.

Registered pursuant to N.J.S. 2C:58-12*; or

3.

Rendered inoperable pursuant to N.J.S. 2C:58-13

Prior to the initiation of an investigation which involves an assault firearm law as its only
focus, you shall contact the office of the County Prosecutor for further advice and
instruction.

*NOTE:

C.

Licensed pursuant to N.J.S. 2C:58-5;

The firearms that have been approved for registration as firearms used for
legitimate target shooting purposes are the M-1A, the M-1 Carbine type, the
M-14 type and the AR15 type. Members of rifle and pistol clubs that have
filed charters with the superintendent of the State Police may register these
firearms.

Substantially identical from Attorney General
1.

New Jersey law lists firearms that are prohibited “assault firearms.” N.J.S.A.
2C:39-1w.(1). In addition, the law provides that the term “assault firearms”
includes, “Any firearm manufactured under any designation which is substantially
identical to any of the firearms listed” in the law. N.J.S.A. 2C:39-1w.(2). Thus, a
firearm is an assault firearm if it is included on the list of banned firearms or if it
is “substantially identical” to a specific listed firearm.

2.

We believe “substantially identical” is clear by its plain meaning. The Criminal
Code provides that the statutes in the Code must be read “according to the fair
import of their terms.” N.J.S.A. 2C:1-2c. The Criminal Code explains that where
language may be susceptible to different readings it must be construed to “give
fair warning of the nature of the conduct proscribed.” N.J.S.A. 2C:1-2a.(4), c.
Simply put, the phrase “substantially identical” must be given its plain meaning,
one that gives fair warning.

3.

The term “substantial” means pertaining to the substance, matter, material or
essence of a thing. The term “identical” means exactly the same. Hence, a
firearm is substantially identical to another only if it is identical in all material,
essential respects. A firearm is not substantially identical to a listed assault
firearm unless it is identical except for differences, which do not alter the essential
nature of the firearm.

4.

The following examples of manufacturer changes that do not alter the essential
nature of the firearm: name or designation of the firearm; the color of the firearm;
the material used to make the barrel or stock of the firearm; the material used to
make a pistol grip; a modification of a pistol grip. This is not an exclusive list.

5.

A semi-automatic firearm should be considered to be “substantially identical,”
that is, identical in all material respects, to a named assault weapon if it meets the
below listed criteria:
2

INVESTIGATION
ASSAULT FIREARMS
VOL. VIII, CH. 17X

6.

7.

a.

Semi-automatic rifle that has the ability to accept a detachable magazine
and has a least 2 of the following:

b.

A folding or telescoping stock

c.

A pistol grip that protrudes conspicuously beneath the action of the
weapon

d.

A bayonet mount

e.

A flash suppressor or threaded barrel designed to accommodate a flash
suppressor

f.

A grenade launcher

Semi-automatic pistol that has an ability to accept a detachable magazine and has
at least 2 of the following.
a.

An ammunition magazine that attached to the pistol outside of the pistol
grip

b.

A threaded barrel capable of accepting a barrel extender, flash suppressor,
forward handgrip, or silencer

c.

A shroud that is attached to, or partially or completely encircles, the barrel
and that permits the shooter to hold the firearm with the non-trigger hand
without being burned

d.

Manufactured weight of 50 ounces or more when the pistol is unloaded

e.

A semi-automatic version of an automatic firearm

A semi-automatic shotgun that has a least 2 of the following:
a.

A folding or telescoping stock

b.

A pistol grip that protrudes conspicuously beneath the action of the
weapon

c.

A fixed magazine capacity in excess of 5 rounds

d.

An ability to accept a detachable magazine

In enforcing this law, prosecutors and police should remember that an assault
firearms offense requires proof that the defendant knows he or she possesses an
assault firearm, e.g., that the defendant knows that the firearm is “substantially
identical” to one of the named assault weapons.
3

INVESTIGATION
ASSAULT FIREARMS
VOL. VIII, CH. 17X

II.

The following guidelines are provided in order to assist law enforcement officers in
applying New Jersey firearms laws to persons who are transporting firearms through the
State of New Jersey.
A.

New Jersey laws governing firearms permits, purchaser identification cards, registrations
and licenses, do not apply to a person who is transporting a firearm through this State if
that person is transporting the firearm in a manner permitted by Federal law, 18 U.S.C.A.
926A.

B.

This Federal law permitting interstate transportation of firearms applies only if all of the
following requirements are met:
1.

The person's possession of the firearm was lawful in the state in which the
journey began;

2.

The person's possession of the firearm will be lawful in the state in which the
journey will end;

3.

The person is transporting the firearm for a lawful purpose.

4.

The firearm is unloaded;

5.

The firearm is not directly accessible from the passenger compartment of the
vehicle;

6.

The ammunition is not directly accessible from the passenger compartment of the
vehicle;

7.

If the vehicle does not have a compartment separated from the passenger
compartment, the firearm must be in a locked container other than the vehicle's
glove compartment or console;

8.

The person is not:

9.

a.

Convicted of or under indictment for a crime punishable by imprisonment
for a term exceeding one year

b.

A fugitive from justice

c.

An addict or unlawful user of any controlled substance or

d.

An illegal alien

The person has not:
4

INVESTIGATION
ASSAULT FIREARMS
VOL. VIII, CH. 17X

C.

III

a.

Been adjudicated to be a mental defective

b.

Been committed to a mental institution

c.

Been dishonorably discharged from the army forces or

d.

Renounced his United States citizenship

A person who is transporting a firearm through the State of New Jersey in the manner
permitted by 18 U.S.C.A. 926A, see Section III B. above, need not give notice.

PROCEDURES
A.

IV.

Investigation of conduct involving the possession or transportation of firearms:
1.

An officer who reasonably suspects that a person is transporting a firearm in
violation of New Jersey law should make reasonable inquiries in order to confirm
or dispel that suspicion.

2.

In a case where circumstances reasonably indicate that the person's possession
and transportation of the firearm may be permitted by 18 U.S.C.A. 926A, the
officer should make reasonable inquiries in order to determine whether the
person's possession is permitted by the Federal law.

3.

If reasonable inquiries lead an officer to conclude that the person's possession is
lawful under either New Jersey law or 18 U.S.C.A 926A as described above in
Section III B., the officer should promptly allow the person to proceed.

4.

Whenever an officer has probable cause to believe that a person's possession of a
firearm is in violation of New Jersey law and not permitted by 18 U.S.C.A 926A,
as described above in Section III B., then the officer should make an arrest.
a.

When a weapon is seized and brought into Headquarters, the officer will
ensure that the weapon has been rendered safe, by clearing the weapon at
the Bullet Trap in the south entrance of Police Headquarters.

b.

If the officer is unfamiliar with the operation of the weapon, he/she should
request assistance from either one of the department’s firearm instructors
or an ESU officer familiar with such weapons.

c.

Proper evidence marking and inventory procedures will be followed per
department policy.

INQUIRIES FROM PRIVATE CITIZENS
Law enforcement officers should, whenever possible, attempt to be helpful and to
respond to inquiries concerning particular firearms. Private citizens should also be
encouraged to consult with their own attorneys and, where necessary, referred to the
Firearms Unit of the Division of State Police.
5

AUTHORITY
AUDIO/VIDEO TAPE HANDLING PROCEDURES
VOL. 7, CH. 13
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT
VOLUME TITLE: AUTHORITY

ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

REVISION
DATE:

EFFECT
DATE:
04-30-2002
# PAGES:
2

PAGE #:

SECTION:

APPROVED

VOLUME
VII
CHAPTER
13

REFERENCE:

DISTRIBUTION

SUBJECT: AUDIO/VIDEO DEVICES TAPE
HANDLING

ALL
EVALUATION
DATE:

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

CHIEF THOMAS R. TESSARO
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

POLICY:
Audio/video tapes that are made during an investigation are evidence. Therefore, all audio/video tapes that
are made during the course of an investigation should be considered as evidence and handled in the same
manner as any other piece of evidence would be handled. To maintain the proper chain of custody, the
following procedure will be followed.
PROCEDURE:
I.

TRAINING
Before the videotape camera and cassette player are operated by anyone, the operator must be
authorized and familiar with the use and operation of the Video Camera, Cassette Player and
Equipment.
1

AUTHORITY
AUDIO/VIDEO TAPE HANDLING PROCEDURES
VOL. 7, CH. 13
II.
OFFICER RESPONSIBILITY
The officer making the audio/video tape will be responsible for the following:

III.

A.

Dating the tape on the label of the audio/video tape cassette.

B.

Placing the time and the badge number of the officer making the tape on the label of the tape
cassette.

C.

Placing the case number on the label of the tape cassette.

D.

After completing all of the above, the arresting officer, or officer conducting the
investigation, will then initial the tape.

E.

The tape will then be placed into an evidence envelope and placed in Evidence Locker with a
copy of evidence form attached.

CHIEF OF POLICE OR HIS DESIGNEE (Evidence Officer)
A.

Will be responsible for securing all audio/video evidence tapes in the Evidence Room.

B.

All video/audio tape evidence placed in the Evidence Room will be recorded on evidence
form. The evidence form will contain the date the evidence was placed into the Evidence
Room, the officer who placed the evidence in the Evidence Room, date of removal, reason
for removal and the officer removing the tape.

C.

Will be responsible for supplying a copy of the tape for discovery when a request is made
through the Records Bureau.

D.

Will be responsible for furnishing the arresting officer with the audio/video tape for court.

E.

The officer preparing a case for court will notify the Chief or his designee (evidence officer)
if an audio/video tape is required. The Chief or his designee (evidence officer) will then
make arrangements to either take the tape to court, or make it available to the officer that
made the tape, or the arresting officer.

F.

Upon disposition of a case, the video and audio tapes will be returned to the Evidence Room.
It will remain in the Evidence Room for six (6) months and then be erased for future use.
This would only be appropriate if a finding of guilty was made and there is no appeal.

2

DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT
VOLUME TITLE:
AUTHORITY
ACCREDITATION
STANDARD(S):

EFFECT
DATE:
3/17/09
# PAGES:
4

REVISION
DATE:

PAGE #:

SECTION:

APPROVED

VOLUME
VII
CHAPTER
13.1

REFERENCE:

v7c13.1

SUBJECT: RECORDING DEVICES

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

ALL
EVALUATION
DATE:

CHIEF THOMAS O. RIPOLI
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:
FLPD 91-2 rev.

PURPOSE
The purpose of this policy is to prevent the unauthorized surreptitious recording by members or
employees of the Borough of Fort Lee Police Department.
One of the key components of effective law enforcement is the cooperation, which an officer receives
from fellow members as well as the general public. The use of surreptitious recording devices will
inhibit expression and cooperation among officers in addition to all members of our department.
The State has a continuing duty to disclose and provide defendants all materials related to their
particular case, unless of course such disclosure is otherwise excused via a court rule. If a police officer
or other conversation could be discoverable in a traffic or criminal case, failure to provide such
discovery is a violation of court rules and may have a negative impact on the matter before the Court.
DEFINITIONS
Surreptitious: done, received, got, made, broadcast, forward, transmit, obtained, (etc.), in a secret,
stealthy manner; clandestine; acting in secret way.
Member: sworn police officer

AUTHORITY
RECORDING DEVICES
VOL. VII CH. 13.1

Employee: employee or volunteer of the Borough of Fort Lee assigned to the Police Department.
POLICY
No member, employee or volunteer of the Police Department (sworn or civilian) will utilize a
surreptitious recording device without specific authorization from the Chief of Police except as part of
an official agency investigation or an authorized Internal Affairs investigation conducted according to
the Internal Affairs SOP (v1c9).
All recordings made by a member, employee or volunteer of the Police Department while working
becomes the work product of the department and shall be turned into the department as a department
record. If the recording is part of an agency authorized investigation then it shall be secured as specified
in the Evidence SOP.
All members and employees will comply with all applicable federal and state statutes when operating
audio equipment.
No member or employee will copy, duplicate, transfer, transmit, or possess an unauthorized copy of a
department recording.
PROCEDURES:
1.

Authorized Use of Recording Devices
A.

Upon authorization by the Attorney General's Office or the Bergen County Prosecutor's
Office, the Chief of Police may authorize the use of recording devices by officers in the
lawful performance of their duties. (Under the State Act, only the Attorney General, a
County Prosecutor or, in limited circumstances, the Chairman of the State Commission of
Investigation may provide written authorization necessary for law enforcement officers to
make an ex parta application for a wiretap order. N.J.S.A. 2A:156A-8. The written
authorization should include the name of the judge who has been designated to receive
the application.)

B.

Upon authorization by the Attorney General's Office or the Bergen County Prosecutor's
Office, the Chief of Police may authorize in writing the recording of a member or
employee of the Police Department who is suspected to be involved in criminal activity.
Otherwise, members or employees will not be recorded without their direct knowledge
and approval.

C.

Authorized and trained members or employees of the department are permitted to use the
department’s MVR system while acting in the performance of their duties and as required
by the MVR SOP (v9c24). Members of the department are advised that their participation
in calls may be recorded by another officer’s MVR in compliance with the MVR SOP.
The MVR system shall not be used for personal purposes or to record personal
conversations, which the department does not need documented in an audio/video format.
2

AUTHORITY
RECORDING DEVICES
VOL. VII CH. 13.1

Members and/or employees will not be recorded without their direct knowledge and
approval.
D.

2.

3.

Authorized and trained members of the department are permitted to utilize department
owned / issued recording devices as part of a department investigation to collect evidence
for prosecuting persons who have violated a law or to document certain events or audio
evidence.

Unauthorized Use of Recording Devices
A.

No member, employee or volunteer of the Police Department will surreptitiously record
other members, employees, volunteers or citizens.

B.

All personal recording devices are prohibited to be used by members or employees, onduty or off-duty, on borough property, in borough vehicles and by employees during
working hours unless authorized by the department as part of an official department
investigation.

C.

No member, employee or volunteer, on-duty or off-duty, of the Police Department will
allow any other person to enter on to borough property, in borough vehicles, or engage
members, employees or volunteers during the performance of their duty with the purpose
to record a member, employee or volunteer. This does not restrict the other person’s
independent public liberties in an area that is open to the general public.

D.

Members or employees of the Police Department, who are discovered surreptitiously
recording and/or possessing any unauthorized recordings, will have the devices
confiscated and be subject to disciplinary action. It is the responsibility of every member
or employee to report in writing to the Chief of Police discovery of surreptitious
recording and/or the use of unauthorized recording devices.

Evidence
A.

When an audio recording device is used in an investigation or other contact with the
public and supporting evidence of a violation of law is obtained, the recording will be
properly secured as Evidence.

B.

Audio recordings should be stored in an area which prevents exposure to magnetic fields
or extremes in temperature or humidity and will not be altered or destroyed.

4. Applicability
A.

This SOP will not apply to any recording made during the course of an authorized
department internal investigation, an administrative hearing, or documentation or
production of training recordings produced by the Training Bureau.
3

AUTHORITY
RECORDING DEVICES
VOL. VII CH. 13.1

B.

This SOP will not apply to communication logging tapes unless evidence of a crime is
recorded. If evidence of a crime is recorded on a communication logging tape, the
original tape containing the evidence will be duplicated. The duplicate will be retained
for file purposes, and the original will be released by the supervisor who will secure the
tape as evidence.

4

ADMINISTRATION
BACKGROUND INVESTIGATION
VOL. I, CH. 8
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
1/14/09

VOLUME TITLE:
ADMINISTRATION

# PAGES:
25

ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):
32.2.1, 32.2.7, 32.2.8

REFERENCE:

REVISION
DATE:

PAGE #:

SECTION:

APPROVED

VOLUME
I
CHAPTER
8

V1c8

SUBJECT: BACKGROUND INVESTIGATIONS
POLICE OFICERS, TELECOMMUNICATORS,
CIVILAN STAFF

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

EVALUATION
DATE:

ALL

CHIEF THOMAS O. RIPOLI
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions
The previous version of this police dated 4/30/2000
(v1c8) is repealed and void.

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:
California POST Background Investigator’s Manual, NJSA Title 40
& 4A, NJ AG Drug Screening Guideline

PURPOSE:
This policy is to be used as a guideline for Investigations into the backgrounds of new applicants for
positions of Police Officer, Telecommunicators and Civilian Staff in the Borough of Fort Lee Police
Department.
POLICY:
This policy covers the investigative responsibilities when conducting a background investigation for
new civilian employees and sworn personnel by the Background Investigation Unit (BIU). Background
investigations (BI) may be one of the most important investigations a law enforcement agency may
conduct. No sworn personnel shall be appointed to a probationary status until a detailed background
investigation is conducted and reviewed by the Chief of Police then approved by the Appointing
Authority. No telecommunications personnel shall be appointed to a probationary status until a detailed
background check is conducted and reviewed by the Chief of Police then approved by the Appointing
Authority. No civilian personnel shall be appointed to a probationary status or transferred into the
police department until a detailed background check is conducted and reviewed by the Chief of Police
then approved by the Appointing Authority. Background investigations are an integral part of the

1

ADMINISTRATION
BACKGROUND INVESTIGATION
VOL. I, CH. 8
selection process that provides the agency with knowledge about an individual that written and oral
examinations do not provide.
In order to maintain a safe workplace and provide professional police services to the community, the
Fort Lee Police Department will not recommend the hiring of any applicant(s) with criminal records,
including expunged records, which would negatively impact on the department’s ability or individual’s
ability to completely serve in the capacity for which they are applying.
All qualifications, credentials and any prerequisites for a position will be verified before an applicant is
appointed to a working test period (probation).
Law Enforcement applicants shall complete a Medical Examination prior to being appointed.
Law Enforcement applicants shall complete a Psychological Screening by a qualified professional prior
to being appointed.
The Main Application (police) is valid only for the current BI process which concludes with the start
date of the next police academy class.
Each applicant in the current BI process must complete the BI process as instructed to meet Police
Training Commission and Police Academy requirements. If an applicant previously completed any
portion of a Fort Lee BI process, the previous BI file will become part of the current BI file. However
this does not relieve the applicant from completing the current process as instructed. If an applicant is
currently serving in another jurisdiction they must complete the entire BI process as instructed with the
exception of the Academy PT Pre-Assessment. If the applicant is on a DOP “Rice List” (Laid-Off
Officers) they must complete the entire BI process as instructed, possibly with the exception of the
Academy PT Pre-Assessment. If the applicant is a graduate of a Police Academy Alternate Route
Program they must complete the entire BI process as instructed with the exception of the Academy PT
Pre-Assessment. If a former Fort Lee Police Officer is seeking re-employment from a Special Reemployment List (due to a lay-off) or a Re-employment List (due to retirement / resignation) they may
be required to complete various phases of the Background Investigation Process depending on the length
of separation, as designated by the Chief of Police.
The law enforcement background investigation will be conducted in two phases, the Character Phase
which is before a Conditional Offer of Employment is made, and the Medical Phase which commences
after the Conditional Offer of Employment is made. Applicants must have satisfactorily completed the
Character Phase before proceeding into the Medical Phase.
The appointment process is regulated by NJ statutes and NJ Department of Personnel Regulations.
Background Investigations are to be conducted in a professional manner and in compliance with state
and federal employment law. In compliance with NJSA 2C:40A-1 (Employer Requiring Lie Detector
Test) polygraph examinations may not be conducted as part of a Background Investigation or
Background Check.
Probationary period of employment will be established by NJSA Title 4A.

2

ADMINISTRATION
BACKGROUND INVESTIGATION
VOL. I, CH. 8
The Appendixes and BIU documents (Forms) may be modified by the BIU Supervisor with the approval
of the Chief. Questions seeking information should be relevant to the applicant’s ability to completely
and effectively perform all aspects of the position being sought.
No employee outside the BIU is to accept any paperwork from or on behalf of an applicant unless
specifically directed by the BIU Supervisor or the Chief of Police.
All documents in the BI file become the sole possession of the Fort Lee Police Department.
The department accepts the private and personal information from the applicant as part of the
background investigation with the understanding that the confidential information will be protected
according to their expectations under N.J.S.A. 47:1A-1.
Background investigations are confidential.
Information is not to be shared with employees beyond the BIU, the Administrative Division
Commander and the empanelled Oral Board, except as directed by the Chief of Police.
By signing the Background Investigation Process & Application, the applicant acknowledges and
provides their permission that information and copies of forms may be released to the Appointing
Authority, its agents, and NJ DOP, and any Administrative or Judicial Court as required.
If requested in writing, documents may be released to another governmental agency as part of their
official investigation.
Non-medical documents may be released to another law enforcement agency when requested by the
applicant through that agency’s signed Release / Waiver. New Jersey State Police records are not
releasable per Governor’s Executive Order #48.
Medical Records are not releasable to third parties.
Under Executive Order #26 no documents may be released to the public during an active background
investigation / check process. Resumes of successful applicants are releasable after the selection process
has been completed. Resumes of unsuccessful applicants are releasable only with their written consent
after the selection process has been completed.

DEFINITIONS:
Background Investigation Unit (BIU)- a group of background investigators assigned the task of
conducting investigations of police officer applicants.
Background Check- a background check will consist of a verification of qualifying credentials, a review
of any criminal record and a verification of at least three personal references.
Background Investigation- a background investigation will consist of the background check plus an indepth investigation where personal background information is confirmed and additional information
about an applicant’s qualifications are developed.

3

ADMINISTRATION
BACKGROUND INVESTIGATION
VOL. I, CH. 8
Civilian Staff- is a non-sworn position within the Fort Lee Police Department assigned to various
positions assigned to handle the tasks as specified in the NJ DOP Job Description for their job title as
established by the borough.
Developed references- A developed reference is a reference that is not provided by the applicant but
developed by the investigator.
Investigator- an officer who is assigned to the Background Investigation Unit.
Telecommunicator- is a civilian position within the Fort Lee Police Department assigned to the
Communications Center to handle the tasks as specified in the NJ DOP Telecommunicator Job
Description.
Time Line Report- A report created by the BIU Supervisor providing the Chief of Police with the
starting dates of the next police academy and the projected dates for various stages of the background
investigation process.
I.

LAW ENFORCMENT PHASE ONE: Character
A.

The initial stage of a background investigation is to commence after a Certification List
of Eligibles is requested and received by the borough from NJ Department of Personnel
(DOP). The List of Eligibles is normally the result of written examinations conducted by
DOP; however Special Re-Employment Lists may be created by DOP if requested by the
borough.

B.

Background Investigation Unit Assignment

C.

1.

The Chief of Police or his designee shall assign existing background
investigators or officers who have received training in background investigations
to the Background Investigation Unit (BIU) in preparation for the hiring process.

2.

The Background Investigation Unit (BIU) is within the Training Bureau which is
in the Administrative Division.

3.

The Background Investigation Unit (BIU) can be staffed on either a full-time or
part-time basis by investigators as needed based upon the case load at that
particular time. If investigators are assigned on a part-time basis then the BIU
Supervisor must coordinate work schedules with the investigators immediate
supervisor.

4.

No investigator shall be assigned to the BIU if their immediate relative (husband,
wife, son, daughter, father, mother, step-child, niece or nephew) is an applicant
in the current background investigation process.

Applicant Investigation Case Load

4

ADMINISTRATION
BACKGROUND INVESTIGATION
VOL. I, CH. 8
1.
Each background investigator will normally be involved with each applicant
investigation, as assigned by the BIU Supervisor.

D.

2.

A minimum of two background investigators should be present during an
interview and work on each applicant investigation.

3.

The BIU Supervisor shall monitor the status of each applicant investigation
through periodic BIU meetings and shall advise the Administrative Bureau
Commander and the Chief, as directed.

The Background Investigation Topic Areas include but are not limited to:
(1)

Application Process

(2)

Driver’s License Check

(3)

Criminal History Check

(4)

Domestic Violence Registry Check

(5)

Employment History Check and Verification

(6)

Reference Checks

(7)

Writing Essays

(8)

Various Interviews / Oral Board Interview

(9)

Drug Screening

(10) Psychological Screening
(11) Medical Examination
(12) Academy Physical Fitness Screening
E.

Background Investigation Process
1.

According to DOP procedures after receiving the DOP Notification Card, the
applicant must notify the Appointing Authority (Borough Hall) in writing of their
intention in seeking a position as a police officer. The Appointing Authority
should provide the department with a copy of the List of Eligibles.

2.

The BIU will begin preparing for the background investigation process by:

5

ADMINISTRATION
BACKGROUND INVESTIGATION
VOL. I, CH. 8
a.
Setting up the Excel Applicant Master Name Index. Each applicant will be
assigned a number based on the year and month of the academy start date
followed by their placement number on the current certification.
b.

Setting up the Excel Applicant Interview Schedule Form.

c.

Printing the required number of applications and forms.

d.

The BIU Supervisor should send an email out to all department employees
announcing the activation of the confidential BI process and that BI
paperwork is not to be accepted by anyone outside the BIU.

3.

The Appointing Authority faxes the applicant’s letter of Intent to the BIU in a
timely manner.

4.

The BIU will then contact the applicant(s) and schedule them individually for the
Initial Interview. The Interview Notice (Form 2) will normally be sent via email.

5.

Initial Interview: The BIU will conduct the Initial Interview during which the
following topics will be explained:
a.

Obtain an updated Letter of Intent (Form 1)

b.

Obtain the completed Initial Application (Form 3)

c.

Provide the applicant with the Notice of Background Investigation Process
(Form 4) describing the steps of the background investigation and the BIU
Contact Phone List. The applicant should be advised that the BIU will
contact them throughout the process and advised in writing when the
process is completed.

d.

Obtain a signed & dated Release / Waiver Form (Form 5) which will be
witnessed by a member of the BIU. The Release / Waiver will allow the
BIU to follow-up on any information provide by the applicant by
obtaining documents regarding the applicant.

e.

If it is learned that the applicant has an Expunged Criminal Record, then
the BIU should prepare the Consent Order for Expunged Records (Form
5e) with the required information for the applicant to sign. The BIU
Supervisor will advise the Chief and contact the Borough Attorney.

f.

Collect & photocopy personal paperwork as requested in the Interview
Notice. Documents should be time-stamped indicating the date received.
The accuracy of the information contained in these documents and
qualifying credentials should be confirmed during the investigation.

6

ADMINISTRATION
BACKGROUND INVESTIGATION
VOL. I, CH. 8
g.
Provide the applicant with a written copy of their rights under the Fair
Credit Reporting Act.
h.

Issue the Main Application (Form 7). Applicant that are or were sworn
officers with a Law Enforcement Agency are provide with a Supplemental
Application (Form 7 LEO) dealing with law enforcement related
questions.

i.

Provide the NJ DOP Job Description for Municipal Police Officer.

j.

Provide and discuss the Willingness Questionnaire (Form 7w) with the
applicant before they sign the form.

k.

The applicant will be fingerprinted for Criminal Justice Employment. The
fingerprints are automatically submitted to the New Jersey State Police
and Federal Bureau of Investigation for a criminal history check.

l.

A digital photograph will be obtained for identification purposes and
added to the jacket. (The applicant will attach a passport size photograph
to the last page of the Main Application for identification purposes.)

m.

A regional check is conducted on the applicant’s driver’s license number
and name.

n.

The applicant is checked for vehicle registration history.

o.

Computer records checks will be run on the applicant (Department, DV
Registry, Criminal Checks)

p.

A public records history search should be conducted.

q.

An internet search should be conducted including a general search, web
profile(s) and searches of newspaper(s).

r.

If the applicant served in the armed forces then a completed Military
Records Request Form (Form 180) will be required to in order to obtain
the authorized the release of his service records to the BIU.
(1)

The BIU should prepare and sent a letter to the Veterans
Administration obtaining the applicant’s military record.

(2)

Military Units / Instillations should be contacted during the Phase I
Character portion of the investigation.

(3)

The Military Police Unit where the applicant was stationed or
served should be contacted during the Phase I Character portion of
the investigation.

7

ADMINISTRATION
BACKGROUND INVESTIGATION
VOL. I, CH. 8
(4)

6.

Veteran’s Affairs Hospitals should be contacted ONLY as part of
Phase II Medical portion of the investigation.

Investigation: After the Initial Interview the applicant’s file is then in the
Investigation portion of the process.
a.

The applicant has until 1500 hours on the 5th business day to return to HQ
to complete application by having it Notarized in the presence of a BIU
member, as instructed during the Initial Interview and on Form 7.
(1)

The Main Application should be reviewed for completeness.

(2)

The information contained in the Main Application and during any
interview should be verified.

(3)

The applicant should be scheduled for a Supplemental Interview
(Form 11) to provide additional information or explain any
discrepancy.

(4)

The applicant should be provided with the Supplemental
Application Form (Form 7a) to provide the requested information.

b.

References- All listed references are to be contacted, interviewed and
provided with Reference Questionnaire (Form 10). The form can be sent
via US Mail or Email. Returned forms are to be reviewed and added to the
file. A minimum of two (2) secondary references should be developed,
contacted and interviewed during this process. References may be
interviewed via the telephone if necessary. If the reference form is not
returned, then the information obtained during the interview needs to
documented in a report.

c.

Written Biography- Applicants will be scheduled for an interview. During
this time they will be provided with the Biography (Form 7b) & Hiring
Questions (Form 7e) to both be complete within 90 minutes. The forms
will be reviewed for information and added to the file.

d.

Local / County Police Dept. & Local Court Checks- towns surrounding
Fort lee and locations where the applicant lived should be contacted in
writing (Form 8 or Form 8c) to determine if the applicant had ANY
contacts with the law enforcement agency or local court. Additional
checks may be conducted with jurisdictions where the applicant attended
school, frequented, vacationed or had additional family residences.

e.

Physical Residence- Verification of the applicant’s residency must be
made to ensure compliance with the Borough’s Residency Preference
Ordinance.
8

ADMINISTRATION
BACKGROUND INVESTIGATION
VOL. I, CH. 8
f.

Home Interview- An unannounced home interview should be conducted to
verify the applicant’s residency and living conditions within the structure.
Family members / roommates may be interviewed at the same time if
present.

g.

Neighborhood check- Investigators should interview the four (4)
neighbors regarding the applicant. (The closest 4 neighbors were to be
listed by the applicant in their Main Application). At least two (2)
neighborhood references should be developed. The Reference
Questionnaire (Form 10) may be used for these references. Developed
information is to be included in the Summary Report.

h.

Education / School History- Information contained in the Main
Application and the Official Transcript should be confirmed with the
school (Guidance, Discipline, Coaches, Bursar, Security, Local PD,
Student Housing, etc.).

i.

Employment History- All employers, where ever possible, are to be
contacted interviewed and provided with Employment Reference Form
(Form 9). This should be conducted face-to face. If needed, the contact
may be completed via US Mail, Email and the telephone. Returned forms
are to be reviewed and added to the file.

j.

Previous Applications with Other Law Enforcement Agencies- if the
applicant applied with other agencies then the investigators should contact
that agency to determine the status of the application; the phase(s)
completed. If possible, copies of documents / applications should be
obtained pursuant to the applicant’s signed release waiver.

k.

Credit History Report- The applicant will be required to obtain and
provide to the BIU a printed copy of their full credit report from the three
reporting agencies. The report will be reviewed for information. Any
discrepancies will be discussed with the applicant and they will be
provided with their Rights under the Fair Credit Reporting Act before the
information is used in a hiring decision.

l.

Oral Board Interview- The applicant will be interviewed by the Oral
Board as empanelled by the Chief of Police. The Oral Board chairman will
be the BIU Supervisor. The Oral Board will normally consist of
commanders / supervisors from Administration Division, Detective
Bureau, Patrol Division and Internal Affairs.
(1)

The BIU Supervisor will brief the Oral Board with a summary of
background information prior to the interview.

9

ADMINISTRATION
BACKGROUND INVESTIGATION
VOL. I, CH. 8
(2)

(3)

7.

The Applicant Oral Board Interview Form will be used by each
board member to document their observations and comments.

The BIU Supervisor will report the findings of the Oral Board to the Chief of
Police. The Chief of Police will then instruct the BIU Supervisor to issue
Conditional Offers of Employment (COE) to specific applicants who have
successfully completed Phase I of the process, in preparation for the Phase IIMedical Phase of the hiring process.
a.

II.

The applicant will be individually scheduled to appear before the
Oral Board and sent an Interview Notice (Form 11o).

The COE SHALL not be issued to any applicant that has not successfully
completed the entire Phase I of the process.

LAW ENFOCEMENT PHASE TWO: Medical
A.

The medical Phase shall commence with the issuance of the Conditional Offer of
Employment [COE] (Form 13).

B.

The applicant will be personally issued the Medical Phase Application (Form 14). The
applicant has until 1500 hours on the 5th business day to return the completed application
as instructed on Form 14.

C.

Drug Screening- The Fort Lee Police Department will subject all applicants to an
unannounced drug screening in accordance with the NJ Attorney General’s Drug
Screening Guideline and related instructions
1.

The applicant will be provided with an Interview Notice (Form 11d) directing
them to appear at HQ on a specific date and time.

2.

The applicant will be provided with the appropriate forms as designated by the
AG Guideline.

3.

The applicant’s sample will be collected in compliance with the AG Guideline.

4.

The sample will be handled as evidence with an Evidence Report being generated.

5.

The state’s Law Enforcement Drug Testing Form will be completed and the
sample will be submitted to the NJ Medical Examiner’s Office (Newark) by a
member of the BIU.

6.

The results of the Drug Screening will be received by the BIU Supervisor.

7.

The Chief of Police is to be immediately notified of any positive screenings.

8.

If appropriate, an investigation may be initiated to establish the root cause for the
positive lab results. The facts from the investigation are to be verbally reported to
10

ADMINISTRATION
BACKGROUND INVESTIGATION
VOL. I, CH. 8
the Chief of Police. If the positive screening was the result of a lawfully
prescribed medication for the date of the screening then a written report may be
submitted to the NJ Medical Examiner’s Office requesting a Medical Review of
the case.
9.

D.

E.

F.

In no case will a second sample from an applicant be submitted to the NJ Medical
Examiner’s Office for an additional screening.

Psychological Screening
1.

The applicant will be provided with an Interview Notice (Form 6) directing them
to appear at the designated psychologist’s office on a specific date and time for
psychological screening /examination.

2.

All applicants during the same cycle will be examined by the same service
provider except under extenuating circumstances with the specific approval of the
Chief of Police.

3.

The examination shall be conducted and assessed by a qualified professional prior
to appointment to probationary status.

Medical Screening
1.

At the beginning of the BI process the BIU Supervisor should contact the
academy’s designated medical service provider to tentatively schedule a group of
applicants for the Medical Screening. As the process continues the BI supervisor
should notify the staff of any changes in the number of applicants being
scheduled.

2.

The applicant will be provided with an Interview Notice (Form 11m) directing
them to appear at the designated medical facility on a specific date and time for
the first day of Medical Screening.

3.

The second day will be scheduled by the facility’s staff. The date should be
obtained by the BIU Supervisor.

4.

Upon completion of the second day of the medical screening the applicants are to
return the paperwork to the BIU.

Academy Pre-Assessment Screening
1. The applicant will be provided with an Interview Notice (Form 11p) directing
them to appear at the Bergen County Law & Public Safety Institute, or other
designated PTC approved academy, on a specific date and time to complete the
screening for the academy.

11

ADMINISTRATION
BACKGROUND INVESTIGATION
VOL. I, CH. 8
2. The BIU Supervisor will obtain the results from the academy staff and advise the
Chief of Police.
G.

Status Report- The BIU Supervisor will prepare a Status Report for the Chief of Police
listing the names of the applicants that have successfully completed the background
investigation process.

H.

Appointment Procedure
a.

The Chief of Police may direct the BIU Supervisor to schedule the applicants for
the following:
1.

Chief’s Interview (Form 11c)

2.

Swearing In Ceremony (Form 11s)
(a)
(b)

(c)
(d)
(e)

III

The BIU Supervisor will obtain information from the applicant and
prepare a brief biography for the Chief of Police.
The BIU Supervisor will ensure that the badge to be used during
the ceremony is obtained from the Administrative Division
Commander.
The BIU Supervisor should provide direction to the applicant and
their family regarding the ceremony.
The BIU Supervisor should coordinate the completion of The Oath
of Office with the Borough Clerk.
The Training Bureau supervisor will coordinate the trainee
completion of employment paperwork with various Borough Hall
offices during the Orientation Training.

LAW ENFORCEMENT BACKGROUND INVESTIGATION DOCUMENTATION
A.

The confidential BI file will consist of a four-part file folder.
1.
2.
3.
4.

Tab 1 will contain of BI the Summary Report, Applications, Notice Forms and
email correspondence.
Tab 2 will contain of the BI Case Jacket Checklist
Tab 3 will contain of paperwork provided by the applicant.
Tab 4 will contain paperwork developed by the BIU during the investigation.

B.

The investigators will update the Case Jacket Checklist as portions of the process are
completed.

C.

The BIU Supervisor will update the Applicant Master Name Index as each applicant is
proceeds through the various scheduled steps of the process.

D.

The BIU Supervisor will update the Applicant Interview Schedule as the applicant
proceeds through the various steps of the process.

12

ADMINISTRATION
BACKGROUND INVESTIGATION
VOL. I, CH. 8
E.

The BIU Supervisor will periodically brief the Administrative Division Commander and
the Chief of Police on the status of applicants in the BI process.

F.

No information regarding a specific applicant is to be shared with any employee outside
of the BIU or the empanelled Oral Board unless specifically directed by the Chief of
Police.

G.

No employee outside the BIU is to accept any paperwork from or on behalf of an
applicant unless specifically directed by the BIU Supervisor or the Chief of Police.

H.

Summary Reports
1.

2.

Failure to Respond Report
a.

Fail to Respond to Certification Notice- The BIU Supervisor shall prepare
a report documenting the names of applicants whose name appeared on
the Certification of Eligibles who failed to respond to the DOP
Notification Card within the required time as established by the DOP. The
BIU Supervisor should coordinate activities regarding the deadline date
with Borough Hall. The BIU Supervisor should confirm the list of names
that responded and the list that did not respond.

b.

The report will be submitted, reviewed and co-signed by the
Administrative Division Commander.

Applicant Summary Report
a.

The BIU Supervisor shall prepare a report for each interviewed applicant
documenting the investigation process including observations made and
information obtained. The report shall contain the recommended
Applicant Classification(s) according to the DOP Guide.

b.

The report will be submitted, reviewed and co-signed by the
Administrative Division Commander.

3.

Summary reports shall be provided to the Chief of Police for review and
recommendation to the Appointing Authority.

4.

After approval from the Chief of Police, the Summary Report is to be added to the
BI file.

5.

Notice forms and related sent emails, including applicant responses, are to be
printed up and added to the BI file.

13

ADMINISTRATION
BACKGROUND INVESTIGATION
VOL. I, CH. 8
6.
The confidential BI file shall remain in the locked BIU file cabinet within the
Training Bureau’s custody. If the applicant is hired the BI file is to be forwarded
to the Office of the Chief to be secured in the department’s Confidential
Employee Personnel Files.
a.

The confidential BI files shall be classified as Official Use Only and
retained of a minimum of five (5) years. After which time the BI file may
be purged in the appropriate manner per the NJ Division Archives.

b.

Non-medical documents may be released to another governmental or law
enforcement agency when requested by the agency in writing or by the
applicant through that agency’s signed Release / Waiver.

c.

(1)

The signed Release / Waiver form is to be added to the applicant
BI file.

(2)

It should be noted on the form which documents were reviewed /
released to the agency.

(3)

The BIU member assisting the other agency is to write their name
on the copy of the submitted Release / Waiver Form.

(4)

If as part of an official investigation a governmental agency
submits a written request for access to a BI file and there is not
signed release then the BIU Supervisor is to after receiving
authorization from the Chief, is to prepare a report explaining the
justifications for the review of the BI file and note documents
reviewed / released. The report will be submitted to the Chief with
a copy added to the BI file.

Confidential Background Investigation file are not to be released to the
public as they are accepted with the expectation that the information is to
be protected under N.J.S.A 47:1A1.

7.

The BIU Supervisor should keep a copy of original and the completed
Certification of Eligibles in a separate marked folder in the BIU cabinet.

8.

The BIU Supervisor should keep each prepared Time-Line Report in a separate
marked folder regardless if the BI process is conducted for that academy class.

9.

The BIU Supervisor shall provide copies of the required Summary Reports to the
Appointing Authority as attachments when completing the DOP Certification of
Eligibles. If necessary, additional documents can be provided as proofs and
attached to the Certification of Eligibles.

14

ADMINISTRATION
BACKGROUND INVESTIGATION
VOL. I, CH. 8
10.
An Applicant Closure Notice (Form 12) should be mailed to each applicant that is
not selected or disqualified from the BI process. NJ DOP will send the applicant
their specific classification and information regarding the appeal process.

IV

a.

Upon receiving a Notice of an Applicant’s Classification Appeal, from
DOP, the BIU Supervisor will notify the Chief, Administrative Division
Commander then contact the Borough Attorney.

b.

The required proof documents are to be copied from the file by the BIU,
reviewed with the Borough Attorney.

c.

Once approved, a cover letter will be written by the BIU Supervisor listing
the documents being submitted to DOP and provided to the applicant.

d.

The packets of documents are to be sent out as directed by NJ DOP (1
copy to DOP and the other to the Applicant) via Certified / Return Receipt
mail.

PUBLIC SAFEY TELECOMMUNICATIONS BACKGROUND CHECKS
A.

B.

The initial stage of a Telecommunicator Background Check is to commence after:
1.

A Certification List of Eligibles is requested and received by the borough from NJ
Department of Personnel (DOP) for the competitive position of Telecommunicator
Operator. The List of Eligibles is normally the result of written examinations conducted
by DOP.

2.

In emergent situations, the process may be announced by the Borough indicating the
manner in which interested parties may apply for the non-competitive position of
Telecommunicator Trainee.

The background check process should be conducted by the BIU in cooperation with the
Communications Supervisor.
1.

The following sections apply to conducting a Telecommunicator Background Check:
a.

Background Investigation Unit Assignment
1)

The Chief of Police or his designee shall assign existing background
investigators or officers who have received training in background
investigations to the Background Investigation Unit (BIU) in preparation
for the hiring process.

15

ADMINISTRATION
BACKGROUND INVESTIGATION
VOL. I, CH. 8
2)
The Background Investigation Unit (BIU) is within the Training Bureau
which is in the Administrative Division.

b.

C.

D.

3)

The Background Investigation Unit (BIU) can be staffed on either a fulltime or part-time basis by investigators as needed based upon the case load
at that particular time. If investigators are assigned on a part-time basis
then the BIU Supervisor must coordinate work schedules with the
investigators immediate supervisor.

4)

No investigator shall be assigned to the BIU if their immediate relative
(husband, wife, son, daughter, father, mother, step-child, niece or nephew)
is an applicant in the current background investigation process.

Applicant Investigation Case Load
1)

A minimum of two background investigators should be present during an
interview and work on each applicant investigation. The Communications
Supervisor should be the lead interviewer during interviews of
Telecommunicator applicants.

2)

The Communications Supervisor and BIU Supervisor shall monitor the
status of each applicant investigation through periodic BIU meetings and
shall advise the Administrative Bureau Commander and the Chief, as
directed.

The background check topic areas include, but are not limited to:
1.

Application Process

2.

Driver’s License Check, if possessed

3.

Criminal History Check

4.

Domestic Violence Registry Check

5.

Employment History Check and Verification

6.

Reference Checks

7.

Various Interviews

Letters of Intent / Applications / Resumes
1.

Letters of Intent received in response to a DOP Notification should be faxed to the
Communications Supervisor in a timely manner.

16

ADMINISTRATION
BACKGROUND INVESTIGATION
VOL. I, CH. 8
2.
In an emergent hiring situation the Communications Supervisor may receive resumes or a
completed Borough of Fort Lee Application from the applicant or Borough Hall.
3.

An existing borough employee applying to become a Telecommunicator will be required
to complete the entire Telecommunicator Background Check process.

E.

The Communications Supervisor should then contact the applicant(s) and schedule them
individually for the Initial Interview. The Interview Notice (Form T2) will normally be sent via
email.

F.

Initial Interview: The Communications Supervisor and a member of the BIU will conduct the
Initial Interview during which the following topics will be explained:
1.

Obtain an updated Letter of Intent (Form T1)

2.

Obtain the completed Initial Application (Form T3), if a resume or Borough of Fort Lee
Application (Form T7) has not already been completed.

3.

Provide the applicant with the Notice of Background Check Process (Form T4)
describing the steps of the background check and the Communications Supervisor / BIU
Contact Phone List. The applicant should be advised that they will be contacted them
throughout the process and advised in writing when the process is completed.

4.

Obtain a signed & dated Release / Waiver Form (Form T5) which will be witnessed by a
member of the BIU. The Release / Waive will allow the BIU to follow-up on any
information provide by the applicant.

5.

Collect & photocopy personal paperwork as requested in the Interview Notice.
Documents should be time-stamped indicating the date received. The accuracy of the
information contained in these documents and qualifying credentials should be confirmed
during the investigation.

6.

Issue the Borough of Fort Lee Application if not previously completed. (Form T7).

7.

Provide the NJ DOP Job Description for Telecommunicator Trainee.

8.

Provide and discuss the Willingness Questionnaire (Form T7w) with the applicant before
they sign the form.

9.

The applicant will be fingerprinted for Criminal Justice Employment. The fingerprints are
automatically submitted to the New Jersey State Police and Federal Bureau of
Investigation for a criminal history check.

10.

If a driver’s license is possessed by the applicant, then conduct a regional check should
be conducted on the applicant’s driver’s license number and name.

17

ADMINISTRATION
BACKGROUND INVESTIGATION
VOL. I, CH. 8
11.

Computer records checks will be run on the applicant (Department, DV Registry,
Criminal Checks)

12.

A public records history search should be conducted.

13.

An internet search should be conducted including a general search, web profile(s) and
searches of newspaper.

14.

If the applicant served in the armed forces then a completed Military Records Request
Form (Form 180) will be required to in order to obtain the authorized the release of his
service records to the BIU.

15.

a.

The BIU should prepare and sent a letter to the Veterans Administration obtaining
the applicant’s military record.

b.

Military Units / Instillations may be contacted during the background check.

c.

The Military Police Unit where the applicant was stationed or served may be
contacted during the background check.

Background Check: After the Initial Interview the applicant’s file is then in the
Investigation portion of the process.
a.

References- All listed references are to be contacted, interviewed and provided
with Reference Questionnaire (Form T10). The form can be sent via US Mail or
Email. Returned forms are to be reviewed and added to the file. A minimum of
two (2) secondary references should be developed, contacted and interviewed
during this process. References may be interviewed via the telephone if necessary.
If the reference form is not returned, then the information obtained during the
interview needs to documented in a report.

b.

Education / School History- Information contained in the Application and the
Official Transcript may be confirmed with the school (Guidance, Discipline,
Coaches, Bursar, Security, Local PD, Student Housing, etc.).

c.

Employment History- All employers, where ever possible, are to be contacted
interviewed and provided with Employment Reference Form (Form T9). This
may be conducted face-to face. If needed the contact may be completed via US
Mail, Email and the telephone. Returned forms are to be reviewed and added to
the file.

d.

The investigators will update the Telecommunicator Background Check Case
Jacket Checklist as portions of the process are completed.

18

ADMINISTRATION
BACKGROUND INVESTIGATION
VOL. I, CH. 8
e.
The Communications Supervisor and the BIU Supervisor will periodically brief
the Administrative Division Commander and the Chief of Police on the status of
applicants in the background check process.

16.

f.

No information regarding a specific applicant is to be shared with any employee
outside of the BIU or unless specifically directed by the Chief of Police.

g.

No employee outside the BIU or Communications Supervisor is to accept any
paperwork from or on behalf of an applicant unless specifically directed by the
Communications Supervisor, BIU Supervisor or the Chief of Police.

h.

Status Report- The Communications Supervisor will prepare a Status Report for
the Chief of Police listing the names of the applicants that have successfully
completed the background check process.

Applicant Summary Report / Background Check File
a.

Applicant Summary Report
1.

The Communications Supervisor shall prepare a report documenting the
investigation process including observations made and information
obtained. Information from the BIU Supervisor and members will be
included in the report. The report shall contain the recommended
Applicant Classification(s) according to the DOP Guide. The

2.

The report will be submitted, reviewed and co-signed by the
Administrative Division Commander.

b.

Summary reports shall be provided to the Chief of Police for review and
recommendation to the Appointing Authority.

c.

After approval from the Chief of Police, the Summary Report is to be added to the
background check file.

d.

Notice forms and related sent emails, including applicant responses, are to be
printed up and added to the background check file.

e.

The confidential background check file shall remain in the locked BIU file cabinet
within the Training Bureau’s custody. If the applicant is hired the BI file is to be
forwarded to the Office of the Chief to be secured in the department’s
Confidential Employee Personnel Files.
(1)

The confidential background check files shall be classified as Official Use
Only and retained of a minimum of five (5) years. After which time the B
background check I file may be purged in the appropriate manner per the
NJ Division Archives and Records Management.

19

ADMINISTRATION
BACKGROUND INVESTIGATION
VOL. I, CH. 8

V

f.

The Communications Supervisor shall provide the BIU Supervisor with a copy of
original and the completed Telecommunicators Operator Certification of Eligibles
in a separate marked folder in the BIU cabinet

g.

The Communications Supervisor shall provide copies of the required Summary
Reports to the Appointing Authority as attachments when completing the DOP
Certification of Eligibles. If necessary, additional documents can be provided as
proofs and attached to the Certification of Eligibles

h.

An Applicant Closure Notice (Form T12) should be mailed to each applicant that
is not selected or disqualified from the background check process. NJ DOP will
send the applicant their specific classification and information regarding the
appeal process.

i.

DOP Appeal Notification
(1)

Upon receiving a Notice of an Applicant’s Classification Appeal, from
DOP, the BIU Supervisor will notify the Communications Supervisor,
Chief, Administrative Division Commander then contact the Borough
Attorney.

(2)

The required proof documents are to be copied from the file by the BIU,
reviewed with the Communications Supervisor then the Borough
Attorney.

(3)

Once approved, a cover letter will be written by the BIU listing the
documents being submitted to DOP and provided to the applicant.

(4)

The packets of documents are to be sent out as directed by NJ DOP (1
copy to DOP and the other to the Applicant) via Certified / Return Receipt
mail.

CIVILIAN EMPLOYEES BACKGROUND CHECKS
A.

B.

The initial stage of a civilian staff background check is to commence after:
1.

A Certification List of Eligibles is requested and received by the borough from NJ
Department of Personnel (DOP). The List of Eligibles is normally the result of written
examinations conducted by DOP.

2.

In emergent situations, the process may be announced by the Borough indicating the
manner in which interested parties may apply.

The background check process should be conducted by the BIU in cooperation with the
Administrative Division Commander.

20

ADMINISTRATION
BACKGROUND INVESTIGATION
VOL. I, CH. 8
1.

The following sections apply to conducting a Civilian Background Check:
a.

b.

C.

Background Investigation Unit Assignment
1)

The Chief of Police or his designee shall assign existing background
investigators or officers who have received training in background
investigations to the Background Investigation Unit (BIU) in preparation
for the hiring process.

2)

The Background Investigation Unit (BIU) is within the Training Bureau
which is in the Administrative Division.

3)

The Background Investigation Unit (BIU) can be staffed on either a fulltime or part-time basis by investigators as needed based upon the case load
at that particular time. If investigators are assigned on a part-time basis
then the BIU Supervisor must coordinate work schedules with the
investigators immediate supervisor.

4)

No investigator shall be assigned to the BIU if their immediate relative
(husband, wife, son, daughter, father, mother, step-child, niece or nephew)
is an applicant in the current background investigation process.

Applicant Investigation Case Load
1)

A minimum of two background investigators should be present during an
interview and work on each applicant investigation.

2)

The Administrative Division Commander and BIU Supervisor shall
monitor the status of each applicant investigation through periodic BIU
meetings and shall advise the Chief, as directed.

The background check topic areas include but are not limited to:
1.

Application Process

2.

Driver’s License Check, if possessed

3.

Criminal History Check

4.

Domestic Violence Registry Check

5.

Employment History Check and Verification

6.

Reference Checks

7.

Various Interviews

21

ADMINISTRATION
BACKGROUND INVESTIGATION
VOL. I, CH. 8
D.
Letters of Intent / Applications / Resumes
4.

Letters of Intent received in response to a DOP Notification should be faxed to the
Administrative Division Commander in a timely manner.

5.

In an emergent hiring situation the Administrative Division Commander may receive
resumes or a completed Borough of Fort Lee Application from the applicant or Borough
Hall.

6.

An existing borough employee applying to become a civilian employee within the police
department will be required to complete the entire Civilian Background Check process.

E.

The Administrative Division Commander will then contact the applicant(s) and schedule them
individually for the Initial Interview. The Interview Notice (Form C2) will normally be sent via
email.

F.

Civilian Initial Interview: The Administrative Division Commander and a member of the BIU
will conduct the Initial Interview during which the following topics will be explained:
1.

Obtain an updated Letter of Intent (Form C1)

2.

Obtain the completed Initial Application, if a resume or Borough of Fort Lee Application
has not been completed. (Form C3).

3.

Provide the applicant with the Notice of Background Check Process (Form C4)
describing the steps of the background check and the Administrative Division
Commander / BIU Contact Phone List. The applicant should be advised that they will be
contacted them throughout the process and advised in writing when the process is
completed.

4.

Obtain a signed & dated Release / Waiver Form (Form C5) which will be witnessed by a
member of the BIU. The Release / Waiver will allow the BIU to follow-up on any
information provide by the applicant.

5.

Collect & photocopy personal paperwork as requested in the Interview Notice.
Documents should be time-stamped indicating the date received. The accuracy of the
information contained in these documents and qualifying credentials should be confirmed
during the investigation.

6.

Issue the Borough of Fort Lee Application if not previously completed. (Form C7).

7.

Provide the NJ DOP Job Description for civilian position being sought.

8.

Provide and discuss the Willingness Questionnaire (Form C7w) with the applicant before
they sign the form.

22

ADMINISTRATION
BACKGROUND INVESTIGATION
VOL. I, CH. 8
9.

The applicant will be fingerprinted for Criminal Justice Employment. The fingerprints are
automatically submitted to the New Jersey State Police and Federal Bureau of
Investigation for a criminal history check.

10.

If a driver’s license is possessed by the applicant, then a regional check should be
conducted on the applicant’s driver’s license number and name.

11.

Computer records checks will be run on the applicant (Department, DV Registry,
Criminal Checks)

12.

A public records history search should be conducted.

13.

An internet search should be conducted including a general search, web profile(s) and
searches of newspaper.

14.

If the applicant served in the armed forces then a completed Military Records Request
Form (Form 180) will be required to in order to obtain the authorized the release of his
service records to the BIU.

15.

a.

The BIU should prepare and sent a letter to the Veterans Administration obtaining
the applicant’s military record.

b.

Military Units / Instillations may be contacted during the background check.

c.

The Military Police Unit where the applicant was stationed or served may be
contacted during the background check.

Civilian Background Check: After the Initial Interview the applicant’s file is then in the
Investigation portion of the process.
a.

References- All listed references are to be contacted, interviewed and provided
with Reference Questionnaire (Form T10). The form can be sent via US Mail or
Email. Returned forms are to be reviewed and added to the file. A minimum of
two (2) secondary references should be developed, contacted and interviewed
during this process. References may be interviewed via the telephone if necessary.
If the reference form is not returned then the information obtained during the
interview needs to documented in a report.

b.

Education / School History- Information contained in the Main Application and
the Official Transcript may be confirmed with the school (Guidance, Discipline,
Coaches, Bursar, Security, Local PD, Student Housing, etc.).

c.

Employment History- All employers, where ever possible, are to be contacted
interviewed and provided with Employment Reference Form (Form T9). This
may be conducted face-to face. If needed the contact may be completed via US

23

ADMINISTRATION
BACKGROUND INVESTIGATION
VOL. I, CH. 8
Mail, Email and the telephone. Returned forms are to be reviewed and added to
the file.

16.

d.

The investigators will update the Background Check Case Jacket Checklist as
portions of the process are completed.

e.

The Administrative Division Commander and the BIU Supervisor will
periodically brief the Chief of Police on the status of applicants in the background
check process.

f.

No information regarding a specific applicant is to be shared with any employee
outside of the BIU or unless specifically directed by the Chief of Police.

g.

No employee outside the BIU or Administrative Division Commander is to accept
any paperwork from or on behalf of an applicant unless specifically directed by
the Administrative Division Commander, BIU Supervisor or the Chief of Police.

h.

Status Report- The Administrative Division Commander, or their designee, will
prepare a Status Report for the Chief of Police listing the names of the applicants
that have successfully completed the background check process.

Applicant Summary Report / Background Check File
a.

Applicant Summary Report
(1)

The Administrative Division Commander shall prepare a report
documenting the investigation process including observations made and
information obtained. Information from the BIU Supervisor and members
will be included in the report. The report shall contain the recommended
Applicant Classification(s) according to the DOP Guide. The

(2)

The report will be submitted, reviewed and co-signed by the Operations
Division Commander.

b.

Summary reports shall be provided to the Chief of Police for review and
recommendation to the Appointing Authority.

c.

After approval from the Chief of Police, the Summary Report is to be added to the
background check file.

d.

Notice forms and related sent emails, including applicant responses, are to be
printed up and added to the background check file.

e.

The confidential background check file shall remain in the locked BIU file cabinet
within the Training Bureau’s custody. If the applicant is hired the BI file is to be

24

ADMINISTRATION
BACKGROUND INVESTIGATION
VOL. I, CH. 8
forwarded to the Office of the Chief to be secured in the department’s
Confidential Employee Personnel Files.
(1)

The confidential background check files shall be classified as Official Use
Only and retained of a minimum of five (5) years. After which time the B
background check I file may be purged in the appropriate manner per the
NJ Division Archives

f.

The Administrative Division Commander shall provide the BIU Supervisor with a
copy of original and the completed civilian position Certification of Eligibles in a
separate marked folder in the BIU cabinet

g.

The Administrative Division Commander shall provide copies of the required
Summary Reports to the Appointing Authority as attachments when completing
the DOP Certification of Eligibles. If necessary, additional documents can be
provided as proofs and attached to the Certification of Eligibles

h.

An Applicant Closure Notice (Form C12) should be mailed to each applicant that
is not selected or disqualified from the background check process. NJ DOP will
send the applicant their specific classification and information regarding the
appeal process.

i.

DOP Appeal Notification
(5)

Upon receiving a Notice of an Applicant’s Classification Appeal, from
DOP, the BIU Supervisor will notify the Communications Supervisor,
Chief, Administrative Division Commander then contact the Borough
Attorney.

(6)

The required proof documents are to be copied from the file by the BIU,
reviewed with the Administrative Division Commander then the Borough
Attorney.

(7)

Once approved, a cover letter will be written by the BIU listing the
documents being submitted to DOP and provided to the applicant.

(8)

The packets of documents are to be sent out as directed by NJ DOP (1
copy to DOP and the other to the Applicant) via Certified / Return Receipt
mail.

25

ADMINISTRATION
BACKGROUND INVESTIGATION
VOL. I, CH. 8

26

AUTHORITY
BAIL PROCEDURES
VOL. VII, CH. 24

DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT

VOLUME TITLE: AUTHORITY
ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
04-30-2002

REVISION
DATE

4-7-05

PAGE #:

SECTION:

1, 2,
3, 5

I-A, B2
IV-A,
A-1
D-1-2
VII-A6

# PAGES:
6

APPROVED

VOLUME
VII

CHAPTER
24

REFERENCE:

SUBJECT: BAIL PROCEDURES

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

ALL
EVALUATION
DATE:

CHIEF THOMAS RIPOLI
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

PURPOSE:
To ensure that proper procedures are followed when taking bail for a subject to be released.
POLICY:
Officers of this department should whenever possible, take bail for the release of a subject who has been
detained by this department on an offense which requires bail to be posted. Detainee’s should be
afforded ample time to make phone calls for the arrangement of posting bail.
No member of this department will recommend any particular bail bondsman to a person seeking bail.
Bail may be accepted for a prisoner prior to being transported to the Bergen County Jail.
PROCEDURE:
I.

Bail receipts
A.

Bail receipts will have warrant/summons numbers written in the proper location at the top
of the receipt.

B.

Bail receipts and copies of the summons/warrant will be distributed of as follows:
1

AUTHORITY
BAIL PROCEDURES
VOL. VII, CH. 24

C.

II.

1.

The completed white copy of the bail receipt and defendant's copy of the
summons or complaint will be given to the defendant;

2.

The green copy of the bail receipt is placed with the bail and forwarded to the
court via the court bail safe with a completed, signed recognizance form;

3.

The pink copy of the bail receipt is placed with the original complaint/summons,
central court services form, or white copy of the MV summons (DWI Only) and
forwarded to the court, NOT placed in the bail safe ( in most cases this is done by
case management officer, or with MV summonses the Records Bureau, green
copy of a summons goes to records);

4.

The yellow copy stays in the bail receipt book.

A representative of the Municipal Court periodically responds to Police Headquarters to
remove bail monies and the green copies of the bail receipts from the court safe.
1.

Upon counting the bail monies, the representative will initial each yellow bail
receipt in the bail book to indicate that he/she has taken the green receipt and
money for that particular bail. The initials will be placed under the docket
number. The tour commander shall place his initials underneath the court
person's.

2.

No bail book will be forwarded to the record room until all yellow copies have
been so receipted.

Offenses requiring bail.
A.

Indictable offense/crime require that the prisoner is to be arraigned by a Judge, bail is
then to be set by the Judge.

C.

Disorderly and petty disorderly persons offenses are normally not offenses which require
bail to be collected.
1.

III.

Bail will be collected for drug offenses and shoplifting, unless a Judge or Court
administrator approves release ROR.

Ten percent availability
A.

The Judge or Court administrator will advise whether or not a ten- percent bail may be
posted.
1.

The ten- percent bail eligibility is unavailable to persons charged with motor
vehicle offenses or for any drug-related offense without a judge's permission.

2.

All offenders eligible for the ten percent bail program must be informed of that
fact.
2

AUTHORITY
BAIL PROCEDURES
VOL. VII, CH. 24

IV.

3.

Should the offender post the required ten percent bail, a Recognizance Form and
Ten Percent Cash Bail Receipt should be completed and then signed by
defendant.

4.

In addition, the bail information on the offender's summons will be completed by
marking, "10%/(amount collected)" in the "Rel. on Bail" box.

5.

On the bail receipt, a notation will be made in the area to the left of "Municipal
Court, Fort Lee, New Jersey", with "Bail set at (amount originally set), 10%
deposit accepted." The actual deposit amount should be the actual amount
collected and deposited.

Filing fee
A.

The filing fee which must be collected when collecting bail in any indictable case is
$30.00 for each defendant.
1.

B.

A separate bail receipt is to be made out for the filing fee. The officer collecting the
filing fee will:
1.

V.

Filing fee should be collected even if the defendant is ROR’d, unless in is waived
by the Judge on the Warrant.

Cross out the word, "Bail", on the receipt, and print in, "Filing Fee";

C.

Print the warrant number(s) on the receipt;

D.

Place green copy of the receipt, as well as the $30.00, in an envelope, marking the
defendant's name, the warrant number(s), and the words, "Filing Fee", on the outside;
1.

Filing fee should be in a separate envelope from the bail collected.

2.

If the defendant is ROR’d and the filing fee is collected, a recognizance form
should be placed in the envelope with the filing fee.

E.

Place the envelope in the court safe;

F.

Place the pink copy of the receipt in the defendant's jacket.

Non-indictable offenses
A.

Persons charged with non-indictable offenses shall be issued a summons and released
without bail being posted, except in the following circumstances:
1.

The offense charged is a drug offense or shoplifting, in which the bail amount will
be pre-set for all defendants (following bail schedule issued by the Municipal
Court), no 10%. (If there are extenuating circumstances, the tour commander must
3

AUTHORITY
BAIL PROCEDURES
VOL. VII, CH. 24

contact the judge or court clerk, as only one or the other may reduce or waive
bail.)
2.

VI.

If the tour commander has evidence that, or has a strong belief that:
(a).

The accused has refused to respond to a summons;

(b).

The accused is a danger to himself, to others, or to property;

(c).

There are one or more outstanding warrants for the accused;

(d).

The whereabouts of the accused are unknown, and an arrest warrant is
necessary to subject the accused to the jurisdiction of the court;

(e).

The accused will not appear in response to a summons. In any of the
above circumstances, the tour commander will first contact the judge or
court clerk and explain his reason for requesting that bail be set.

3.

The final determination of bail will rest with the judge or court clerk.

4.

If the prisoner becomes an inmate of the jail, persons wishing to post bail
may be directed to that institution.

Bail Waiver Forms
A.

The following procedure should be followed regarding a person that has a warrant
meeting the below criteria :
1.

FAILURE TO MAKE PAYMENT WARRANTS ONLY.

B.

The above are for when the court issued a warrant to defendant and it is stamped “FAIL
TO MAKE PAYMENT”.

C.

There are two forms for this purpose, they both are to allow the bail to be used toward the
payment of fines involved in the particular case.
1.

This is to be used as a waiver, so that the defendant can avoid appearing in court.

2.

In line 4 no court costs are to be added.

D.

One form is for the defendant who is posting bail for him/her-self. The other is for a
surety to post bail for the defendant (allowing the money posted to go toward the fine).

E.

Review forms carefully before filling them out, bail receipt is still required.(Make note
on receipt that there is a waiver form).

F.

Defendant name must be correct, surety name, docket number, summons number,
address and signature.
4

AUTHORITY
BAIL PROCEDURES
VOL. VII, CH. 24

G.

WHITE COPY: Defendant or surety, YELLOW COPY: Attached to court copy of bail
receipt (GREEN).

H.

Copy of warrant should accompany the green copy of receipt to the court along with the
cash bail.

I.

If a Bondsman posts the defendants bail, the original bail bond is to be attached to the
original complaint/summons or copy of warrant and forwarded to the court.
NO BAIL RECEIPT IS TO BE FILLED OUT FOR A BOND

VII.

Bail for other Agencies
A.

B.

When a person comes in with a warrant in their name issued from another agency and
they are a Borough resident, the officer should check the warrant and make sure it
indicates that they are to respond to the Fort Lee Police Department to pay their bail.
1.

Make 2 copies of warrant.

2.

Take appropriate amount of Cash bail.

3.

Fill out bail receipt for the proper amount.

4.

Fill in the summons number in the top of the receipt.

5.

Put the Municipal Court Name and Address on the receipt to the left of where it
says Municipal Court of Fort Lee.

6.

Attach a copy of warrant to the bail and deposit with the green copy of receipt, in
an envelope with the recognizance form and place it in to the bail safe at the desk.

7.

White copy goes to person posting bail and pink copy attach to the other copy of
warrant and arrest report for records.

When a person is brought in on a warrant for another agency. The warrant should be
confirmed by calling that agency and asking if the warrant is valid and if they will pick
up the defendant if bail can not be posted. A hard copy should be obtained via fax, ACS
or ATS.
1.

If the individual has the bail amount with him, or can have someone get it in a
short period of time.
a.

2.

Bail money should be taken and the procedures in section VII – A above
should be followed.

If the individual does not have the bail, can not get the bail and has no local
charges.
5

AUTHORITY
BAIL PROCEDURES
VOL. VII, CH. 24

C.

a.

Issuing agency should be advised to pick up their prisoner.

b.

Arrest report should be completed.

c.

T.O.T. book should be signed by officers picking up prisoner.

d.

T.O.T. information and time of release should be completed on the arrest
report.

In any case where a person is either arrested on a warrant, or comes in to post bail on a
warrant, the warrant must be executed in ACS or ATS by Com-Cen personnel.

6

COMMUNITY ASSISTANCE
BIAS INCIDENTS
VOL. III, CH. 2
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
5/3/2001

VOLUME TITLE:
COMMUNITY ASSISTANCE

# PAGES:
16

ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

REFERENCE:

REVISION
DATE:

PAGE #:

SECTION:

APPROVED

VOLUME
III
CHAPTER
2

V3C2

SUBJECT: BIAS INCIDENTS

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

ALL
EVALUATION
DATE:

CHIEF THOMAS R. TESSARO
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

PURPOSE:
To ensure uniformed response to Bias incidents, by using appropriate procedures outlined in this directive, for
the reporting, investigating, notification of proper agencies and the treatment of victims

POLICY
Bias Incidents have occurred throughout the state and the nation. As a result, the victimized communities have
been gripped by uncertainty, tension and conflict. The promulgation of these standards serve as recognition that
the unique nature of suspected or confirmed Bias Incidents requires special handling from the Borough of Fort
Lee Police Department. Crimes having a racial, religious, or ethnic component manifest themselves in a wide
spectrum of antisocial activities. These Bias Incidents jeopardize the active and open pursuit of freedom and
opportunity. Bias Incidents attack the racial, religious and ethnic heritage of our citizens, important elements of
our history and our future. Closely linked to our heritage are individual values, beliefs and identities. Bias
Incidents undermine these foundations of freedom.
It shall be the policy of the Borough of Fort Lee Police Department to bring the investigative and enforcement
elements of the department into quick action following any and all suspected or confirmed Bias Incidents.
There is to be special emphasis placed on victim assistance and community relations in order to reduce victim
trauma and community tension or fear. All suspected or confirmed Bias Incidents shall be viewed as serious.
Bias Incident investigations shall be conducted in a timely fashion using all appropriate resources to rapidly
determine the facts and circumstances surrounding each incident.

1

COMMUNITY ASSISTANCE
BIAS INCIDENTS
VOL. III, CH. 2
Careful attention should be given to identifying the motive and cause of the Bias Incident and to identifying
suspects. Referrals to the County Prosecutor's Office of Victim-Witness Advocacy shall be made as
appropriate.
The proper investigation of a suspected or confirmed Bias Incident in Borough of Fort Lee is the responsibility
of the Borough of Fort Lee Police Department. All department personnel must be sensitive to the feelings,
needs and fears that may be present in the victims and the community at large as a result of a suspected or
confirmed Bias Incident.

PROCEDURE:
I.

ROLE AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CHIEF OF POLICE
A.

Provide leadership and direction by developing a clear and concise formal Bias Incident policy
and procedure and disseminating it to all department personnel.

B.

Publicly announce the agency's Bias Incident investigation policy. Explain that the public
should immediately contact the police when a Bias Incident occurs.

C.

Ensure that all law enforcement officers of the agency receive appropriate training in Bias
Incident response and investigation.

D.

Ensure that an appropriate initial law enforcement response is provided to all suspected or
confirmed Bias Incidents and that a complete follow-up investigation is carried out, as
appropriate.

E.

Ensure that security is increased in the affected area, as appropriate.

F.

Personally visit the victim of a Bias Incident, or designate an officer to do so.

G.

Ensure that the Bias Incident investigation is actively pursued to a successful conclusion or until
all leads have been considered.

H.

Ensure that all relevant information regarding suspected or confirmed Bias Incidents is shared
with the Bergen County Prosecutor, the Division of State Police Central Security Bureau and
other appropriate law enforcement agencies within a reasonable period of time, as necessary.

I.

Ensure that victim/witness service referrals are made in a timely manner, as appropriate.

J.

Enlist the aid of religious, community, business and educational groups as well as other
community leaders in an effort to moderate the impact of the Bias Incident, to reduce the
potential for counter-violence and to promote good police community relations.

K.

Ensure that community relations activities and crime prevention programs are conducted, as
appropriate.

L.

Maintain contact with community leaders concerning the Bias Incidents.
2

COMMUNITY ASSISTANCE
BIAS INCIDENTS
VOL. III, CH. 2
M.
Conduct appropriate media relations. Prepare accurate and timely public information news
releases, as appropriate.

II.

N.

Ensure that all confirmed Bias Incidents are reported as required to the Uniform Crime
Reporting System using Division of State Police Uniform Crime Reporting procedures and
report forms.

O.

Ensure that victims and other concerned parties are informed of the final disposition of the
incident.

DEFINITION OF BIAS INCIDENT AND RELATED CRIMINAL VIOLATIONS:
A.

For New Jersey law enforcement purposes, a bias incident is defined as any suspected or
confirmed offense or unlawful act which occurs to a person, private property, or public property
on the basis of race, color, religion, gender (except matters involving a violation of N.J.S.A.
2C:14-2 OR 2C:14-3) handicap, sexual orientation or ethnicity. An offense is bias-based if the
motive for the commission of the offense or unlawful act pertains to race, color, religion,
gender, handicap, sexual orientation or ethnicity. For the purpose of this definition, the term,
“handicap” shall be construed consistently with N.J.S.A. 10:5-5(q).
SPECIAL NOTE: For bias incident offense reporting “‘Handicapped’ means suffering from
physical disability, infirmity, malformation or disfigurement which is caused by bodily injury,
birth defect or illness including epilepsy, and which shall include but not be limited to, any
degree of paralysis, amputation, lack of physical coordination, blindness or visual impediment,
deafness or hearing impediment, muteness or speech impediment,. or from any mental,
psychological or developmental disability. Handicapped shall also mean suffering from AIDS or
HIV infection.” Bias incident offenses might include:
1.

Murder

2.

Manslaughter

3.

Rape

4.

Robbery

5.

Aggravated Assault

6.

Burglary

7.

Larceny - Theft

8.

Simple Assault

9.

Fear of Bodily Violence (N.J.S.A. 2C:33 -10)

10.

Arson
3

COMMUNITY ASSISTANCE
BIAS INCIDENTS
VOL. III, CH. 2
11.
Criminal Mischief
12.

Damage to Property; Threat of Violence (N.J.S.A. 2C:33-11)

13.

Weapons Offense

14.

Sex Offenses (except Rape)

15.

Terroristic Threats

16.

Disorderly Conduct

17.

Harassment

18.

Desecration of Venerated Objects

Criminal statues that specifically address Bias Incidents are:
1.

N.J.S.A. 2C:14-1e - Simple Assault become a fourth degree crime if committed with
purpose to intimidate an individual or group because of race, color, religion, gender,
handicap, sexual orientation or ethnicity.

2.

N.J.S.A. 2C:33-4d - Harassment becomes a fourth degree crime if committed with
purpose to intimidate because of race, color, religion, gender, handicap, sexual
orientation or ethnicity.

3.

N.J.S.A. 2C:44-3e - Authorizes an extended term of imprisonment if defendant in
committing the crime acted with purpose to intimidate because of race, color, religion,
gender, handicap, sexual orientation or ethnicity.
Note: Two Bias Incidents statutes have been held unconstitutional by the New Jersey
Supreme Court. They are:
a.

N.J.S.A. 2C:33-10 - Threats of Violence

b.

N.J.S.A. 2C:33-11 - Desecration

While Bias Incidents can no longer be prosecuted under these statutes, other existing
statues may address the offense committed, for example: Criminal Trespass (N.J.S.A.
2C:18-3), Criminal Mischief (N.J.S.A. 2C:17-3), Terroristic Threats (N.J.S.A. 2C:14-3),
Simple Assault (N.J.S.A. 2C:14-1a 3) and Harassment (N.J.S.A. 2C:33-4d).
B.

Some suspected Bias Incidents may not clearly fit the described definition. In those cases a
common sense approach to the incident must be used. If an incident appears to be bias based, it
should be investigated as such. Verification of motive and intent can be made during the
ensuing investigation.
4

COMMUNITY ASSISTANCE
BIAS INCIDENTS
VOL. III, CH. 2
C.
All personnel must recognize that a single Bias Incident may initially appear as less serious
when viewed in the larger context of all crime. None the less, any suspected or confirmed Bias
Incident is serious by its very nature. What may appear to be a minor incident can easily
escalate into a larger order maintenance problem or public safety concern.

III.

GUIDELINES FOR CONFIRMING BIAS INCIDENT:
To assist personnel in confirming whether a suspected Bias Incident is actually bias motivated, the
following criteria shall be applied. These criteria are not all inclusive. Common sense judgment must
also be applied in the final determination.
A.

B.

Motive
1.
The absence of any other apparent motive for the Bias Incident.
2.

Display of any bias symbols, words, graffiti or other types of evidence.

3.

A common sense review of the facts and circumstances surrounding the incident.
Consider the totality of the circumstances.

4.

How the victim feels about the incident.

5.

Statements made by the suspects.

6.

Statements made by the witness.

7.

Prior history of similar incidents in the same area affecting the same victim group.

When the above criteria are applied, it may be helpful to ask the following questions.
1.

Is the victim from one racial, religious, or ethnic group and the suspect from another?

2.

Did the incident occur solely because of a racial, religious, or ethnic difference between
the victim and actor, or for other reasons?
a.

Was the incident motivated on the basis of sexual orientation?

3.

Is the victim the only racial, religious, or ethnic group member in the neighborhood or
one of the few?

4.

Did the victim recently move into the area?

5.

Is the victim acquainted with neighbors and/or associated with local community groups?

5

COMMUNITY ASSISTANCE
BIAS INCIDENTS
VOL. III, CH. 2
6.
What was the trademark (M.O. of the actor). Is it similar to other documented Bias
Incidents?
7.

Has the victim experienced past or repeated incidents of a similar nature?

8.

Is there a connection between the date of the incident and holidays, school activities or
other special public discussions or events?

9.

Has there been prior or recent media coverage of similar incidents?

10.

Is there an ongoing neighborhood problem that may have contributed to the event (Could
the act be retribution for some conflict with neighbors or area juveniles?)

11.

Does the method of operation signify a "copy cat" syndrome of other incidents?

12.

Is an organized hate group indicated in the incident?

13.

Were the real intentions of the actor to commit a Bias Incident or were there other
motives?

14.

Does the actor have a true understanding of the impact of the Bias Incident on the
victim?

15.

Was the victim put in fear due to the incident?

16.

Did the victim feel threatened due to the incident?
If after applying these criteria and asking the appropriate questions, a suspected Bias
Incident cannot be definitely determined to be any other type of incident or is a
borderline case, it should be confirmed as a Bias Incident for continuing investigation
purposes.

IV.

OPERATIONS DIVISION RESPONSIBILITIES
A.
Division Commander
1.

Will ensure that all personnel in his division are fully familiar with the Bias Incident
Policy.

2.

Will ensure that all personnel in his division are trained yearly covering all aspects of the
policy.

3.

Ensure that all personnel in his division follow all areas of the policy.

4.

Be responsible for the community relations section of the policy.

6

COMMUNITY ASSISTANCE
BIAS INCIDENTS
VOL. III, CH. 2
a.
Community Relations:
It is the objective of community relations to bring about an improved relationship
between citizens and law enforcement through planned community wide
programs and open dialogue between law enforcement and the community it
serves.
Bias Incidents require community relations strategies which integrate the goals
and objectives of law enforcement with community needs and concerns.
A great understanding and cooperation between law enforcement and citizens of
the community must be developed in order to prevent Bias Incidents from
occurring. Careful consideration shall be given to developing the specific
functions and responsibilities of the police community relations effort.
Officers involved in community relations activities must have knowledge of the
composition of the community. Community relations officers must maintain
contact with community groups in an effort to understand the needs and interests
in various segments of the community.
An agency initiated community relations program should be designed to offer an
opportunity for law enforcement and other public and private agencies and
individuals in the community to discover their common goals, interests,
problems, ambitions and responsibilities and to work together towards the
solution of community problems.
b.

Elements of Police Community Relations:
(1.

Conduct in-service Bias Incident Police Community Relations training for
agency personnel.

(2.

Publicly announce the agency's Bias Incident Investigation Policy.
Explain that the public should immediately contact the police when the
Bias Incident occurs.

(3.

Meet with residents and neighborhood groups in areas where suspected or
confirmed Bias Incidents have occurred (or may potentially occur).

(4.

Maintain liaison with community leaders, civil groups and social services
agencies, religious and professional organizations and public, private and
parochial schools.

(5.

Organize police community relations programs which reflect the needs of
the community.

(6.

Assist in developing cooperative programs which involve the law
enforcement agency with other community wide organizations.

7

COMMUNITY ASSISTANCE
BIAS INCIDENTS
VOL. III, CH. 2
(7.

(8.

B.

Conduct Bias Incident awareness and education programs in the school
system and throughout the community, as appropriate.
Coordinate police community relations activities with crime prevention
programs.

Patrol Operations:
1.

Initial response to a Bias Incident may generate fear and concern among victims and the
community. These incidents have the potential of recurring, escalating and possibly
causing counter-violence. Therefore, Bias Incidents require a thorough and
comprehensive effort on the part of the first officers answering the call.

2.

Responding Officer:
When the initial responding officer arrives on the scene and determines that the situation
may involve a Bias Incident, he will:
a.

Apprehend the actor (if applicable)

b.

Provide assistance to the victim

c.

Protect the crime scene in preparation for the gathering of evidence.

d.

Request that a law enforcement supervisor respond to the scene.

e.

Conduct a standard preliminary investigation.

f.

Obtain the names and addresses of all persons who witnessed or who are
acquainted with the circumstances of the incident. All such persons should be
questioned in detail.

g.

Prepare an investigation report. Document the basic facts and circumstances
surrounding the incident to include the following:
(1.

Name, address, telephone number and information regarding the victim
and witnesses

(2.

Where the incident occurred

(3.

Person and/or property targeted

(4.

How targeted

(5.

Means of attack

(6.

Time of incident

(7.

Method of operation-trademark or unusual characteristics of incident
8

COMMUNITY ASSISTANCE
BIAS INCIDENTS
VOL. III, CH. 2
(8.

h.

Any and all other relevant information provided by the victim and
witnesses

Refer the victim and witness to the Bergen County Prosecutor’s Office of Victim – Witness
Advocacy, as appropriate.
3.

Law Enforcement Supervisor:
Upon arriving at the scene of a suspected or confirmed Bias Incident, he will:
a.

Supervise the preliminary response and investigation and insure that the Bias
Incident Officer is notified.

b.

Confer with the initial responding officer.

c.

Assist in the stabilization of the victim as required.

d.

Ensure that the crime scene is properly protected and preserved.

e.

Take steps to ensure that the incident does not happen.

f.

Determine if additional personnel is required to provide complete public safety
services.

g.

Arrange for an immediate increase of patrols throughout the affected area, as
appropriate.

h.

If the potential exists for further acts of violence or damage to property, arrange
for officers to be assigned to the location of the incident in a fixed post position.

I.

Attempt to verify if the occurrence is a confirmed Bias Incident following the
guidelines for confirming Bias Incidents contained in these standards.
Verification assistance should be provided by other levels of command and/or
additional investigative personnel, as required.

j.

Request that investigative personnel respond to the scene if a Bias Incident is
suspected or confirmed.

k.

Notify headquarters and other level of command regarding the facts and
circumstances surrounding the incident.

l.

Request that the next level of command respond to scene, as appropriate.

m.

Provide headquarters with updated, factual information regarding the incident.

n.

Ensure that the Chief is notified of the incident.
9

COMMUNITY ASSISTANCE
BIAS INCIDENTS
VOL. III, CH. 2
o.
Ensure that the necessary basic information is obtained in order to sustain a
follow-up investigation.

4.

p.

Ensure that all initial response reports are properly completed as soon as possible.

q.

Hold a general critique of all personnel involved to ensure all possible efforts
have been exhausted in the initial response and add to report.

Notification
a.

To facilitate inter-agency cooperation, the Office of Bias Crime and Community
Relations in the Division of Criminal Justice shall be notified:

b.

All suspected or confirmed Bias incidents, as soon as possible.

c.

Within 24 hours of knowledge of such incident.
(1).

(4)

immediately for the following:
(a)

Homicide

(b)

Rape

(c)

Aggravated Assault

(d)

Arson

(e)

Law enforcement officer as alleged perpetrator.

(f)

Organized hate group as the suspected perpetrator.

(g)

Potential to generate large scale unrest.

Notification required shall be by telephone or facsimile machine.
Weekdays: 9:00 A.M.-5:00 P.M. 609-984-1936
Fax: 609-292-5943.
All other times, Duty Pager: 908-633-2128

b.

Bergen County Prosecutor's Office, immediate notification, for the above listed
crimes, normal business hours: (see Vol. 7 Tab 3) After hours: (see Vol. 7 Tab
3). All Police Reports and the Supplementary Bias Incident Report shall be
delivered or faxed to the Office as soon as practicable.

c.

Central Security Bureau
New Jersey State Police
Normal business hours: 609-530-5710
After hours: 609-882-2000
10

COMMUNITY ASSISTANCE
BIAS INCIDENTS
VOL. III, CH. 2

V.

INVESTIGATIVE DIVISION RESPONSIBILITIES
A.

B.

Division Commander:
1.

Will ensure that each reported case of a Bias Incident is properly followed up and
completed.

2.

Will oversee all cases and forward reports to the Chief's Office in a timely fashion.

Investigation of cases will include all of the following:
1.

Follow-up investigation:
a.

Investigative personnel shall respond to the scene of a suspected or confirmed
Bias Incident as directed by supervisory personnel.
When the investigator arrives on the scene and determines that the situation may
be a Bias Incident, he will:
(1.

Assume control of the Bias Incident follow-up investigation.

(2.

Ensure that the scene of the Bias Incident is properly protected and
preserved.

(3.

Conduct a thorough and comprehensive follow-up criminal investigation.
Continue Bias Incident verification procedure following the guidelines for
confirming Bias Incidents contained in these Standards, as necessary.

(4.

Ensure that the scene of the Bias Incident is properly documented and
searched, and evidence is gathered for analysis as required. Ensure the
documentation of the crime scene as appropriate.

(5.

Interview all victims and witnesses.

(6.

Canvass the community to identify other victims and witnesses. Conduct
additional interviews as necessary.

(7.

Determine the primary elements of the incident and obtain information to
complete the data elements of the Uniform Crime Report supplementary
Bias Incident offense report. Primary elements of the investigation
include:
Persons Targeted - This includes the name, address, telephone
number, personal background and other details of the victim.

11

COMMUNITY ASSISTANCE
BIAS INCIDENTS
VOL. III, CH. 2
Object Targeted - This includes details on the type of premises,
building or institution against which the offense was committed
(private premises, public property or property primarily used for
religious, educational, residential, memorial, charitable, or
cemetery purposes, or for assembly by persons of a particular
race, color, creed or religion gender or handicap).
How Targeted - This includes the way in which the person or
property was attacked or damaged.
Means of Attack - This includes the instrument, tool, device, or
method by which the person or property was attacked or damaged.
Time and Date: - This includes both the time and date reported
and the actual time and date the offense was committed.
Trademark - This includes the M.O. or individual identifying
characteristics of the Bias Incident which may serve to distinguish
the offense from others committed in much the same fashion.
This element is helpful in connecting a suspect with past
incidents.
(8.

Conduct surveillance and other appropriate investigative activities in
order to obtain additional evidence and to identify suspects.

(9.

Contact other appropriate law enforcement agencies for assistance, as
required. Notify the Bergen County Prosecutor's Office within a
reasonable period of time not to exceed 24 hours. (See VI of this policy)

(10.

Work closely with the County Prosecutor to ensure that legally sufficient
cases are presented for prosecution.

(11.

Assist the victim/witness in obtaining appropriate support services. (See
APPENDIX A)

(12.

Prepare standard investigative reports documenting the bias incident
investigation, as appropriate.

(13.

Ensure that all confirmed Bias Incidents are reported to the Uniform
Crime Reporting System using Division of State Police Uniform Crime
Reporting procedures and report forms.

(14.

Assist with community relations activities and crime prevention
programs, as appropriate.

Investigators should ensure that all physical remains of the incident are removed
after crime scene processing is completed. If the remains cannot be physically
carried away (example: paint on walls), the investigator should attempt to notify
12

COMMUNITY ASSISTANCE
BIAS INCIDENTS
VOL. III, CH. 2
building or property owners regarding the need for complete removal as soon as
possible after the crime scene has been fully processed.
Community leaders and organizations are important resources during any Bias
Incident Investigation. These resources can help to broaden the investigator's
understanding of the incident. They can also help to convince uncooperative
victims and witnesses to cooperate with investigators and encourage more victims
to report Bias Incidents.
Investigators shall be sensitive to the safety concerns of victims and witnesses, and
arrange for appropriate security measures to be implemented to protect persons
and property.
(15.

The Division of State Police Central Security Bureau has established the
following notification procedure to be followed when:
A Bias Incident occurs and an organized hate group is suspected
of being responsible.
A Bias Incident has potential to generate large scale unrest.
To assist local and county law enforcement authorities with the
investigation of any Bias Incident upon request.
During normal working hours, the supervisors of the Central
Security Bureau can be reached at telephone number (609)-5305710.
After normal working hours, holidays, and weekends, contact
Division of State Police Headquarters at (609)-883-2000 and
request that a Supervisor of the Central Security Bureau be
contacted.

(16.

VI.

When the Borough of Fort Lee Police Department is confronted with
suspected or confirmed violations of New Jersey's Law Against
Discrimination the Division of Civil Rights shall be contacted by the
investigator assigned to the incident.

OFFICE OF BIAS CRIME AND COMMUNITY RELATIONS
A.

The Office of Bias Crime and Community Relations in the Division of Criminal Justice shall be
the office for the statewide investigation and monitoring of bias incidents, and all law
enforcement agencies shall give them full cooperation.
1.

Whenever assistance is needed by local and county law enforcement authorities
regarding bias incidents, the Office of Bias Crime and Community Relations shall be
contacted. That office will then coordinate appropriate additional resources with the
requesting agency.
13

COMMUNITY ASSISTANCE
BIAS INCIDENTS
VOL. III, CH. 2
B.

Notification Procedures
1.

To facilitate inter-agency cooperation, the Office of Bias Crime and Community
Relations, (OBCCR) in the Division of Criminal Justice shall be notified of all
suspected or confirmed bias incidents as soon as possible, but in no event later than 24
hours after a law enforcement agency gains knowledge of such incidents. This
requirement shall be in addition to notification of the Bergen county prosecutor's office
within the same time period.

2.

Notwithstanding the above, the OBCCR, shall be notified immediately of all suspected
or confirmed bias incidents
a.

That involve homicide, rape, aggravated assault or arson,

b.

That involve a law enforcement officer as the alleged perpetrator,

c.

That involve an organized hate group as the suspected perpetrator, and

d.

That involve the potential to generate large scale unrest.

This requirement shall be in addition to notification of the county prosecutor's office and
the Central Security Bureau of the New Jersey State Police.
3.

VII.

Notification shall be by telephone or facsimile machine (weekdays 9 a.m. to 5 p.m.:
(609) 984-1936, (609) 292-5943 (facsimile)1; all other times: (908) 633-2128 (duty
pager).

CRIME PREVENTION PROGRAMS
The Borough of Fort Lee Crime Prevention Unit shall establish specific crime prevention policies and
programs which serve to prevent and suppress Bias Incidents. These policies and programs may be
integrated into existing crime prevention programs.
A crime prevention program should be pro-active. While it is recognized that all Bias Incidents cannot
be anticipated or prevented, crime prevention services shall be provided for each suspected or
confirmed Bias Incident, as appropriate.

VIII. SUPPLEMENTARY BIAS INCIDENT REPORT
A.

Report form to be used – State Form UCR-BI no.1 (available in computer system).
1.

Officer's will be provided with copies of original report form to be completed in the field
if the computers are down and they can not be accessed.

2.

The person responsible for UCR will type all completed field reports for submission to
the State.
14

COMMUNITY ASSISTANCE
BIAS INCIDENTS
VOL. III, CH. 2
B.
When Report Must Be Completed and Submitted to State UCR

C.

1.

On all calls department responds to that are impacted by the incidents of Bias list under
purpose of the report.

2.

Report must be submitted for each victim.

How to Fill Out Report
1.

D.

E.

See State report UCR-BI no1 for complete instructions

Report Flow
1.

Officer hand writes in field

2.

Officer types report when completed at the scene

3.

Report is then ready to forward to Chief

4.

Chief will review and forward to agencies outlined

5.

One copy will be filed with the investigation report. The gold copy will be filed in the
Bias report file.

Other Indications on Report
1.

When a box is marked for "OTHER" an explanation MUST appear under
"REMARKS"

ELEMENTS OF BIAS INCIDENT
CRIME PREVENTION PROGRAMS

A.

Bias Incident Prevention, Education and Awareness - to include programs which provide an
understanding of the nature and causes of Bias Incidents and the resulting impact on the victims and the
community.

B.

Crime Analysis - To include the recognition of Bias Incident crime patterns.

C.

Neighborhood Watch - To include identifying the purpose and principles of crime awareness and
timely reporting of suspect activity to the police. Presented through lectures with handout literature and
informational displays.

D.

Residential Security - To include discussion of physical security measures and the conducting of onsite residential security surveys. (with handout literature and information displays).

15

COMMUNITY ASSISTANCE
BIAS INCIDENTS
VOL. III, CH. 2
E.
Commercial, Institutional and School Security - To include discussion of physical security measures
and the conduct of on-site commercial, institutional and school security surveys. (With handout
literature and information displays).
F.

Environmental Design Techniques - To include target hardening and lighting considerations for
existing buildings and new construction.

G.

Criminal Mischief Prevention - To include discussion of vandalism prevention through security
measures and juvenile/adult education.

H.

Personal Protection Procedures - To include crime avoidance and confrontation response procedures.

I.

Crime Prevention for Senior Citizens - To include identifying crimes to which older persons are
particularly vulnerable and discussion of crime prevention measures for senior citizens.

16

AUTHORITY
BICYCLE UNIT
VOL. 4 CH. 16-3
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT
VOLUME TITLE: AUTHORITY
ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

EFFECTIVE
DATE:

REVISION
DATE:

PAGE #:

SECTION:

# PAGES:
9

APPROVED

VOLUME
IV
CHAPTER
16-3

REFERENCE:

V4C16-3

SUBJECT: BICYCLE UNIT

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

ALL
EVALUATION
DATE:

CHIEF THOMAS R. TESSARO
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

PURPOSE:
To promote the concept of Community Policing. A concept which advocates police and community partnership
in solving our policing problems and needs. This is accomplished by an increased police presence, increased
crime detection, suppression, apprehension and police response. This greater police-citizen interaction, creating
trust and rapport with the community.
To inform members of the department of the various aspects which make up the Bicycle Unit, and to ensure
uniformity of operation and procedures on a department wide basis including guidelines for the qualification,
operation and deployment of police bicycles.

POLICY:
The Fort Lee Police Department will deploy bicycle patrols to compliment traditional patrol units, effectively
increasing visibility, mobility and range of designated patrols.
The primary purpose of the Fort Lee Police Department Bicycle Unit is to deliver proactive community
policing services to the borough by providing high visibility patrol, diligent enforcement of laws and local
ordinances, while working together with the resident and local businesses for the specific purpose of preventing
crime, reducing the fear of crime, and enhancing the quality of life.

1

AUTHORITY
BICYCLE UNIT
VOL. 4 CH. 16-3
PROCEDURES:
I

Qualifications
A.

II.

Police officer should be assigned for bicycle duty at the discretion of the Chief of Police and
should:
1.

Volunteer to be in the program

2.

Be physically fit

3.

Be highly motivated

4.

Be community relations oriented

5.

Must complete an approved police bicycle training course

6.

Posses the qualities and meet the requirements of the position.

7.

Have excellent and demonstrate public relation skills and professional appearance.

8.

Attend an approved bicycle training class as soon as practical after assignment to the unit.
Officers that have yet to attend the approved class should attend an in-house class taught
by current bicycle officer(s). Bicycle officers are authorized to operate the bicycles and
related equipment after receiving the above described training.

Duties / General Responsibilities
A.

B.

Generally, the duties of members assigned to police bicycle patrol when deployed should
include, but not be limited to the following:
1.

Routine patrol of one or more designated posts.

2.

Parking and or traffic enforcement or direction.

3.

Quality of life offense detection and enforcement.

4.

Responding to dispatched emergency calls for service.

5.

Any other duties directed by the Tour Commander with the Administrative Division
Commander's, or the highest ranking on duty supervisor. Consideration should be given
to unit member’s previous commitments and activities. During an emergency the highestranking supervisor may utilize unit members as needed.

The following duties should be assigned to members of the Bicycle Unit by the Community
Policing Supervisor:
2

AUTHORITY
BICYCLE UNIT
VOL. 4 CH. 16-3

III.

1.

Ordering, issuing and maintaining an inventory of the units equipment.

2.

Scheduling maintenance, repairs and adjustments to the bicycles.

3.

Coordinate community relations / special events and activities as requested.

4.

Notify their immediate supervisor of any damage to the unit’s equipment.

DEPLOYMENT
A.

Bicycle patrols should be deployed when a Bicycle Unit member is working.

B.

Tour Commander shall deploy members of the bicycle as a supplement to patrol, anytime there is
enough member to deploy.

C.

Tour Commanders should ensure that bicycles are not deployed during extreme weather or
temperature conditions, or when officer safety is questionable, particularly if the temperature is
below 35 degrees or above 90 degrees.

D.

If a situation arises during a tour of duty, or if inclement weather necessitates re-assigning a
bicycle unit officer to a motorized vehicle then the officer may wear their bicycle uniform for the
remainder of the tour.

E.

In the event that weather conditions change during a shift and no longer allow the safe operation
of the bicycle, the officer should return the bicycle to HQ and notify the Tour Commander and
Com-Cen.

F.

Bicycles shall not be used by officers who have not been assigned to the bicycle unit without the
approval of the Chief of Police.

G.

Bicycle officers patrol in a highly visible manner in the areas of the Borough where there are
large numbers of people. This includes pedestrian and bicycle pathways, apartment complexes
and shopping centers. These areas should be patrolled for high visibility and detection of
criminal activity not normally discovered by conventional patrol.

H.

Bicycle officers are expected to make a high number of citizen contacts, and are not restricted in
the use of the bicycle. During inclement weather, officer may use discretion in the operation of
the bicycle.

I.

Authorization for use in various situations: Due to the unobtrusive nature of bicycle patrol,
officer assigned to the unit may be used in special operations such as stake-outs or activities
requiring plain clothes while operating a bicycle.

J.

Officers are available to speak at public and private functions for the purpose of promoting
bicycle safety and the concept of community policing.
3

AUTHORITY
BICYCLE UNIT
VOL. 4 CH. 16-3
K.

IV.

V.

At the request of outside agencies, and with the approval of the Chief of Police, bicycle officers
and their assigned equipment may be sent to assist agencies during special functions.

COMMUNICATIONS
A.

Bicycle unit officers should use their assigned portable with either a hand microphone or radio
headset.

B.

Radio contact with Com-Cen should be made advising them when a Bicycle officer is on-duty.

C.

Com-Cen should be advised when they are on bicycle patrol and their assignment if any.

UNIFORMS
A.

Police cyclists must wear a department issued ANSI & SNELL approved helmet whenever
operating a police bicycle in uniform.

B.

Bicycle Unit uniforms as specified below shall be authorized for Bicycle Unit members when
assigned to the Community Policing Unit and shall not supplant the Uniform Policy
(Vol. X Ch. X) for Patrol Division assignments.

C.

It will be the responsibility of each Bicycle Unit officer to properly maintain their uniform and
bicycle.

D.

Uniformity within the unit should be maintained. The uniform of the day should be determined
by the supervisor of the unit or in their absence, the senior member of the unit.

E.

Issued Uniform- Each Officer assigned to the unit will be issued the following uniform:
1.

Yellow Polo style uniform shirts (2)

2.
3.

Pairs Olympic Hollywood Black shorts (2)

4.

Pair Olympic black cycling pants (1)

5.

Olympic New York zip long sleeve yellow jacket (1)

6.

Pair padded cycling shorts (2)

7.

Pair mountain bike shoes (1)

8.

Pair of cycling gloves (1)
4

AUTHORITY
BICYCLE UNIT
VOL. 4 CH. 16-3

F.

G.

9.

A white Police bicycle helmet

10.

A nylon utility gun belt.

Summer Uniform
1.

The approved yellow short sleeve polo shirt is to be worn. The shirt shall have a
department patch on the left sleeve and an American flag on the right sleeve with the
officer’s embroidered name above the left breast.

2.

The approved black shorts

Winter Uniform
1.

A black department may be worn under the approved summer shirt.

2.

Olympic New York, zip long sleeve yellow jacket will be worn.

3.

Black cycling pants.

H. Operational Uniform:
1.

Black polo shirt with single left side pocket
a.

Silk semen patch on each sleeve (white)

b.

Bike Team logo above pocket, 1.5" badge with bike (gray /white)

c.

Police on back (6" white block letters)

d.

Embroidered last name on right (1" white block letters)

2.

Black shorts - mountain bike style (Brand - Olympic Hollywood shorts)

3.

White socks only

4.

Short cut black boot

5.

Nylon web Sear or leather Sear

5

AUTHORITY
BICYCLE UNIT
VOL. 4 CH. 16-3
6.

Bike helmet (ANSI or Snell approved) (white) purchased by Department on Equipment
Maintenance Contract

7.

Eye protection:

9.

a.

Sunglasses with UV protection, shatter resistant

b.

Clew glasses, shatter resistant

Assigned mic radios with
a.

VI.

Sound tube car piece

10.

Bike gloves (black or blue) - purchased by Department on Equipment
Maintenance Contract

11.

Cold weather
a.

Pants: Suplex or Gortex fabric (black) Cycling pants

b.

Jacket: Suplex or Gortex Fabric (black) Olympic New York zip sleeve jacket with
POLICE silk screened on back - in 6" white letters and the Bike Team logo on
front left. Last name embroidered in I " letters in white on the front right.

EQUIPMENT
A.

B.

The following equipment shall be kept in or on the police bicycle:
1.

Battery pack battery

2.

Headlights

3.

Flashing tail lights

4.

Rear carry rack and bag

5.

Water bottle and carrier

6.

Tools and equipment for minor repairs

Bicycles:

The department selected the mountain bicycle because it is recognized that it has a durable lightweight
frame and strong wheels that can withstand rigorous use as encountered in law enforcement.

6

AUTHORITY
BICYCLE UNIT
VOL. 4 CH. 16-3
Full suspension mountain bikes, or front suspension mountain bikes, approved by the Community
Policing Supervisor.
Structural alterations or removal of standard equipment shall not be made to the bicycle unless
specifically authorized by the Administrative Division Commander. Personal adjustments should be
made to increase the officer’s level of comfort and safety.
C.

VII.

VII.

Bikes: Accessories and Markings
1.

Will be black, white, blue or silver in color with reflective decals on the three main tubes.
“FORT LEE” will on the top tube and “POLICE” on the down tube.

2.

Red and blue lighting devices for front of bike

3.

Police markings on cross bar

4.

Rear black saddle bag on rack

5.

Front headlight

6.

An audible warning device may be installed and utilized.

MAINTENANCE
A.

The police cyclist will be responsible for basic maintenance of the police bicycles, inspections,
battery charging and reporting deficiencies.

B.

Police cyclist will be required, when necessary to transport bicycles requiring additional
maintenance to the designated service shop.

C.

Police cyclist will be responsible for department property assigned to them.

SUPERVISION
A.

The Bicycle Unit will be assigned to the Administrative Division and function as part of the
Community Policing Unit, and will be under the direction of the Community Policing
Supervisor.

B.

The Bicycle Unit will generally be scheduled during the day shift on a Monday – Friday /
Tuesday – Saturday schedule, but should be flexible and adjust their schedule as needed for
special assignments.

C.

Police cyclists will report any deficiencies, maintenance problems or recommendations to the
designated supervisor.

7

AUTHORITY
BICYCLE UNIT
VOL. 4 CH. 16-3
VIII. WEATHER CONDITIONS

IX.

X.

A.

During foul weather conditions, officers will have the option to work on bikes or in a vehicle.

B.

The unit should concentrate efforts in business, school and park areas, and other areas identified
as needing special attention, using Community Policing tactics to eliminate, reduce and/or
manage crime and related social issues.

C.

The unit’s patrol area is not limited to these areas, but should direct their efforts to specific area
as needed.

VACANCIES / SELECTION PROCESS:
A.

When a vacancy occurs on the Bike Team, the Community Policing Division Commander
is responsible to coordinate the application and testing process to fill the vacancy.

B.

The application process will follow Department Policy pertaining to request for division transfer.
(Officers whose applications are approved may be scheduled for an interview by a panel
consisting of the Community Policing Division Command). The interview board will
recommend to the Chief of Police, via the Operations Captain, those candidates selected by the
board. The Chief of Police will have the final review.

C.

The Division Commander may exercise his/her authority to assign personnel from within the
Division. This process is by direct appointment, and does not require the above described
transfer process.

D.

Officers requesting voluntary removal from the Team must provide as much advanced notice as
possible, normally a minimum of one month, to allow for recruitment and other training needs as
appropriate.

TRAINING:
A.

XI.

Each Officer selected for the Bike Team will be required to successfully complete a basic
Police Bicycle Officer Course that follows the guidelines established by the Law Enforcement
Bicycle Association (LEBA), or the International Police Mountain Bike Association(IPMBA).
Upon completion of the course, members should train periodically on bicycle tactics involving
shooting take down techniques, turning drills, and other appropriate topics.

MAINTENANCE:
A.

Unit officers should perform a daily check of the unit equipment to be utilized. Any deficiency
should be brought to the unit supervisors attention. The bicycles should be kept in a clean
condition.

B.

The Fort Lee Police Department will contract with a local bike shops for maintenance, service
and sales. Bike Officers will advise their supervisors of maintenance and repairs of bikes prior to
being serviced.
8

AUTHORITY
BICYCLE UNIT
VOL. 4 CH. 16-3

XII.

C.

The bike shop will bill the Fort Lee Police Department directly, and provide the officer with a
receipt upon completion of work. The work order or receipt will be signed by the officer and
immediately turned into the Administration Division for payment.

D.

Any bicycle involved in an accident, or an incident where the integrity is in question, should be
taken out of service and inspected to determine if further inspection or repair is required beofre
returning the bicycle back into service.

BICYCLE OPERATION:
A.

Bike Officers are responsible to comply with the laws applicable to the proper use of a bicycle
and any exceptions for Law Enforcement officers.

9

TRAFFIC
BOROUGH CAMERA SYSTEM
VOL, IX. CH, 30.
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
08-11-2004

VOLUME TITLE: TRAFFIC

# PAGES:
3

ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

REFERENCE:

REVISION
DATE:

PAGE #:

SECTION:

APPROVED

VOLUME
IX
CHAPTER
30

V#C#

SUBJECT: BOROUGH CAMERA SYSTEM

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

ALL
EVALUATION
DATE:

CHIEF THOMAS RIPOLI
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

PURPOSE:
To establish procedures in the use, maintenance, monitoring and retrieval of images from the camera
system, which has been installed throughout the borough.
POLICY:
Personnel of the Fort Lee Police Department will follow the below procedures in the use, maintenance,
monitoring and retrieval of images from the camera system, which has been installed throughout the
borough.
Any misuse of the system will be documented for a follow up investigation and disciplinary action.
PROCEDURES:
I.

MONITORS AND CONTROLS
A.

Monitors for viewing the camera system throughout the borough are located in 5 locations within
headquarters, each location has a control keyboard/joystick for switching cameras and
controlling their operation.
1.

Five monitors at the desk

2.

One in communications
1

TRAFFIC
BOROUGH CAMERA SYSTEM
VOL, IX. CH, 30.

II.

3.

Three in traffic

4.

One in the Chief’s office

5.

One in the control room
Control room has two additional controls for Digital Video Recorders, a photo
processing unit and DVD Burners.

b.

Access to control room will be limited to officers that have been trained to
retrieve data from the system.

B.

Officers working the desk, traffic division and dispatchers will receive training in the use of the
controls available to them.

C.

Workstation at the desk will override the station in communications and traffic, traffic overrides
communications, workstation in the Chief’s office will override the desk, and the control room
overrides them all.

POLICE DESK CAMERA OPERATION
A.

The workstation at the desk is to be controlled by the tour commander or desk officer.
1.

One monitor is to be kept on camera # 5, so that the tour commander will know when
there is a traffic problem in the bridge area.
a.

The position of the camera may be moved if needed for other law enforcement
purposes.

b.

The camera will return to preset position after 10 minutes.

B.

When there is a traffic problem, crime problem or special event, the tour commander will
monitor the area involved if it is within camera range.

C.

Daily traffic conditions and posts will be monitored periodically.

D.

The tour commander is responsible for monitoring the use of the cameras by communications
personnel.
1.

III.

a.

Any misuse will be stopped and documented.

COMMUNICATIONS CENTER CAMERA OPERATION
A.

When there are traffic problems, collisions or crimes that just occurred, the dispatchers may use
the camera system to locate the problem at hand so that direction may be given to patrol units
responding to the scene.
2

TRAFFIC
BOROUGH CAMERA SYSTEM
VOL, IX. CH, 30.
B.
During other times, before a dispatcher moves any camera from its preset location, the tour
commander must be notified.
IV.

TRAFFIC BUREAU CAMERA OPERATION
A.

Traffic officers will monitor traffic using the monitors in their office during times when they are
not on the road.
1.

V.

CONTROL ROOM ACCESS AND OPERATION
A.

The Chief of Police will determine which officers will be trained in retrieving data from the
system.
1.

B.

C.

Those officers will access the control room upon request to retrieve data from the system
for the following situations:
a.

Review of traffic incidents.

b.

Review of any types of collisions or struck pedestrians.

c.

Areas where crimes have occurred.

d.

Requests for discovery.

e.

Upon request of administration.

Data retrieved, either on photo, DVD or other device will be marked by the officer retrieving the
data.
1.

VI.

One monitor should be kept on camera 5 to monitor the bridge traffic.

Date, time, case number and initials will be placed on the photo, DVD or other device.

Privacy controls are to be left on unless a specific request has been approved by the Chief, or his
designee to turn them off.

MALFUCTIONS AND REPAIRS
A.

The malfunction of any camera or monitor will be reported by the tour commander to
administration via e-mail, or directly if administrative officers are working.

B.

Tour Commander may contact ETC Corporation at 1-973-334-0800 for service of the system.

3

TRAFFIC
BREATHALYZER MODEL 900
VOL. IX, CH. 17
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
02-28-02

VOLUME TITLE: TRAFFIC

# PAGES:
4

ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

REFERENCE:

REVISION
DATE:

PAGE #:

SECTION:

APPROVED

VOLUME
IX
CHAPTER
17

V9C17

SUBJECT: BREATHALYZER MODEL 900

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

ALL
EVALUATION
DATE:

CHIEF THOMAS R. TESSARO
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

PURPOSE:
The purpose of this policy is to ensure the effective maintenance of the breathalyzer machines and the
admissibility of chemical breath test results.
POLICY:
State law mandates that chemical tests of a person’s breath, in order to be valid under the provisions of
NJSA 35:4-50.3, shall be performed according to methods approved by the Attorney General.
Accordingly, the Department must maintain the breathalyzer machine and auxiliary equipment.
PROCEDURE:
I.

GENERAL RULES
A.

The Breathalyzer, Model 900 is the property of the police department, assigned to
the Patrol Section and shall not be removed from Headquarters without the
permission of the Chief or his designee.

B.

Operation of the Breathalyzer will be restricted to Breathalyzer Operators only
who hold a current card issued by the State of New Jersey, Department of Law
and Public Safety, which is signed and dated by a Breathalyzer Instructor of the
New Jersey State Police.
1

TRAFFIC
BREATHALYZER MODEL 900
VOL. IX, CH. 17
C.

II.

III.

Those operating the Breathalyzer are responsible for reasonable care of the
machine and materials during its operation.

BREATHALYZER OPERATOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
A.

The Breathalyzer shall be assigned to the Patrol Section. The responsibility for its
operation and care shall be charged to the departments Breath Test Unit
(See Agency Referral Guide Vol. III Ch. 7 tab #1).

B.

The Breath Test Unit shall submit orders for all materials necessary for the proper
operation of the Breathalyzer, i.e.; ampoules, mouthpieces, etc. These orders shall
be placed sufficiently in advance to allow for reasonable delivery time. All orders
shall first be approved by the Chief or his designee.

C.

In the event of a breakdown or malfunctioning of the Breathalyzer, the operator
will take the unit out of service, place a tag on the unit and report the problem in
writing to the Breath Test Unit. The spare unit will be used. A copy of the report
will also be forwarded to the Chief or his designee.

D.

Request for repairs will be made by the Breath Test Unit to the Chief or his
designee, in writing or electronic mail at the time of the breakdown to insure
expediency in repair.

E.

The Breath Test Unit will place the request for repair through the New Jersey
State Police Alcohol / Drug Test Unit.

F.

The Chief or his designee, shall be kept informed if there are any unusual
circumstances in delay in repair of the Breathalyzer.

G.

A duplicate record will be kept by the Breath Test Unit of all orders and repairs
relative to the Breathalyzer with all originals being sent to records for filing.

H.

If no backup unit is available, arrangements will be made to utilize another
agencies unit at their facility.

I.

When the primary ampoule box is finished, the Breath Test Unit shall notified via
Email, that the Breathalyzer Cabinet needs additional ampoules or mouthpieces.

J.

Each Breathalyzer Operator shall ensure that the Breathalyzer Cabinet is properly
stocked for the next operator.

BREATH TEST UNIT RESPONSIBILITIES
A.

The Breath Test Unit will submit a voucher to purchase a case of ampoules when
needed to maintain a proper supply to the departments purchasing agent.

2

TRAFFIC
BREATHALYZER MODEL 900
VOL. IX, CH. 17
B.
The Breath Test Unit will accept the order upon delivery and label the individual
boxes in sequential order (i.e. 1 over the total number of boxes in the batch, 1/50
to 50/50)

IV.

C.

The numbered boxes will be placed into a secured storage in sequential order by
the Breath Test Unit. The Breath Test Unit shall have access to the secured
storage area.

D.

A copy of the Assay Certificate will be made and placed in the Breathalyzer
Cabinet File. The original Assay Certificate will be forwarded to the Records
Bureau for filing.

E.

The Breathalyzer Cabinet should be stocked with two boxes of ampoules. One
primarily to be used during testing and the second as a backup supply, if needed.

F.

When the primary box is finished, the second box becomes the primary box and a
second box shall be replaced in sequential order.

G.

When the first box from a new batch number is placed into the Breathalyzer
Cabinet, six ampoules will be transferred into the Test Box. The ampoules in the
Test Box are not to be used by officers during an arrest. Only the Breath Test
Coordinator may use these ampoules during the last inspection after that
particular ampoule batch has been completely used for arrests.

H.

The Breath Test Unit shall maintain a file in the breathalyzer cabinet containing a
photocopy of the Inspection Certificates for each breathalyzer, the Assay
Certificates and the Simulator Solution Certificates. This file may be reviewed by
any Breathalyzer Operator to ensure that the ampoules to be used during a test
have been properly inspected and certified.

INSPECTION
A.

The Breathalyzer machine, Model 900, Serial Number # 098127
and back up machine, Model 900, Serial Number # 4256, are to be
inspected periodically by a Breath Test Coordinator Instructor of the New Jersey
State Police.

B.

The NJSP Breath Test Coordinator after inspecting the unit, will present the
Breath Test Unit with a Breath Testing Instrument Inspection Certificate, No.
SP343, which will be kept on file in the Borough of Fort Lee Police Department.

C.

The Breath Test Unit will place a photocopy of the Inspection Certificate and the
Simulator Solution Certificate in the Breathalyzer Cabinet File with the original
being forwarded to the Records Bureau for filing.

D.

If a repaired breathalyzer is shipped back to this department, the Breath Test Unit
shall be notified to have the unit picked up. The Breath Test Unit will take control
of the unit, tag it “Out of Service: Repaired” and contact the NJSP Breath Test
3

TRAFFIC
BREATHALYZER MODEL 900
VOL. IX, CH. 17
Coordinator to conduct an inspection of the breathalyzer before it is placed back
in service.
E.

After the unit has been inspected, the Breath Test Unit will removed the tag and
place the unit back in service.

F.

The Breath Test Unit of the Borough of Fort Lee Police
Department will be responsible for seeing that the units are
inspected in accordance with this policy.

4

INVESTIGATION
CASE MANAGEMENT AND TRACKING SYSTEM
VOL. VIII, CH. 2
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
03-12-2007

VOLUME TITLE: INVESTIGATION

# PAGES:
7

ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S): 42.1.3

REFERENCE:

REVISION
DATE:
11-11-08

PAGE #:
7

SECTION:
III, E-F, IV

APPROVED
11-20-2008

VOLUME
VIII
CHAPTER
2

SUBJECT: CASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

ALL
EVALUATION
DATE:

CHIEF THOMAS O. RIPOLI
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

PURPOSE:
To Provide guidance in the proper completion, assembly, and review of all case jackets generated during
this departments daily operations, as well as to provide for proper dissemination of selected documents
contained therein to the Municipal Court, Prosecutor’s Office or other agencies as needed.
The need for a department to gauge the quality of its enforcement activities is vital to maintaining
credibility in the view of the court and the public.
POLICY:
The Case Tracking System has been designed to provide the department with a concise report that
outlines the department's overall conviction rate in the areas of motor vehicle violations, Borough of
Fort Lee ordinance violations, disorderly person violations and criminal cases.
In order to accomplish this objective, each court case must be monitored, as well as those cases where a
guilty plea has been entered or where a summons has been paid out of court.
This policy is also designed to provide the department with an organized method of reviewing,
organizing and tracking the progress of cases that are assigned the Detective Division personnel.
Therefore, this policy will also maintain accountability for follow-up investigations.

1

INVESTIGATION
CASE MANAGEMENT AND TRACKING SYSTEM
VOL. VIII, CH. 2
PROCEDURE:
I.

CASE MANAGEMENT
Case Management shall be maintained through a hard copy case jacket system as well as an
electronic case management/status system through the Police Department’s computer system.
A.

Police Officer(s) Responsibility
1.

The initial reporting / investigating Officer will complete a case jacket for all of the
following incidents:
a.

Arrests of adults or juveniles – Criminal and disorderly persons offenses only,
unless unusual circumstances are involved and a case jacket is needed for
continuity of reports,

b.

D.O.A’s. / sudden deaths,

c.

Fatal accidents,

d.

Crimes involving numerous victims, or unusual incidents; public unrest,
sensationalism, bias incidents

e.

D.W.I. arrests,

f.

Unusual occurrences: Disaster scenes, fire scenes with major property damage,
fire scenes with injuries or involving Arson,

g.

Missing or unidentified persons,

h.

Officer(s) injured.

2.

The case jacket will not be labeled until it is processed through the record bureau. No
staples or any other fastening devices are to be used on the case jacket, this will also be
handled by the records bureau.

3.

Main or companion case identification:
a.

When there are numerous arrests under the same case number or crime(s)
committed, there must be a MAIN JACKET designated.
(1)

The MAIN JACKET will be marked using a large black marker, printed
on the outside of the jacket, on the front cover, “MAIN JACKET”.

(2)

The following will also be marked on the front cover of the main jacket;
“SEE ALSO COMPANION CASE JOHN DOE, JANE DOE, etc. Note
any other companion case numbers.
(a)

Juvenile case as a companion, note on the main jacket, Juvenile
2

INVESTIGATION
CASE MANAGEMENT AND TRACKING SYSTEM
VOL. VIII, CH. 2
companion with case number and initials of the juvenile.
(3)

b.

4.

B.

All documents pertaining to the case will be contained in the main
jacket. All companion jackets shall consist of an empty jacket (except
juveniles), properly marked as indicated above, and placed inside the main jacket.
There is no need to make any copies for the purpose of assembling a companion
case jacket. Case Management will make any copies needed for the companion
jacket.

Officer(s) will ensure that all proper reports, complaints, forms, printouts, fingerprint
cards etc. are completed. The checklist should be used and included in the case-jacket,
and the control sheet should be affixed to the front of the jacket.
The control sheet should not be signed unless the officer is sure that all items that are in
the jacket are complete. Officers should proofread all reports.
a.

5.

In the case of the companion jacket, in black marker on the outside, front
should be; COMPANION CASE, SEE MAIN JACKET, (DEFENDANTS
NAME) CASE # 0000-0000.

No evidence is to be attached to the jacket, evidence such as photos, receipts etc
should be placed in an evidence envelope and logged on an evidence form.

The case jacket will then be turned over to the Tour Commander for review.

Tour Commanders Responsibility
1.

The Tour Commander will proof-read the reports, he will return the jacket to the
officer if there are any corrections to be made, he will then ensure that all
corrections have been made and approve the jacket, by signing the control sheet in
the proper location.

2.

The case jacket will then be handled as follows:
a.

If the case jacket is complete, but the prisoner(s) have not been arraigned, the
jacket will be reviewed and held at the desk by the Tour Commander.

b.

After the arraignment is completed, and bail has been set, and the prisoner has
either made the required bail, or has been sent out to the Jail, the Tour Commander
will update arrest reports and the CDR (Complaint warrant or summons). He will
complete the return of service if appropriate, and he will sign off on the control
sheet in the appropriate location.

c.

The Tour Commander will ensure that copies of any crime reports and arrest
reports are made and disseminated as follows; one to the clipboard at the desk, one
to GI slot, one in juvenile or narcotics if applicable.

d.

In the case of a violation of a Domestic Violence restraining order, the jacket will
be forwarded to the Records Bureau, so that the original complaints can be sent to
the Superior Court the next business day.
3

INVESTIGATION
CASE MANAGEMENT AND TRACKING SYSTEM
VOL. VIII, CH. 2
e.

The completed case jacket will then be placed in the General Investigations Mail
slot behind the Main Desk.

f.

Juvenile jackets will be forwarded to Juvenile Division.

g.

Cleared patrol investigations will be forwarded to the Detective Division
Commander, in the same manner.

C.

Detective Division Commander Responsibility

1.

The Detective Division Commander, or his/her designee shall assign all active cases to
Detective Division personnel.

2.

The Division Commander or his designee will enter each case assigned in the Case
Management System.
a.

3.

The Division Commander will enter the assigned detectives name on the
investigation report of each case assigned.

The Detective Division Commander is responsible for the swift and proper management
of all cases forwarded to the Detective Division.
a.

Cases that have been recorded will be screened and forwarded to the Detective
Division personnel based upon:
(1)

(2)

(3)

Detective Investigative Experience
(a)

Experience with type of case

(b)

Crime scene technical experience

The caseload of the Detective dictates the number of cases assigned to
each Detective.
(a)

The Detective with a greater number of cases pending will be
assigned a lower number of new cases.

(b)

The Detective Division Commander will keep abreast of the
caseload of all Detective Division personnel.

Solvability factors relate to the likelihood that a case will be solved.
Example:
(a)

A crime which recently occurred with witnesses and evidence
found at the scene would be a "hot case".

4

INVESTIGATION
CASE MANAGEMENT AND TRACKING SYSTEM
VOL. VIII, CH. 2
(b)
The same case where the lab report for the evidence indicates that
the evidence is no longer valuable (i.e. latents belonging to the
owner), this would be a "cool case".

(4)

b.

4.

Thirty (30) days and all leads have been exhausted, would classify
this as a "cold case".

(d)

Factors relating to solvability are witnesses, suspect identification,
evidence, criminal patterns, resources, availability and/or the
absence of leads after 30 days.

(e)

Cases deemed low solvability will be administratively closed by
the Division Commander.

The seriousness of a crime dictates the number of Detectives assigned to
that case and dictates which Detective is assigned the case.

Disposition of cases.
(1)

Closed by adult arrest or closed by juvenile arrest - The investigation is
cleared by arrest and court proceedings have been initiated.

(2)

Open - The case is still actively investigated.

(3)

Administratively Cleared - The crime is active but all investigative leads
have been exhausted.
(a)

Cases may remain "Administratively Cleared" unless the status
changes.

(b)

Cases may be reopened immediately upon the development of new
information.

(c)

The Detective Division Commander shall review all detective case
notes of Detective Division personnel immediately under his/her
control prior to determining the proper disposition of the case.

When a case is presented to be closed, the Division Commander shall review the case file
and make the following notations:
a.

Review Date

b.

Enter case disposition and completion date.
(1)

5.

(c)

The Division Commander shall provide an explanation if a case has not
been approved, and Clear directions should be provided so that the
investigating detective can complete the case

The Division Commander will provide case management assistance to all Detective
5

INVESTIGATION
CASE MANAGEMENT AND TRACKING SYSTEM
VOL. VIII, CH. 2
Division personnel under his/her supervision.
II.

DETECTIVE RESPONSIBILITY
A.

III.

Detectives are responsible for the management of all cases assigned to him/her.
1.

The Detective will record in the case management system, any activity the detective has
performed on the case.

2.

The detective is responsible for updating case management in a timely fashion.

3.

The detective is responsible for investigating any and all leads prior to presenting his case
management file for final disposition.

CASE FILE SYSTEM
A.

B.

Active Case File
1.

Individual case files will be placed into a work jacket file folder that is labeled for the
assigned detective.

2.

At no time are active case files to be stored in anyone's desk. When an officer has
temporarily completed working on a case, the folder is to be returned to the appropriate
case file folder.

Closed Case Files
1.

Individual closed case files will be placed into the respective cabinet file drawer that is
labeled by the offense, i.e. Burglary, M.V. Theft, Fraud

C.

No cases shall be filed in the "Closed" section unless the detective’s case management has been
reviewed by the Detective Division Commander or his designee and he clears the case in the case
management system, indicating the actual completion date and proper disposition.

D.

Reports to be maintained in the case file.

E.

1.

Investigation Reports

2.

Supplemental Reports

3.

Evidence Submission Request

4.

Analysis Reports

5.

Photograph Requests

6.

Any telephone messages relating to the case.

Only Detective Division personnel, Administrative Division personnel and the Chief of
6

INVESTIGATION
CASE MANAGEMENT AND TRACKING SYSTEM
VOL. VIII, CH. 2
Police will have access to the file case notes
1.
F.
IV.

Police Officers will have limited access to files to check on status of case only.

Case Management files are not purged from the system.

COURT DISPOSITIONS
A.

When the Court Officer returns from a court session, he will fill out a Criminal Court
Disposition report indicating the disposition on each case.

B.

The Court Officer will also enter a disposition of each case in the Electronic Report/Case
Management System case notes, noting the disposition of each case.

C.

Officers returning case jackets from Superior Court (trials) will fill out a Criminal Court
Disposition form for the case jacket and turn the jacket over to the officer in charge of records,
the disposition will then be entered in the case notes as well.

D.

Dispositions will be listed as:
1.

Guilty

2.

Not Guilty

3.

Administratively dismissed

4.

Dismissed due to suppression of evidence

5.

Reserved decision on suppression of evidence
a. Follow up on reserved decisions shall be completed by the officer in charge of
records.

7

COMMUNITY ASSISTANCE
CBRNE LEVEL AWARENESS
VOL. III, CH 8.1
DEPARTMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS/POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
BOROUGH OF FORT LEE
POLICE DEPARTMENT

EFFECTIVE
DATE:
05-07-2009

VOLUME TITLE:
COMMUNITY ASSISTANCE

# PAGES:
16

ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S): 46.3.4

REFERENCE:

REVISION
DATE:

PAGE #:

SECTION:

APPROVED

VOLUME
III
CHAPTER
8.1

V#C#

SUBJECT: CBRNE LEVEL AWARENESS

DISTRIBUTION

ISSUING AUTHORITY:

ALL
EVALUATION
DATE:

CHIEF THOMAS O. RIPOLI
ATTORNEY GENERAL:

Special Instructions

PROSECUTOR'S OFFICE:
REFERENCE:

PURPOSE:
To provide officers with guidance in situations involving possible Chemical, Biological, Radiological,
Nuclear and Explosive incidents.
PROCEDURES:
This directive is not intended to be an all-inclusive set of procedures to be followed in every incident of
this type, but a generic guide in determining the best course of action to take. Because of the rapidly
evolving nature of this type of incident, there is no precise formula for the application of these guidelines.

I.

CHEMICAL, BIOLOGICAL, RADIOLOGICAL, NUCLEAR or EXPLOSIVE (CBRNE)
A.

The following information is designed to provide all members of the Fort Lee Police Department with
awareness level guidelines for events involving chemical, biological, radiological, nuclear weapons. Any
other Hazmat conditions; follow procedures set forth in Hazmat Policy Volume V, Chapter 10 and 10-1.
1.

The general objectives for responding to known or unknown potential biological,
radiological, chemical or explosive threats may include:

a.

Assess the situation;
1)

b.

Remove people from harm’s way;

c.

Be cognizant of secondary or tertiary devices;

d.

Secure the perimeter, set up operations areas, and establish hazard control zones
(i.e. hot, warm and cold zones), if applicable;

e.

Control and identify biological/chemical agents involved, if applicable;

f.

Don Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) and escape suit consistent with level of
training, if available;

g.

Consider containment, decontamination, triage, treat and transport victims, if
applicable;
(1)

II.

Use current Emergency Response Guide Book, or electronic version during
identification if possible.

Unless properly trained, rescue operations are not to be conducted in the
Hot Zone.

h.

Stabilize the incident;

i.

Avoid additional contamination, if applicable;

j.

Secure evidence and treat as a crime scene, if applicable.

ASSESSMENT/RESPONSE STRATEGY:
For purposes of clarity, this section will contain potential scenarios along with their recommended
response strategy as guides.
A.

A suspicious package/envelope (package/envelope unopened/open; no release):
Protective equipment or decontamination and prophylaxis treatment should normally not be
required unless hazards or risks are indicated (warning on the package, stains, leaks etc). At a
minimum, personnel should wear latex gloves.
1.

A police officer and a supervisor should be dispatched to the scene.

2.

Immediately contact the Borough or County Health Department, if indicated.

3.

Contact the Bergen County HAZMAT Team, if indicated (presence of chemical or
biological threat).

2

4.

Contact Fort Lee’s Explosive Ordinance Disposal (E.O.D.) Officer.

5.

Contact the Bergen County Police Department, Bomb Squad, if indicated.

6.

Contact the Fire Department, if indicated:
(1)

B.

Explosive or incendiary warning or other signs of such items (smell or leak etc.).

7.

Treat the area as a crime scene.

8.

Response strategies include:
a.

Investigation will be similar to a bomb threat investigation. This includes making
an assessment of the potential threat to determine if it is necessary for other support
agencies to respond;

b.

In most cases, it is unnecessary to evacuate or close an entire building or facility.
However, the scene (area, floor, etc) where the material was discovered should be
calmly secured. Persons in the at-risk area should be removed, secured,
contained, decontaminated if necessary and evaluated by medical/public health
professionals, as appropriate;

c.

If applicable, have the facility closed or at a minimum shut down the ventilation
system. Do not cause or permit the material to become airborne;

d.

Gather information/intelligence at the scene to determine the credibility of a threat
or criminal activity;

e.

Isolate and contain the envelope/package. If necessary, have the package/envelope
screened by the Bomb Squad/Hazmat Team to ensure that no dispersal
mechanism/device is inside;

f.

Secure the envelope/package as evidence if cleared of material or threat;

g.

Search the area to confirm no additional substance or package/envelope is present;

h.

Attention should be focused on items or devices foreign to the surroundings.

A package/envelope/device with a potential threat of a biological agent (present and/or released
material):
1.

Biological agents are organisms or toxins that can kill or incapacitate people, livestock, and
crops. The three basic groups of biological agents that would likely be used as weapons are
bacteria, viruses, and toxins. Most biological agents are difficult to grow and maintain.

3

Many break down quickly when exposed to sunlight and other environmental factors, while
others, such as anthrax spores, are very long lived. Biological agents can be dispersed by spraying
them into the air, by infecting animals that carry the disease to humans and by
contaminating
food and water. Delivery methods include:

C.

a.

Aerosols - biological agents are dispersed into the air, forming a fine mist that may drift for
miles. Inhaling the agent may cause disease in people or animals.

b.

Animals - some diseases are spread by insects and animals, such as fleas, mice, flies,
mosquitoes, and livestock.

c.

Food and water contamination - some pathogenic organisms and toxins may persist in food
and water supplies. Most microbes can be killed, and toxins deactivated, by cooking food and
boiling water. Most microbes are killed by boiling water for one minute, but some require
longer.

Person-to-person - spread of a few infectious agents is also possible. Humans have been the source of
infection for smallpox, plague, and the Lassa viruses.
Suspicious materials(s) with a threat of a biological agent may initiate a full public safety
response, including the following;
1.

A police officer and a supervisor should be dispatched to the scene. Additional units
should be dispatched as the need arises.

2.

Immediately contact the Fort Lee Health Department.

3.

Contact the Fire Department.

4.

Contact the Bergen County HAZMAT Team.

5.

Contact Fort Lee’s E.O.D. officer

6.

Contact the Bergen County Police Department, Bomb Squad, if necessary.

7.

Contact EMS.

8.

Contact NJDEPE (Department of Environmental Protection and Energy) as per their
criteria.

9.

Treat the area as a HAZMAT incident and crime scene, following guidelines in
a.

10.

Hazardous Materials Vol V, Ch. 10 and 10-1 and Crime Scenes Vol. VIII, Ch 1.

Notify surrounding police departments and request mutual aid, if necessary;

4

11.

Recall of personnel, if necessary;
a.

Response strategies may include:

1)

Investigation will be similar to a bomb threat investigation;

2)

In most cases, it is unnecessary to evacuate or close an entire building or
facility. However, the scene (area, floor, etc) where the material was
discovered should be calmly secured. Persons in the at-risk area should be
removed, secured, contained, identified, decontaminated if necessary and
evaluated by medical/public health professionals, as appropriate;

3)

Evaluate the risk regarding potential explosive devices and address
accordingly;

4)

Have the facility’s ventilation system shut down. Do not permit the
substance to become airborne;

5)

If an explosive device is not ruled out, coordinate efforts with the Bomb
Squad;

6)

If an explosive device is ruled out, evaluate for potential chemical,
biological, or radioactive source material;

7)

Establish perimeter security and deny entry into the crime scene for those
without a legitimate need;

8)

Document the crime scene per existing evidence procedures;

9)

Decontamination at the site should be considered for the individuals(s)
who came into direct physical contact/inhalation with alleged biological
substance; Decontamination is a fire department and Hazmat Unit
operation, however, crowd control of the scene is a police function.

10)

Identify exposed persons and have them secure their clothing. If suspect
material is noticeable on clothing, have clothing sprayed lightly with a
water spray to adhere the material to the clothing prior to removal of the
clothing;

11)

Clothing and contaminated personal items should be triple bagged in plastic
and secured, the persons name should be written on the exterior of the bag.
They should be given gowns to wear, blankets etc.

5

b.

D.

12)

Immediate medical evaluation and transport to a medical facility are usually
not indicated. This decision can be made in conjunction with the local
health official based upon the threat assessment;

13)

Even in a true release, treatment can be temporarily delayed until a
definitive identification of the agent is completed;

Post decontamination considerations include:
1)

Interview all potential victims and document their names, addresses,
telephone numbers and any other useful information;

2)

Decisions to provide treatment for biological threat agents should be made
by public health officials;

3)

Consider the mental health of potentially exposed persons;

4)

It is important that sample results be relayed to exposed victims once
available to either initiate additional medical procedures if tests are
positive or to eliminate fears and anxiety if tests are negative;

5)

If explosive devices are ruled out and the evaluation for potential chemical,
biological, or radioactive source material is negative, then the response
continues as a law enforcement investigation.

Chemical Attacks
1.

Chemical agents are poisonous vapors, aerosols, liquids, and solids that have toxic effects
on people, animals, or plants. They can be released by bombs or sprayed from aircraft,
boats, and vehicles. They can be used as a liquid to create a hazard to people and the
environment. Some chemical agents may be odorless and tasteless. They can have an
immediate effect (a few seconds to a few minutes) or a delayed effect (2 to 48 hours).
While potentially lethal, chemical agents are difficult to deliver in lethal concentrations.
Outdoors, the agents often dissipate rapidly. Chemical agents also are difficult to
produce.
a.

A chemical attack could come without warning. Signs of a chemical release include
people having difficulty breathing; experiencing eye irritation; losing coordination;
becoming nauseated; or having a burning sensation in the nose, throat, and lungs.
Also, the presence of many dead insects or birds may indicate a chemical agent
release.

b.

On Scene Assessment/Response Strategy:
As indicated above, for purposes of clarity, this section will contain potential
scenarios along with their recommended response strategy as guides.

6

An indication of a chemical agent threat (no material release):
Protective equipment or decontamination and prophylaxis treatment should
normally not be required unless hazards or risks are indicated.
1)

A police officer and a supervisor should be dispatched to the scene.

2)

Immediately contact the Fort Lee Health Department, if necessary.

3)

Contact Fort Lee’s E.O.D. officer.

4)

Contact the Bergen County Police Department, Bomb Squad, if necessary.

5)

Contact Bergen County HAZMAT, if necessary.

6)

Contact the Fire Department:

7)

Treat the area as a crime scene.

8)

Response strategies include:
a)

Investigation will be similar to a bomb threat investigation;

b)

Persons in the at-risk area should be removed and evaluated by
medical/public health professionals as appropriate;

c)

Gather information/intelligence at the scene to determine the
credibility of a threat;

d)

Isolate and contain the envelope/package. Have the
envelope/package screened by the Bomb Squad, if necessary, to
ensure that no dispersal mechanism/device is inside;

e)

In most cases it is unnecessary to evacuate or close an entire
building or facility. However, the scene (area, floor, etc) where the
material was discovered should be calmly secured. Have the
facility’s ventilation system turned off, if warranted;

f)

Search to confirm that no additional substance or package/envelope
is present;

g)

Assess the building ventilation system, if applicable, to rule out
forced entry or tampering. An inspection of the HVAC system may
be warranted;

7

h)

E.

Attention should be focused on items or devices foreign to the
surroundings;

A package/device with a potential threat of a chemical agent (present or released):
Suspicious materials(s) with a threat of a chemical agent should initiate a full public safety
response, including the following;.
1.

A police officer and a supervisor should be dispatched to the scene.
Additional units should be dispatched as the need arises.

2.

Immediately contact the Fort Lee Health Department.

3.

Contact Fort Lee’s E.O.D. officer.

4.

Contact the Bergen County Police Department, Bomb Squad, if necessary.

5.

Contact the Fire Department.

6.

Contact local HAZMAT Team.

7.

Contact NJDEPE

8.

Contact EMS.

9.

Treat the area as a HAZMAT incident and crime scene.

10.

Contact surrounding police departments, if necessary;

11.

Recall of personnel, if necessary;

12.

Response strategies include:

a.

Investigation will be similar to a bomb threat investigation;

b.

Persons in the at-risk area should be rapidly removed, identified,
and evaluated by medical/public health professionals as appropriate;

c.

Evaluate the risk regarding potential explosive devices and address
accordingly, See Vol. III, Ch 8 Bomb Threats.

d.

Isolate and contain the envelope/package;

e.

In most cases it is unnecessary to evacuate or close an entire
building or facility. However, the scene (area, floor, etc) where the

8

material was discovered should be calmly secured. Have the
facility’s ventilation system turned off;
f.

If an explosive device is not ruled out, coordinate efforts with the
Bomb Squad;

g.

If an explosive device is ruled out, evaluate for potential chemical,
biological, or radioactive source material;

h.

Establish perimeter security and deny entry into the crime scene for
those without a legitimate need;

i.

Document the crime scene per existing evidence procedures;

j.

Be alert for secondary or tertiary devices;

k.

Wear personal protective equipment in compliance with level of
training;

l.

Wear the highest level of personal protective equipment available
until additional agent information indicates otherwise;

m.

Assist in the set up of decontamination capability and begin
HAZMAT operations;

n.

Ascertain if there is a need to evacuate or protect those in place;

o.

Preserve crime scene;

p.

If necessary, alert hospitals regarding imminent mass casualties.
Consider use of field hospitals, if necessary;

q.

Coordinate control of personnel;

r.

Provide scene security;

s.

Estimate the number of casualties, if applicable;

t.

Arrange for transportation and logistics, if applicable;

u.

Decontamination at the site should be considered for the
individuals(s) who came into direct physical contact/inhalation with
alleged chemical substance; Decontamination is the responsibility
of hazmat and the fire department, however, control of the scene is a
police function.

9

F.

v.

Identify exposed persons and have them secure their clothing. If
suspect material is noticeable on clothing, have clothing sprayed
lightly with a water spray to adhere the material to the clothing prior
to removal of the clothing;

w.

Clothing and contaminated personal items should be triple bagged in
plastic and secured with the persons name on the exterior of the bag;

x.

Immediate medical evaluation and transport to a medical facility are
usually not indicated. This decision can be made in conjunction
with the local health official based upon the threat assessment;

y.

Separate victims with symptoms at triage from those without
symptoms;

z.

Set up separate decontamination sites for civilians and emergency
response personnel.

Radiological Attacks.
1.

Terrorist use of a Radiological Dispersion Device (RDD)—often called “dirty nuke” or
“dirty bomb”—is considered far more likely than use of a nuclear explosive device. An
RDD combines a conventional explosive device—such as a bomb—with radioactive
material. It is designed to scatter dangerous and sub-lethal amounts of radioactive material
over a general area. Such RDDs appeal to terrorists because they require limited technical
knowledge to build and deploy compared to a nuclear device. Also, the radioactive
materials in RDDs are widely used in medicine, agriculture, industry, and research, and are
easier to obtain than weapons grade uranium or plutonium.
a.

The primary purpose of terrorist use of an RDD is to cause psychological fear and
economic disruption. Some devices could cause fatalities from exposure to radioactive
materials. Depending on the speed at which the area of the RDD detonation was evacuated or
how successful people were at sheltering-in-place, the number of deaths and injuries from an
RDD might not be substantially greater than from a conventional bomb explosion.

b.

The size of the affected area and the level of destruction caused by an RDD would depend on
the sophistication and size of the conventional bomb, the type of radioactive material used,
the quality and quantity of the radioactive material, and the local meteorological
conditions—primarily wind and precipitation. The area affected could be placed off-limits to
the public for several months during cleanup efforts.

c.

While the explosive blast will be immediately obvious, the presence of radiation
will not be known until trained personnel with specialized equipment are on the
scene. It would be safer to assume radiological contamination has occurred—

10

particularly in an urban setting or near other likely terrorist targets—and take the
proper precautions. As with any radiation, avoid or limit exposure. This is
particularly true of inhaling radioactive dust that results from the
explosion. As
you seek shelter from any location (indoors or outdoors) and there is visual dust or
other contaminants in the air, breathe though the cloth of your shirt or coat to limit
your exposure. If you manage to avoid breathing radioactive dust, your proximity to
the radioactive particles may still result in some radiation exposure. If the explosion
or radiological release occurs inside, get out immediately and seek safe shelter.
d.

G.

H.

Contamination from an RDD event could affect a wide area, depending on the amount of
conventional explosives used, the quantity and type of radioactive material released, and
meteorological conditions. Thus, radiation dissipation rates vary, but radiation from an RDD
will likely take longer to dissipate due to a potentially larger localized concentration of
radioactive material.

Nuclear Attacks.
1.

A nuclear blast is an explosion with intense light and heat, a damaging pressure wave, and
widespread radioactive material that can contaminate the air, water, and ground surfaces for miles
around. A nuclear device can range from a weapon carried by an intercontinental missile launched
by a hostile nation or terrorist organization, to a small portable nuclear devise transported by
an individual. All nuclear devices cause deadly effects when exploded, including blinding
light, intense heat (thermal radiation), initial nuclear radiation, blast, fires started by the heat
pulse, and secondary fires caused by the destruction.

2.

Hazards of Nuclear Devices.
a.

The extent, nature, and arrival time of these hazards are difficult to predict. The
geographical dispersion of hazard effects will be defined by the following:

b.

Size of the device. A more powerful bomb will produce more distant effects.

c.

Height above the ground the device was detonated. This will determine the extent of blast
effects.

d.

Nature of the surface beneath the explosion. Some materials are more likely to become
radioactive and airborne than others. Flat areas are more susceptible to blast effects.

e.

Existing meteorological conditions. Wind speed and direction will affect arriv